Conference Agenda
Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).
Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 10th May 2025, 08:52:59 EEST
|
Session Overview |
Date: Monday, 26/Aug/2024 | |
8:45 - 9:30 | 99 ERC SES 00: Welcoming Newcomers to ERC Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Welcome for ERC newcomers |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Welcoming Newcomers to ERC 1University College London; 2University of Padova; 3Ankara University; 4University of Hamburg; 5KU Leuven; 6Leeds Beckett University Presenting Author:Welcoming Newcomers to ERC |
9:30 - 10:00 | 99 ERC SES 01 A: ERC Opening Ceremony Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid ERC Opening |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events ERC Opening Ceremony 1University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2EERA President, Norway Presenting Author:ERC Opening Ceremony |
10:00 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 02 A: ERC Interactive Session: Inquiring with data: Large-scale surveys and learning analytics in educational research and practice Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maria Meletiou-Mavrotheris Interactive Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Inquiring with Data: Large-scale Surveys & Learning Analytics in Educational Research & Practice 1European University Cypru, Cyprus; 2University of Cyprus Presenting Author:Educational research is characterized by its embrace of diverse theories, methodological approaches, and data analysis techniques, enabling researchers to investigate a wide range of phenomena related to learning, teaching, and schooling. Large-scale surveys in education have been around since the early 20th century, providing data about students’ academic achievement and background characteristics, along with relevant information in different contexts (e.g., family, instructional, institutional) and levels of the educational system. As data became more complex and abundant due to the emergence of computer-based tools and technologies, such as computerized assessments, virtual learning environments, and learning management systems, new approaches have been developed to extract meaningful interpretations from the evidence gathered, for instance, Learning Analytics. Learning Analytics research aims to enhance learning by processing information about students and their contexts within the learning environment. It typically involves gathering data on factors such as login frequency and time spent on online platforms to analyze student engagement, habits, and online social interactions. Statistical techniques such as clustering and prediction are then applied to derive insights from this data. Research with large-scale assessment and survey data often focuses on testing theoretical hypotheses regarding factors associated with academic achievement or on evaluating the effectiveness of educational policies through statistical modeling techniques such as structural equation and multilevel modelling. Additionally, it addresses measurement and methodological inquiries, such as investigating the properties of survey instruments or exploring the patterns of student responses to various question types. While opportunities to gain deeper insights into student learning have increased with the accumulation of vast amounts of information over time, concerns about privacy and ethics have also arisen. For instance, statistical algorithms applied to make predictions are biased and serve to perpetuate already existing inequalities. In this interactive session, two researchers based in Cyprus, Michalis Michaelides and Ioulia Televantou, discuss the potential of large-scale assessment surveys and learning analytics to inform educational research and practice. They draw on real-world examples from existing studies showcasing both the strengths and limitations of the two approaches in an empirical manner. With their presentation, they aspire to spur a discussion in the audience on the extent to which these methodological frameworks can be of use for the scope of their research. |
11:00 - 11:30 | Break 01: ERC Coffee Break |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 A: Ignite Talks Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Ignite Talks Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Enhancing Science Teachers’ Pedagogical Practices in Inquiry Based Laboratory Activity Approach towards Sustainable Science Education:A Critical Participatory Action Research Study UPSI, Malaysia Presenting Author:The research aims at enhancing pedagogical practices of developing professional development with science teachers through inquiry based laboratory activity approach towards sustainable science education in Malaysia. The research will further explore on possibility of collaboratively develop materials, ways of implement the teaching and learning materials and reveal the impact to participating teachers. Investigations are indeed about empowering children to apply knowledge, but it is essential that the teacher acts as a skilful mediator in the process (Gott et al.,1995). Hence the research centred on the following inquiries: 1) In what ways do participating teachers collaboratively develop, implement and evaluate the science teaching and learning materials that aligned with scientific literacy skills and sustainable issues? 2) To what extend does inquiry based laboratory activity influence science teacher’s to promote scientific literacy and sustainable issues in their classroom? The research is based on the Interconnected Model of Teacher Professional Growth proposed by Clarke and Hollingsworth (2002) that encompasses four domains of change in teachers' professional environment include the personal domain (comprising knowledge, beliefs, and attitude), the domain of practice (involving professional experi- mentation), the domain of consequence (related to student learning) and the domain of the culture of the school (related to student learning) (Willems & Bossche, 2019). The model suggests a non-linear and recursive process for teacher professional growth, capturing the dynamics among the different domains. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In accordance with a critical participatory action research as a research design (Kemmis et al., 2014), the research will be carried out in three consecutive qualitative stages. i) Reconnaissance involving focus group discussions (FGD) that establishing a public spheres with thematic analysis and respondent validation with democratic validity ii) Action plan (Planning and Enacting) involving researcher’ field notes, teaching and learning documents, reflective journals, conservations, video and audio recordings, structured observational notes/checklist and Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis (Smith,2013) with expert validation, dialogic and process validity iiii) Reflecting involving focus group discussions and thematic analysis (Clarke & Braun, 2014) with outcome validity. Based on the preceding steps, the study employs a variety of data collection methods. Eight teachers and eight groups of students (a total of 90 are expected) will be recruited (purposive sampling). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study will cast light on the current state of pedagogical practices in inquiry based laboratory activity approach towards sustainable science education in Malaysia. Research is required to unravel teacher’s understanding of inquiry based laboratory activity approach and their long-term professional development with sustainable issues related to the scientific literacy skills. As a results, the findings will pave ways for teachers to develop learning materials echos with national vision. References Abd‐El‐Khalick, F., Boujaoude, S., Duschl, R., Lederman, N. G., Mamlok‐Naaman, R., Hofstein, A., Niaz, M., Treagust, D., & Tuan, H. L. (2004). Inquiry in science education: International perspectives. Science Education, 88 (3), 397–419. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.10118 Banchi, H., & Bell, R. (2008). The Many Levels of Inquiry.Science and Children, 46(2), 26–29. Bybee, R. W. (1997). Achieving scientific literacy: From purposes to practices. Heinemann. Bresser, R., & Fargason, S. (2023). Becoming scientists: Inquiry‐based teaching in diverse classrooms, Grades 3‐5. Abingdon: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781032680620 Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297–298. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18 (8), 947–967. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742051X(02)00053-7 Constantinou, C. P., Tsivitanidou, O. E., & Rybska, E. (2018). What is inquiry‐based science teaching and learning? In O. E. Tsivitanidou, P. Gray, E. Rybska, L. Louca, & C. P. Constantinou (Eds.), Professional Development for Inquiry‐based Science Teaching and Learning (pp. 1–23). Dortrecht: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978‐3‐319‐91406‐0_1 Dewey, J. (1938). Logic: The Theory of Inquiry. In John Dewey: The Later Works (12th ed., pp. 1925–1953). Carbondale, IL: SIU Press. Feldman, A., Altrichter, H., Posch, P., & Somekh, B. (2018). Teachers Investigate Their Work: An introduction to action research across the professions (3rd ed.). Routledge. Gott, R., & Duggan, S. (1995). Investigative Work in the Science Curriculum. Herbert, S., & Rainford, M. (2014). Developing a model for continuous professional development by action research. Professional Development in Education, 40 (2), 243–264. Kemmis, S. (2006). Participatory action research and the public sphere. Educational Action Research, 14(4), 459–476. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Lewis, C. C., Perry, R., Friedkin, S., & Roth, J. R. (2012). Improving Teaching Does Improve Teachers. Journal of Teacher Education, 63, 368–375. McTaggart, R. (1998). Is validity really an issue for participatory action research? Studies in Cultures, Organizations and Societies, 4(2), 211–236. Smith, J. A. (2013). Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis: Theory, Method and Research. London, UK: Sage Publications. Schwab, J. J. (1962). The Teaching of Science as Enquiry. In J. J. Schwab & P. F. Brandwein (Eds.), The Teaching of Science (pp. 1–104). London: Oxford University Press. Willems, I., & Bossche, P. (2019). Lesson study effectiveness for teachers’ professional learning: A best evidence synthesis. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies,8(4), 257–271.https://doi.org/10.1108/ijlls-04-2019-0031 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) "Developing of Educational Competence Among University Teachers in Lithuania: Regulations Vs. Reality." Klaipeda University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Topic description. The topic of my presentation is one part of my PhD thesis research on development of educational competence among university teachers in different cultural environment, which contains thematic content analysis of the regulations of Lithuanian universities and semi-structured interview which well be taken in the framework of the research. The primary stage of the research is thematic content analysis of all regulation documents about developing educational competence among universaity teachers in Lithuania. The main research question of this presentation. HOW THE EDUCATIONAL COMPETENCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM IN LITHUANIAN UNIVERSITIES COULD BE UPGRADED? Additional (secondary) research question: what is the gap between the regulation texts and the real educational competence situation of the Lithuanian universities? Relevance of the research. In the fast changing environment of the world educational processes the relevant concepts of the competence and educational competence are always changing (Lennon-Harmon, 2022; Enyon, Iuzzini, 2020; Carbone, 2021; Santoso, Lestari, 2019; Cebrian et al., 2020; Mahlanga, Moloto, 2022). So, despite there is a "common" theory backrounf like White (1959) and Chomsky's (1962) concepts of competence, this concept always can be updated to the current situation (Arifin, 2021). The definition of the educational competence is so flexible, that we are able to "compose" and/or interpretate this concept according to current situation: cultural, political environment, certain country, reagion or institution. This give a large potential for this research not only in Lithuanian, but also in very broad international context. The practical relevance of the topic. Many higher education institutions (universities and colleges) of Lithuania have an absolutely formal syste, of educational competence development of the teachers/professor. Mostly it contains just a number of hours, which should be spent in specialized events. So, the practical significance of this research is to provide new model, how the educational competences system among university teachers couold be upgraded. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research contains two major stages: I. Thematic content analysis of the documents of the Lithuanian universities, which regulate the system of developing the educational competence among the university students. On the first stage this will be very common content analysis to know the main points, which part of educational competence regulations should be concentrated on in the next (interviewing stage). During the content analysis of the regulatory documents the very modern Cardno (2018) approach will be used. This approach bases on using the regulatory document text as a practical tool. E.g., building proper questions "what this text could be used for". This is a very appropriate tool for concentrating on the MOST relevant points of the regulatory document text. II. Collecting semi-structured interviews from the younger university teachers (up to 5 years of university teaching experience). The younger colleagues are more preferrable interviewed, because in Lithuania most of the educational competence developing regulations are provided for younger university teachers, i. e. those, who have less than 10 year university teaching experience. After that the documents text analysis results will be compared to the interview content analysis results, the main "regulations vs. reality" will be described. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main expected outcome: Which certain points of the regulatory documents for developing educational competences among university teachers are really practically working for improving the educational competence training among the university teachers. There will be also few secondary expected outcomes of the research. 1. The practically effective measures, described in the regulatory documents. 2. Less practically effective measures, which are described in the regulatory documents, but are not that practically effective for university teachers' educational competence development. 3. The key points, mentioned by interviewed university teachers, how university teachers' educational competences cuold be developed. 4. Summarizing results of the document analysis and interview thematic content analysis and building possibly effective upgrades on educational competence improvement measures. References Carbone, A. (2021). The ripple effect: How the Australian Awards for University Teachers (AAUT) build and maintain excellence in teaching and learning across the nation. Journal of University Teaching & Learning Practice, 18(6), 12-17. Cardno, C. (2018). Policy Document Analysis: A Practical Educational Leadership Tool and a Qualitative Research Method. Educational Administration: Theory & Practice, 24(4), 623-640. Eynon, B., & Iuzzini, J. (2020). Teaching & Learning Toolkit: A Research-Based Guide to Building a Culture of Teaching & Learning Excellence. Achieving the Dream. Mahlangu, V. P., & Moloto, B. M. (2022). Strategic Competencies and Skills for Future University Leaders: Creating More Agile Universities. In Leadership and Management Strategies for Creating Agile Universities (pp. 169-181). IGI Global. Santoso, A., & Lestari, S. (2019). The roles of technology literacy and technology integration to improve students’ teaching competencies. KnE Social Sciences, 243-256. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Implementation of Wellbeing Programs and Practices in a Primary School Context: Teachers’ and Students’ Perspectives UNSW, Australia Presenting Author:The high rates of depression and suicide amongst teenagers highlights the need for more preventative mental health and wellbeing measures to be in place from an earlier age. Government initiatives such as wellbeing programs and practices are being implemented into schools. There has been considerable variance in their effects, however, likely due to factors relating to implementation (Durlak, 2016). The purpose of the proposed study is to explore how wellbeing programs are being carried out in primary schools. The aim is to highlight the opportunities and challenges that teachers have with school-based wellbeing programs and how their related practices are perceived by students. Therefore, the research questions include:
The Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) (Cane et al., 2012) will be used as the theoretical framework for the study. The framework consists of 14 domains (1) Knowledge; (2) Skills; (3) Social/Professional Role and Identity; (4) Beliefs and Capability; (5) Optimism; (6) Beliefs about Consequences; (7) Reinforcement; (8) Intentions; (9) Goals; (10) Memory, Attention and Decision Processes; (11) Environmental Context and Resources; (12) Social Influences; (13) Emotion; and (14) Behavioural Regulation. These domains will be used alongside implementation fidelity indicators (Dane & Schneider, 1998) to understand barriers and facilitators to wellbeing program implementation. By utilising the TDF and implementation fidelity indicators to explore teachers' and students' perspectives of wellbeing programs that have been implemented in schools, we can begin to understand what conditions are needed to increase the uptake of effective wellbeing programs and practices and explain why variance in implementation and effectiveness of programs occurs (Durlak & DuPre, 2008). A recent systematic review that was conducted to identify articles that explored teachers’ views and experiences of implementing mental health and wellbeing programs found only seven studies (Goodwin et al., 2023), two of which were conducted in Australia. Evidently, there is a need to explore this area as programs are increasingly implemented into schools. Furthermore, although behavioural interventions are often guided by theory, in practice they are often not or are only minimally (Michie & Prestwich, 2010). Similarly, studies identified in Goodwin and colleagues (2023) review lack a theoretical framework when constructing questions for teachers and analysis is often undertaken through exploration of themes that were discussed (e.g., in interviews), without attributing these themes to any framework. The authors recommend future research to adopt more robust methodological approaches. Providing a theoretical framework such as this will help to develop a better foundation for exploring and analysing teachers’ and students’ perspectives of wellbeing programs/practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research aims or questions will be addressed using a qualitative two-phase case study research design that will include semi-structured interviews and focus groups. Primary school teachers and their students in K-6 classes at government schools in NSW, Australia will be invited if they have recently or currently implemented (e.g., within one school year) a wellbeing program. These methodology and target populations are appropriate to answer the research questions because they will enable an in-depth exploration of how current wellbeing program/s are perceived by teachers and students in NSW primary schools. Specifically, qualitative data will be collected from teachers through in-person interviews and preliminarily analysed (Phase 1) before collecting data from their students via focus groups (Phase 2). This qualitative design will allow for the exploration of a phenomenon (wellbeing program implementation) from a teachers’ perspective through interviews, before confirming questions for focus groups with students. The synthesis of data from the two phases of the study will be undertaken at the time of interpretation of the results (after Phase 2). This design is suggested to be particularly suitable for implementation research as it provides a practical way to understand multiple perspectives and multiple types of outcomes (Peters et al., 2013). To analyse the data, teacher interview transcripts will be read and considered in relation to the domains from the TDF and then attributed to one or more of the domains. Then thematic analysis will be undertaken as an inductive approach for the remaining data. The data will then be coded into barriers and facilitators to implementation. These barriers and facilitators may then be discussed in relation to teachers’ capability, opportunity, and motivation to interpret meaning from the interviews (Hsiegh & Shannon, 2005). This data will then be used to develop and conduct student focus groups in the second phase. A similar approach will be undertaken for the student data, consisting of transcribing the recording, attributing the data to one or more domains, and then conducting a thematic analysis. Finally, the data will be triangulated with the interview data by using the previous frameworks and themes. For instance, students’ attitudes towards the program may be compared across schools and then triangulated with the teacher interview data by examining questions such as those relating to teacher’s social and environmental influences (e.g., to explore whether teacher/school-related factors may be associated with students’ attitudes towards the program). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By exploring teachers' and students' perspectives of wellbeing programs that have been implemented in schools, we can begin to understand what conditions are needed to increase the uptake of effective wellbeing programs and practices and explain why variance in implementation and effectiveness of programs occurs (Durlak & DuPre, 2008). The TDF can be used to highlight specific domains such as knowledge, skills, environmental context and resources, social influence etc. that may impact the effectiveness of wellbeing programs. We may find, for example, that teachers lack sufficient time and are provided with inadequate support from colleagues or administration such as their principal. Furthermore, students’ perspectives such as their attitudes towards the program may be influenced by various factors such as their teachers’ prior beliefs and capability, optimism, and behavioural regulation. Highlighting such barriers to implementation may support understanding of where/how to allocate further resources towards wellbeing programs to improve future implementation. References Cane, J., O’Connor, D., & Michie, S. (2012). Validation of the theoretical domains framework for use in behaviour change and implementation research. Implementation science, 7, 1-17. Dane, A.V.; Schneider, B.H. (1998). Program Integrity in primary and early secondary prevention: Are implementation effects out of control? Clinical Psychology Review, 18, 23–45. Durlak, J. A. (2016). Programme implementation in social and emotional learning: basic issues and research findings. Cambridge Journal of Education, 46(3), 333-345. Durlak, J. A., & DuPre, E. P. (2008). Implementation matters: A review of research on the influence of implementation on program outcomes and the factors affecting implementation. American Journal of Community Psychology, 41, 327-350. Goodwin, J., Behan, L., & O’Brien, N. (2023). Teachers’ views and experiences of student mental health and well-being programmes: A systematic review. Journal of Child & Adolescent Mental Health, 1-20. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Michie, S., & Prestwich, A. (2010). Are interventions theory-based? Development of a theory coding scheme. Health Psychology, 29(1), 1. Peters, D. H., Adam, T., Alonge, O., Agyepong, I. A., & Tran, N. (2013). Implementation research: what it is and how to do it. Bmj, 347. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) How to Research Inclusion in Elementary School in Cooperation with Pupils: Reflections from a Research Project in Norway. Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norway Presenting Author:The starting point of this study is the belief that pupils are valuable resources for research projects on inclusion in elementary schools. Thus, the objective of this research project is to let pupils` voices be heard from the beginning so that their voices will contribute to designing the research project`s focus areas. They are, after all, the experts on their own experiences and views (Alderson, 2008). This research project is about our experiences as researchers with co-creating a research project with pupils about inclusion. We want to find out with the pupils what matters to themselves when it comes to inclusion in their school life. What do they experience as inclusive or exclusive practices? What is it that really matters to them? And how can researchers co-operate with pupils to explore these questions? A lot of research has been conducted on different aspects of inclusive education in the educational field as reflected in many different literature reviews (Nilholm, 2021). However, the research that has been conducted is mostly theoretical and does not focus on the realization of inclusive education in different settings in practice (Göransson & Nilholm 2014). What is missing is the perception of children on defining inclusion in education (Qvortrup & Qvortrup, 2018), and even more importantly how children experience inclusion in their daily lives (Mittler, 2000). As Mittler (2000) states “it is the day-to-day experiences of children in classrooms that define the quality of their participation” (p. 95). This highlights the need for a new research entry in the field of education on inclusion that is based on practical experiences, from pupil`s voices. This is one of the reasons why some researchers have taken the step “inside” the school to investigate the concept of inclusion from the perspective of pupils. Adderley et al. (2015) highlight the importance of the pupils' perspective and that they can provide valuable insight into how teachers' practices can promote or hinder their experience of inclusion in the classroom. Messiou (2019) argues that pupils can become resources for change and the development of inclusive practices provided that they are listened to. Kleeberg-Niepage et al. (2022) describe in their study that pupils can provide important insight into success factors for inclusive practices at secondary school. In pupil-based investigations into how pupils themselves experience school, Arnesen (2020) found various examples of processes that pupils experience as including or excluding. Arnesen (2020) gained an insight into pupils' experiences both in terms of pupil-pupil relationships and teacher-pupil relationships, as well as how positive and negative cycles can be created in the social interaction at school (Arnesen, 2020). Tangen (2022) emphasizes that children are important voices in research and argues that listening to pupils' voices promotes inclusion. She suggests that a good school life can only be developed by seeing it from the pupils' own perspective (Tangen 2022). Uthus and Sivertsen (2023) have also found, through their studies in the field of practice, that teachers themselves demand a pupil-oriented perspective on inclusion. These previously done research projects emphasize the importance of pupils' voices in research on inclusion in their school life. This project is about our experiences as researchers with using co-creating processes in the research field of inclusion and not about the empirical data that we collected. We want to focus on the co-creating process together with the pupils regarding inclusion while focusing on the following research questions:
Research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research project is a “participatory research” project (Macaulay et al., 2011; Salsberg et al., 2015 in Askheim et al. 2019, p.15) where pupils are contributing actors. That means that our research is based on co-operation with pupils during the entire project. The researchers used two different methods to listen to pupils’ voices – a participatory workshop and photovoice. Participatory workshop is a method used to generate knowledge on inclusion together with the pupils (Veale, 2005). The participatory workshop was designed to give the pupils an opportunity to take a role in the decision process. They could determine which topics they wanted the researcher to focus on regarding inclusion in school life. Additionally, they could express some thoughts on how they wanted the research to be conducted (Mason & Danby, 2011). Three groups of pupils and their teachers from three different primary school classes were included. The workshop took place during a school day. In total did 13 pupils participated, age range 6-11 years old. The workshop was not part of data collection. It was meant to be a collaborative brainstorming together with the pupils, to give the researcher a starting point for focus areas and research design in further research. The research settings differed for each workshop session. One session took place while the children were on a trip, one during lunch and one in the classroom. The workshop's experience formed the interview questions which will be asked in the follow-up interviews. This way, the pupils have contributed to research design and relevant interview questions about what is important to them from the start. The method used to follow-up the participatory workshop was photovoice. Photovoice is used as a method in this project, for engaging children in research by letting them take pictures of phenomena (Abma, Breed, Lips, Schrijver, 2022). This research method can be useful for documenting the meaning of inclusion and a sense of belonging for children from diverse backgrounds and for documenting everyday school life experiences since these can be difficult to explain verbally. The photovoice is followed up by interviews with the children who have taken the pictures. In this project, the pupils got the task to take pictures of places, objects, and persons (unrecognizable) that are important to them at school. This gave them the opportunity to express their views on what they think the research about inclusion should focus on. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the participatory workshop, the pupils expressed that they wanted researchers to talk to them and ask them questions. The pupils also wanted the researchers to observe both pupils and teachers and how they interact. Our preliminary impression from the workshop is that this way of involving pupils from the start is very valuable. The things the pupils said during the workshop gave the teacher who was present information they did not have before. That, in turn, led to more conversations between teacher and pupils after the researcher had left. During those conversations the teacher uncovered forms of exclusion that they had not been aware of, and they started taking measures to improve the current situation for the pupils affected. In that way the workshop had an impact and led to development, even though no research data had been collected yet. From the coming research it is to be expected that we might uncover inclusive and exclusive practices that play a big role in the pupil's school life. We also assume that the pupils themselves will play a central role in finding potential solutions to challenges regarding exclusive practices. Our preliminary impression from using photovoice is that the children feel heard by using this method. They are eager to tell the researchers about the pictures they have taken and have ownership to the pictures they took. This leads to fruitful interviews about different aspects of inclusion and exclusion in their daily school lives. These results are considered as very important for both the school setting but also for the different general defining process of inclusion seen by the pupils´ their viewpoints. This perspective from the children would not have been available to us if we had not asked the pupils what they think researchers should do at their school. References Abma, T., Breed, M., Lips, S., & Schrijver, J. (2022). Whose Voice is It Really? Ethics of Photovoice With Children in Health Promotion. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211072419 Adderley, R.J., Hope, M.A., Hughes, G.C., Jones, L., Messiou, K. & Shaw, P.A. (2015). Exploring inclusive practices in primary schools: focusing on children’s voices. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 30(1), 106-121. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.964580. Alderson, P. (2008). Children as Researchers: Participation Rights and Research Methods. In P. J. Christensen, Allison (Ed.), Research With Children (pp. 292-306). United Kingdom: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203964576-21 Arnesen, A.L. (2020). Pedagogisk nærvær – Skolen som inkluderingsarena og risikosone. Universitetsforlaget. Askheim, O.P., Lid, I.M., Østensjø, S. (Eds) (2019). Samproduksjon i forskning – Forskning med nye aktører. Universitetsforlaget. Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265-280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545 Kleeberg-Niepage, A., Brehme, D., Bendfeldt, L.M. & Jansen, K. (2022). What makes a good school? Perspectives of students at inclusive secondary schools in Germany. International Journal of Inclusive Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2022.2136772 Mason, J., & Danby, S. (2011). Children as Experts in Their Lives: Child Inclusive Research. Child Indicators Research, 4(2), 185-189. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-011-9108-4 Messiou, K. (2019). The missing voices: students as a catalyst for promoting inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 768-781. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1623326 Mittler, P. (2000). Working Towards Inclusive Education Social Contexts. David Fulton Publishers.mi Nilholm, C. (2021). Research about inclusive education in 2020 – How can we improve our theories in order to change practice? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(3), 358-370. Qvortrup, A., & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International journal of inclusive education, 22(7), 803-817. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1412506 Tangen, R. (2022). Elevenes stemmer i skolen – Elevkunnskap og skolelivskvalitet. (1.utg., 1.oppl.). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Uthus, M., & Sivertsen, K. I. H. (2023). Samskapt kunnskapsutvikling om inkludering i en mangfoldig skole - med eleven i sentrum. I A. B. Emstad (Red.), Samskapt kunnskap i skole og lærerutdanning. Der praksis og forskning møtes (s. 180-199). Cappelen Damm Akademisk Veale, A. (2005). Creative methodologies in participatory research with children. Researching children’s experience: Approaches and methods, 253-272. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 B: Didactics - Learning and Teaching Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Agni Stylianou-Georgiou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper SHARE: Teachers’ Perception about Changes in Teaching and Learning 1School Lyceum #53, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2School-Lyceum #50, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-gymnasium #58, Astana, Kazakhstan; 4School-Lyceum #35, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The aim of this small-scale research is to explore whether there is an improvement teaching and learning practices resulting from the collaborative action research focused on Student Engagement in Classroom Learning, implemented in 22 SHARE schools (School Hub for Action Research in Education) in Astana city, Kazakhstan. The SHARE project is an educational initiative, implemented since 2019 by the Astana city Department of Education in collaboration with esteemed scholars, including the Emeritus Professor of the University of Cambridge, Professor Colleen McLaughlin, a former Principal of Bottisham Village College Mrs. Kate Evans and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva, the University of Cambridge graduate and prominent advocate for action research in Kazakhstan, who also serves as a national coordinator for the SHARE. The coordination and implementation of the SHARE are carried out by the Center for Education Modernisation along with 22 school coordinators, four of whom are the authors of this paper. The primary goal of the SHARE is to bring about the changes into teachers’ practice, ensuring that every child benefits from the initiative. In contemporary educational settings, there exists a need to explore innovative methodologies that actively engage students in the learning process. Scholarly enquiries by Elliott (1991), Townsend (2013), Pollard (2014), and other education practitioners highlight the transformative impact of action research on the educational paradigm, fostering to enhance learning outcomes. In response to this context, Calhoun (1993) has emphasized three distinct approaches aimed at supporting teachers to improve teaching and learning practices by engaging inaction research: 1. Individual teacher research, 2. Collaborative action research, and 3. School-wide action research. Manfra's (2019) research findings suggest that collaborative action research approaches are particularly effective in empowering teachers to modify their teaching practices. Moreover, Oranga and Gisore(2023) in their research focus their attention on improving problem-solving effectiveness through comprehensive school-wide initiatives. Hence, the SHARE, that started as a collaborative action research within and across different schools of Astana city has a significant potential to help teachers to improve teaching, enhance their own learning and share ideas and practices for other to learn from.The implementation of any small-scale action research project within the SHARE centers around four domains of change: 1) acquiring knowledge about action research methodology; 2) improving teaching and learning; 3) fostering teacher leadership; 4) establishing conditions for sustained engagement in the initiative and beyond. As such, during the 2022-2023 academic year all 22 SHARE schools implemented a small-scale action research project about student engagement in classroom learning. During academic year teachers were guided by the core team of scholar show to implement the project, including reading about student engagement, conducting classes, filling in the protocols of class observation and video-recording lessons for the analysis and etc., in order to learn about student engagement in classroom settings. Whereas SHARE school-coordinators were guided by a national coordinator to research teachers’ perception about the four domains of SHARE. Specifically, our team consisting of a national coordinator and four school-coordinators came together to research teachers’ perception about one of the SHARE domains. That is, to learn about changes in teaching and learning practices steaming from the implementation of student engagement in classroom settings, implemented across 22 SHARE schools. Thus, the research is intended to assist conducting a literature review about teachers’ perception of changes and contribute to better understanding of how teachers perceive the changes and improvements in their practices within SHARE initiatives.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, three main sources of information were used: a literature review to learn about the changes in teaching and learning among teachers, SHARE teachers’ reflective accounts and survey data conducted in SHARE schools. The systematic literature review was conducted in English, Kazakh, and Russian languages and guided by the main research question. Google Scholar was the primary source for literature search due to the restricted access to subscription -based databases in the schools. Survey data was collected via Google Forms. This choice was guided by several factors, including time constraints and the necessity to reach a substantial number of respondents. A questionnaire comprising of thirteen questions was designed along with other three teams researching SHARE domains. General information about the respondents, including their role in the student engagement project and in the SHARE project, was collected to be used during the analysis by all four teams exploring the four domains. Among the thirteen questions, two were specifically focused to teachers’ perception about the changes in their practices. The survey was carried out anonymously. Anonymity was considered essential in creating an open and honest environment for participants, encouraging a greater willingness to share their perceptions without fear of judgment or misunderstanding. This approach aimed to produce more accurate and truthful insights into the participants' perspectives on changes in learning. The SHARE teacher’s’ reflective accounts provided by SHARE teachers served as a valuable complement to the survey data, enhancing our understanding of subjective views. The segmentation and descriptive analyses were employed to identify trends in responses, allowing for a differentiated examination of feedback from both new and long-standing project participants. This approach aimed to offer nuanced insights into the evolving perspectives and experiences of teachers involved in the Student Engagement in Classroom Learning project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The survey data was validated with 171 responses. Preliminary findings highlighted the positive effect of the Student Engagement in Classroom Learning project on teacher practice. The findings indicated that teachers engaged in the project for over three years either fully or partially agreed that the project prompted changes in their practices. However, a quarter of the teachers with less than two years of project experience responded that they found it challenging to respond, citing a lack of time, a common sentiment among SHARE teacher early in the project. Nonetheless, a growing number of teachers now recognise and affirm that the creating conditions for changes lies in the hands. Reflective accounts reveal instances of teachers exercising autonomy, in such areas as selecting a critical friend and making time to meet to discuss teaching strategies and student related issues in the school, even when there is no dedicated space and time is set in their daily schedule. In general, the findings underscore the success of the “Student Engagement in Learning” project and its impact on teachers’ perception about the changes in teaching and learning in long run. Future research endeavors could explore in more depth the specific aspects of SHARE initiative contributing to improving teaching and learning in schools. References Calhoun, E. F. (1993). Action Research: Three Approaches. Educational leadership, 51(2), 62-65. Elliot, J. (1991). Action research for educational change. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). Farrell, T. S. (2011). ‘Keeping SCORE’: Reflective practice through classroom observations. RELC Journal, 42(3), 265-272. Manfra, M. M. (2019). Action research and systematic, intentional change in teaching practice. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 163-196. Oranga, J., &Gisore, B. (2023). Action Research in Education. Open Access Library Journal, 10(7), 1-10. Pollard, A., Black-Hawkins, K., Cliff-Hodges, G., Dudley, P., & James, M. (2014). Reflective teaching in schools: Evidence-informed professional practice. Bloomsbury Publishing. Townsend, A. (2013). Action research: The challenges of changing and researching practice: The challenges of understanding and changing practice. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Heritage Education: Mapping Urban Places through Children’s Voices Free University of Bozen, Italy Presenting Author:The present paper is part of the PNRR PhD project “Teaching and learning heritage”, which responds to the need expressed in the PNRR plan to develop strategies for safeguarding cultural heritage (M1C3.1: cultural heritage for the next generation). The research project identifies heritage education with children as a possible safeguarding action, as also suggested by the 2003 UNESCO Convention. Considering the reflections brought by Manal & Srour (2021) and Smith (2013), which underline how children are under-represented in heritage discourses and how necessary it is to rethink their relationship with heritage, the aim of the research is to get a deeper understanding of children’s perspectives of cultural heritage (in all its forms, natural, tangible and intangible), and its associated meanings, related to their everyday urban environment. In this context, mapping urban spaces with children as a method to foster an identification and co-construction of knowledge (De Nicola et al., 2022) of cultural heritage is proposed. For considering children as social and cultural actors (Melton et al, 2014), implies involving them in safeguarding processes and bringing their voices into the – this way intergenerationally structured – heritage discourse. To reflect on heritage education, the perspective of intangible cultural heritage is proposed. The “intangible cultural heritage” paradigm shift introduced by 2003 UNESCO Convention highlights a change from the hegemony of the cultural objects to the centrality of the subjects (Lapiccirella Zingari, 2017, p. 19). The 2005 Faro Convention also emphasises the relevance of the participation of communities, groups, and individuals in the processes of heritage making, safeguarding and education. Thus, heritage, considered as a cultural (Smith, 2006) and active process (Copeland, 2012, p. 22), is constituted by the meanings and the values that individuals attribute to it. Accordingly, heritage education “is about people” (Copeland, 2012, p.22), which means that it lies less in the acquisition of factual knowledge, but rather in the individuals’ involvement in the process of heritage making and meaning making. Furthermore, Del Gobbo et al. (2018) emphasise the importance of designing educational activities that foster the production of a plurality of narratives and interpretations by persons and communities, highlighting the dynamic and active component of cultural experiences (p.26). Inspired by Children’s geography, the tool of mapping urban spaces, assuming the "more than representational" approach (Malatesta, 2015), allows to compose the experienced dimension (practices, meanings, values) of places with its translation into graphic form (Malatesta, 2015, p.62). In this sense, mapping no longer represents an objective physical space, but becomes the narrative of an experienced and lived place. As Barnes (2018) and Powell (2010) suggest, mapping, as a research method, allows the exploring of new narratives, not fixing meanings. In heritage education, asking children to map their urban spaces means identifying all those elements (places, cultural practices, people) considered important. The children’s narratives of their maps will compose a collective narrative of the places, as well as of the community living in the neighborhood. Observing cultural heritage from everyday places responds on one hand to the necessity to make this concept more accessible (Schofield, 2015), anchoring it in everyday experiences that are considered significant; on the other hand, it also allows to recognise all those 'unofficial' cultural expressions as heritage (Harrison, 2013, p. 15). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project can be defined as a qualitative and exploratory research (Mortari & Ghirotto, 2019) based on a reconstructive approach (Bohnsack, 2010). The empirical study will be conducted in northern Italian urban area and will involve 30/40 children aged between 6 and 11 years old. The data collection will start in May 2024. To answer the research question, I will conduct creative mapping workshops in collaboration with cultural and social associations based in the selected area (90 minutes & 15 participants each). They will be structured in three main phases: 1. First group activation to introduce the topic of cultural heritage through different stimuli; 2. Workshop activity, in which children will be asked to represent through drawings, or maps, the places of the area/district that are most important for them, or the element that they consider cultural heritage; 3. Group discussion, where children will be asked to talk about their drawing and to share ideas on cultural heritage. In terms of methods of data collection, participant observations and field notes will be used to monitor/observe the process. Field notes, also often described as “memos”, will focus both on observative and methodological aspects; furthermore, reflexive field notes will work as a starting point for the elaboration of the research process (Bove, 2019) and for the interpretation of the data. The graphic representations of places are seen as the products of the children's lived experience, transforming the materiality of spaces into a “sense of place” (Malatesta, 2015, p. 64). As Barnes (2018) and Powell (2010) suggest mapping becomes a form of narrative of the places experienced and lived. Children's drawings will be accompanied by a description. Narratives will suggest a clearer, but also closer, understanding of children’s thought and ideas on their living places. Documentary method will be used for the analyses, combined with the ethnographically aligned approach. Both approaches refer to an abductive research process, through which theory is generated ex novo. In accordance with the documentary method, it is intended to triangulate the different data collection procedures (participant observation, children’s drawings, and group discussion) to develop a more accurate and deeper interpretation of them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The principal aim of the research is to understand more in detail how children perceive, understand and, most importantly, live cultural heritage in their ordinary urban environments. Through the experience of mapping, the expected outcome is to involve actively and practically children in the process of identify heritage elements and co-construct knowledge and awareness of heritage. The insights gained can be made fruitful for further discourse on heritage education in an innovative way. Moreover, the conduction of workshops in collaboration with cultural associations based in the selected area emphasise an approach to heritage education actions in the context of non-formal education, enriching the experiences proposed in the school and in the museum context. By this, it is encouraged a heritage education closer to children´s experiences. Lastly, through this paper, it is intended to open a deeper reflection on how to involve children, in heritage safeguarding and valorisation processes, taking seriously their way of acting and meaning-giving in their daily lives. References Barnes, A. (2018). Creative Representations of Place (1st ed.). Milton: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315162089 Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (Eds.). (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method: In International Educational Research (1st ed.). Opladen & Farmington Hills, MI: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bove, C. (2019). Il metodo etnografico. In L. Mortari & L. Ghirotto, Metodi per la ricerca educativa. Roma: Carocci editore. Copeland, T. (2012). Heritage Education in Europe. Mirando a Europa: Estado de La Cuestión y Perspectivas de Futuro. Ponencias, 21–29. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Alfredo-Palacios Garrido/publication/280601520_El_Open_Museum_de_Glasgow_llevar_el_museo_a_las_personas/links/55bd708408ae092e96638786/El-Open-Museum-de-Glasgow-llevar-el-museo-a-las-personas.pdf#page=21 Del Gobbo, G., Galeotti, G., & Torlone, F. (2018). Le valenze educative del patrimonio culturale: Riflessioni teorico-metodologiche tra ricerca evidence based e azione educativa nei musei. Canterano: Aracne. De Nicola, A., Pepe, A., Zuccoli, F. (2022). Living Territories to the Full, Dialoguing with Citizens. In: Casonato, C., Bonfantini, B. (eds) Cultural Heritage Education in the Everyday Landscape. Digital Innovations in Architecture, Engineering and Construction (113–127). Cham: Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-10395-7_8 Harrison, R. (2013). Heritage: Critical Approaches. Routledge. Lapiccirella Zingari, V. (2017). Patrimoni vitali nel paesaggio. Note sull’immaterialità del patrimonio culturale alla luce delle convenzioni internazionali. In D. Parbuono & F. Sbardella (Eds.), Costruzione di Patrimoni. Le parole degli oggetti e delle convenzioni (17–51). Bologna: Pàtron Editore. Malatesta, S. (2015). Geografia dei bambini: Luoghi, pratiche e rappresentazioni (1a ed). Milano: Guerini e Associati. Manal Ginzarly & F. JORDAN Srour (2021) Unveiling children’s perceptions of World Heritage Sites: a visual and qualitative approach, International Journal of Heritage Studies, 27:12, 1324-1342, DOI: 10.1080/13527258.2021.1977374 Melton, G. B., Ben-Aryeh, A., Cashmore, J., Goodman, G. S., & Worley, N. K. (Eds.). (2014). The SAGE handbook of child research. Los Angeles: SAGE Mortari, L., & Ghirotto, L. (2019). Metodi per la ricerca educativa. Roma: Carocci. Powell, K. (2010). Making Sense of Place: Mapping as a Multisensory Research Method. Qualitative Inquiry, 16(7), 539-555. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800410372600 Schofield, J. (2015). Forget About ‘Heritage’: Place, Ethics and the Faro Convention. In T. Ireland & J. Schofield (Eds.), The Ethics of Cultural Heritage (pp. 197–209). New York NY: Springer New York. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4939-1649-8_12 Smith, L. (2006). Uses of Heritage (Repr). London: Routledge. Smith, L. (2013). Taking the children: children, childhood and heritage making. In K. Darian-Smith & C. Pascoe, Children, Childhood and Cultural Heritage (107–125). London and New York: Routledge. UNESCO. (2003). The basic text of the 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. https://ich.unesco.org/en/basic-texts-00503 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Jazz’n School. Exploring a Teaching and Learning Posture through Practices, Policies, and Cultures Università di Padova, Italy Presenting Author:In a present marked by uncertainty, instability, and unpredictability, school system struggles to keep pace, despite calls for schools and teachers to be dynamic, open to change and to prepare pupils to face the challenges and problems of an ever-fast-changing world (European Union, 2008). The environments where we spend most of our time in the period of (trans)formation appear entrenched in an overly predetermined structure that fail to align with the dynamism of the present. This research aims to delve into jazz, conceived as a metaphor encompassing values and attitudes essential for daily life and long-term development (Santi, Zorzi, 2016). Jazz embodies a formative potential for the next generations and a trans-formative one for the teaching/learning approach and, more in general, for the idea of an inclusive, inventive, polyphonic, and explorative education. Schools frequently hinder aspects inherent to human existence that are also prevalent in jazz: improvisation in ambiguous situations, adaptation to new contexts, curiosity about the unknown, and learning from mistakes. Instead of presenting themselves as protected havens resistant to the unpredictability of the world, educational environments should be viewed as safe spaces that foster experimentation, mirroring what happens between jazz musicians during a jam session with no audience. In both contexts, focus is placed on the process unfolding in the present, requiring continuous attention (Masschelein, 2010), rather than prioritizing the product as a predetermined outcome subject to rigid evaluation criteria. The research’s main theoretical framework is pedagojazz (Santi, 2010, 2015; Santi, Zorzi, 2016). Santi's theoretical proposal introduces values that could serve as inspiration for a novel pedagogical approach, exploring possibilities often overlooked in traditional education. Specifically, it emphasizes the significance of authentic presence, the establishment of a safe creativity environment (Weinstein, 2016) that encourages experimentation without fear of making mistakes, and the importance of maintaining an open stance toward others in the pursuit of a shared educational journey. Above all, pedagojazz places a priority on the potential of improvisation, a fundamental element of jazz music, that has undergone extensive study in various fields, including education (Cappa, Negro, 2006; Tomlinson, Germundson, 2007; Sawyer, 2011; Zorzi, 2020). It teaches that mistakes are inherent in the journey, and the real challenge lies in effectively dealing with them. Embracing mistakes is the pathway to stepping out of our comfort zones and genuinely putting ourselves on the line. The research subject is of great topicality, which is confirmed by the support from NRRP funds for this research grant. Moreover, the project stems from a collaboration between the University of Padua and Federazione Nazionale Il Jazz Italiano. The objective is to expose jazz hallmarks by drawing insights directly from the experiences of jazz professionals to outline a teaching and learning jazzing posture that responds to the need to embrace the uncertainty of the present. Due to the collaborative nature of the project, it pursues two interconnected goals, addressing both theoretical and practical needs. Firstly, it endeavors to explore the potentially revolutionary impact of a jazzing approach in the pedagogical field: what does it mean to bring jazz to school? What does a teaching and learning jazzing posture entail? Which positive implications might it have? Secondly, the project aims to highlight the cultural heritage of jazz, recognized by UNESCO for promoting peace, dialogue, respect, eradicating discrimination, fostering gender equality, and promoting freedom of expression. The collaborative effort involves co-constructing a yet-to-be-identified tool with representatives from jazz organizations to answer the following questions: how is it possible to enhance networking among musicians engaged in the educational field? How could this step benefit the school system as a whole? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a methodological point of view, the exploratory nature of the research suggested the choice of a qualitative approach (Denzin, Lincoln, 2005; Bogdan, Biklen, 2007), framing the work in social constructivism (Lincoln, Guba, 1985) within a phenomenological perspective (Mortari, 2007). The most appropriate method appeared to be Grounded Theory (Strauss, Corbin, 1998): the tool of semi-structured interview (Zammuner, 1998) has been used for data collection, as for data analysis the choice was the software ATLAS.ti. Three different groups of participants to the research have been selected based on three interdependent dimensions emerging from the Index of Inclusion (Booth, Ainscow, 2000, 2002, 2011), a resource that promote a development of inclusion in schools. The three dimensions – cultures, policies, and practices – are thought as a never-ending process towards inclusion. Every little change of a dimension influences the others, sustaining the dynamism of both challenges and potential solutions. Hence, it is vital to recognize each dimension and develop them all together to shape a common flexible direction. The choice of this tool as a guiding principle arises from its alignment with a concept of inclusion that mirrors an approach akin to jazz music. This embraces an upstream view of diversity, considering alternatives as generative opportunities for the system itself. The practices dimension is represented by musicians (17) with a jazz background, who had experiences in educational environments. Referents of jazz organizations (3) played an active part in the research representing the policies dimension, too, being more aware of the political framework and the constraints they face every day. The third and last dimension is the one of cultures, embodied in the group of theoreticians (15), namely experts from different fields who, within their own area of expertise, had already brought reflections on the research topic. The analysis of data from semi-structured interviews will involve three primary steps. At first, data obtained from each group will be processed independently, as closed systems, to extract distinct categories. Afterwards, the analysis will transition to an open systems perspective, where the categories derived from the closed analysis will be compared. The objective is to identify any common categories that may emerge across various dimensions. Finally, the identified categories will be juxtaposed with existing literature on the topic, with the aim of determining whether they align with those outlined in prior studies (Santi, 2015, 2016) or if they introduce unexplored nuances. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All interviews have been conducted and transcribed, data analysis is in progress, but initial ones offer a glimpse into potential outcomes. Firstly, we foresee the identification of core categories that transcend all three interviewees’ groups, serving as pivotal elements in shaping the jazzing posture. We also expect these categories to correspond to some of the characteristic traits already tracked by pedagojazz (Santi, 2015, 2016). One of these will almost certainly be improvisation that, in its collaborative declination, is a persistent feature in all the interviews so far. In the same way, new elements also stand out, stemming precisely from the personal teaching experiences of the musicians interviewed, capable of broadening the traits of pedagojazz enriching it with new, different, and generative perspectives. Likewise, some categories may occur exclusively within certain groups, shedding light on aspects that are less explored or lack awareness, such as the naturally inclusive nature of jazz, also related to its history, which conflicts with the exclusivity manifested in jam sessions among skilled musicians that do not admit those who stay one step behind. A deeper exploration of distinct elements contributes to the development of a tool that fosters collaboration among musicians, enhancing their unique teaching approaches, but also promising mutual enrichment within the musical education landscape. Simultaneously, this exploration extends beyond jazz as a teaching discipline. The process that will lead to the co-construction of the as-yet unidentified tool provides for the identification of fallouts in the pedagogical field. Therefore, it presents itself as an opportunity for critical reflections on the broader educational dimensions of cultures, practices, and policies. This multifaceted approach, nurtured by a constant and dynamic interplay between experiences and contrasting points of view, enables a more comprehensive understanding of the potential impact and applications of the jazzing posture in diverse educational settings. References Bogdan R. & Biklen S. K. (2007). Qualitative research for education. An introduction to theories and methods. New York: Pearson Education Inc., Allyn & Bacon. Booth, T. & Ainscow, M. (2000, 2002, 2011). Index for Inclusion, developing learning and participation in school. UK: CSIE. Cappa, F. & Negro, C. (2006). Il senso nell’istante: improvvisazione e formazione. Milano: Guerini Scientifica. Denzin N. K. & Lincoln Y. S. (2005). Handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks (California): Sage. European Union, C319 (2008). An Agenda for European Cooperation on Schools. Official Journal of the European Union. Lincoln, Y. & Guba, E. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Masschelein, J. (2010). E-ducating the gaze: the idea of a poor pedagogy. Ethics and Education, 5(1), 43-53. Mortari, L. (2007). Cultura della ricerca e pedagogia. Roma: Carocci Editore. Santi, M. (Ed.). (2010). Improvisation between technique and spontaneity. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars. Santi M. (2015). Improvvisare creatività: nove principi di didattica sull’eco di un discorso. Studium Educationis, 2, 103-114. Santi M. (2016). Educare in jazz: otto tratti di una nuova pedagogia. In W. Kohan, S. Lopes, F. Martins (Eds.), O ato de educar em uma lingua ainda por ser escrita (pp. 379-390). Rio de Janeiro: NEFI. Santi, M. & Zorzi, E. (Eds.). (2016). Education as Jazz: Interdisciplinary Sketches on a New Metaphor. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars. Sawyer, R. K. (2011). Structure and Improvisation in Creative Teaching. New York: Cambridge University Press. Strauss, A. L. & Corbin, J. M. (1998). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (2nd ed.). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Tomlinson, C. A. & Germundson, A. (2007). Teaching as Jazz. Educational Leadership, 8(64), 27-31. Weinstein, J. (2016). A Safe Creativity Environment. In Santi M. & Zorzi E. (Eds.), Education as Jazz: Interdisciplinary Sketches on A New Metaphor (pp. 49-61). Newcastle upon Tyne, Cambridge Scholars. Zammuner V. L. (1998). Tecniche dell’intervista e del questionario. Bologna: Il Mulino. Zorzi, E. (2020). L’insegnante improvvisatore. Napoli: Liguori. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Development of a Pedagogical Tool for CLIL: Research and Practice University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL)* and language immersion programmes have been implemented in the majority of educational systems of Europe since the 1990s (Goris et al., 2019; Renau & Mas Marti, 2018). There is a consensus in the literature that the target language (TL) development of students in CLIL and immersion settings outstrips their peers who study the language in stand-alone classes (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012; Dalton-Puffer, 2008; Genesee & Lindholm-Leary, 2013; Tedick & Lyster, 2020). However, many scholars internationally conclude that students do not reach an advanced level of competence but, rather, a “functional proficiency” (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012, p. 253). For CLIL to reach its full potential by the end of upper secondary education, a more explicit and systematic focus on language is needed in content-area classrooms (Tedick & Lyster, 2020). There is acknowledgement that this is not an easy undertaking as this fusing of content teaching and language teaching has variously been referred to as a “stab in the dark” (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012, p. 261) and a “conundrum” (Ó Ceallaigh et al., 2018, p. 5). In many jurisdictions this situation is exacerbated by teacher readiness issues, where no specific qualification is required to teach in CLIL settings (Ó Ceallaigh et al., 2018; Tedick & Fortune, 2013). Irish is a minority language on the island of Ireland with the English language being the first language (L1) of the vast majority of the population (Central Statistics Office, 2017). This research project focused on the lived experiences of secondary CLIL teachers as they attempt to integrate the teaching of content and the teaching of language in Irish-medium schools. The first iteration of a pedagogical tool was developed to explore CLIL teachers’ experiences, attitudes and practices (Mac Gearailt et al., 2023). This pedagogical tool, SIOF, has now been refined and it is hoped that it will be a significant development in a move to a more “systematic” pedagogy” (Genesee & Lindholm-Leary, 2013, p. 22). SIOF focuses on “language sensitive” (Marsh et al., 2001, p. 4) classroom practices that relate to Scaffolding, Input, Output and Feedback. It adopts a socio-cognitive view of the learning process and accepts that cognition and social interaction have complementary roles in language learning (Lyster, 2007). Considering the varied and naturalistic input of CLIL settings, the work of Krashen (1982), his theory on Comprehensible Input in particular, underpins much of the scholarship on CLIL. Social interactions are fundamental to the sociocultural perspective on second language learning (Lightbown & Spada, 2013). Speaking (and writing) enables learners to control their mental processes, which facilitates the internalisation of language used in social interactions. In devising SIOF the authors drew heavily on the Counterbalanced Approach of Lyster (2007) and the CAPA model of Tedick and Lyster (2020), which focuses on contextualisation, awareness, practice and autonomy when integrating the teaching of language and content. Form-focused instruction (FFI) is the bedrock of these approaches, and of SIOF. FFI is defined as “any pedagogical effort which is used to draw the learners’ attention to language form either implicitly or explicitly” (Spada, 1997, p. 73). * The authors view CLIL as an umbrella term for any context where an additional language is used to teach content. As such, when the authors use the term CLIL this includes immersion. For further discussion on the interrelatedness of CLIL and immersion see (Mac Gearailt et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted within an interpretive ontological paradigm. A phenomenological approach, a form of naturalistic research that resides within the interpretive paradigm, was adopted (Cohen et al., 2018). This approach allowed the researcher to explore the lived experiences or “lifeworld” (Newby, 2010, p. 36) of CLIL teachers. Invitations to participate and information notes were sent to all of the Irish-medium secondary schools in Ireland (n=35) outside of official Gaeltacht areas (areas designated as being Irish speaking). Teachers who teach non-language subjects (geography, history, science etc.) were invited to participate. Within this school/teacher population a purposive sampling technique was utilised. Purposive sampling is a form of non-probability sampling which allows the researcher to recruit participants in a “strategic” way (Clark et al., 2016, p. 378). The researcher used his judgement to assemble participants to best meet the “specific needs” of the study (Cohen et al., 2018). A copy of the SIOF document was forwarded to all participants before attending an online information session. At these session the fundamentals of SIOF were explained to the participants and they were afforded the opportunity to ask questions. 32 participants were recruited (five subsequently withdrew) and sixteen information sessions were conducted. At the conclusion of these sessions the participating teachers were requested to reflect on the strategies/approaches outlined in SIOF for a period of two to four weeks and to explore some of the strategies/approaches in their classrooms. Subsequently three focus groups (with five to seven participants) and nine semi-structured interviews were conducted. The SIOF pedagogical tool was used as an interview schedule but a semi-structured approach was maintained. These interviews were audio recorded and subsequently transcribed for analysis. The researcher took notes during the interviews/focus groups and during the transcription process. The data was analysed using thematic analysis. The researcher followed the “contour” of data analysis conceptualised by Creswell and Poth (2018, p. 186). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings: 1) Many of the participants endeavour to scaffold language use and to engage in language sensitive teaching. However, this happens in an unsystematic fashion. This is in contrast to the Language Tryptic of Coyle et al. (2010) which presents a more structured analysis of language requirements. 2) The data is suggesting that SIOF could foster reflection amongst teachers and an “awakening” (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012, p. 260) to the nuances of CLIL teaching. 3) As Irish is a minority language the breadth and dept of teaching recourses is not as great as there is in English. The data suggests that immersion teachers display innovation and creativity in ameliorating this situation. However, many participants admit to using English language resources. Some participants use English language textbooks even though Irish language ones are available. 4) The data also suggests that some participants (especially those without an undergraduate degree in Irish) do not feel sufficiently confident in their own level of Irish. 5) Many teachers give corrective feedback on language use in content classes. Some are apprehensive about feedback as it might disrupt the flow of the lesson. Others expressed a desire to give feedback but lack the confidence in their own language ability. 6) A common, but subtle theme, throughout the data is the conflict many teachers feel between the teaching of content and the teaching of language. This is the “subject-focused mindset” (Mehisto, 2008, p. 103). There is an underlying fear that an overemphasis on language will distract from content teaching. 7) All of the participants emphasised the importance of a whole school approach in relation to CLIL methodologies. In addition, there is also scope for greater collaboration within subject departments. 8) All the participants expressed a great desire for more CPD in the area of CLIL best-practice. References Cammarata, L., & Tedick, D. J. (2012). Balancing content and language in instruction: The experience of immersion teachers. The Modern Language Journal, 96(2), 251-269. Clark, T., Foster, L., Sloan, L., & Bryman, A. (2016). Bryman’s social research methods (5th ed.). Oxford University Press. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in Education (8th ed.). Routledge. Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). Content and Language Integrated Learning. Cambridge University Press. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage. Genesee, F., & Lindholm-Leary, K. (2013). Two case studies of content-based language education. Journal of Immersion and Content-Based Language Education, 1(1), 3-33. Goris, J., Denessen, E., & Verhoeven, L. (2019). The contribution of CLIL to learners’ international orientation and EFL confidence. The Language Learning Journal, 47(2), 246-256. Krashen, S. D. (1982). Principles and practice in second language acquistion. Prentice-Hall. Lightbown, P., & Spada, N. (2013). How languages are learned (4th ed.). Oxford University Press. Lyster, R. (2007). Learning and teaching languages through content: A counterbalanced approach. John Benjamins. Mac Gearailt, B., Mac Ruairc, G., & Murray, C. (2021). Actualising Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) in Irish-medium education; why, how and why now? Irish Educational Studies, 1-19. Mac Gearailt, B., Mac Ruairc, G., & Murray, C. (2023). Towards a research-based pedagogical tool for language sensitive teaching in secondary CLIL and immersion settings. Journal of Immersion and Content-Based Language Education, 1-26. Marsh, D., Maljers, A., & Hartiala, A.-K. (2001). Profiling European CLIL classrooms. University of Jyväskylä. Mehisto, P. (2008). CLIL counterweights: Recognising and decreasing disjuncture in CLIL. International CLIL Research Journal, 1(1). Newby, P. (2010). Research methods for education. Pearson. Ó Ceallaigh, T. J., Hourigan, M., & Leavy, A. (2018). Developing potentiality: Pre-service elementary teachers as learners of language immersion teaching. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. Renau, M. L., & Mas Marti, S. (2018). A CLIL approach: Evolution and current situation in Europe and in Spain. International Journal of Science and Research, 8(2), 1100-1119. Spada, N. (1997). Form-focused instruction and second language acquisition: A review of classroom and laboratory research. Language teaching, 30, 73-87. Tedick, D. J., & Fortune, T. W. (2013). Bilingual/immersion teacher education. In C. A. Chapelle (Ed.), The encyclopedia of applied linguistics (pp. 438-443). Blackwell. Tedick, D. J., & Lyster, R. (2020). Scaffolding language development in immersion and dual language classrooms. Routledge. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 C: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Teachers’ Perception on Teacher Leadership 1School-lyceum №60, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2School-gymnasium №67, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-gymnasium №68, Astana, Kazakhstan; 4School-lyceum №37, Astana, Kazakhstan; 5School-lyceum №62, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The concept of “teacher leadership” is complex. The development of leadership qualities in teachers is combined with improving their autonomy and accountability at the same time. Teacher leadership, in its widest definition, is the process by which teachers, individually or collectively, influence their colleagues, principals, and other members of the school communities to improve teaching and learning practices with the aim to increased student learning and educational achievement (CCSRI, 2005, pp. 287-288). One of the characteristics of teachers with leadership qualities is their ability to foster a conducive environment for students, enabling them to realise their full potential. In general, teacher leadership is characterised by a combination of high intellectual and professional qualities and wisdom, literacy and sensitivity, proficiency in understanding the diverse psychological needs of students, and a capacity for adapting to changes. Teacher leadership promoted around the world, and Kazakhstan is no exception. For example, Qanay and Frost (2023) assert that the Teacher Leadership in Kazakhstan initiative professionality as described by Hoyle (1974), thus they can also contribute school improvements and build organisational capacity. Nevertheless, it is vital to consider that teachers actively interpret and implement teacher leadership concept based on the context and conditions (McLaughlin & Ayubayeva, 2015). Consequently, pedagogical leadership is distinctive, shaped by the objectives to be fulfilled and the prevailing context. Contemporary research widely agrees that teacher leadership qualities can be both innate and learnt. There is acknowledgment that individual can develop and enhance their leadership skills through intentional efforts and meaningful experience. The ongoing implementation of the SHARE (School Hub for Action Research in Education) initiative across 22 Astana city schools in Kazakhstan, has demonstrated the potential for cultivating teacher leadership qualities by engaging teachers in collaborative action research (Ayubayeva & McLaughlin, 2023). Since 2019, the schools involved in the SHARE project have organised three cohorts: in the 2019-2020 academic year, the 1st cohort comprised of 5 schools; in the 2020-2021 academic year, 2nd cohort included 8 schools, and in the 2021-2022 academic year, 3rd cohort consisted of 9 schools. It is worth noting that the impact of the SHARE on teacher development may vary, given that schools joined the initiative at different stages of its implementation. In 2022-2023 academic year SHARE schools across all three cohorts were engaged in conducting action research on student engagement in classroom learning. A core team comprising of five teacher-participants from each school underwent trainings facilitated by Professor Colleen McLaughlin, Mrs Kate Evans and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva. The trainings provided the participants with a structured algorithm, following which, each school identified the classes, a subject teacher for study, requiring video recording of her/his lesson, followed by the focus group interview with student and one-to-one interview with the teacher, whose lesson was observed, and recording a learning from the process of discussion and transcribing of the interviews. Obtaining permission from both students and their parents for video recording of a lesson was crucial to ensure compliance with the ethical standards. The process of conducting this small-scale action research revealed that while some members of a core team were active, the others were reluctant to take a responsibility. Hence, the team of school coordinators, consisting of schools #37, #60, #62, #67, and #68, collaborated under the guidance of the national coordinator, Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva, who also served as a critical friend, to research the SHARE teacher-participants’ perception about teacher leadership. The aim of this small-scale research is to explore the effect of the SHARE initiative in fostering teacher leadership qualities among teacher-participants and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Three sources were employed to collect the data. Initially, a literature review on the concept of teacher leadership across various contexts was conducted. It was defined that there are limited studies on teacher leadership in Kazakh and Russian languages, the primary languages of communication for all the authors. Hence, many of the literature was in English and required translation through Google Translate. This necessitated extensive discussion among team members to ensure a comprehensive understanding of the perception derived from the literature. The second data source consisted of reflective accounts from SHARE teacher-participants regarding teacher leadership, as well as case studies generated by the team based on these reflective accounts. Given the relatively recent adoption of the teacher leadership concept in Kazakhstani school, diverse opinions have emerged among colleagues engaged in SHARE. These opinions varied from viewing a teacher leader as someone responsible for school management, to someone who motivates others to follow, and even to someone who speak eloquently in front of a large audience. The third source of information involved survey data collected via Google Forms. A questionnaire was developed, drawing from the current perception of SHARE teacher-participants as expresses in their reflective accounts. The survey included both the SHARE core team members and volunteer-teachers. Utilizing a survey method proved to be practical within the time constraints of this research, allowing for the collection of data from a substantial number of participants. Acknowledging the potential risk of narrow questions in fully capturing the thoughts and opinions of participants about the concept under study, it was decided to complement the data with one-to-one interview and focus group meetings. The interview should allow us to provide deeper insights into the thoughts and views of the participants, while biases inherent to participants as teachers will be balances through collective responses obtained during focus-group discussions. To uphold democratic principles in an ethical sense, participation in interviews and focus group discussions are entirely voluntary (KERA, 2020), and explicit consent will be sought from participants before conducting interview and focus group discussions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review played a crucial part in providing a foundation for an evidence-based discussion on the concept of teacher leadership within various contexts. Through a thorough examination of diverse sources, the study concluded that teachers could enhance and refine their leadership qualities by prioritizing professional growth and continuously improving their teaching and learning practices. This groundwork was invaluable for analyzing survey data and setting the stage for upcoming interview and focus group discussion. The survey data was validated with 171 responses, and preliminary findings revealed varying perspectives on feasibility of teacher leadership in the current context. Some teachers expressed their belief that teacher leadership is attainable primary with a higher position in school administration, while others emphasized the importance of creating conditions for all teachers to assume leadership qualities. The presence of hierarchical culture and structures was noted, suggesting that the development of leadership necessitates increased responsibility and deliberate actions. One-third of the respondents, indicating that they perceive leadership in an active teacher with strong organisational skills. This subgroup emphasizes the ability of a leader to guide others through motivational speech. This perspective adds another layer to the divers understanding of teacher leadership. Although, there is a recognition among surveyed colleagues that teacher leadership is associated with innovation and substantial responsibility. It appears that this viewpoint is not popular, likely influenced by the perception that the concept of teacher leadership is accessible primary to those engaged in specific initiatives such as TKL or SHARE. To gain more detailed information, future plans include conducting interviews with teachers from schools participating in SHARE. This should allow us to explore insights of teachers involved, offering a more comprehensive understanding of the teacher leadership development facilitated by SHARE. References Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing Teachers as Researchers: Action Research as a School Development Approach, In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press. CCSRI (2005), The Center for Comprehensive School Reform and Improvement (2005). “Research Brief: What does the research tell us about Teacher Leadership?” Washington, DC. Creswell, J. (2012). Educational Research. Boston, Publisher: Pearson Elliott, J. (1991). Action Research for Educational Change. Buckingham: Open University Press. Hoyle (1974), Professionality, professionalism and control in teaching. London Educational Review 3 (2), 13-19. Qanay, G. & Frost, D. (2023). Teacher Leadership in Kazakhstan Initiative. In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press. KERA (2020). Code of ethics for educational researchers in Kazakhstan. Astana: First edition. - Nur-Sultan McLaughlin, C. and Ayubayeva, N. (2015). ‘It is the research of self-experience’: feeling the value. Action Research. Educational Action Research 23 (1), 51-67. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Leading Schools in Uncertain Times: Exploring Factors of School Leaders' Innovation-related Self-efficacy 1University of Tübingen, Germany; 2Leuphana University of Lüneburg, Germany Presenting Author:Self-efficacy has been widely established as an important construct in educational research and can be defined as the belief that own capabilities are strong enough to reach a set goal (Bandura, 1977). To date, there is extensive research on self-efficacy for student outcomes (Bartimote-Aufflick et al., 2016) and for teachers (e.g., Perera et al., 2019; Hajovsky et al., 2020). However, it has been less focus on school leaders’ self-efficacy (Fischer, 2020), which can be defined as the leaders’ belief in their own competence to induce change in their school (Fischer 2020; Tschannen-Moran & Gareis, 2004), and which proves to be a predictor of student achievement (Leithwood & Jantzi, 2008), organizational learning (Hesbol, 2019), and crisis management (Röhl et al., 2022). In particular, few findings exist on the sources and conducive factors that influence school leaders’ self-efficacy. Taking up this desideratum, the present study that is presented in the poster addressed the research question of what factors foster school leaders’ innovation-related self-efficacy. Bandura (1977) proposed that mastery experience, vicarious experience, social persuasions, and physical and emotional states are antecedents of self-efficacy. The influence of these factors on self-efficacy has been widely researched and empirically proven (e.g., Pfitzner-Eden, 2016). We firstly hypothesize that mastery experience (here, perceived achievement), vicarious experience (here, mentors as role models), verbal persuasion (here, encouragement from mentors or colleagues), and emotional state (here, exhaustion) impact school leaders’ innovation-related self-efficacy (H1). Secondly, studies on factors which are included in professional training and development opportunities have indicated to influence school leaders’ self-efficacy positively (Anselmus et al., 2022; Fischer, 2020; Versland, 2016). Based on these findings, we hypothesize that also leadership-related professional development factors increase school leaders’ innovation-related self-efficacy (H2). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To investigate our hypotheses, we used a representative sample of N = 405 school leaders in Germany collected by a professional survey provider in 2019. We measured school leaders’ innovation related self-efficacy using four items provided by Schmitz and Schwarzer (2002; ω = .811). Additionally, we surveyed the possible sources of self-efficacy mentioned by Bandura as well as completed qualifications programs and professional development activities with single items. Furthermore, we controlled for school leaders’ gender, migration background, professional experience, school size, - and type. Specifying a structural equation model including all assumed predictors of self-efficacy, results show that perceived achievement (β = .282, p < .001) and encouragement from team (β = .259, p < .001) both had significant effects on innovation-related self-efficacy in school leaders, as well as exhaustion (β = .103, p = .028). Mentors as role model (β = .027, p = .417), and encourager (β = -.005, p = .485) showed no significant effects. Regarding school leaders’ professional development activities, analysis revealed a significant effect of participation in university trainings and courses (β = .109; p = .007) and professional learning networks (β = .101, p = .032). Contrary to expectations, there were no significant effects of participating in leadership qualification programs, in-service trainings offered by the school administration, or other job-related learning opportunities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, many of the sources postulated by Bandura (1997) as well as the conduciveness of professional learning for self-efficacy can be confirmed to some extent. However, it should be noted that the findings are solely based on cross-sectional analyses and therefore no causal statements can be made. Nevertheless, our results demonstrate the value of leadership preparation programs that permit the participants to explore different work-related tasks and promote feelings of mastery, as well as the importance of team cooperation for the development of self-efficacy. Furthermore, the findings point to the open question of how mentoring relationships, often leadership qualification programs, and in-service training provided by school administrations can be made more conductive to school leaders’ self-efficacy development. References Anselmus Dami, Z., Budi Wiyono, B., Imron, A., Burhanuddin, B., Supriyanto, A., & Daliman, M. (2022). Principal self-efficacy for instructional leadership in the perspective of principal strengthening training: work engagement, job satisfaction and motivation to leave. Cogent Education, 9(1), 2064407. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2022.2064407 Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191–215. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.191 Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The Exercise of Control. Freeman. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/1997-08589-000 Bartimote-Aufflick, K., Bridgeman, A., Walker, R., Sharma, M., & Smith, L. (2016). The study, evaluation, and improvement of university student self-efficacy. Studies in Higher Education, 41(11), 1918–1942. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2014.999319 Fisher, Y. (2020). Self-efficacy of School Principals. In Oxford research encyclopedia, education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/97680190264093.013.910 Hajovsky, D. B., Chestnut, S. R., & Jensen, K. M. (2020). The role of teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs in the development of teacher-student relationships. Journal of School Psychology, 82, 141–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2020.09.001 Hesbol, K. A. (2019). Principal self-efficacy and learning organizations: influencing school improvement. International Journal of Educational Leadership Preperation, 14(1), 33–51. Leithwood, K., & Jantzi, D. (2008). Linking leadership to student learning: the contributions of leader efficacy. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(4), 496–528. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X08321501 Perera, H. N., Calkins, C., & Part, R. (2019). Teacher self-efficacy profiles: determinants, outcomes, and generalizability across teaching level. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 58, 186–203. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2019.02.006 Pfitzner-Eden, F. (2016). Why do I feel more confident? Bandura’s sources predict preservice teachers’ latent changes in teacher self-efficacy. Frontiers in Psychology, 7(1486). https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2016.01486 Röhl, S., Pietsch, M., & Cramer, C. (2022). School leaders’ self-efficacy and its impact on innovation: findings of a repeated measurement study. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 174114322211324. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432221132482 Schmitz, G. S., and R. Schwarzer. 2002. "Individuelle und kollektive Selbstwirksamkeitserwartung von Lehrern." In Selbstwirksamkeit und Motivationsprozesse in Bildungsinstitutionen, edited by Matthias Jerusalem and Diether Hopf, 192-214. Belz. Tschannen-Moran, M., & Gareis, C. (2004). Principals’ sense of efficacy. Assessing a promising construct. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(5), 573–585. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578230410554070 Versland, T. M. (2016). Exploring self-efficacy in education leadership programs: what makes the difference? Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 11(3), 298 https://doi.org/10.1108/09578230410554070320 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Safety and Healthy School Climate in Education - The Role of Administration Aegean University, Greece Presenting Author:The issue of security in an organisation is a very important parameter for the smooth running of the organisation and its profitability. For educational organisations in particular, the issue of security is crucial as unsafe operating conditions cause dysfunction and obstacles to the educational process. The feeling of insecurity caused to students and teachers does not contribute to the smooth functioning of the school and the achievement of its objectives. The head teacher of a school and the teachers' association, as the collective governing body, play an essential role in ensuring all aspects of the safe operation of the school. Safety in schools is divided into physical, emotional and digital (Hammond, 2020; Sergiovanni, 2000; Freiberg, 1998). In addition to the issue of safe facilities, there are also serious incidents of violence, such as shootings, kidnappings, etc., that take place in school environments (Armstrong, 2019). Today, in the era of globalisation of knowledge and information, with the spread of digital technology and its use both for educational purposes in an organised and personalised way by every student or adult, information is accessible in many ways (Sherry, 2020). School violence, victimization and acrimonious relationships in schools today are occurring with enough frequency to take on epidemic characteristics, and research to analyze them applies epidemiological methods. The term Epidemiology is a compound of the adverb " ep" meaning upon, the term "demos" meaning population and the term " logos" meaning the scientific analysis of the issue. "Epidemiology is the study of the distribution and determinants of health-related conditions or events in specific populations and the application of this study to the control of health problems." (Last, 2001, p. 61). Methods of investigating factors that harm public health are appropriate for investigating factors that negatively affect the work of schools. Education researchers who adopt the methods of epidemiology are able to identify key problems that harm the educational process and school effectiveness and find solutions. "The purpose-driven teacher understands the value of seeking information about the underlying problem so that the problem can be identified and solved." (McGiboney, 2023, p. 22). The purpose of this study is to explore the views of school principals and teachers, as members of the faculty and therefore a collective governing body, regarding safety and the creation of a healthy school climate in the school.The research aims to highlight the current issues of safety and school climate in schools, which seem to be negatively escalating, and to record the views of school management on this vital issue.The choice to interview principals and teachers on these issues is made because they are the ones who are most knowledgeable about the relevant problems and the most competent to highlight the critical parameters that will help prevent risks or improve difficult situations.The principal and teachers experience the daily life of the school internally, they are not external evaluators.For this reason, their opinions and suggestions are the most valid and useful for taking measures that will help to create safe schools, schools that all teachers and students want to belong to. Based on the above, the research questions posed are: A) What are the safety challenges according to the views of school principals? B) What are the factors that compromise school safety and how do they address them? C) What policies and practices can help overcome any problems in this regard?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The issue of school safety is becoming an increasingly serious one for those involved in the school community. Schools are crowded and busy places of activity, and the effectiveness and quality of educational work depends to a large extent on the sense of security in the area. School administrators bear the primary responsibility for ensuring and maintaining safe operating conditions for all participants in the site and educational processes. Pupils in school should feel wholly safe and secure, as well as being respected and connected in trusting relationships with adults and the learning environment. This study explored the views of principals and teachers of vocational high schools (VET) on the issue of safety. This was a quantitative survey of views conducted using a questionnaire. The statistical processing of the data was done with the statistical package for Social Sciences. 480 principals and secondary school teachers working in Vocational Lyceums of the Regional Directorate of Attica and the Regional Directorate of South Aegean took part in the survey. The ethical requirements of the research were met, as regards the consent of the participants, anonymity, data retention for a certain period of time, as stipulated by the Ethics Committee of the University of the Aegean and the Ministry of Education and Science. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This survey gave the principals and teachers the opportunity to highlight dimensions and problems in the operation of schools and related to safety. Respondents highlighted the safety problems faced in schools for students, teachers and other employees, and suggested solutions to overcome them. This survey wishes to contribute to the scientific debate on the effectiveness of schools at a time when problems are becoming more complex due to social and technological changes. The conclusions of the survey record that the issue of security affects the lives of all members of the school community. It is of great concern to the principals of vocational high schools, and they particularly highlight the issue of the emotional safety of pupils. Burnout is also recorded for both principals and teachers, attributed to the increasing demands of their professional role. They stress that their existing institutional framework has focused on strengthening them however, they argue that schools are in need of further support frameworks and regulations. References Armstrong, T. (2019). School Safety Starts for Within. Educational Leadership, 77(2), 48-52. Freiberg, H. J. (1998). Measuring school climate: Let me count the ways. Educational Leadership, 56(1), 22-26. Hammond, Z. (2020). The Power of Protocols for Equity. Educational Leadership, 77(7), 45-50. Last, J.M. (2001). Dictionary of Epidemiology 4th Edition. New York, Oxford University Press. McGiboney W.G. (2023). The Psychology of School Climate, 2nd Edition. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. Sergiovanni, T. J. (2000). The lifeworld of leadership: Creating culture, community, and personal meaning in our schools. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Sherry, M. (2020). Three Strategies for Better Online Discussions. Educational Leadership, 77(7), 72-74. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Exploring Teacher Positionality in Collaborative Action Research Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Researchers argue that determining one’s positionality requires one to reflect on his/her multiple identities derived from group membership, roles and responsibilities, personality and value systems, characteristics and even language use. These factors may influence the research questions, methods and the way you interpret research findings. Hence, this small-scale research aimed to explore the teacher’s positionality in conducting collaborative action research. The issue related to our own positionality was identified when we, as teachers, engaged in collaborative action research to examine students’ engagement in classroom learning (SECL). The SECL collaborative action research project was introduced as a part of the SHARE (School Hub for Action Research in Education) initiative that our school joined in September 2023. The team consisting of five teachers, who are the authors of this paper, from Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools of Physic and Maths in Astana (NIS), participated in trainings on SECL project conducted by Emeritus Professor of the University of Cambridge Collen McLaughlin, Ex-Principal of Bottisham Village College Kate Evans and the national coordinator of SHARE in Kazakhstan, Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva. In SECL collaborative action research, teachers were tasked with conducting structured action research, including delivering a lesson, videotaping this lesson, conducting a reflective interview with a teacher and students, transcribing and making sense of collected data and organizing an in-depth discussion of the findings. Each team member was responsible for one of the processes to be undertaken in the project. In all this processes we were asked to observe the ethical considerations. The first stage of the SECL project was concluded with a reflective discussion on the processes undertaken facilitated by the national coordinator of SHARE. Through this deep reflection and discussion, it became evident that understanding our own positionality as teachers in this project was crucial for effectively harnessing the collected data to achieve valid, transparent, and accurate results for action. Hence, a decision was made to explore the aspects of teacher positionality before digging into the data on the SECL project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we employ the term “positionality” as an individual’s world view and the position they adopt about a research task and its social and political context (Foote & Bartell 2011, Rowe, 2014). We align with the assertion that “positionality is never fixed and always situation and context-dependent” (Holmes, 2020). To explore this there are two main sources of information were used to explore the concept under study. Firstly, a systematic literature review was conducted guided by the research question. Google Scholar served as the primary platform for literature search. The key words related to the subject such as “positionality in action research”, “positionality in collaborative action research” and “teacher positionality”, “practitioner positionality”, “language and positionality” and “power and positionality” to find relevant literature. These terms were translated into Kazakh and Russian languages and search was conducted in three languages simultaneously to ensure a comprehensive exploration of context-dependent aspects. Additionally, we determined that each participant in the SECL project should compose a reflective account on the processes and conducted components of the study with the focus to learn about our own positionality, and clarify how it might impact the results of the study. Notably, two members of our team hold administrative roles within the school authority. Due to their administrative duties, these teachers faced challenges in completing their part of the research activities promptly. Consequently, their full engagement in the study’s process was limited. Hence, the team members honest and transparent reflective accounts not only to serve us to enrich the literature review conducted, but also flagged the issues related to our context, which will be valuable insight to share within the SHARE community and beyond. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the study highlighted importance of reflecting upon and understanding a researcher’s positionality, particularly engaging as an insider researcher or a practitioner researcher involved in collaborative action research initiatives. As such, our team defined four key aspects in our roles as practitioner researchers. These aspects encompass teachers’ behavior when conducting research with students; understanding research activities; researcher’s language position; and the teacher’s position in action research. Teachers conducting research should take an honest and critical stance throughout their future research and at any given stage of a particular research project. (Mellisa Chin et al., 2022). It is necessary to make a contract with students during research, or if it is necessary to ask for permission. The languages used and spoken by participants and researchers can significantly influence the quality of the data collected (Cormier, 2017). In any study, whether the researcher is a linguistic outsider, or an insider plays an important role. This can affect not only the reliability and validity of the data, but it also affects the relationship dynamics between the researcher and the participants. Jemma Simeon (2015) discusses about relationships between research participants that may affect the accuracy of the research. Hence, while conducting action research project teachers should critically understand their own positionality. For further research we intend to identify what types of positionality teachers encounter while conducting research activities and to explore how these research challenges affect their research results. he outcome of the team’s research is to create a framework; teachers may use it to know how to escape the situations that decrease the efficiency of their study because of teacher positionality. References Foote, Mary Q. and Tonya Gau Bartell. “Pathways to Equity in Mathematics Education: How Life Experiences Impact Researcher Positionality.” Educational Studies in Mathematics, vol. 78, 2011, pp. 45-68. Gail Cormier (2017): The language variable in educational research: an exploration of researcher positionality, translation, and interpretation, International Journal of Research & Method in Education, DOI: 10.1080/1743727X.2017.1307335 Holmes, Andrew Gary Darwin. “Researcher Positionality - A Consideration of Its Influence and Place in Qualitative Research - A New Researcher Guide.” Shanlax International Journal of Education, vol. 8, no. 4, 2020, pp. 1-10. Chin, M., Beckwith, V., Levy, B., Gulati, S., Macam, A. A., Saxena, T., & Suwarningsih, D. P. S. (2022). Navigating researcher positionality in comparative and international education research: Perspectives from emerging researchers. International Education Journal: Comparative Perspectives, 21(2), 21-36. Rowe, Wendy E. “Positionality.” The Sage Encyclopedia of Action Research, edited by Coghlan, David and Mary Brydon-Miller, Sage, 2014. Simeon, J. (2015), "A reflexive account on my positionality in a collaborative action research project in a Seychelles secondary school", Qualitative Research Journal, Vol. 15 No. 1, pp. 2-19. https://doi.org/10.1108/QRJ-05-2014-0016 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster From Deliberative to Radical Democracy? The Potentiality of the Collaborative and Open Curriculum Process in Politicisation of Gender Equality University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:This summary part of my dissertation deals with the conflicting gender equality discourses in the recent curriculum process for Finnish basic education. From the perspective of radical democracy, the study investigates the potential of an open curriculum process to bring discursive conflicts into light. Despite the study focuses on the Finnish context, it provides a global perspective on the open and inclusive curriculum processes. The latest Finnish curriculum process provides a compelling perspective on the curriculum drafting and to struggles related to gender equality in basic education for two significant reasons. Firstly, the curriculum process demonstrated greater openness compared to its predecessors, which offered a possibility to members of society to voice their opinion on education policies during the process. Secondly, the Finnish National Core Curriculum (FNCC) for basic education underwent revision at the same time with the amendment (1329/2014) of the Act on Equality between Women and Men (609/1986) in 2014. Following the revisions, Finnish comprehensive schools are now required to formulate equality policies, and the understanding of gender was extended from a binary concept to gender diversity. In the latest curriculum process topic of gender gained visibility when both national and local policies had to adapt revisions. Finland is well-known for being a model country of gender equality (Edström & Brunila 2016; Lahelma, Öhrn & Weiner 2021). Because of this reputation, there is a perception that gender equality achieved state of affairs. As a result, Finnish educational policies have stressed gender-neutral discourse, taken binary essence of gender for granted and avoided challenging gendered power relations (Edström & Brunila, 2016). Thus, the amendments to the Act on Equality may raise conflicting views on gender equality within a context accustomed to gender-neutral discourses. The study critically examines discursive construction of gender equality (see Fairclough 1992; 1995), and asks, how gender equality is discursively shaped and what kind of conflicts between discourses arise at different phases of the curriculum process, in 1) FNCC 2004 and 2014, 2) the FNCC2014 draft and feedback comments given on it and 3) school-based gender equality policies (n=140). The study also explores the notably open curriculum process, investigating how discursive conflicts on gender equality are addressed within the process and examining the transformative potential linked to these conflicts from the standpoint of radical democracy. Previous studies on curriculum process have assessed the success of the processes from the perspectives of shared meaning making, coherence, validity, transparency and consensus (e.g. Pietarinen et al. 2016; Säily 2021). However, deliberative democracy has been criticized for instance by policy researcher Chantal Mouffe. She (2013; 2020) argues that the principles of deliberative democracy often supersede the interests and ideologies linked to political matters. Furthermore, in the deliberative model, policymaking focuses more on the outcome rather than the conflicts that emerge during negotiation. Mouffe challenges deliberative understanding of democracy with her own model of radical democracy. Within radical democracy, ideological conflicts are viewed as essential for the politicization of issues and for exposing the underlying power dynamics. Mouffe argues that consensus solutions do not eliminate power relations. Alongside with these notions made by Mouffe, feminist policy researchers (Lombardo et al., 2009; Prügl, 2011; Rönnblom, 2017) have emphasised the need of politicisation of gender. Then gender is to be articulated in terms of conflicting interests and as a matter of power relations (Rönnblom, 2017, p. 162; Elomäki & Ylöstalo 2021). The study adopts a critical perspective on the tradition of deliberative democracy within Finnish curriculum studies. It assesses the capacity of radical democracy to effectively handle discursive conflicts and address the social power relations in the curriculum process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study I have examined education policy documents which represent three different phases of Finnish curriculum process: 1) Finnish national core curriculum (FNCC) 2004 and 2014, 2) the draft of FNCC2014 and feedback comments given on it and 3) school-based gender equality policies (n=140). I have utilized Faircloughian discursive approach to make visible gender equality discourses and the hierarchy between the discourses. Fairclough approaches discourse three-dimensionally as a text, discourse practice and social practice. He perceives discourse intertwined with non-discursive social structures and institutional practices, which are approached via theoretical concepts and previous studies. I approached the documents as social events, which construct and reflect understanding of gender equality, but also maintain or challenge gendered power relations (see Fairclough 1992). In first phase of the analysis, I read carefully the vocabulary and expressions of the sentences dealing with gender equality. In second phase, I focused on the gender equality interpretations. In the three sub-studies, I utilized different feminist policy theories (Squires 1999; 2001; Fraser 2005; Lombardo et. al. 2009), to make visible discursive practices on gender equality: These theoretical frameworks helped me to interpret how words construct and reflect different kinds of understanding of equality. In the last phase of analysis, I explained the discursive construction of gender equality to its societal and institutional practices, such as decontextualization of educational sciences, hegemony of gender binarism in educational equality policies and strategic managerialism in equality work. Finally, I structured the order of discourses in each sub-study and reflected on the conflicts that arise between them. Finally, I assessed how these conflicts evolve within the curriculum process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the feedback comments given on core curriculum draft illustrates that gender equality is a contested concept in Finnish education policies. The process perspective illustrates that the neoliberal discourse emphasizing individuality, and anti-feminist discourse neglecting gender diversity, had the most significant impact on the published FNCC2014. As a result, the comments which challenged gender binarism were bypassed in the published version of FNCC2014. In the school-specific equality policy documents, 50% of the 140 schools avoided mentioning gender, while the remaining half fixed it to depoliticised measures that did not conceptualize gender in terms of power. The issue with these documents was their failure to politicize gender. Altogether, these phases of curriculum process illustrate that the relatively open and collaborative curriculum process can offer a stage for conflicting discourses to combat over meaning of equality. In the preparatory phase, post-modern, neoliberal and anti-feminist discourses were conflicting, because they approached gender binarism differently. However, only discourses, which emphasized neutrality and individuality changed published FNCC2014. The discursive conflicts of preparatory phase were still apparent in published FNCC, but they are mitigated compared to preparatory phase. This might reflect consensus-seeking tradition of deliberative democracy, which avoids conflicts and the hegemonic power intertwined with them (see Mouffe 2013; 2020). On the local level, it seems that schools have difficulties to approach gender as a matter of power relations and to handle conflicting views on equality. It seems that schools emphasise consensus-policies, which do not trouble current school culture or serve interests of anybody (see Rönnblom 2017). From a radical democratic standpoint on the curriculum process, I propose that curriculum processes should recognise the transformative potential of discursive conflicts, no to vanish them. Therefore, these conflicts should be critically assessed at higher levels of policymaking, providing schools with opportunities to deal with politicised topics. References Act on Equality between Women and Men. (609/1986; amendments up to 915/2016 included) https://www.finlex.fi/en/laki/kaannokset/1986/en19860609_20160915.pdf (read 19.10.2023). Edström, C., & Brunila, K. (2016). Troubling gender equality: Revisiting gender equality work in the famous Nordic model countries. Education as Change, 20(1): 10–272. https://doi.org/10.17159/1947-9417/2016/564. Elomäki, A., & Ylöstalo, H. (2021). From promoting gender equality to managing gender equality policy. International Feminist Journal of Politics, 23(5), 741–762. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616742.2021.1880289 Fairclough, N. 1992. Discourse and Social Change. Cambridge and Maiden: Polity. Fraser, N. 2005. “Reframing Justice in Globalizing World.” New Left Review 36: 69–88. Lahelma, E. 2014. “Troubling Discourses on Gender and Education.” Educational Research 56 (2): 171–183. doi:10.1080/00131881.2014.898913 Lahelma, E., Öhrn, E., & Weiner, G. (2021). Reflections on the emergence, history, and contemporary trends in Nordic research on gender and education. In M. Carlson, B. E. Halldórsdóttir, B. Baranović, A.-S. Holm, S. Lappalainen, & A. Spehar (Eds.), Gender and Education in Politics, Policy and Practice – Transdisciplinary Perspectives (pp. 17–33). Springer. Lombardo, E., Meier, P., and Verloo, M. (2009). Stretching and bending gender equality. A discursive politics approach. In E. Lombardo, P. Meier, and M. Verloo (Eds.), The discursive politics of gender equality. Stretching, bending and policy-making (pp. 1–18). Routledge. Mouffe, C. 2013. Agonistics. Thinking the world politically. Verso. Mouffe, C. 2020. The return of the political. Verso. Pietarinen, J., Pyhältö, K. & Soini, T. 2016. Large-scale curriculum reform in Finland – exploring the interrelation between. Shared Sense-Making in Curriculum Reform: Orchestrating the Local Curriculum Work. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-15. Prügl, E. (2011). Diversity management and gender mainstreaming as technologies of government. Politics & Gender, 7(1), 71–89. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1743923X10000565 Squires, J. 1999. Gender in political theory. Polity. Squires, J. 2001. Representing groups, deconstructing identities. Feminist Theory 2 (1), 7–27. Rönnblom, M. (2017). Analysing power at play: (Re-)doing an analytics of the political in an era of governance. In C. Hudson, M. Rönnblom, & K. Teghtsoonian (Eds.), Gender, governance and feminist analysis: Missing in action? (pp. 162–180). Routledge. Säily, L., Huttunen R., Heikkinen H. L. T., Kiilakoski T. & Kujala T. (2020): Designing education democratically through deliberative crowdsourcing: the case of the Finnish curriculum for basic education, Journal of Curriculum Studies, DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2020.1857846 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 D: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Formal and Informal Mentoring: The Literature Review 1Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Almaty, Kazakhstan; 2ChBD NIS Almaty, Kazakhstan; 3NARXOZ University Presenting Author:As a young teacher and a graduate of Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, I have returned to pursue further studies as a PhD student. My personal journey has sparked my interest in mentoring, particularly in the context of formal and informal mentoring programmes. Mentoring is a crucial aspect of professional development, particularly for novice teachers who require support and guidance as they show the complexities of the classroom. Mentoring is a process that defines the relationship between mentor and mentee. Mentoring can take many forms, ranging from formal programmes to informal relationships that develop spontaneously between colleagues. The literature on mentoring is vast and varied, with empirical studies exploring the benefits and challenges of different mentoring approaches. As a young teacher, I have experienced the benefits of mentoring first-hand. I have been fortunate to have mentors who have provided me with guidance and support as I face classroom challenges. However, I have also encountered the limitations of mentoring, particularly regarding access to resources and the challenges of mentoring programmes. Formal mentoring requires a short-term (one-year) formal programme (Inzer & Crawford, 2005). The mentors are usually assigned and protégés (mentees) are strongly encouraged to participate in this programme (Cotton, Ragins, & Miller, 2000). An informal programme, on the other hand, is defined as a natural process where the mentor and mentee are in a good relationship that contains personal and professional respect. The relationship is usually long-term. However, in comparing formal and informal mentoring, Boyle and Boice (1998) found that participants of the formal mentoring programme reported high levels of satisfaction, considering better planning, organisation, systematic feedback, and the huge involvement of mentees in school activities. As discussed by the other researcher, Mathias (2005), teachers who just started their career, have a greater appreciation for the formal mentorship component. Furthermore, he follows that formal mentorship provided them with more in-depth support for professional growth, with the help of outside experts, invited to support the unique requirements of each department. On the other hand, according to the study of Inzer and Crawford (2005), informal organisational mentoring is more advantageous than formal mentoring. They argue that more career development activities, such as coaching, giving difficult jobs, or raising mentees’ experience and reflectiveness, were performed by informal mentors. Positive psychosocial behaviours like counselling, social interaction assistance, role modelling, and friendship-granting were more frequently performed by informal mentors. Due to the ease of relating to one another, informal mentoring ties grow. As the mentee may seek to imitate the mentor's traits, and the mentor may recognise themselves in the mentee. Consequently, informal mentoring is considered one of the most effective and useful strategies for mentees’ development, as it lasts longer and is based on both mentor and mentee satisfaction. It takes place in a relationship that both teachers voluntarily form, where friendship comes first, followed by education and career. Although informal mentors excel in career development, they fail to acknowledge the structured programmes that formal mentoring might provide for skill enhancement. Moreover, emphasising how simple it is to establish ties in informal mentoring may have the possibility of prejudice or the absence of systematic supervision in these kinds of relationships, resulting in the mentor and mentee choice being based more on personal preferences than on objective standards of professional growth. Therefore, the paper aims to provide a further review of the literature by comparing formal and informal mentoring programmes by highlighting the benefits and critiques that each type of programme faces. The review addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology employed in this review reflects my personal experiences and challenges encountered during the research process. In order to perform this literature evaluation on the topic of formal and informal mentoring, a thorough and systematic strategy was chosen. Using Boolean operators for refinement, the search method used keywords like "formal mentoring," "informal mentoring," "mentorship," "mentoring programmes," and "mentoring relationships" to look for electronic databases like SCOPUS, ERIC, Google Scholar and the university library. While access to certain scholarly articles was limited due to subscription constraints, as my university could not provide me with a SCOPUS subscription, I managed these challenges by utilizing open-access resources, such as Sci-hub. This approach allowed me to engage with a wide range of literature while acknowledging and working within the limitations posed by subscription barriers. Peer-reviewed articles and scholarly publications published in English, Russian and Kazakh between 1990 and 2023 were included in the inclusion criteria. The choice of this time frame is notable since it coincides with Kazakhstan's independence, marking a period of substantial change in the nation's educational system. Furthermore, the review includes international sources that provide thorough analyses of mentorship systems that extend beyond Kazakhstan. After a first screening of the titles and abstracts, a full-text review was conducted, and 30 papers out of initial number of 70 were ultimately chosen, with an emphasis on reviews, meta-analyses, and empirical research. Information about the author(s), publication year, research design, methodology, important findings, and implications were all retrieved as part of the data extraction process. The nature of mentoring relationships as formal and informal, the comparison of both formal and informal mentoring, the benefits and critiques of formal and informal mentoring, and the contextual elements affecting mentoring practices were chosen as the basis for thematic categorisation of the articles. Systematic quality evaluation ensured the reliability and validity of the selected literature. While acknowledging certain limitation as the period of time selected, the technique used offers a strong basis for the analysis of the literature provided in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, this literature review has been a valuable learning experience for me as an emerging researcher. It has provided insights into the complexities of mentoring and the challenges faced in accessing scholarly resources. Through this process, I have gained a deeper understanding of the methodologies and a broader understanding of mentoring, which has significantly contributed to my professional development as a Ph.D. student. The review has also shed light on the challenges inherent in accessing scholarly literature, prompting a reflection on the limitations and opportunities presented by the current academic environment. Overall, the literature review provides a comprehensive overview of the types of mentoring, highlighting the benefits and challenges of different approaches and offering insights into the ways in which mentoring can support teacher retention and professional development. References References Boyle, P., & Boice, B. (1998). Systematic Mentoring for New Faculty Teachers and Graduate Teaching Assistants. Innovative Higher Education, Vol. 22, No. 3. Brannon, D., Fiene, J., Burke, L., & Wehman, T. (2009, Fall). Meeting the needs of new teachers through mentoring, induction, and teacher support. Academic Leadership, 7(4), 1-7. Brown, K. M., & Wynn, S. R. (2007). Teacher Retention Issues: How Some Principals are Supporting and Keeping New Teachers. Journal of School Leadership, 17(6), pp. 664–698. Cotton, J. L., Ragins, B. R., & Miller, J. S. (2000). Marginal mentoring: The effects of type of mentor, quality of relationship, and program design on work and career attitudes. Academy of Management Journal, 43(6), 1177-1194. Fantilli, R. D., & McDougall, D. E. (2009). A study of novice teachers: Challenges and supports in the first years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(6), 814–825. Ingersoll, R. M., & Smith, T. M. (2004). Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter? NASSP Bulletin, 88(638), 28–40. Ingersoll, R., & Strong, M. (2011). The Impact of Induction and Mentoring Programs for Beginning Teachers: A Critical Review of the Research. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), pp. 201–233. Inzer, L., & Crawford, C. (2005). A Review of Formal and Informal Mentoring. Journal of Leadership Education, 31-50. Koroleva. (2017). The role of mentoring in teacher professional development (Master thesis). Astana, Kazakhstan: Nazarbayev University. Kram, K. E. (1983). Phases of the mentor relationship. Academy of Management Journal, Boston University, 26, 000004. Long, J. (1994). The Dark Side of Mentoring. AARE Conference. Australian Catholic University Mathias, H. (2005). Mentoring on a Programme for New University Teachers: A partnership in revitalizing and empowering collegiality. International Journal for Academic Development, 10:2, 95-106. Rachel, S., Michelle, A. T., Krøjgaard, F., Karen, A., Dean, R., & Eva, B. (2020). A comparative study of mentoring for new teachers. Professional Development in Education. Schulleri, P. (2020). Teacher Mentoring: Experiences from International Teacher Mentors in Kazakhstan. Asian Journal of Education and Training, 6(2), 320-329. Stan, C. (2021). Formal Mentoring Versus Informal Mentoring in Education. The European Proceedings of Social and Behavioural Sciences (EpSBS), 165-174. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teacher Reasoning: Addressing Student Diversity in the Classroom 1The Hague University of Applied Sciences; 2Radboud University Nijmegen; 3Leiden University Presenting Author:Introduction, Research Objective, and Context: Previous research (Vanlommel et al., 2017; Jager et al, 2021) indicates that when tailoring their education to differences in the classroom, teachers make instructional decisions based on various sources of information. Studies indicate (Educational Inspectorate, 2023; Van Casteren et al.. 2017) that teachers find adapting to differences challenging, as they make a significant number of decisions throughout the day (approximately 1500) (Mockler, 2022). This aligns with research indicating that differentiation is a complex process requiring knowledge and skills to systematically and consciously utilize these information sources to shape education (Van Geel et al., 2019). Additionally, research (Urhahne & Wijnia, 2021; Payne, 2008; İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022 ) suggests that urban environments exhibit a high degree of diversity in classes, contributing to the complexity teachers face when tailoring their education to differences. To gain a deeper understanding of teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding dealing with differences among students, this qualitative research was conducted to analyze the thoughts of teachers in the Haaglanden region in more detail. Specific attention is given to the role of the student in this process, and potential differences between schools regarding the student population are explored. Theoretical Framework: Pedagogical reasoning (Loughran, 2019) refers to the thoughtful thought process underlying teachers' informed professional practice . It involves teachers' ability to make thoughtful and informed decisions about teaching their students. When the level of diversity in the classroom is higher, it means greater complexity for the teacher to tailor education to all students. The use of information and data by teachers plays a crucial role in pedagogical reasoning (Keuning et al, 2017; Loibl et al., 2020, Park & Datnow, 2017). Teachers must effectively collect and analyze information to align their teaching practices with their students. When dealing with diversity, especially concerning students' backgrounds (Denessen, 2017), there are risks associated with the use of information and data . These risks can vary, and it is important for teachers to be aware of them to ensure a just and inclusive educational environment. Giving the student a voice in education can contribute to this (Hudson-Glynn, 2019). Research Questions:
Scientific and Practical Significance of the Content Contribution: By gaining a better understanding of what teachers do, teachers can be better supported in adaptive teaching to ultimately provide education to all their students, meeting all their educational needs while considering the socio-cultural background of the student or the school's location. This subject concerns all teachers, teacher-educators and educational researchers, not just in the Dutch context but it is internationally relevant to all educational professionals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs a descriptive, qualitative research method (Creswell, 2013). Data were collected through 48 semi-structured interviews with teachers from 10 primary schools in the Haaglanden region. The interviews lasted 30–45 minutes, were conducted digitally via MS Teams or in-person, transcribed verbatim, and thematically analyzed using Atlas.ti. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results and Supported Conclusions: The research provides a more precise understanding of teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding dealing with differences in the classroom. Preliminary results align with previous research, indicating that teachers reason about dealing with differences from various perspectives, depending on the goals they have in mind, and factors such as the school's educational vision, time, and the availability of materials can influence how teachers shape their instruction. Current efforts are being made to further analyze the ways differences exist in teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding the school population. This includes a specific research period on how teachers reason about dealing with differences, how they then shape their instruction, the role of the student in this process and how teachers address specific backgrounds of students. References Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Sage Publications, Incorporated. Denessen, E. (2017). Verantwoord omgaan met verschillen: sociaal-culturele achtergronden en differentiatie in het onderwijs. Universiteit Leiden. Educational Inspectorate. (2023). De Staat van het Onderwijs 2023. [The state of education. Educational year report 2023]. Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap. Utrecht: Inspectie van het Onderwijs. Hudson-Glynn, K. (2019). Lessons learnt by student teachers from the use of children’s voice in teaching practice. In J. Wearmouth & A. Goodwyn (Ed.), Student teacher and family voice in educational institutions (pp. 15 - 32). New York: Routledge. İnan-Kaya, G., & Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2022). Teacher classroom interactions and behaviours: Indications of bias. Learning and Instruction, 78, 101516-. Jager, L., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A. H., & Meijer, P. C. (2021). Sixty seconds about each student–studying qualitative and quantitative differences in teachers’ knowledge and perceptions of their students. Social Psychology of Education, 24, 1-35. Keuning, T., Geel, M., & Visscher, A. (2017). Why a Data‐Based Decision‐Making Intervention Works in Some Schools and Not in Others. Learning Disabilities Research and Practice, 32(1), 32–45. Loibl, K., Leuders, T., & Dörfler, T. (2020). A Framework for Explaining Teachers’ Diagnostic Judgements by Cognitive Modeling (DiaCoM). Teaching and Teacher Education, 91, 103059-. Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: the foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 25(5), 523–535. Mockler, N. (2022). Teacher professional learning under audit: Reconfiguring practice in an age of standards. Professional Development in Education, 48(1), 166-180. Park, V., & Datnow, A. (2017). Ability grouping and differentiated instruction in an era of data-driven decision making. American Journal of Education, 123(2), 000-000. Payne, C. M. (2008). So much reform, so little change: The persistence of failure in urban schools. Harvard Education Press. 8 Story Street First Floor, Cambridge, MA 02138. Urhahne, D., & Wijnia, L. (2021). A review on the accuracy of teacher judgments. Educational Research Review, 32, 100374-. Van Casteren, W., Bendig-Jacobs, J., Wartenbergh-Cras, F., van Essen, M., & Kurver, B. (2017). Differentiëren en differentiatievaardigheden in het primair onderwijs. Nijmegen: ResearchNed, 2004-2006. Van Geel, M., Keuning, T., Frèrejean, J., Dolmans, D., van Merriënboer, J., & Visscher, A. J. (2019). Capturing the complexity of differentiated instruction. School effectiveness and school improvement, 30(1), 51-67. Vanlommel, K., Van Gasse, R., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2017). Teachers’ decision-making: Data based or intuition driven? International Journal of Educational Research, 83, 75-83. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster ComeMINT: TPACK - Pain/Gain Questionnaire to Assess Teachers' Knowledge and Readiness for Digitally Enhanced Biology Teaching 1University of Education Ludwigsburg, Germany; 2University Cologne, Germany; 3University Bielefeld, Germany Presenting Author:The overall aim of the ComeMINT research project is to design, implement and evaluate an adaptive, digitized teacher training course, available to pre-service and in-service teachers, to explore the potential of digital incremental scaffolds in biology education. Teachers are often challenged when faced with individual learning needs, particularly in science education. The complex nature of biology education enhances the demands - particularly when considering the challenge of problem-solving tasks during experimentation (Stiller & Wilde, 2021). It has been shown that the complexity of such problem-solving tasks often leads to student overload (Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). These challenges for students are particularly strong in heterogeneous learning groups that include students with different levels of prior knowledge (Kalyuga, 2013). Previous studies argue that students with a lack of prior knowledge of content and methods struggle with problem solving tasks compared to students with a higher level of prior knowledge (Bekel-Kastrup et al., 2020). The perceived complexity of the task and the level of prior knowledge seem to play an important role when considering students' learning progress. These different preconditions are often not considered in lesson planning. One way to consider students' preconditions is to implement (digital) incremental scaffolds. The potential of these scaffolds is often underestimated, although the positive effect of adaptable instructions can be beneficial for low-performing learners (Großmann & Wilde, 2019; Kalyuga, 2013) as well as students with high prior knowledge (Stäudel et al., 2007). Incremental scaffolds mediate between instruction and independent learning by considering students' prior knowledge (Franke-Braun et al., 2008; Hänze et al., 2010; Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). Therefore, scaffolding tools can meet different learning needs and reduce students' cognitive load (Arnold et al., 2017). Incremental scaffolds consist of structured prompts and worked examples that allow students to receive as much help as they individually need to solve problems (Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). This concept is not only useful for students who need additional help to solve a scientific problem but can also stimulate the learning process for more advanced students by creating a challenging learning situation, especially in biology classes (Großmann & Wilde, 2019). When it comes to reducing barriers and improving inclusion in biology education, digital learning tools might prove helpful (Stinken-Rösner et al., 2021). The integration of digital tools enables access to biology education for students with individual needs and facilitates the integration of assistive tools into biology lessons and experiments (Abels & Stinken-Rösner 2022). Furthermore, the use of incremental scaffolds could support scientific thinking (Arnold et al., 2017) as well as conceptual and procedural knowledge (Stiller & Wilde, 2021). The underlying research question revolves around the perceived behavioral orientation towards digital and heterogeneous sensitive teaching and the extent to which participation in our training influences the intention to implement the training content into the own lesson planning. A prerequisite for the implementation of digital scaffolding methods in the curriculum of biology teachers is curiosity about new technologies. Therefore, a pilot study will be conducted with pre-service biology teachers to investigate their readiness to integrate digital tools into their future teaching, as well as their prior knowledge of the available tools and their purpose of implementation through a questionnaire. As an intervention, these pre-service teachers will participate in a seminar to learn about inclusive technological applications and to generate their own teaching materials. A change in knowledge about suitable technologies and perceived readiness of conducting digitally enhanced biology lessons will be evaluated through pre- and post-questionnaires. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The content and structure of the teacher training will be based on Lipowsky and Rzejak's (2021) guidelines for effective teacher training (Lipowsky & Rzejak, 2021). It will be a fully digital self-study unit implemented on the iMooX platform (https://imoox.at/mooc/). The platform provides OER material and enables the individual creation of openly licensed online courses. The training will consist of a basic module and selectable advanced modules, allowing for a personalized learning experience if desired. The base module provides basic information about incremental scaffolds, such as their theoretical background, their effectiveness for student learning, and their development and use in the classroom. Advanced modules provide examples of the implementation of digital incremental scaffolds in biology education. Opportunities for collaboration and communication will be provided through a chat forum and optional workshop. The approach of the overall research project is based on intervention studies, building upon the main constructs of the Theory of Planned Behaviour (Ajzen, 1991). Therefore, we aim to examine the effect of the developed teacher training on participants' attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control and behavioral intentions as indicators of the prospective use of incremental scaffolds in biology education. Based on the potential change in teachers' intention to use digital incremental scaffolds after completing the training, a change in participants' teaching is expected and will be further investigated trough follow-up test or interviews. The TPACK model, or rather the adapted instrument by Zinn et al. (2022), has proven to be a useful tool for assessing pre-service teachers' digital literacy skills. Extending the test instrument to include the respondent's assessment of beneficial and detrimental factors (Pain/Gain elements) provides deeper insights into the respondent's motives for or against the use of technology. Therefore, in collaboration with Prof. Siegmar Otto (University of Hohenheim), we have developed a new 67-item scale that inquire about such elements. Together with the adapted 12-item TPACK scale (Zinn et al., 2022), this results in a comprehensive test instrument for assessing teachers' knowledge and readiness to use technology in biology lessons. The sample for the validation of this instrument will consist of approximately 25 pre-service teachers who will take part in an intervention seminar accompanied by a pre- and post-test. Targeted variables in the questionnaire will be the participants' technological pedagogical content knowledge, as well as their favorable or impeding factors for technology integration through various reasons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The intervention will take place between April and July 2024, accompanied by a pre- and post-test. As Bachelor students in their final semester are taking part in this seminar, we expect that the students have not yet gained much experience with technology integration in their own lesson planning. The pre-test offers insights into the pre-service teachers' current knowledge and readiness to incorporate digital technologies in their teaching. During the seminar, students explore the question of how digital applications can be used to support learning in heterogeneous learning communities. Each week, they will learn about new applications, thereby improving their prior knowledge and possibly their readiness to use technology in their own lessons. At the end of the seminar, the students present their own teaching concept and reflect on the benefits and disadvantages in the group. This approach serves as a pilot for our research question as to whether engaging with the topic of digital inclusion has a positive impact on knowledge and future teaching practice. We expect that this seminar will provide best practice-examples of digital and heterogeneity-sensitive biology lessons that we can integrate into our teacher training end of the year. The findings from the Bachelor seminar will be presented through our poster, contributing to the development of our self-study unit for biology-teachers. In addition, we will verify the suitability of the novel test instrument consisting of TPACK and Pain/Gain elements for assessing the level of knowledge and readiness of (pre-service) teachers to use technologies in their own teaching. References Abels, S., Stinken-Rösner, L. (2022). „Diklusion“ im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht – Aktuelle Positionen und Routenplanung. In: Watts, E.M., Hoffmann, C. (eds) Digitale NAWIgation von Inklusion. Edition Fachdidaktiken. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-37198-2_2 Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior, Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, Volume 50, Issue 2, Pages 179-211, ISSN 0749-5978, https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T. Arnold, J., Kremer, K., & Mayer, J. (2017). Scaffolding beim Forschenden Lernen. Eine empirische Untersuchung zur Wirksamkeit von Lernunterstützungen. Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Naturwissenschaften, 23, 21–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40573-016-005 Bekel-Kastrup, H., Hamers, P., Kleinert, S. I., Haunhorst, D., & Wilde, M. (2020). Schüler*innen werten selbstständig ein Experiment zur Bestimmung der Zellsaftkonzentration (Osmose) aus: Binnendifferenzierung im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht durch den Einsatz gestufter Lernhilfen. Die Materialwerkstatt. Zeitschrift für Konzepte Und Arbeitsmaterialien für Lehrer*innenbildung Und Unterricht., 2(1), 9–16. https://doi.org/10.4119/dimawe-3283 Franke-Braun, G., Schmidt-Weigand, F., Stäudel, L., & Wodzinski, R. (2008). Aufgaben mit gestuften Lernhilfen – ein besonderes Aufgabenformat zur kognitiven Aktivierung der Schülerinnen und Schüler und zur Intensivierung der sachbezogenen Kommunikation. In Kasseler Forschungsgruppe (Hrsg.), Lernumgebungen auf dem Prüfstand: Zwischenergebnisse aus den Forschungsprojekten (S. 27–42). Kassel: Kassel University Press Großmann, N., &Wilde, M. (2019) Experimentation in biology lessons: guided discovery through incremental scaffolds, International Journal of Science Education, 41:6, 759-781, doi: 10.1080/09500693.2019.1579392 iMooX-Homepage (https://imoox.at/mooc/, retrieved 30.01.2024) Kalyuga, S. (2013). Effects of learner prior knowledge and working memory limitations on multimedia learning. Procedia—Social and Behavioral Sciences, 83, 25–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro. 2013.06.00 Lipowsky, F., & Rzejak, D. (2021). Fortbildungen für Lehrpersonen wirksam gestalten. Ein praxisorientierter und forschungsgestützter Leitfaden. Bertelsmann Stiftung. 10.11586/2020080 Stäudel, L., Franke-Braun, G., &Schmidt-Weigand, F. (2007). Komplexität erhalten - auch in heterogenen Lerngruppen: Aufgaben mit gestuften Lernhilfen. CHEMKON, 14: 115-122. https://doi.org/10.1002/ckon.200710058 Stiller, C., & Wilde, M. (2021). Einfluss gestufter Lernhilfen als Unterstützungsmaßnahme beim Experimentieren auf den Lernerfolg im Biologieunterricht. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24(3), 743–763. 10.1007/s11618-021-01017-4 Stinken-Rösner, Lisa; Weidenhiller, Patrizia; Nerdel, Claudia; Weck, Hannah; Kastaun, Marit; Meier, Monique (2023). Inklusives Experimentieren im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht digital unterstützen - InInklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt 2023, S. 152-167 - URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-263095 - DOI: 10.25656/01:26309; 10.35468/5990-11 Zinn, B., Brändle, M., Pletz, C. & Schaal, S. (2022). Wie schätzen Lehramtsstudierende ihre digitali-sierungsbezogenen Kompetenzen ein? Eine hochschul- und fächerübergreifende Studie. die hochschullehre, Jahrgang 8/2022. DOI: 10.3278/HSL2211W. Online unter: wbv.de/die-hochschullehre 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Teacher’s Perception about Effectiveness of Action Research Methodology 1School-Lyceum No.76, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2UBES School, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-Lyceum No.72, Astana, Kazakhstan; 4School-Lyceum No. 59, Astana, Kazakhstan; 5School-Lyceum No. 70, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Introduction The purpose of this small-scale study is to study a perceived effectiveness of Action Research methodology and tools by teachers in the context of the Student Engagement project conducted by the SHARE community schools. The SHARE (schools hub for action research in education) is a community of 25schools located in Astana, Kazakhstan. The Share community was established in 2019 for collaborative study and implementation of the Action Research methodology to enhance teachers' pedagogical practices in classroom. In 2023 the Share schools collaboratively conducted “Student engagement” project. This practice-led research was aimed to study student engagement in the classroom and included the following:
Leaders of the SHARE community have developed the methodology of the 'Student Engagement' project. Throughout 2023, they supported project participants through in-service trainings and consultations. Additionally, the leaders provided participants with ready-made tools for project implementation, such as:
Each participating school independently utilized the knowledge and tools acquired from the leaders in their own school. Therefore, the project management processes and outcomes varied significantly, influenced by a wide range of factors such as:
The factors influenced the focus and activity of teachers in applying tools. The current study aims to explore teachers' perceptions of the effectiveness of the Action Research methodology and tools, using the 'Student Engagement' project as an example. The research questions:
Through an examination of these specific research questions, the research team also plans to better understand the context and factors influencing teachers' perceptions of the effectiveness of the Action Research methodology overall. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research site. The SHARE community comprises 25 schools in Astana, where dedicated teachers have actively participated in SHARE projects for an extensive period of over three years. The current study is the result of collaborative efforts by a team of educators within the professional research community of schools (#70, #59, #72, #76). The focal point of this collaborative exploration is the realm of Action Research, with a specific focus on evaluating the perceived effectiveness of tools aimed at enhancing classroom practices. Data collection and sampling. The study includes two phases: 1. Several survey questions on Action research methodology’s effectiveness as a part of a wider monitoring survey on results of SHARE project. All 25 schools - members of the SHARE community took part in the survey. 2. Interviews with teachers on perception of Action research effectiveness in the context of “Student engagement” project. By the time of abstract presenting the first stage of the study has been completed (November-December 2023). The survey was conducted among teachers participated in SHARE project. In total, 171 respondents took part in the survey from all 25 SHARE schools. Semi-structured interviews will be conducted in March – April 2024. Teachers participated in the “Student Engagement” project at different roles will be interviewed. The roles of teachers include the following: • Teacher conducting lessons during video recording; • Teacher observing the lesson; • Teacher recording video of the lesson; • Teacher conducting interviews; • Teacher participating in interviews as a participant; • Teacher participating in surveys or focus groups; • Teacher leading discussions of video recordings with students; • Teacher leading discussions of video recordings with the teacher who conducted the lesson; • Teacher participating in transcription; • Teacher participating in the analysis and interpretation of results. In most cases, teachers combined several roles in the project. Therefore, an average of 3-4 teachers from 5 schools are expected to participate in the interview. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Survey The preliminary results of the first stage of the study - the survey covered two main topics: 1. The role of research teachers in the Student Engagement project 2. The implementation of Action research tools. According to the survey results, action research tools are used by research teachers as follows: • To analyze the lesson; • To monitor the lesson; • To record a video lesson; • To jointly analyze the lesson; Overall results showed that a large majority of teachers (90%), confirmed the effectiveness of Action Research tools. 10% of teachers expressed doubts, providing responses such as “ineffective,” “can’t say,” or “did not participate.” In the process of data analysis, an interesting fact emerged, which showed that the majority of teachers who do not realize the effectiveness of Action Research tools are those who participated in the project as teachers who carried out a joint analysis of video lessons with students. Among teachers who actively participated in lesson analysis, lesson monitoring, and video lesson analysis, 90% expressed strong support for the effectiveness of action research tools, rating them as “effective” or “very effective”. Interviews with teachers In the results of conducting interviews with teachers regarding their perception of Action Research effectiveness in the context of the "Student Engagement" the research team plans to reveal insights about context, factors and overall impact of Action Research tools to the chanages in teacher practices in classroom. Teachers may share their experiences and identify specific Action Research strategies that they consider effective in enhancing student engagement. On the other hand, the interviews may reveal challenges or barriers teachers have encountered while implementing AR methodology in the context of student engagement. The interviews can also help assess the alignment between the goals of the "Student Engagement" project and the perceived effectiveness of AR methodology. References Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing Teachers as Researchers: Action Research as a School Development Approach, In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press; Elliott, J. (1991). Action Research for Educational Change. Buckingham: Open University Press. McLaughlin, C. and Ayubayeva, N. (2015). ‘It is the research of self-experience’: feeling the value. Action Research. Educational Action Research 23 (1), 51-67. McLaughlin, Colleen. (2022). Connecting to School and Each Other: Towards a New Paradigm of a School Response to Mental Health. Impact, Issue 14. Rönnerman, K. (2003). Action research: educational tools and the improvement of practice. Educational Action Research, 11(1), 9-22. McLaughlin, C. & Ayubayeva, N. The teacher and educational change in Kazakhstan: through a sociocultural lens (2021), In Fielding, N. Ed. Kazakhstan at 30: The Awakening Great Steppe. (pp.175-191) 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Experiences and Professional Identity Development of Novice Teachers in the Face of Educational Reality of the 21st Century Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The aim of the study is to find out how beginning teachers experience the reality of education and how it changes the teacher's professional identity. Research objectives: 1. To conceptualise the notions of neoliberalism, new public management, knowledge society, social reproduction and constructivism in the context of novice teachers experiences in the 21st century. 2. To investigate how the concepts described in the theory are manifested in the experiences of beginning teachers and how they affect the teachers' professional identity. 3. To investigate the pedagogical development and beliefs of novice teachers over a period of two years. 4. To determine what factors influence similar choices - to stay working in public educational institutions, to move to the private sector or to leave the teaching profession. Research on the "reality shock" of beginning teachers (Veenman, 1984, Feiman-Nemser, 2001, Flores and Day, 2006, Tynjälä and Heikkinen, 2011, Morrison, 2013, etc.) proves the uniqueness of a teacher's professional beginning in terms of workload and responsibilities. Since it changes little over time, the novice teacher experiences the culture of the organization (and the field of all the educational system that affects him) quite thoroughly and intensively from the very beginning (it is not for nothing that the concept of "shock" is used). The "reality shock" of beginning teachers, the change in beliefs, pedagogical attitudes and practice have been extensively studied in the second half of the twentieth century (Lortie, 1975 (2020), Corcoran, 1981, Veenman, 1984, etc.) It was found that the beginning teacher's beliefs are formed while she/he is still a student and these beliefs are usually teacher-oriented, based on behaviouristic ideas, which rely on response reinforcement, punishments, and rewards. Later, in the years of study, the acquired more progressive knowledge and attitudes diminish again when they find themselves in the real reality of education - they return to their pre-study beliefs. Because at the end of 20th century, in pedagogy, a constructivist approach has become very widespread, which claims that learning is an active process of knowledge construction, researchers assume that the experience of modern novice teachers has already changed, so previously conducted research loses its relevance (Voss and Kunter, 2020). However, already in the 21st century, studies conducted abroad still show that in the second and third years of teaching, teachers' beliefs migrate to the side of traditional didactics (Flores and Day, 2006, Hong, 2010, Voss and Kunter, 2020, etc.), but similar empirical studies conducted in Lithuania could not be found. The theoretical part will aim to delve into the resistance of traditional education to more progressive education methods, its significance for student achievement in Lithuania, in connection with the concepts of poverty pedagogy and critical pedagogy (Tyack and Tobin, 1994, Mayer, 1996, Mayer, 2004, Haberman, 2010, etc.) A wide range of influences affects teachers’ everyday life: politics, institutional traditions, culture, norms, etc. Teachers' inner beliefs and instructions dictated by reformers often do not match (Lasky, 2005, Ponomarenko, 2022). In the research conducted by the author of this project, the testimonies of the teachers of the "Renkuosi mokyti!" project revealed unacceptable aspects of education for them: prevalence of fabrications (documents do not correspond to reality), chasing results, heavy workload, etc. (Lebedytė-Mečionienė, 2022). With the help of the postmodern direction of thought and its theorists: Lyotard, Foucault, Bourdieu, Baudrillard, Bauman, etc. it will be aimed to further deepen and analyse the processes in education by connecting them with the results of empirical research by foreign and Lithuanian scientists (Ball, Želvys, Vaitekaitis, Duoblienė, Ponomarenko, Tumlovskaja, etc.) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, I would like to reveal not only the momentary attitude and subjective experiences of beginning teachers, but also to record a possible deep change over time, therefore it was chosen to conduct a longitudinal qualitative study (Aleknevičienė, Pocienė and Šupa, 2020). Longitudinal research is not unambiguously described, various choices of duration and frequency are possible. However, there are authors who define a minimum duration for change - from 1 to 3 years (Holland, Thompson and Henderson, 2006). In this case, a two-point study is planned: in the first year of pedagogical work and at the beginning of the third year. It is based on studies of beginning teachers, which show that in the third year of teaching, emotional tension decreases and pedagogical beliefs are established (Goddard and Goddard, 2006, Voss and Kunter, 2020, etc.) It is planned to apply a narrative research strategy, from the point of view of which human experience is always narrated and it is through the narration that to the experience is given meaning (Moen, 2006). Narratives are inseparable from the social and cultural context; they represent a collective experience because the cultural, historical and institutional environment has shaped them (ibid.). It is planned to use an unstructured or semi-structured in-depth interview as a data collection method. Interviews are conducted in the first and third year of teaching. It is likely that some teachers may have given up the teaching profession. Data analysis. Interview recordings will be transcribed with intonation and other peculiarities. Later, the textual data will be reduced: coded, divided into topics, connections between topics will be searched - with the help of the NVIVO qualitative data analysis program. Finally, the structured data will be linked to the theoretical part and presented in the results. Quality assurance. It will be based on the main quality criteria of qualitative and narrative research: authenticity, reliability, critical reflexivity, etc. - in an attempt to secure them (Braun and Clarke, 2006, Andrews, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Neoliberalism, new public management, and life in the knowledge society greatly affect the daily experiences of novice teachers. A new focus may be established, possibly directed towards these factors as catalysts for development. The transition in the teaching profession from resistance to adaptation, along with the distinctive features of the new generation, may also be recorded. References Andrews, M. (2021). Quality indicators in narrative research. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 353-368, https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769241 Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of education policy, 18(2), 215-228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013-1055. https://doi.org/10.1111/0161- 4681.00141 Flores, M. A., Day, C. (2006). Contexts which shape and reshape new teachers’ identities: A multi-perspective study. Teaching and teacher education, 22(2), 219-232. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.09.002 Goddard, R., Goddard, M. (2006). Beginning teacher burnout in Queensland schools: Associations with serious intentions to leave. The Australian educational researcher, 33(2), 61-75. Haberman, M. (2010). The Pedagogy of Poverty versus Good Teaching. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(2), 81–87. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171009200223 Holland, J., Thomson, R., Henderson, S. (2006). Qualitative longitudinal research: A discussion paper. London: London South Bank University. Hong, J. Y. (2010). Pre-service and beginning teachers’ professional identity and its relation to dropping out of the profession. Teaching and teacher Education, 26(8), 1530-1543. Lasky, S. (2005). A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform. Teaching and teacher education, 21(8), 899-916. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.003 Lebedytė-Mečionienė, I. (2022). Pradedančiųjų mokytojų susidūrimas su ugdymo realybe: programos „Renkuosi mokyti!“ atvejis. Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia, 49, 56-68. https://doi.org/10.15388/ActPaed.2022.49.4 Lortie, D. C. (2020). Schoolteacher: A sociological study. University of Chicago press. Mayer, R. E. (2004). Should There Be a Three-Strikes Rule Against Pure Discovery Learning? American Psychologist, 59(1), 14–19. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.59.1.14 Moen, T. (2006). Reflections on the Narrative Research Approach. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(4), 56-69. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690600500405 Morrison, C. M. (2013). Teacher Identity in the Early Career Phase: Trajectories that Explain and Influence Development. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 38(4), 91-107. http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2013v38n4.5 Tyack, D. ir Tobin, W. (1994). The "Grammar" of Schooling: Why Has It Been So Hard to Change? American Educational Research Journal, 31(3), 453-479. https://doi.org/10.2307/1163222 Tynjälä, P., Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2011). Beginning teachers’ transition from pre-service education to working life. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 14(11), 33. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-011-0175-6 Voss, T., Kunter, M. (2020). “Reality Shock” of Beginning Teachers? Changes in Teacher Candidates’ Emotional Exhaustion and Constructivist-Oriented Beliefs. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(3), 292–306. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119839700 Veenman, S. (1984). Perceived Problems of Beginning Teachers. Review of Educational Research, 54(2), 143-178. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543054002143 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Research Skills and Dispositions in Teacher Education Through Service-Learning 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Ioannina, Greece; 3University of Regensburg, Germany; 4Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain; 5University College for Agricultural and Environmentral Education, Austria Presenting Author:Previously, extensive research has delved into service-learning and related methods, offering students the opportunity to not only grasp subject matter but also develop methodological and social skills through real-world interaction (Salam et al., 2019). In this poster presentation, we aim to examine service learning more closely. Specifically, we have crafted a service-learning experience, structured as a one-semester university course, for teacher education students with the objective of bolstering research skills and dispositions. At the beginning of the course, in-service teachers share real classroom challenges with pre-service students. These challenges may vary from developing more effective and less time-consuming marking procedures (Froehlich et al., 2021) to experimenting with game designs to enhance OneHealth education (Hobusch et al., 2024). Throughout the semester, students work in groups, alongside the teacher, volunteering subject-matter experts, and the course facilitator, to develop research-based solutions to the challenges presented. At the end of the semester, the research projects culminate in the presentation of solutions to in-service teachers, providing them with a valuable service. A student-centred, active and experimental teaching approach is recognized as effective in the development of research methods (Nind & Katramadou, 2023). And as social interactions are considered crucial to human learning (Eraut, 2007), our aim is to explore the effectiveness of service-learning in developing research skills and dispositions, and to identify the most significant learning interactions for students in this process. When discussing learning interactions, the focus is on the interactions between students, in-service teachers and experts, including course facilitators. Additionally, content interactions are also considered, as students are exposed to the school challenges presented by the in-service teachers and supported by learning materials at each stage of the research cycle. To achieve this goal, we have established an international longitudinal mixed-methods study, utilizing students’ reflections and questionnaire responses from various countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data is collected at the beginning, various points during, and at the end of the one-semester period to examine the research question objectively and comprehensively. 1. General Efficacy Measurement: To analyse the effects of learning interactions in more detail, we must first examine whether research skills and dispositions have increased overall. A modified questionnaire based on the Perceived Research Competence (PR-Comp) (Marrs et al., 2022) and the Teacher Educators’ Researcherly Disposition (TERDS) Scale (Tack & Vanderlinde, 2016) will be used as a pre- and post-assessment to determine changes in research skills and dispositions of pre-service teachers. Additionally, a control group comprising students from another university research methods course will also be used to ensure a robust comparison. 2. Initial Learning Interaction: The student research projects begin with an interaction between the students and the presented challenges. A qualitative analysis will be conducted, which involves discussing with the students the possible causes of the challenges and their readiness to tackle them. This is accompanied by a quantitative analysis, where each challenge is evaluated based on different parameters, such as frequency (students’ perception of how often the problem arises in the classroom) or urgency (the requirement for an immediate solution). 3. Ongoing Interactions: It is believed that learners benefit from active engagement fostered by learning interactions with in-service teachers, peers, course facilitators and experts. To analyse this informal learning, we use a modified questionnaire based on the Proactive Social Informal Learning (PSIL) Scale (Crans et al., 2023) at multiple points throughout the semester. This is complemented by qualitative reflection questions. 4. Change of Perspective: Analysing Teachers’ Experiences of Learning Interactions with Students and the Service Received Not only is the perspective of students of interest, but also the experiences and learning outcomes of teachers require analysis. An interview study with teachers is planned to assess and evaluate their skill development as well as whether the project has changed their teaching methods and whether they recognized the value of research-based practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As this service-learning experience takes place in an international setting, we will analyse its impact in Austria, Spain, Greece and Germany. This approach will provide a diverse and rich dataset that reflects the different educational environments and practices. Singular data points from other countries, such as Indonesia, will help to make further conclusions about generalizability. The presented findings on our poster will shed light on beneficial learning behaviours, optimal enhancement of research skills and disposition, and cultivating a researcher mindset in students and future educators. References Crans, S., Froehlich, D., Segers, M., & Beausaert, S. (2023). Measuring learning from others: The development and validation of the Proactive Social Informal Learning Questionnaire. International Journal of Training and Development, 27(3–4), 461–479. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijtd.12310 Eraut, M. (2007). Learning from Other People in the Workplace. Oxford Review of Education, 33(4), 403–422. Froehlich, D. E., Hobusch, U., & Moeslinger, K. (2021). Research Methods in Teacher Education: Meaningful Engagement Through Service-Learning. Frontiers in Education, 6, 680404. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.680404 Hobusch, U., Scheuch, M., Heuckmann, B., Hodžić, A., Hobusch, G. M., Rammel, C., Pfeffer, A., Lengauer, V., & Froehlich, D. E. (2024). One Health Education Nexus: Enhancing Synergy Among Science-, School-, and Teacher Education Beyond Academic Silos. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, 1337748.https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1337748 Marrs, S. A., Quesada-Pallarès, C., Nicolai, K. D., Severson-Irby, E. A., & Martínez-Fernández, J. R. (2022). Measuring Perceived Research Competence of Junior Researchers. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 834843. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.834843 Nind, M., & Katramadou, A. (2023). Lessons for teaching social science research methods in higher education: Synthesis of the literature 2014-2020. British Journal of Educational Studies, 71(3), 241–266. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2022.2092066 Salam, M., Awang Iskandar, D. N., Ibrahim, D. H. A., & Farooq, M. S. (2019). Service learning in higher education: A systematic literature review. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(4), 573–593. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09580-6 Tack, H., & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). Measuring Teacher Educators’ Researcherly Disposition: Item Development and Scale Construction. Vocations and Learning, 9(1), 43–62. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-016-9148-5 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 E: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Into the Nature of Creativity: a Multimodal Exploration of Play & Games 1University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies (CEIS20); 2University of Porto; 3Malmö Univetsity Presenting Author:- Objective - As part of the 3rd year of my doctoral research in Contemporary Studies, at the Center for Interdisciplinary Studies of the University of Coimbra, I am currently undertaking the experimental phase of a transdisciplinary exploration that looks into Arts and Design as a Ludic Space, where players are more keen for adventures and prone to collaborate. My main objective is to acknowledge CREATIVE EMANCIPATION as an irreplaceable complement to academic learning and therefore present across every field of culture. In this regard, my research aims to demonstrate that collaboration can be fun, and therefore by losing the need for total control of our lives, we may be able to gain autonomy and collective power over our territory, not by making games serious, but by engaging in play that is never completely predetermined, but genuinely elicited by the search to enjoy each other. - Main Research Question - How can Game Design spark/inspire collective action for playfully coordinated political deliberation of everyday life? - Conceptual Framework - The games we play entail our first experience of political education, as they require us to assume roles, experiment power, manage conflicts and make decisions within the limited a playscape (Farnè). By interacting through games, what Fröbel called gifts, Vygotsky pivots, and Winnicott transitional objects, an educational experience is turned into self-learning practices as players learn what they need, at their own pace (Farnè). Similarly to carnival, festivals and parties, games are arenas for cultural exchange and can be studied as evidence of material culture. The processes used to build each copy reveal the technological dexterity, material availability, visual references and cultural concerns of players and designers. Play is conceived as a spontaneous and attractive attitude, granting games with a fleeting flexibility to spread, transporting their elements across cultures, while keeping their main characteristics together (Spanos). Since nobody can be forced to play, games allows players to relate to their environment by engaging into open-ended unconventional interactions, looking at complex issues and building low-fidelity representations of what they find relevant (Huizinga, Piaget, Vigotsky, Farné). It is also true that play has a perverse side, when for example, players are no longer aware they are being played (Flusser, Flanagan). As manipulation, abuse and welfare tactics may seem to be justified, game designers, teachers and ultimately every authority with the privilege of crafting others' experiences are responsible for their wellbeing and must act accordingly to their needs and expectations, promoting opennes to diversity, mutual respect and care among players. Play as a Pedagogy can be thought of as an enthusiastic system, where people cooperate with one another, in order to assure positive interdependence, preparing players to become responsible for their own path, attentive to their own motivations and to those of their peers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to test this ideas, I recall the cyclical structure and four stages of Kolb’s experiential learning (1984) and superimpose it over Hunicke, LeBlanc and Zubek’s MDA framework (2004) that looks into games as systems with Mechanic, Dynamic and Aesthetic elements. This operation creates a 4x4 matrix that describes games in regards to their structure and the different functions they play along its participatory developmental process. On the horizontal axis of this matrix there are 4 functions that respond to the following questions. In order for games to be memorable, these functions are to be perceived as coherent by the players, something that is quite difficult to design, but obviously not impossible: Objective: What is the game about? Productive: What artifacts/interfaces do we need to play? Interactive: What is it allowed to do within the game? Aesthetical: Why is it relevant? On the vertical axis, the matrix describes 4 stages of an experiential cycle by which emancipated players learn / design new games: Line 1 - Centered on Theory - How does play, design, culture and education relate to each other? How are they related today and how does that relation have evolved in history? In this regard, I've already published two articles in two international journals: one in Spanish [Alfabetización Multimodal: Sobre las formas de comunicar] and another in English [Games as Socio-Technical Systems: Interdisciplinary Infrastructure for a Pedagogy of Play]. Line 2 - Centered on Production - How to address creativity through different ways of being? My ongoing study of genius, our exceptional and natural disposition to imagine clever solutions rooted on resourceful analysis of the material richness at hand, turning obsolete ideas into better off configurations. Line 3 - Centered on Play - What is creativity? How do you play it? Who wants to play? From local interactions to online meeting places, virtual and tangible are no longer away from each other. This line aims at extending the magic circle outside the classroom, not by making games serious, but by engaging in exploratory play. Line 4 - Centered on Reflection - What are the constraints and enablers of creative freedom? An endeavor to unravel the fundamental nature of education: on the one side, the sensitive and spontaneous immersion into the chaos of the natural world and on the other side, an intentional and structured reflective assimilation process that leads to significant learnings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Along this journey I have managed to collect a series of learnings and case studies, examples of games that sustain what I’ve called, The Ludiverse: a design system to bridge the gap between users and designers, by acknowledging both as players on a common adventure. Even if these games conveyed a great vehicle to transfer learnings from theory to practice, my focus goes beyond the instrumentalization of play, as I am more interested in the integration of such didactics into a pedagogical framework that prepare people to surf chaos, to deal with unwanted situations and unforeseen results, incorporating creativity as a transdisciplinary field that provides specific tools to overcome the challenges of the reality we live in, that is not only joyful but may also have a therapeutic effect, as it allows to reinterpret traumatic experiences by building models and prototypes, that represent themselves on better off situations. My overall goal does not remain solely in a collection of games, I consider that the main contribution of this project will be the development of a network of creatives engaged in creative education, not limited to reproducing the status quo, but ingeniously addressing pertinent and complex challenges. Through an open model that can easily be adopted and reformulated by others (students, teachers, researchers, scientists, artists and designers all across the globe), I aspire to inspire attitudes of exploration, awe and curiosity, where people feel free to raise questions, suggest alternatives and build solutions to meet their own needs and such of their communities. In a few words, I expect to demonstrate that collaboration can be fun, and therefore by losing the need for total control of our lives, we may be able to create long lasting games, which in the terms of Roberto Farnè, enable a meaningful long-life education. References Alvarado, Maite (2013). Escritura e invención en la escuela. Bhabha, H. (1994). The location of culture. London: Routledge. Björgvinsson, E., Ehn, P., & Hillgren, P.-A. (2010). Participatory design and “democratizing innovation.” Bourriaud, N. (2008). Estética relacional. Caillois, R. (1958). Man, play and games. Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2000). Multiliteracies: Literacy learning and the design of social futures. Routledge. Cornu L. (1999). La confianza en las relaciones pedagógicas. Construyendo un saber sobre el interior de la escuela Cross, Nigel (2001). Designerly ways of knowing: design discipline versus design science. Culver, S. y Jacobson, T. (2012). Alfabetización mediática como método para fomentar la participación cívica. Dewey J. (1934). Art as experience. Equihua, L. (2017). El futuro del aprendizaje orientado a proyectos y productos mezclando disciplinas Elisondo, R. C., & Donolo, D. S. (2015). Creatividad y alfabetización informacional. Escobar, A. (2017). Autonomía y Diseño. La realización de lo comunal. Flusser, V. (1999). The Shape of Things. A Philosophy of Design. Freire, P. (1985). Pedagogía del oprimido. Fröbel, F. W. (1887). The Education of Man. Hunicke, R., LeBlanc, M. y Zubek, R. (2004). MDA: A Formal Approach to Game Design and Game Research. Illich, I. (1978). La convivencialidad. Kolb, D. (1994). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Lukosch, H. et al. (2018). A Scientific Foundation of Simulation Games for the Analysis and Design of Complex Systems. Maturana, H. (1997). Metadesign: Human beings versus machines, or machines as instruments of human designs? McLuhan, E., & McLuhan, M. (1988). Laws of media: The new science. Mondragón, R. (2018). La escuela como espacio de utopía. Morais, José (2018). Literacy and democracy. Nicholson, S. (2009). The Theory of Loose Parts, An important principle for design methodology. Nicolescu, Basarab (2013). Transdisciplinary Theory & Practice. Piaget, J. (1997). Psicología y pedagogía. Portilla, J. (1984) Fenomenología del relajo y otros ensayos. Salem, K. y Zimmerman, E. (2004) Rules of Play: Game Design Fundamentals. Sanders, Elizabeth B.-N. & Stappers, Pieter Jan (2014) Probes, toolkits and prototypes: three approaches to making in codesigning, Schön, Donald (1998). El profesional reflexivo. Cómo piensan los profesionales cuando actúan. The New London Group (1996). A Pedagogy of Multiliteracies: Designing Social Futures. Torres-Maya, R. (2021). Investigación, indagación y diseño. Vygotsky, L. S. (1976). Play and Its Role in the Mental Development of the Child. Zimmerman, E. (2003). Play as Research: The Iterative Design Process. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster "Bridging Times: The Evolution and Future Trajectory of Home Economics Education in Europe" MIC Thurles, Ireland Presenting Author:Overview Home Economics education employs a multifaceted, interdisciplinary approach seeking to empower students with the skills to cultivate reflective, critical decision-making abilities they require to deal with practical perennial problems. It has been defined by the International Federation for Home Economics (IFHE) as a curriculum area that “facilitates students to discover and further develop their own resources and capabilities to be used in their personal life, by directing their professional decisions and actions or preparing them for life” (IFHE Position Statement - Home Economics in the 21st Century, 2008). Initial teacher education institutions and educators have a significant role to play devising curricula that address the complexity and uncertainty of our current times. They must integrate contemporary global challenges into the curriculum to prepare teachers for dynamic classroom discussions and practical problem-solving. Teachers need to be trained to be adaptable and resilient, equipping them with strategies to handle unexpected changes and stressors. There is a need to ensure that teachers are proficient with digital tools and teaching methodologies which are essential in a technology-driven educational landscape. Teachers need to be prepared to create inclusive environments that respect and accommodate diverse cultural backgrounds and learning needs while also in them the importance of lifelong learning, enabling them to stay updated with the latest educational trends and practices. This study will examine how historical socio-economic changes and technological advancements have influenced the evolution of Home Economics education in Europe, and what are the projected future trends and challenges for this field in a global context. In times of social and economic uncertainty, teaching essential life skills through Home Economics education is critical. Educators must be equipped to support students' ability to critically consider possible actions for solutions that serve the well-being of people and the planet. Research Questions
Objectives The objective is to explore and compare how Home Economics initial teacher education in various European countries- Finland, Ireland and Estonia have adapted to socio-political and economic challenges, the role it plays in shaping European identity amidst mass migration, and the strategies educators use to prepare for contemporary and future societal changes. This research aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the differences and similarities in Home Economics education across Europe, offering insights into best practices and future directions for the field. Theoretical Framework This research will use a multidisciplinary approach and explore the historical context of challenges and their influence on educational research and practice. It will also examine the role of educationalists in responding to these societal changes and conceptualising their roles in the changing landscape. The aim is to understand the impact of current societal challenges on Home Economics education and to explore ways it can evolve to address these issues.
Educational Sociology: Examining how societal factors, including economic and political dynamics, influence educational systems and pedagogical approaches in Home Economics in Europe. Comparative Education: Focuses on analysing and comparing Home Economics education across different European countries, providing insights into how diverse socio-political contexts shape educational practices. Cultural Studies: Investigating the role of Home Economics in shaping and reflecting European identities, especially in the context of increased cultural diversity due to migration.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods/methodology This study draws on the use of a framework consisting of three primary components: 1. Historical Socio-Economic Analysis: This study examines how socioeconomic factors and trends throughout history have influenced the development and transformation of Home Economics education. It delves into the past to understand how economic conditions, societal needs, and material realities have shaped educational practices and priorities in Home Economics over time. It critically examines peer reviewed articles from four data bases including Web of Science, ERIC, Scopus and British Education Index, educational policy documents and other empirical based research focusing on sources that specifically address the relationship between societal and economic changes and educational shifts. The latest Home Economics curricula in three European countries- Finland, Ireland and Estonia are examined to see how they are evolving in response to changes in culture and technology while addressing regional variations and commonalities. 2. Constructivism: Focused on understanding current educational practices, this theory posits that learning is an active, constructive process. In the context of Home Economics, it will be used to analyse how contemporary curricula adapt to cultural and technological changes and how students engage with and internalise these new educational experiences. 3. Futurism in Education: This component is centred on anticipating and mapping out future directions for Home Economics education. It involves a thorough analysis of emerging technological advancements, shifting societal norms, and global trends to forecast their implications for educational needs and practices in the future. It emphasises understanding and predicting how ongoing and emerging technological advancements, societal trends, and global interconnectivity will shape the future of education. In the context of Home Economics, this means exploring how factors like digitalisation, sustainability, and global perspectives could reform educational content and teaching methodologies. It involves not just adapting to current changes but actively preparing for and shaping future educational landscapes to ensure relevance and efficacy in a rapidly evolving world. By combining these theoretical approaches, the research aims to offer a comprehensive, systematic inquiry into the past, present, and future of Home Economics education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes/results The expected outcomes from this research on home economics education include the following: • An in-depth understanding of how Home Economics education has evolved throughout time in response to past societal and economic changes. • A comparative understanding of how different European contexts impact Home Economics education. • A comparative study of how different European contexts impact Home Economics education and if and how modern Home Economics curricula are adapting to current cultural and technological shifts, and how this impacts student learning. • Giving consideration to emerging societal, political and economic and technological trends, exploring the future direction for Home Economics education. • Recommendations for educators, initial teacher educator, policy makers to adapt Home Economics curricula to better meet contemporary and future needs. • Contributions to the European educational dialogue, especially in terms of policy, practice, and cultural understanding in Home Economics. References References Nickols, S.Y., and Kay, G. (2015). Remaking Home Economics: Resourcefulness and Innovation in Changing Times. Athens: University of Georgia Press. Pendergast, D., McGregor, S.L.T., and Turkki, K. (2012). Creating Home Economics Futures: The Next 100 Years. Bowen, Australia: Australian Academic Press. Sri Mariya, Sufyarma, and Jamaris (2021), “Futurism and Digitalism in the World of Education," Central Asian Journal of Social Sciences and History, 2(12), pp. 78–84. Available at: https://cajssh.centralasianstudies.org/index.php/CAJSSH/article/view/213 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., & Altman, D. G. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Bmj, 339, b2535. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.b2535 Barth, M. (2016). Implementing sustainability in higher education learning in an age of transformation. London: Routledge. Hargreaves, A. Sustainability of Educational Change: The Role of Social Geographies. Journal of Educational Change 3, 189–214 (2002). https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1021218711015 Taar, J. and Palojok, P. (2022), Applying interthinking for learning 21st-century skills in home economics education, Redirecting. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2022.100615 Dewhurst, Y., & Pendergast, D. (2008). Home Economics in the 21st Century: A Cross-Cultural Comparative Study. International Journal of Home Economics, 1(1), 63–87. https://search.informit.org/doi/10.3316/informit.775143957869748 Kim, N.E., 2020. Developing home economics education programs for sustainable development: Focusing on changemaker education with the theme of ‘improving consumer life’. Human Ecology Research, 58(3), pp. 279–298, Erjavšek, M., Lovšin Kozina, F., and Kostanjevec, S., 2021. In-service home economics teachers’ attitudes toward the integration of sustainable topics in the home economics subject. Ceps Journal, 11(1), pp. 27–47. Kuusisaari, H., Seitamaa-Hakkarainen, P., Autio, M., and Holtta, M., 2021. The future of home economics teaching: teachers' reflections on 21st century competencies. International Journal of Home Economics, 14(2), pp. 51–68. McCloat, A., and Caraher, M., 2023. HOME ECONOMICS CURRICULUM POLICY IN IRELAND. Food Futures in Education and Society. Haapaniemi, J. et al. (2023), ‘Navigating digital challenges together: Cooperation of researchers and subject teachers’, INTED2023 Proceedings [Preprint]. doi:10.21125/inted.2023.0858. International Journal of Home Economics (2008) International Federation for Home Economics (IFHE). Available at: https://www.ifhe.org/ejournal/about-the-journal 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Negotiating Vulnerability within Digital Activist Spaces: The European Climate Movement in the Context of Global Injustice Goethe-Universität, FFM, Germany Presenting Author:This research focuses on nuanced expressions of vulnerability within climate activist groups on social media and their impact on political protest. In recent years, the climate movement has grown significantly, both in Europe and around the globe. Especially the movement „Fridays for Future“ has gained momentum since 2018 and youth resistance has since become a global phenomenon. In their protests, activists frame their political demands around an injustice resulting from previous generations actions (Eide & Kunelius, 2021; Spaiser et al., 2022) , rendering them vulnerable to imminent climate catastrophes. Vulnerability based on a neglect of care from preceding generations (King, 2010) therefore acts as one of the main narratives in activist articulations. According to Butler (2016), vulnerability is conceptualized as an ontological, relational category that is impossible to overcome in general terms but whose distribution should be equalized where possible. It is thus often the basis of political activism that demands political action based on an injust and avoidable exposure to vulnerability (ibid.). In terms of climate activism, the relational character exceeds interpersonal relations and contains the dependence on environmental surroundings. It remains an ambivalent attribution, as the explication of vulnerability is on the one hand often re-configured as „heroic“ (Safaian, 2022), whereas declaring vulnerability over a specific (sub)group can on the other hand be conzeptualized as an expression of hegemonic power (Govrin, 2022; Manzo, 2010). The climate movement in Europe and the so-called Global North has been publicly criticised as a group of wealthy youth, primarily bound by shared privilege, thus depoliticizing the protests (von Zabern & Tulloch, 2021) - although there is conflicting empirical data regarding this argument (della Porta & Portos, 2021). Nonetheless, statistical evidence indicates that activists are well-educated (Sommer et al. 2019) and in a global perspective, disproportianaley less vulnerable to climate change than respective youth in the „majority world“ (Crawford et al., 2023). Notwithstanding, the acknowledgment and effective communication of vulnerability, both within specific activist groups and as a global ecological concern, remain crucial for crafting affective narratives, especially in the realm of social media networks (Papacharissi, 2016) that are crucial in connecting disparate events to a global movement (Bouliane et al., 2020). The complex position that European activists navigate, oscillating between victimhood and directly profiting from global injustice systems (Malafaia, 2022), necessitates a comprehensive analysis that avoids merely responsibilizing climate activists. Therefore, the question of group constitution that is on the one hand based on a global political injustice (in which children and youth have been argued to shape the „climate precariat“ as proposed by Holmberg & Alvinius, 2021) and yet acknowledges global differences along intersectional vulnerabilities (Crenshaw, 2010; Yuval-Davis, 2010) remains crucial. This research adopts a qualitative approach, intending to empirically examine the negotiation and affective depiction of vulnerability in public articulations of climate protest on social media platforms. While existing research has delved into climate activism, particularly on digital platforms (Neumayer & Rossi, 2018; Belotti et al., 2022), this study aims to contribute by systematically analyzing depictions and attributions of vulnerability within the activism, and its intricate interplay with privilege within the European context. The poster emphasizes the need for a nuanced understanding that recognizes the relational structure of vulnerability (Butler, 2016) and the resulting political imperative for care (Bond et al., 2020). Main research ocjective for the poster presentation is to answer the question (RQ1) How do climate activists articulate and negotiate vulnerability on social media platforms and how do these articulations shape their political activism in the context of the European climate movement? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a cumulative, qualitative PhD project aimed at comprehending the affective dimensions within both digital and local climate activism groups. The PhD in turn, is situated within a larger framework of a research project concerning practices of politicisation on digital platforms with a focus on TikTok (see Silkenbeumer et al, 2023). The methodological context for the PhD project encompasses both ethnographic and netnographic research methodologies. To address the specific research question at hand, a netnographic approach, following the framework proposed by Kozinets (2019) has been chosen. The focus of this research involves the examination of TikTok profiles directly associated with European climate protest groups, identified through their names (e.g FFF_Scotland) as a form of „Activist Political Online Community“ (Villegas, 2021). The rationale for selecting TikTok lies in its algorithmic structuring, encouraging the creation of highly emotionalized content. After a research period of „deep immersion“ (Kozinets, 2019) in the digital context, ten videos have been chosen for a detailed qualitative hermeneutic analysis. For the sample, 10 videos have been chosed for deeper analysis based on European origin, depictions of vulnerability and articulations of specifically European perspectives on climate activism, ensuring comparability by limiting the selection to content in either German or English. The timeframe for video inclusion spans from October 2023 to March 2024. To develop a nuanced understanding of the medium, a detailed multimodal analysis is employed, following the metholodical approaches of “Visual Grounded Theory Methodology” (Mey & Dietrich, 2016), additionally drawing on hermeneutic interpretation principles (Oevermann, 2016). This analytical approach allows for the exploration of the intricate process of meaning-making, considering the interaction of various content creation levels such as sound, visuals, and memetic structures (see e.g. Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik, 2019). Through this approach, the study aims to reconstruct and review the complex layers of meaning within TikTok content in the context of the research question, allowing for a comprehensive understanding of how vulnerability is expressed on multiple levels within the European climate movement on social media platforms. This research contributes to the broader discourse on climate activism by examining the nuanced dynamics of vulnerability and privilege within the digital realm. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research identifies distinct predominant narratives of vulnerability employed by climate activists on TikTok: It becomes evident that vulnerability is mostly depicted indirectly and is hereby related to multiple social categories, such as gender, race, and socioeconomic status. Importantly, these intersections are not uniformly addressed by climate activists online, with certain dimensions like disability being largely overlooked. Strategies for addressing vulnerability exhibit variation in their affective dimensions based on three key factors: (1) the intended audience, conceptualized as the imagined "other," (2) the explicitness of political demands within the content and (3) multiple and intersecting depictions of vulnerability. The affective impact of these strategies ranges from (self) "heroic" depictions, positioning activists as potentially powerful despite their vulnerability (following Safaian, 2022), at times even due to their vulnerability to portrayals where vulnerability is presented not as a virtue but as a reason for desperation (Kessl, 2019), and in some instances, hopelessness. This diversity in affective impact corresponds to different narratological motives, including the use of popular memetic templates and platform-specific affordances like sound or filters. These findings contribute to a deeper understanding of meaning-making in digital spheres, particularly regarding political demands in non-formalized contexts. Lastly, the research draws conclusions on depictions of vulnerability that extend beyond the vulnerabilities of the activists themselves. It uncovers complex layers of solidarity within these depictions, highlighting the interconnectedness of vulnerabilities and the various ways in which activists navigate and express solidarity within digital spaces. The demand for a politics of care is discussed based on the theoretical discourse on vulnerability (Butler, 2016) as well as the typologies derived from specific depictions found in the empirical data. References Bond, S., Thomas, A., & Diprose, G. (2020). Making and unmaking political subjectivities: Climate justice, activism, and care. Trans Inst Br Geogr, 45(4), 750–762. https://doi.org/10.1111/tran.12382 Boulianne, S., Lalancette, M., & Ilkiw, D. (2020). “School Strike 4 Climate”: Social Media and the International Youth Protest on Climate Change. Media and Communication, 8(2), 208–218. https://doi.org/10.17645/mac.v8i2.2768 Butler, J. (2016). Rethinking Vulnerability and Resistance. In J. Butler, Z. Gambetti, & L. Sabsay (Eds.), Vulnerability in resistance (pp. 12–27). Duke University Press. Crawford, N. J., Michael, K., & Mikulewicz, M. (2024). Climate justice in the majority world: Vulnerability, resistance and diverse knowledges. Routledge advances in climate change. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003214021 Crenshaw, K. W. (2016). Demarginalising the Intersection of Race and Sex. In M. T. Herrera Vivar, H. Lutz, & L. Supik (Eds.), Feminist imagination, Europe and beyond.(pp.25–42). Routledge. Holmberg, A., & Alvinius, A. (2021). Children as a new climate precariat: A conceptual proposition. Current Sociology, 70(5), 781–797. https://doi.org/10.1177/0011392120975461 Kozinets, R. V. (2019). Netnography: Redefined (3rd edition). SAGE Publications. Literat, I., & Kligler-Vilenchik, N. (2019). Youth collective political expression on social media: The role of affordances and memetic dimensions for voicing political views. New Media & Society, 21(9), 1988–2009. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444819837571 Malafaia, C. (2022). 'Missing school isn't the end of the world (actually, it might prevent it)': Climate activists resisting adult power, repurposing privileges and reframing education. Ethnography and Education, 17(4), 421–440. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2022.2123248 Manzo, K. (2010). Imaging vulnerability: the iconography of climate change. Area, 42(1), 96–107. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4762.2009.00887.x Mey, G., & Dietrich, M. (2016). From Text to Image—Shaping a Visual Grounded Theory Methodology. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 17(2). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-17.2.2535 Neumayer, C., & Rossi, L. (2018). Images of protest in social media: Struggle over visibility and visual narratives. New Media & Society, 20(11), 4293–4310. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444818770602 Papacharissi, Z. (2016). Affective publics and structures of storytelling: sentiment, events and mediality. Information, Communication & Society, 19(3), 307–324. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2015.1109697 Safaian, D. (2022). Greta Thunberg und die Ambivalenz heroischer Vulnerabilität. In S. Lethbridge & A. Hemkendreis (Eds.), helden. heroes. héros. E-Journal zu Kulturen des Heroischen. (pp. 21–32). Spaiser, V., Nisbett, N., & Stefan, C. G. (2022). “How dare you?”—The normative challenge posed by Fridays for Future. PLOS Climate, 1(10), e0000053. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pclm.0000053 Villegas, D. (2021). Political Netnography. A Method for Studying Power and Ideology in Social Media. In R. V. Kozinets & R. Gambetti (Eds.), Netnography unlimited: Understanding technoculture using qualitative social media research (pp. 100–115). Routledge. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 F: Teacher Education Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Perspectives on Pedagogical Adaptivity Amid Curricular Change University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:Teaching in today’s dynamic landscape is marked by complexity (Parsons, 2012). With evolving curricula, emerging organisational systems, and escalating demands for continuous adaptation, educators are compelled to constantly assess their professional growth in the realms of learning, teaching, and knowledge (Hammond & Bransford, 2007). Consequently, adaptive expertise has become fundamental to effective teaching (Hatano & Iganaki, 1988; Vogt & Rogalla, 2009). Pedagogical adaptivity entails tailoring lesson assignments to match learners' cognitive levels, facilitating their progression within their zone of proximal development (König et al., 2020), achieved through preplanned or spontaneous adjustments (Beltramo, 2017). Adaptive teachers are exemplary in their teaching (Soslau, 2012) and possess pedagogical content knowledge that is flexible and creatively employed in instruction (Hattie, 2012). Within this construct teachers use a range of cognitive, motivational strategies, and identity components to adapt their practice (Crawford et al., 2005). However, classrooms present unpredictable landscapes, with students from diverse backgrounds, cultures, and experiences, as well as varying proficiencies, interests, and abilities (Parsons et al., 2018). Adaptive experts prioritise the impact of their methods on these students, seeking new skills and knowledge when their routines prove ineffective (Timperley, 2011), thereby selecting innovative strategies to accommodate diverse contexts (Vagle, 2016). Consequently, pedagogical adaptability is an ongoing, contextual, and multifaceted process (ibid.). During periods of change, external factors like curricular reform can disrupt a teacher’s pedagogical adaptivity. In such swiftly evolving environments, adaptivity—characterised by flexibility, reflexivity, and innovation—is pivotal for navigating change (Tan et al., 2017). The scholarly literature suggests that a teacher's disposition is fundamental to their pedagogical adaptivity. The capacity for effective and thoughtful adaptivity is closely intertwined with teachers' beliefs, vision, sense of belonging, and identity (Fairbanks et al., 2010). Fairbanks et al. (2010) delineate a thoughtful adaptive teacher as one possessing both declarative and procedural knowledge, as well as conditional knowledge. They comprehend not only the what and how of teaching but also possess a profound understanding of the most efficacious instructional approaches tailored to the intricate needs of their students (Ankrum et al., 2020; König et al., 2020). When teachers possess a clear awareness of their beliefs, a guiding vision for their practice, a sense of belonging, and can envision identities for both themselves and their students, they are more likely to exhibit thoughtful adaptivity and thereby become more effective educators (Fairbanks et al., 2010). Through this lens this study adopts an interpretive epistemological stance to investigate the impact of curricular reform at the lower secondary level in Ireland on teachers' vision, beliefs, sense of belonging, and identity, and consequently, how this affects their agentic capacity to use pedagogical adaptivity within a classroom. The research specifically focuses on in-service teachers working within immersive Irish language contexts across the Republic of Ireland. The objective is to explore the pedagogical adaptivity of these teachers, examining their characteristics and assessing how intrinsic and extrinsic factors influence their ability to address the diverse needs of their students during periods of change.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The researcher aimed to investigate the impact of curricular change on teacher characteristics such as belief, vision, belonging, and identity, and how these factors influenced teacher pedagogical adaptivity through a case study approach. Employing an interpretive epistemological stance, this PhD study embraced a social constructivist ontological paradigm. Loxley and Seery (2008) argue that knowledge is not merely a collection of facts but rather an engagement with the world that yields culturally, historically, and temporally bound meanings and understandings. Through interpretivism, the focus is on studying individuals and their interactions—how they perceive the world and construct their realities (Thomas, 2017). According to Creswell et al. (2016), the objective of research is to rely heavily on participants' perspectives on the situation. They suggest that in practice, questions should be broad and open-ended so that participants can construct the meaning of a situation, often achieved through discussions or interactions with others. Given the researcher's intent to explore teachers' experiences and perceptions qualitatively, it was logical to incorporate both an interpretive and constructivist viewpoint into this research project. To achieve this, the researcher utilised a case study approach for data collection. Creswell et al. (2016) define case study research as a qualitative method in which the investigator examines a real-life, contemporary bounded system (a case) or multiple bounded systems over time. In this instance, Irish language teachers within immersive Irish language secondary schools outside the Gaeltacht area were selected as the bounded system. Qualitative data played a central role in the data collection process, with semi-structured interviews serving as the primary method. Seventeen teachers from these contexts were interviewed, focusing on their adaptive characteristics during a period of curricular change. The data collected from the interviews was analysed using the QDA package NVIVO. Cohen et al. (2011) suggest that qualitative data analysis is inherently interpretive and rarely provides a completely accurate representation of a reflexive, reactive interaction. They explain that qualitative data analysis involves organising, accounting for, and interpreting the data, identifying patterns, themes, categories, and regularities. Consequently, the researcher employed ethnomethodology when analysing the data (Cohen et al., 2011), in conjunction with the constant comparative method (Thomas, 2017), which entails repeatedly comparing each element, phrase, or paragraph with all others. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Thematic analysis of 17 semi-structured interviews across 10 schools was conducted. Teachers spoke about the varying strategies which they employed in their classroom to motivate and encourage students to develop their Irish language skills. They described the diverse methods which they used to cater to the increasingly diverse student population and recounted the challenges and opportunities of recent curricular change. Uncertainty was prevalent throughout the data. Teachers conveyed a pervasive sense of ambiguity regarding their identity, role, and ability to adequately support all students during the reform phase. A noticeable decrease in confidence was observed among most coupled with a questioning of their professional competence. Although teachers’ beliefs and vision centred on student language proficiency and cultivating a love for the Irish language, the interviews uncovered prevalent concerns regarding performativity. The ambiguity surrounding mandated state examinations added to confusion and apprehension among teachers, hindering capacity to tailor pedagogical strategies to meet students' needs. Teacher belonging and identity emerged as pivotal factors influencing in relation to pedagogical adaptivity during this time. Where teacher identity, and predominantly language identity, was robust, educators were less likely to be impacted by this ambiguity and regained confidence in their capacity to cater to all students' needs more swiftly. Similarly, teachers who described a strong sense of belonging within their educational context, reported more heightened levels of pedagogical adaptivity and indicated that curricular changes had a lesser impact on their instructional practices. Curricular change created a noticeable decline in teachers' confidence regarding pedagogical adaptivity. Many grappled with this uncertainty, relying on their beliefs, vision, belonging, and identity as guiding principles during this period. However, in instances where these characteristics were fragile and lacked reinforcement, teachers exhibited a slower recovery and struggled to regain their pre-change levels of pedagogical adaptivity and agency in the classroom. References Ankrum, J. W., Morewood, A. L., Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Parsons, A. W., & Hawkins, P. M. (2020). Documenting Adaptive Literacy Instruction: The Adaptive Teaching Observation Protocol (ATOP). Reading Psychology, 41(2), 71-86. Beltramo, J. L. (2017). Developing adaptive teaching practices through participation in cogenerative dialogues. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 326-337. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2011). Research methods in education. Routledge. Crawford, V. M., Schlager, M., Toyama, Y., Riel, M., & Vahey, P. (2005, April). Characterizing adaptive expertise in science teaching. In Annual meeting of the american educational research association, Montreal, Quebec, Canada (pp. 1-26). Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications. Darling-Hammond, L., & Bransford, J. (Eds.). (2007). Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do. John Wiley & Sons. Fairbanks, C. M., Duffy, G. G., Faircloth, B. S., He, Y., Levin, B. B., Rohr, J., & Stein, C. (2010). Beyond knowledge: Exploring why some teachers are more thoughtfully adaptive than others. Journal of Teacher Education, 61, 161–171. Doi: 10.1177/0022487109347874 Hatano, G., & Inagaki, K. (1984). Two courses of expertise. 乳幼児発達臨床センター年報, 6, 27-36. Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning. Routledge. König, J., Bremerich-Vos, A., Buchholtz, C., & Glutsch, N. (2020). General pedagogical knowledge, pedagogical adaptivity in written lesson plans, and instructional practice among preservice teachers. Journal of curriculum studies, 52(6), 800-822. Parsons, S. A. (2012). Adaptive teaching in literacy instruction: Case studies of two teachers. Journal of Literacy Research, 44(2), 149-170. Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Scales, R. Q., Gallagher, M. A., Parsons, A. W., Davis, S. G., ... & Allen, M. (2018). Teachers’ instructional adaptations: A research synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 88(2), 205-242. Soslau, E. (2012). Opportunities to develop adaptive teaching expertise during supervisory conferences. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(5), 768-779. Tan, L.S., Ponnusamy, L.D., Tan, C.K.K., & Koh, K.B.L. (2017). Cultures and Leverages for Nurturing Adaptive Capacities through Curriculum Innovation. Singapore: National Institute of Education. Thomas, G. (2017). How to do your research project: A guide for students. Sage. Vagle, M. D. (2016). Making pedagogical adaptability less obvious. Theory Into Practice, 55(3), 207-216. Vogt, F., & Rogalla, M. (2009). Developing adaptive teaching competency through coaching. Teaching and teacher education, 25(8), 1051-1060. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Literature Review of Curriculum Theories on Meso Level in Science Education Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Strong expectations are associated with education in terms of preparing the next generation for social and technological change. Globally, curriculum documents are therefore being reviewed/revised (or developed where they have not yet existed) at the national level. In previous decades, however, curriculum changes were investigated mainly at the school level. My goal is to contribute to knowledge about the meso curriculum making (meso level) and its research reflection – for definition of site of activities in curriculum making see Priestley et al. (2021, p. 13). The Czech curriculum for primary education and lower secondary education is currently being reviewed, too. In my doctoral research I analyse this process using case study conducted on the meso curriculum making. In continental Europe (as well as in the Czech republic) there is typical to have commissions (or committees) selected by the state which are reviewing national curriculum (Sivesind & Westbury, 2016). We want to determine causal processes in physics (science education is divided into physics, chemistry and biology in the Czech Republic) subject curriculum committee because these processes appear to be under‑theorized (Dvořák, 2023). That is why we think about our case study “as the opportunity to shed empirical light on some theoretical concepts or principles” (Yin, 2018, p. 38). Main research question of case study is “How is the process of curriculum review at the meso level in the Czech Republic carried out?”. Some possible theoretical frameworks have been already identified. The theoretical framework is based on curriculum making, which changes the understanding from ‘level’ (e. g. school or teacher) to ‘social practices‘ (e. g. production of resources) (Priestley et al., 2021). Other models describing the process of curriculum making/reviewing include Curriculum Design Coherence Model (Rata, 2021) or Modelling of Curriculum (Hajerová Műllerová & Slavík, 2020). The question arises whether and how are these models being applied. To expand already found theories and models I have conducted a literature review. In this review I am going to looking for curriculum theories or models used on meso level in reviewing science education (ISCED levels 1–3). My goal is to continue in a work of my colleagues from Charles University in Prague (Žák & Kolář, 2018). They found in primary studies very strong criticism of traditional approach to curriculum. On the other hand, they also identified innovative approaches (e. g. Active Physics) as a reaction on traditional approach. The main research question of the literature review is “How is the processes of curriculum reviews for primary and secondary science education at the meso level being researched or described recently?”. More specific research questions focus on 1) terminology used to describe processes; 2) theoretical frameworks of researchers; 3) research study designs. According to number of founded studies I will restrict these questions by more criteria. The theory and theoretical propositions in case studies can be helpful in defining the appropriate research design and data to be collected. Therefore, this literature review aims to find theoretical as well as methodological aspects of studies on curriculum reviews. Based on these findings I can better develop propositions (“qualitative hypotheses”) to be examined through the case study. At the same time, I want to contribute to discovering the terminology related to curriculum reviewing/making, which appears to be inconsistent. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The literature review of curriculum theories on meso level based on PRISMA statement (Page et al., 2021) was divided in three phases. In the first phase relevant keywords were identified, in the second phase systematic (literature) reviews of studies focusing on curriculum were found. Finally, in the third phase I am going to find primary studies. I looked for relevant systematic (literature) reviews in Scopus databases which were found with keywords based on occurrences in formerly found theories, studies, or reviews. The literature review is looking for studies published from 2016 to 2023. The year 2016 was chosen, because I build on previous study made by Žák & Kolář (2018). The end date is specified to avoid risk of not including the newest papers (the review was started in January 2024). Relevant keywords were identified from Žák & Kolář (2018) as well as from Scopus database by reading abstracts of papers and reviews about curriculum also from other disciplines than science education. Near curriculum, curricula or curricular (curricul*) were found keywords (sorted by occurrence in Scopus and omitted those which have less than 100 occurrences): development (3 794), design (3 303), reform* (1 598), model (824), review* (579), future (562), innovation (531), theory (442), making (352), revision (288), redesign (244), revised (226), creation (118) and others. 29 potential relevant systematic (literature) reviews in Scopus database were found based on these keywords and adding “AND ((science W/1 education) OR "STEM" OR "STEAM" OR physics) AND (systematic PRE/1 review)” to query string and looking in title, abstract, or key words. None of them are focusing on meso curriculum level itself. That is why (systematic) literature review is going to be conducted especially from primary studies. 141 primary studies were found using the same query string (without systematic PRE/1 review) and searching in titles of articles. Based on these articles, an overview of the theoretical frameworks on which the research is based (or the curriculum making process itself), the methodologies used, and the resulting findings is going to be created. Further analysis is going to be carried out according to the geographical affiliation of the works and the level of education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It appeared that the latest literature review on meso level of curriculum making in STEM or science was published 6 years ago (Žák & Kolář, 2018). That’s why I am going to conduct a recent literature review using PRISMA statement (Page et al., 2021) to systematically describe the context of my dissertation and fill in discovered research gap in curriculum making. It was identified that there are a lot of keywords related to the terms “curriculum”, “curricula” and “curricular” concerning curriculum making or reviewing processes. That led to identification of systematic (literature) reviews related to research question. I also found 141 potentially relevant primary studies which I am going to filter more with respect to my research questions and identify theoretical frameworks, methodological aspects and research study designs relevant for my case study. Review studies often examined specific curricular innovations of content (e.g. computer science education, sustainability) or teaching strategies (inquiry-based; STEM education; inclusive curriculum). Lots of reviews are focusing on higher education. Less represented were works that dealt with the process of the curriculum making, for exapmle a student emergent curriculum in the science classroom (Laux, 2018). The primary/empirical publications were often case studies of specific revised national or state documents, with Australian Curriculum strongly represented. Critical analysis of the power relations of the actors at macro levels was more performed than studies of meso level processes within the curriculum committees, and more studies looked at social studies / humanities rather than science subjects. References Dvořák, D. (2023). Curriculum development. In R. J. Tierney, R. Fazal, & E. Kadriye (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (4th Ed., pp. 149–154). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.03024-4 Hajerová Műllerová, L., & Slavík, J. (2020). Modelování kurikula (1. vydání). Západočeská univerzita v Plzni, Fakulta pedagogická. Laux, K. (2018). A theoretical understanding of the literature on student voice in the science classroom. Research in Science and Technological Education, 36(1), 111–129. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1080/02635143.2017.1353963 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Systematic Reviews, 10(1), 89. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-021-01626-4 Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (1st Ed.). Emerald Publishing Limited. Rata, E. (2021). The Curriculum Design Coherence Model in the Knowledge‐Rich School Project. Review of Education, 9(2), 448–495. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3254 Sivesind, K., & Westbury, I. (2016). State-based curriculum-making, Part I. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6), 744–756. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186737 Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th edition). SAGE. Žák, V., & Kolář, P. (2018). Proměny fyzikálního kurikula – první výsledky analýzy mezinárodních zdrojů. Scientia in educatione, 9(1). https://doi.org/10.14712/18047106.1034 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Assumptions for Training Higher Education Teachers to Adopt Active Methodologies in Flexible Learning Spaces 1CIDTFF / University of Aveiro, Portugal; 2DEP / University of Aveiro, Portugal Presenting Author:The adoption of Active Methodologies (AM) in higher education is strongly recommended for preparing students to live and work in the 21st century (Michael, 2006). In this sense, the European University Association (2019) indicates that promoting active learning in universities is fundamental, given the role of these institutions in training critical, creative and collaborative citizens and professionals, capable of contributing to a complex and ever-changing world. Active learning should therefore be part of universities' strategies to fulfil their social mission and promote education geared towards sustainable development. In addition, various studies have shown that student-centred teaching approaches are more effective than passive, teacher-centred teaching approaches (Freeman et al., 2014; Hsieh, 2013; Michael, 2006). Active learning consists of involving students in activities that encourage them to reflect on ideas and how they are applied when speaking, listening, writing, reading and/or reflecting (Hsieh, 2013; Michael, 2006). It also implies students being consciously involved in the process of constructing, testing and refining their mental models while dealing with problems, challenges or concepts in a particular discipline (Freeman et al., 2014; Michael, 2006). From this perspective, teachers are charged with acting as facilitators or mediators of learning and students present a participatory and central role in the pedagogical process. This understanding has led universities to invest in the development of learning environments that support the adoption of Active Methodologies. In this sense, Flexible Learning Spaces (FLS) have emerged, i.e. innovative environments intentionally designed to promote the implementation of AM and collaborative pedagogical approaches (Van Horne & Murniati, 2016). Corroborating this definition, the authors Li et al. (2019) understand these spaces to be physical classrooms geared towards the development of active learning processes, in combination with advanced forms of educational technology and flexible furniture, to provide personalised and dialogical learning experiences. This situation makes the implementation of FLS widely indicated and considered as one of the main trends in technological strategies to be adopted in higher education currently (European University Association, 2019). This orientation has led several Portuguese universities to invest in FLS in recent years. Given this scenario, there is a need to train university teachers to work in these spaces. This is because the structuring of Flexible Learning Spaces alone is not enough to guarantee the implementation of pedagogical practices centred on students' active learning. The teaching and learning process needs to be explicitly geared towards taking advantage of the pedagogical potential of the space (Becker et al., 2018). Furthermore, different studies have reported barriers faced by professors in the use of FLS, which may have an impact on their choice to continue using transmissive teaching methods or even choose not to adopt this type of space in their work (MacLeod et al., 2018; Van Horne & Murniati, 2016; Wetzel & Farrow, 2023). The aim of this research is therefore to develop, implement and evaluate a training model for higher education teachers that promotes the critical and reflective adoption of Active Methodologies in Flexible Learning Spaces. To this end, the first phase of the research sought to identify and systematise the training principles that should guide this model, based on the following research questions: Q1. What assumptions should guide the training of higher education teachers to adopt Active Methodologies in their classes? Q2. When specifically considering the implementation of Active Methodologies in Flexible Learning Spaces, what premises should guide the training processes for higher education teachers in these spaces? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to identify and systematise the training assumptions that should guide the training of university teachers to promote active learning in FLS, the Delphi method was chosen as the main methodological approach for this research (Marques & Freitas, 2018). The participants in this study were 13 experts in AM and FLS, working as teachers, researchers and trainers at different universities in Portugal. After the definition of the experts, the Delphi study had the following stages, in accordance with the recommendations of Marques and Freitas (2018) and Osborne et al. (2003): Round 1. Questionnaire 1 was structured by open-ended questions, asking which assumptions should guide the training of university teachers to implement AM in FLS. The data collected were analysed qualitatively using categorical content analysis with the support of MAXQDA software (Bardin, 2011). Based on the analysis of the responses, a synthesis of the emerging assumptions was structured to reflect on the essence of the statements made by the participating experts. Round 2 - The aim of Questionnaire 2 was to determine the level of agreement of the experts with the assumptions previously mentioned in Questionnaire 1. The questionnaire presented the titles and summaries of the assumptions that had emerged in Round 1, together with representative and anonymous comments from the experts. At this stage, participants were asked to indicate their level of agreement with each assumption on a 5-point Likert scale and to justify their rating. The data collected were analysed using descriptive statistics. The mean, mode and standard deviation were calculated for the assumptions discussed. In addition to this quantitative analysis, the qualitative contributions were analysed, resulting in adjustments to some of the training assumptions. Round 3 - Given the results of Round 2, this last questionnaire asked the experts to indicate, also on a 5-point Likert scale, the degree of importance of prioritising the assumptions under analysis. At the end of Round 3, a collective view of the experts was obtained, not only in terms of the level of agreement, but also in terms of the level of prioritisation of the assumptions addressed. The mean, mode and standard deviation of the level of prioritisation of the assumptions were also calculated. To guide the design of the training model, training assumptions with a mean of 4 or more and a standard deviation of less than 1 were selected. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In response to the question "What assumptions should guide the training of higher education teachers for the implementation of AM?", this study systematised a set of 16 assumptions with a high level of agreement and prioritisation among the experts. The highlights are: a) Promoting and mobilising pedagogical differentiation to create inclusive learning environments; b) Facilitating training focused on active learning and the development of 21st century skills; c) Prioritising evidence-based pedagogical approaches; d) Encouraging training linked to Digital Enhancement for Learning and Teaching (DELT); e) Implementing in-service training from an isomorphic perspective; f) Encouraging collaboration between teachers; and g) Addressing beliefs and barriers to the adoption of AM. For the second research question, in which the experts were asked to specifically consider teacher training for the implementation of AM in FLS, the following assumptions were defined: a) Deepening the pedagogical potential of FLS for peer learning; b) Promoting reflection on FLS, clarifying its principles and characteristics; c) Promoting experimentation with FLS and simulation of AM; d) Developing competences for the adoption of digital technologies; e) Encouraging the design, implementation and evaluation of learning scenarios in FLS; and f) Considering the "space" dimension in pedagogical planning, mediation and management. In conclusion, the results of this study show that the training model in focus needs to be in strong dialogue with the Active Teacher Training model (Rodrigues, 2020) and with the current discussions on DELT (Gaebel et al., 2021). Furthermore, the dimension of space in the training process needs to be considered, as outlined in the Technology, Pedagogy, Content and Space framework (Kali et al., 2019). Finally, we believe that the conclusions of this work make a significant contribution to the training of higher education teachers, considering the wide dissemination of FLS not only in Portugal but also in Europe. References Bardin, L. (2011). Análise de Conteúdo (4a ed). Edições 70. Becker, S. A., Brown, M., Dahlstrom, E., Davis, A., DePaul, K., Diaz, V., & Pomerantz, J. (2018). NMC Horizon Report: 2018 Higher Education Edition. EDUCAUSE. European University Association. (2019). Learning & Teaching Paper #5: Promoting Active Learning in Universities. Freeman, S., Eddy, S. L., McDonough, M., Smith, M. K., Okoroafor, N., Jordt, H., & Wenderoth, M. P. (2014). Active learning increases student performance in science, engineering, and mathematics. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 111(23), 8410–8415. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1319030111 Gaebel, M., Zhang, T., Stoeber, H., & Morrisroe, A. (2021). Digitally enhanced learning and teaching in European higher education institutions. Hsieh, C. (2013). Active Learning: Review of Evidence and Examples. In Tzyy-Yuang Shiang, Wei-Hua Ho, Peter Chenfu Huang, & Chien-Lu Tsai (Eds.), 31 International Conference on Biomechanics in Sports . International Society of Biomechanics in Sports (ISBS) . Kali, Y., Sagy, O., Benichou, M., Atias, O., & Levin‐Peled, R. (2019). Teaching expertise reconsidered: The Technology, Pedagogy, Content and Space (TPeCS) knowledge framework. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(5), 2162–2177. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12847 Li, Y., Yang, H. H., & MacLeod, J. (2019). Preferences toward the constructivist smart classroom learning environment: examining pre-service teachers’ connectedness. Interactive Learning Environments, 27(3), 349–362. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2018.1474232 MacLeod, J., Yang, H. H., Zhu, S., & Li, Y. (2018). Understanding students’ preferences toward the smart classroom learning environment: Development and validation of an instrument. Computers & Education, 122, 80–91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.03.015 Marques, J. B. V., & Freitas, D. de. (2018). Método DELPHI: caracterização e potencialidades na pesquisa em Educação. Pro-Posições, 29(2), 389–415. https://doi.org/10.1590/1980-6248-2015-0140 Michael, J. (2006). Where’s the evidence that active learning works? Advances in Physiology Education, 30(4), 159–167. https://doi.org/10.1152/advan.00053.2006 Osborne, J., Collins, S., Ratcliffe, M., Millar, R., & Duschl, R. (2003). What ?ideas-about-science? should be taught in school science? A Delphi study of the expert community. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 40(7), 692–720. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.10105 Rodrigues, A. L. (2020). Digital technologies integration in teacher education: the active teacher training model. Journal of E-Learning and Knowledge Society, 16(3), 24–33. Van Horne, S., & Murniati, C. T. (2016). Faculty adoption of active learning classrooms. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 28(1), 72–93. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12528-016-9107-z Wetzel, E. M., & Farrow, C. Ben. (2023). Active learning in construction management education: faculty perceptions of engagement and learning. International Journal of Construction Management, 23(8), 1417–1425. https://doi.org/10.1080/15623599.2021.1974684 Acknowledgements: This work is financially supported by National Funds through FCT – I.P., under the projects and UIDP/00194/2020 (https://doi.org/10.54499/UIDP/00194/2020) and the doctoral scholarship under reference 2021.06815.BD (https://doi.org/10.54499/2021.06815.BD). |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 G: Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Assess Students' Digital Competencies: from the Measurement Scale to the Threshold Levels Catholic University, Italy Presenting Author:The paper is part of national and international studies aimed at defining and assessing digital competencies, with particular attention to those of students at different school levels. Digital competencies are at the top of the European political agenda, aiming to improve them for digital transformation. The European Skills Agenda 2020 promotes digital competencies and supports the goals of the Digital Education Action Plan for the development of a high-performance digital education system. The Digital Compass and the European Pillar of Social Rights Action Plan set targets to reach at least 80% of the population with basic digital skills and 20 million specialists in information and communication technologies by 2030. In Italy, the current legislation (National Plan for Recovery and Resilience) provides for the country to equip itself with a system of certification of digital competencies from 2025. It is therefore necessary to define what is meant by digital skills and to measure them. In this perspective, INVALSI, the Italian National Institute for the Evaluation of the Education and Training System, is launching the DIGCOMP.MIS project to define a prototype model to attest digital competencies, applicable for spring 2025; reference are students of secondary II second grade but with the prospect of observing the evolution of digital skills from the end of secondary first grade to the end of secondary second grade. The framework assumed by INVALSI and by this paper is DIGCOMP 2.2. (Digital Competence Framework for Citizens) developed by the European Commission to describe and assess the digital skills of citizens aged 16 and over. From 2013 to today, DIGCOMP has found application in the context of employment, education, training, and lifelong learning; it has been adopted at the European level to build the Digital Skills Indicator and to monitor the Digital Economy and Society Index. Specifically, this project deals with the definition of the levels of digital competence and the adequacy thresholds corresponding to the different school grades. In large-scale educational surveys, the variables considered consist of skills, knowledge, or skills possessed at a stage of the school career or in a given age group, constructs not directly observable, but defined based on a theoretical reference framework and operationalized to administer standardized tests. An outcome in terms of numerical score, however, is not directly informative of what students with a given score know and can do concerning the investigated domain; this is a limit for those interested in interpreting the results of a survey and obtaining information for interventions or teaching practices. The attribution of an explicitly described level allows students, families, and teachers to have significant feedback, which can be integrated by the students into their perception of competence and useful for teachers teaching. Many national and international surveys combine a score result with a description of the corresponding level; similarly, INVALSI does. The aim of the project will therefore be to define the type of target levels and their identification. The paper aims to give an account of the first phase of the project, particularly the analysis of scientific literature and models tested or in use in other European contexts that allow linking of the elaboration of the model to the most authoritative and updated studies of national and international research; This, together with the reference to the DIGCOMP framework, allows the proposed model to be modular also given future comparative developments of digital competences surveys. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project will consist of the following phases and methodologies: • Retrieval and critical analysis of scientific literature • First definition of target-level typology and identification modalities (e.g. standard-referenced approach, descriptive proficiency levels approach) • Improvement of target levels • Level verification and remodeling, also based on INVALSI data (DIGCOMP.MIS, act. 3) • Definition of the scale at levels Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcome of the project will be the proposal of a model of levels descriptive of the competencies of students in terms of digital skills, corresponding to the score obtained in a standardized national test to measure them. To date, Italy does not have tools and models for this purpose. The collaboration with INVALSI and the contemporaneity of the project concerning DIGCOMP.MIS will allow to orient the research in a way that also corresponds to the application and organizational requirements of a public survey on a national scale at least. There are many predictable benefits. In the field of educational and docimological research, the project addresses original themes and will represent a useful advancement of knowledge. Professionals working in the field of school practice, teaching, and more generally training can make use of the descriptions of the level of competence achieved by the students. References Calvani A., Fini A., & Ranieri M. (2009). Valutare la competenza digitale. Modelli teorici e strumenti applicativi. TD-Tecnologie Didattiche, 48, 39-46. Cortoni, I. (2016). La valutazione delle competenze digitali. Analisi di un case study. Rassegna italiana di valutazione, 20(66), 7-28. Cortoni, I. & Lo Presti. V. (2014). Verso un modello di valutazione delle competenze digitali. Rassegna italiana di valutazione, 18(60), 7-23. Desimoni, M. (2018). I livelli per la descrizione delle prove INVALSI. Roma: INVALSI. Durda, T., Artelt, C., Lechner, C.M., Rammstedt, B., & Wicht, A. (2022). Proficiency level descriptors for low reading proficiency: An integrative process model. International Review of Education, 66, 211-233. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-020-09834-1 Griffin, P., Gillis, S., & Calvitto, L. (2007). Standards-referenced assessment for vocational education and training in schools. Australian Journal of Education, 51(1), 19-38. https://doi.org/10.1787/dfe0bf9c-en OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Assessment and Analytical Framework. Paris: PISA, OECD Publishing. Scalcione, V.N. (2022). Ambienti tecnologici di apprendimento: strumenti per la valutazione delle competenze digitali. QTimes Journal of Education, Technologies and social studies, 14(4), 171-193. Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Zumbo, B.D. (2016). Standard-setting methodology: Establishing performance standards and setting cut-scores to assist score interpretation. Appl. Physiol. Nutr. Metab., 41, S74–S82 dx.doi.org/10.1139/apnm-2015-0522 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Developing and Piloting a Digital Assessment Tool for Social-Emotional Skills in Early School Years Universität Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Social-emotional competences are crucial for children’s development, especially in middle childhood. Numerous frameworks describe social-emotional competences (Soto et al., 2019), often focus on the acquisition of social-emotional skills: i.e., social-emotional learning (SEL). SEL aims to enhance five interrelated individual competences: self-awareness, self-management, social-awareness, relationship skills, and responsible decision-making (CASEL, 2024). Promoting SEL not only helps to prevent behavioral disorders but also positively influences other areas, such as prosocial behavior, well-being, and academic skills (Durlak et al., 2022). To assess these competences and measure the effectiveness of SEL interventions, accurate assessment instruments are needed, for both research and educational purposes (McKnown et al., 2017; Soto et al., 2019). These instruments should identify risks to social-emotional well-being and then ease the search for appropriate interventions supporting each child’s individual development (Denham et al., 2016). Especially concerning children during their early school years, developing and/or improving assessment tools in the area of social-emotional competences is essential (e.g., Abrahams et al., 2019; Halle & Darling-Churchill, 2015). Addressing this need for accurate assessments for children (Soto et al., 2019), we developed a screening to assess social-emotional skills. In addition to the dimensions proposed in the CASEL model, we also considered four subdomains that were identified by Halle and Darling-Churchill (2016) as frequently being part of social-emotional assessments: social competence, emotional competence, behavior problems, and self-regulation. Based on these models and proposed sub-competences, we developed a digital screening taking into consideration Emotion Recognition, Prosocial Behavior, Emotion Regulation, and Social Situations. As our target group is children at an early stage of schooling (6 to 8 years), we used a digital approach via tablets and provided all questions and instructions as audios and in a written form. This enabled children to work at their own pace using headphones. Another advantage of the digital assessment is a higher motivation of the children (Blumenthal & Blumenthal, 2020). For measuring Prosocial Behavior and Emotion Regulation, we used a 5-point Likert scale with the word-based response format rating ‘never’ to ‘very often’ to achieve better scale properties and more differentiated results than with the traditional yes-no format (Mellor & Moore, 2014). The subtest Social Situations is a situational judgement test (SJT), consisting of descriptions of challenging school scenarios (e.g., someone laughing at the child) supported by a graphical representation. The test offers four different behavioral options describing reactions in the scenario. Children rate these options on a 5-point Likert scale referring to whether or not they would react like proposed in the option. The scale is anchored in “certainly would” and “certainly would not” react like this, as used by Murano et al. (2020). This subtest requires social-cognitive information processing (Crick & Dodge, 1994), and SJT is a promising approach assessing social skills (Soto et al., 2019). The subtest Emotion Recognition is a performance measurement, therefore, very robust against attempts of faking good (Abrahams et al., 2019). Pictures of facial expressions (produced with the support of artificial intelligence) representing emotions are presented and children choose the fitting emotion out of five options. Currently, we are piloting this assessment tool in two pilot studies with second graders. First, using a participatory approach, we ask children how they liked the screening and where they experienced challenges. The collected feedback is then used to adapt the instrument before implementing it with a larger group. Our presentation will focus on the following two research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper will present two studies on a screening’s (Emotion Recognition, Prosocial Behavior, Emotion Regulation, and Social Situations) usability and test design, using a mixed-methods approach. First (01-02/2024), second graders aged 7-8 (n = 8) complete the assessment providing feedback on usability and ratability of each subscale. We will use screencasts to record and observe their navigation through the questions. To find out if the students can relate to the challenging situations presented and whether they found the format easy to complete, we will ask them questions during and after working on the screening. Secondly (03/2024), about 60 children (aged 7-8) will complete the adapted (based on Study 1) screening in groups of 5 to 6. Besides learning about the feasibility of the group setting, we will analyze item parameters (difficulty and discriminatory power as well as run factor analyses) and check for testing time. The children can work independently using headphones ensuring unbiased responses. Besides observing the group setting, we will briefly interview the children on their experiences as well as on ideas for improvement and let them rate usability and their motivation. The screening is implemented in an online survey tool (LimeSurvey version 3.28.22) and is modified for children (graphic design, font type and font size, audios to guide through). In the first subtest, Emotion recognition, children look at 10 pictures of other children’s facial expressions and choose the fitting emotion out of 7 basic emotions. Pictures were generated by artificial intelligence and pre-evaluated by master’s and doctoral students. The Prosocial Behavior subtest consists of five items about prosocial behavior in classroom. Students have to rate from ‘1-never’ to ‘5-always’ whether they have acted prosocially towards their classmates (e.g., helped another child in the class, cheered up another child) during the past two weeks. To assess Emotion Regulation, students have to indicate on a five-point Likert scale, how often they use certain emotion regulation strategies when being angry, sad or afraid of something (e.g., “When I am angry, I think of something positive.”). The subscale Social Situations contains 15 different challenging everyday situations at schools (e.g., feeling left out). The students’ task is to decide on a five-point Likert scale (‘1-no, never’ to ‘5-certainly’) how likely they will act in a certain way. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper presents a newly developed screening tool to assess social-emotional skills (social competence, emotional competence, behavior problems, and self-regulation) in second graders. The goal of this assessment is to reliably measure social-emotional skills, taking easy classroom implementation and a high motivation of children into account. Using tablets should make the tool more accessible for heterogenous groups of students, as the audio guiding through the tool meets the needs of students with reading difficulties. We expect the children to help us identify improvements of the assessment. Analyses conducted in the second pilot study should show to what extent the subscales’ characteristics are satisfactory. We provide insights into the developmental process and adaptions for usability and reliability due to piloting in an individual and small group setting. Especially, the participatory approach with students in individual settings (Pilot 1) will clarify whether the structure of the tool as well as the instruction of the subscales were clear to them, and the proposed challenging situations met their school life experiences. The usability will also be reflected when using the adapted instrument in small groups (Pilot 2). Based on these findings, a reduction of items in some subscales to increase internal consistency and improve the economy of the assessment is expected. To accompany and evaluate interventions, accurate assessment tools are needed that differentiate between various aspects of social-emotional skills. Our developed tool should fill the gap of missing assessment instruments (Abrahams et al., 2019) for German-speaking countries. Further, we discuss general conditions, such as use of digital devices, item scaling, that should be addressed when assessing social-emotional skills in primary grade students. References Abrahams, L., Pancorbo, G., Primi, R., Santos, D., Kyllonen, P., John O. P., & de Fruyt F. (2019). Social-Emotional Skill Assessment in Children and Adolescents: Advances and Challenges in Personality, Clinical, and Educational Contexts. Psychological Assessment, 31(4), 460-473. https://doi.org/10.1037/pas0000591 Blumenthal, S., & Blumenthal Y. (2020). Tablet or Paper and Pen? Examining Mode Effects on German Elementary School Students’ Computational Skills with Curriculum-Based Measurements. International Journal of Educational Methodology, 6(4), 669-680. https://doi.org/10.12973/ijem.6.4.669 CASEL. (2024). What Is the CASEL Framework? https://casel.org/fundamentals-of-sel/what-is-the-casel-framework/ Crick, N. R., & Dodge, K. A. (1994). A review and reformulation of social information-processing mechanisms in children‘s social adjustment. Psychological Bulletin, 115(1), 74–101. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.115.1.74 Denham, S. A., Ferrier, D. E., Howarth, G. Z., Herndon, K. J., & Bassett, H. H. (2016). Key considerations in assessing young children’s emotional competence. Cambridge Journal of Education, 46(3), 299–317. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764x.2016.1146659 Durlak, J. A., Mahoney, J. L., & Boyle, A. E. (2022). What we know, and what we need to find out about universal, school-based social and emotional learning programs for children and adolescents: A review of meta-analyses and directions for future research. Psychological Bulletin, 148(11-12). 765-782. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000383 Halle, T. G., & Darling-Churchill, K. E. (2016). Review of measures of social and emotional development. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 45, 8–18. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2016.02.003 McKown, C. (2017). Social-Emotional Assessment, Performance, and Standards. The Future of Children, 27(1), 157-178. https://www.jstor.org/stable/44219026 Mellor, D., & Moore, K. A. (2014). The use of Likert scales with children. Journal of pediatric psychology, 39(3), 369–379. https://doi.org/10.1093/jpepsy/jst079 Murano, D., Lipnevich, A. A., Walton, K. E., Burrus, J., Way, J. D., & Anguiano-Carrasco, C. (2020). Measuring social and emotional skills in elementary students: Development of self-report Likert, situational judgment test, and forced choice items. Personality and Individual Differences, 169, 110012. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2020.110012 Soto, C. J., Napolitano, C. M., & Roberts, B. W. (2021). Taking Skills Seriously: Toward an Integrative Model and Agenda for Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Skills. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 30(1), 26-33. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721420978613 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 H: Research on Arts Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Navigating Failure - Exploring the Influence of Artefacts in 8th-Grade Groups’ Problem-Solving University of Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:Problem solving and collaboration are crucial components of the 21st century skills and the combined ‘collaborative problem solving’ has received remarkable academic attention and been integrated into major educational frameworks such as PISA 2015 (van Laar et al. 2020; Scoular et al. 2020). While frameworks such as PISA focus on students' strategies for surmounting difficulties, academics also argue that struggling with a problem can have a unique learning potential, through reflecting on what the problem consists of (e.g., Schön 1987). A noteworthy contribution to this tradition is Manu Kapur and his notion of productive failure. Herein Kapur emphasizes that spending time on open-ended, non-scaffolded problems allows students to discuss the limits of a problem, which he found supported students’ long-term learning (Kapur 2008). In this paper, I am investigating the circumstances in artefact-based group work that facilitate or hinder students’ engagement in meaningful problem-solving conversations. For understanding students’ discussions during problem-solving challenges, I am interested in whether students are comparing and contrasting different solutions, in so-called exploratory talk (Littleton and Mercer 2013). Several articles suggest that the use of tools and artefacts is important for how group members can work together (Knight and Littleton 2015; Wegerif 1996). The distribution of access to instruments or digital artefacts is co-constructing how individuals can take part in their groups, as exemplified in the use of all-participating-at-once at interactive tabletops vs the turn-taking when groups are collaborating around a single ipad (Fleck, Vasalou, and Stasinou 2021). As the artefacts can restrict access to task-relevant information, it influences the need for information-sharing within the group, whether that be vocal or physical through turn-taking. This focus emphasizes the importance of the body and the near-material sphere for understanding how collaboration happens around (digital) tools in education (Gourlay 2021; Davidsen and Ryberg 2017). Exploratory talk thus shows promise as an effective learning strategy but places demands on group communication to establish a shared understanding. With a lack of common ground (Stahl 2011), groups might turn to either advance their own ideas without discussing them (dispositional talk), or just accept others’ ideas without having any basis to challenge them on (cumulative talk) (Littleton and Mercer 2013). By investigating relevant situations where student groups face problems, this project seeks to identify mechanisms that affect the exploratory talk in group work. This is in line with a ~30 years old discussion on the sequence of sharing tools and artefacts (Wegerif 1996). This article is based on the following research question: How is group-members’ engagement with the artefacts affecting the orchestration of the work, the establishment of common ground and their exploratory talk? To address this question, I observe student groups at an activity center, in which 8th graders participate in a one-day science lab. The work in this article is part of a bigger project, which through combining ethnography and sensors, badges, and cameras will investigate in what situations groups remain courageous and curious in science despite encountering challenges (Bjerre-Nielsen and Glavind 2022). While important in its own right, this ethnographic investigation is also serving to ground our analysis, and to help pinpoint indicators for a quantitative ethnographic layer of the project (Shaffer 2017). While language has been highlighted as the primary modality to investigate exploratory talk through (Littleton and Mercer 2013), my focus is on how artefacts are part of co-creating the group work centers the physical use and showing, and the access to the resources (Fleck et al. 2009; Fleck, Vasalou, and Stasinou 2021; Davidsen and Ryberg 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Due to my interest in the relationship between artefacts and students’ collaborative problem-solving, I observe group activities with different artefacts at a science center for schools. My key interest lies in the critical instants preceding groups encountering problems, as I contend that the collective understanding is vital in shaping possible strategies for solving problems in groups. As I am unable to predict when groups will face problems, I concentrate on observing the same one- or two groups throughout their visit to the center. This proposal stems from my 14 visits to the activity center between November 2023 and May 2024. I follow the students as they arrive at the center until they leave, and I select the groups as they are seated in the lab. I conduct a brief semi-structured interview with the teachers to gain insights into the class’s group work practices and use of artefacts at the school. I also ask the pupils about their experiences with group work, as well as their perception of the equipment. All data is completely anonymously collected, and teachers, students and parents are informed prior to their visit to the center. My data consists of notes and memos from the activities, focusing on the distribution and sharing of equipment and encountered difficulties within the group. I transcribe or record my observations from the notes within two days of the visit and keep a journal for reflections as well. The limited duration (one day) that each school spends at the center makes my initial positioning extra important. By choosing one or two groups I can direct my interaction to a much smaller subset of students. Additionally, interacting with different classes enables me to alter the way I am positioning myself. To gain different perspectives, I have altered between participating directly in the group activities or more distantly listening in to their conversation at the end of their table. I utilize that I meet different classes at each visit, to change the level of interaction and the way I position myself, so I sometimes engage directly with the groups, and other times is less interactive, e.g., sitting at their table and listening in on their conversations. Afterwards, I line-by-line coded the observation notes. From this structured reading of the cases, I identified situations in which the students face a problem that could lead them to exploratory talk. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on my initial data collection, I have made a preliminary data-analysis, which can point towards the type of results I can present in August, protruded by my continued ethnographic work. In this tentative analysis, several factors have emerged that ties students’ engagement with artefacts to students’ orchestration of group work, the formation of common ground, and the occurrences of exploratory talk. For the orchestration of their shared work artefacts are both serving as means for students to situate themselves within the group (i.e., using the artefact as a way to negotiate what roles they will take on), as a way for facilitators to generate roles within the group work. Furthermore, the artefact itself seems to provide specific divisions of labor, through the way students can interact with it. The establishment of common ground is influenced by the students’ access to relevant information, which differs across the orchestrations of group. Students who are physically separated from the central focus of their task become more reliant on their peers’ sharing of relevant information. Meanwhile, tasks less closely connected to one specific artefact may accommodate a larger number of students working concurrently but could also result in a loosely structured group dynamic. Not all student groups encountering problems engage in exploratory talk. For those who do, access to information plays a pivotal role in shaping the nature of their discussions. Groups with more dispersed workflows tend to focus on task-related details (for instance, whether the task specifies that glasses should contain water), whereas groups with more shared workflows will be more likely to address epistemic questions (e.g., what does it mean to have a high-voltage of power going through). References Bjerre-Nielsen, Andreas, and Kristoffer Lind Glavind. 2022. “Ethnographic Data in the Age of Big Data: How to Compare and Combine.” Big Data & Society 9 (1): 205395172110698. https://doi.org/10.1177/20539517211069893. Davidsen, Jacob, and Thomas Ryberg. 2017. “‘This Is the Size of One Meter’: Children’s Bodily-Material Collaboration.” International Journal of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning 12 (1): 65–90. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11412-017-9248-8. Fleck, Rowanne, Yvonne Rogers, Nicola Yuill, Paul Marshall, Amanda Carr, Jochen Rick, and Victoria Bonnett. 2009. “Actions Speak Loudly with Words: Unpacking Collaboration around the Table.” In Proceedings of the ACM International Conference on Interactive Tabletops and Surfaces, 189–96. ITS ’09. New York, NY, USA: Association for Computing Machinery. https://doi.org/10.1145/1731903.1731939. Fleck, Rowanne, Asimina Vasalou, and Konstantina Stasinou. 2021. “Tablet for Two: How Do Children Collaborate around Single Player Tablet Games?” International Journal of Human-Computer Studies 145 (January): 102539. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhcs.2020.102539. Gourlay, Lesley. 2021. “There Is No ‘Virtual Learning’: The Materiality of Digital Education.” Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research 10 (1): 57–66. https://doi.org/10.7821/naer.2021.1.649. Kapur, Manu. 2008. “Productive Failure.” Cognition and Instruction 26 (3): 379–424. https://doi.org/10.1080/07370000802212669. Knight, Simon, and Karen Littleton. 2015. “Thinking, Interthinking, and Technological Tools.” In The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Teaching Thinking. Routledge. Laar, Ester van, Alexander J. A. M. van Deursen, Jan A. G. M. van Dijk, and Jos de Haan. 2020. “Determinants of 21st-Century Skills and 21st-Century Digital Skills for Workers: A Systematic Literature Review.” SAGE Open 10 (1): 2158244019900176. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244019900176. Littleton, Karen, and Neil Mercer. 2013. Interthinking: Putting Talk to Work. London: Routledge. Schön, Donald A. 1987. Educating the Reflective Practitioner: Toward a New Design for Teaching and Learning in the Professions. Educating the Reflective Practitioner: Toward a New Design for Teaching and Learning in the Professions. San Francisco, CA, US: Jossey-Bass. Scoular, Claire, Sofia Eleftheriadou, Dara Ramalingam, and Dan Cloney. 2020. “Comparative Analysis of Student Performance in Collaborative Problem Solving: What Does It Tell Us?” Australian Journal of Education 64 (3): 282–303. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004944120957390. Shaffer, David Williamson. 2017. Quantitative Ethnography. First printing. Madison, Wisconsin: Cathcart Press. Stahl, Gerry. 2011. “How to Study Group Cognition.” In Analyzing Interactions in CSCL, edited by Sadhana Puntambekar, Gijsbert Erkens, and Cindy Hmelo-Silver, 107–30. Boston, MA: Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-7710-6_5. Wegerif, R. 1996. “Collaborative Learning and Directive Software.” Journal of Computer Assisted Learning 12 (1): 22–32. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.1996.tb00034.x. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Comics for Science Communication and Education: Developing a Resource for a Non-Formal Education Context 1CIDTFF – Research Centre on Didactics and Technology in the Education of Trainers; 2Department of Education and Psychology of the University of Aveiro (Portugal); 3Faculty of Sciences of the University of Porto (Portugal) Presenting Author:This research project is associated with a Ph.D. investigation, which aims to develop (design, implement, and evaluate the impact) a didact resource based on comics for science communication and science education (science comics), related to the Health Education field. The context of action and investigation is a non-formal education environment – a science center based in Portugal – and the target audience is composed of children from the first years of schooling. The methodology is based on the Research and Development (R&D) ideas, combining principles of qualitative research (Creswell, 2012) with the process of Design Thinking (DT) for Educators (Riverdale & IDEO, 2012). The research question is “How to communicate science to children, using comics, in order to foster learning?". To answer this research question, three specific objectives were defined:
In the field of science communication and science education, comics emerge as a powerful mediator tool, fostering engaging and effective learning experiences. In this context, we can use the term science comics, i.e. the “comics which have as one of their main aims to communicate science or to educate the reader about some non-fictional, scientific concept or theme” (Tatalovic, 2009, p.4). Previous studies (omitted for blind review) concluded that comics are an interesting resource for science communication and education since they have the potential to explain concepts that are difficult to visualize (such as abstract scientific concepts) and, as a didactic resource, it is important to be combined with a didactic strategy adapted to the learning objectives, the target audience, and the educational context. Many authors have been studying science communication and science education simultaneously (Baram-Tsabari & Osborne, 2015; Lewenstein, 2015; McKinnon & Vos, 2015) to comprehend the relationship between both. They are distinct disciplinary areas but may share some characteristics, such as similar goals, strategies, and learning contexts. It is important to comprehend the relationship between science communication and science education to understand how comics can contribute to achieving the expected results of both disciplinary areas. One of the main goals is to promote scientific literacy, and it is important to develop this competency in children since the first years of schooling, to develop critical citizens who can make informed decisions based on science. According to McKinnon and Vos (2015), “Each definition of scientific literacy incorporates common elements: principally an understanding of scientific concepts and the nature of science, interest in science and an ability to find and evaluate information in order to make decisions about science-based issues” (p. 301) Nowadays, non-formal science education contexts have an important role in promoting scientific literacy in society. According to Rodrigues (2016), non-formal education is an important ally of formal education and even informal education, as a lifelong learning strategy. Schools are no longer seen as the only space for learning and other educational contexts have gained importance to ensure the scientific culture of society. The promotion of scientific literacy is associated with the development of competencies, considering that “the concept of competency implies more than just the acquisition of knowledge and skills; it involves the mobilization of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values to meet complex demands” (OECD, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As already stated, this is an R&D investigation, which combines qualitative research with the DT process. DT is inherently human-centered, emphasizing empathy and a deep comprehension of people’s needs and motivations. The DT process has five stages: discovery, interpretation, ideation, experimentation, and evolution. Qualitative research methods were combined with procedures of the DT process, to deeply understand each stage. The first phase of the research project involved the discovery and interpretation stages. The discovery stage is the moment to be aware of new opportunities and understand the research problem and the design challenge. It was carried out through systematic literature reviews, focus group interviews, and science comics analysis. The interpretation stage involved content analysis (Bardin, 2012), to interpret the findings of the previous stage. The result of this stage was a framework to develop science comics – still in its first version – which guided the next stages. The second phase of the research project involved the other stages: ideation, experimentation, and evolution. The ideation stage was the moment: to co-create different ideas for the didactic sequence and the didactic resource, with the stakeholders of the project: educators, science communicators, and – in the specific case of this project – health researchers; to create narratives using the steps described by (omitted for blind review) which supposed finding a character, defining the scenery, determining the time of the action, and defining the lines of action, including an initial situation, a complication, incidents, and a resolution. The experimentation stage included: the prototype’s building to test the ideas in context; the data collection using techniques such as observation, semi-structured interviews, and group interviews. Finally, in the evolution stage, the framework to develop science comics has been refined to support the development of new didactic resources based on comics to be used in science communication and science education activities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Since this project aimed to understand how to develop didactic resources, it was useful to apply a methodological approach that combines product development methodology and qualitative research methodology. The combination of the DT procedures with the qualitative research methods allowed us to deeply understand each stage of the research as it was precisely focused on the development process itself. The co-creation techniques were important considering the multidisciplinary essence of the project. Therefore, the multidisciplinary team collaborated to build knowledge and new ideas regarding the teaching (and learning) strategies related to the disciplinary areas involved: science communication, science education, health education, and languages. It was concluded that the didactic resource developed has the potential to mediate activities that involve science communication, science education, and language education – especially because of the essence of comics itself, composed of visual and verbal language, creating a narrative through a story plot. The Portuguese and the Science and Technology learning objectives from the Primary School curriculum were considered to create the narratives and the didactic sequence. It was important to understand the characteristics of the non-formal education context. For instance, to consider that the activities would be carried out on Saturday morning outside school. Thus, the didactic strategies had to be less rigid and more flexible to meet the expectations of the target audience. To sum up, creating a didactic sequence that involves the use of the resource previously designed and is consistent with the proposed learning objectives and the characteristics of the education context makes the resource able to support the development of competencies related to scientific literacy and language literacy in children. References Baram-Tsabari, A., & Osborne, J. (2015). Bridging science education and science communication research. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(2), 135–144. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21202 Bardin, L. (2012). Análise de Conteúdo. Edições 70. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational Research (4th ed.). Pearson. Lewenstein, B. V. (2015). Identifying what matters: Science education, science communication, and democracy. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(2), 253–262. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21201 McKinnon, M., & Vos, J. (2015). Engagement as a Threshold Concept for Science Education and Science Communication. International Journal of Science Education, Part B: Communication and Public Engagement, 5(4), 297–318. https://doi.org/10.1080/21548455.2014.986770 OECD. (2018). The Future of Education and Skills: Education 2030. In OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/about/documents/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf Riverdale, & IDEO. (2012). Design Thinking for Educators (2a). Rodrigues, A. V. (2016). Perspetiva Integrada de Educação em Ciências: Da teoria à prática (1a). UA Editora. Tatalovic, M. (2009). Science comics as tools for science education and communication: A brief, exploratory study. Journal of Science Communication, 8(4). https://doi.org/10.22323/2.08040202 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Joint Poetic Transcription for Researching Learning Experiences, A Methodological Discussion of Quality in Conversation with the Participants 1Lancaster Univesity, United Kingdom; 2Universidad de los Andes, Chile Presenting Author:This paper is a methodological discussion regarding doing Poetic Transcription jointly with the research participants to create data. Within the frame of a larger research project centred on Early Career Academics experiences of teaching in Higher Education, learning for their role and learning to teach, this paper explores the conversations had with all 11 UK participants regarding the use of Joint Poetic Transcription to produce the data for the research project. Early Career Academics (ECAs) often step into Higher Education Institution (HEI) teaching roles without the necessary pedagogical know-how (Emmioğlu, et al., 2017; Salimzadeh et al., 2017), adding to their already extensive list of challenges (Hollywood et al., 2020; Nästesjö, 2020). This situation raises questions about how academics in higher education navigate their experiences of teaching. The main project behind this paper aims to illuminate the learning journey of ECAs experiencing teaching in a UK University. On top of that, it advocates for Art-based Research via Poetic Transcription to research and reflect on this process, as it has gained some attention for researching experiences (Sánchez, 2023). Art-based research understands research as a dynamic interplay among various elements and actors and acknowledges the role of methods in not just describing but actively shaping our understanding of reality (Law, 2004). Thus, research becomes a creative craft, itself producing an experience (Clough, 2009). For the main project, Art-based Research was deemed good to provide answers to its questions, using poetry as a means of expression that offers rich, complex avenues to create meaning (Leggo, 2018). Thus, within the broad research field of Poetic Inquiry, Poetic Transcription was selected as the appropriate approach (Faulkner, 2019; Vincent, 2018; Glesne, 1997). Typically, it involves interviewing participants, transcribing the conversations, and creating poems based on these transcripts (Loads et al., 2019; Burdick, 2011). For the project, and following the constructed, relational and collective understanding of both research and experience (Sánchez, 2023), participant collaboration was added to the process, thus creating Joint Poetic Transcription. Recognizing research as a creative craft, Joint Poetic Transcription involves participant collaboration in creating poems as data. This collaborative poetic process surpasses the prior by actively involving participants in the creation of poetry: they became co-creators of the poems by crafting the poem alongside the research team. In a nutshell, the transcription is shared, and both produce meaning together through poetry. Parts of the transcript verbatim are intertwined with arising ideas, woven into poems using poetic license. As a joint constructive process, this approach seeks to redefine research as an experiential, participatory and productive journey. This transformative, participatory process redefines research as experiential and productive, and thus some challenges arise. Specifically responding to the literature regarding the quality of this methodology, this paper argues that engaging participants in crafting poems would offer a unique avenue for learning from their experiences and thus provide a way to argue for the value of said method. Specifically in Poetic Inquiry, some emphasize the importance of engaging with the craft itself as a marker of quality, like in Leavy's focus on authenticity and resonance (2017). Faulkner's proposed criteria for assessing quality involve methodological, artistic, and technical elements, encompassing rigor, impact, and the development of craft within the research process (Faulkner, 2016). In this paper, one of the signs of quality suggested by Faulkner (2016) is explored: Participant Response. The aim of the present paper is to explore the merits and quality of the method directly with the participants. Through Participant Response, a way of evaluating if the methodology was well executed in its transformative and learning character could be provided. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used It is argued that poems need to promote thinking and reflection for those that craft them to have value (Tian, 2023); thus, being a good tool for learning is identified as something worth looking into for addressing the success of the project. In the present paper, the informal insights by Burdick (2011) where participants’ analysis of the poems and reflection on the process were collected, were turned into a formal research process. To do so, follow-up conversations were scheduled with each research participant after crafting the poems to provide insight into this matter. This process was added as part of the main research procedure after the poems were crafted, with a meeting that was held no sooner than two weeks after having created the poems. The meetings were held to discuss both the poem itself and the process of making it. The guiding points for the conversation were: - When you think back on the poem, do you recognize yourself in the poem? - Do you think that your colleagues would recognize you – the author? - Do you think that your colleagues would recognize them in the poem? - Has the process of creating a poem or the poem itself helped you think about your experience in a way that you haven’t before? - Has the process of creating a poem or the poem itself helped you think learn from your experience? - How did feel during the process – the interview, poem creation, this moment, etc… The discussions in such meetings were recorded, transcribed, and analysed following a Thematic Analysis to identify overarching emergent themes/ideas across the multiple experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to Sánchez (2023), through the method, research produces its object. On to of that, the author argues for art as a way to appropriate the object of research by re-creating the experience of it through the artistic production. With the research process, the researcher, participants and methodology would be part of a creative process that produces the experience under research. Taking this alongside concepts like perezhivanie by Vygotski (1994) would lead to think that the process of producing a reproducing an experience with the participants would lead them to work-through it and thus learn from the work done. In accordance with this, the preliminary Thematic Analysis shows that, overall, participants see the process of Joint Poetic Transcription as a safe space to work-through their past experiences and create new meaning regarding their role as teachers and academics, and the poem themselves as means to promote thinking and learning about the early academic career and teaching. This methodological discussion shines a light into some relevant elements to consider in research. By structuring a safe space and method where participants work to create distilled data makes the process not only more engaging for them but also more useful, as they can create something for themselves and others to reflect upon and learn from. By acknowledging and fostering the potentially transformative process of working through experiences through the method, researching learning experiences through Art-based Research can gain an extra edge on the field, as it would prove not only to be beneficial for creating new knowledge, but also to be beneficial for the participants as they would also be transformed for the better thanks to their participation and work. References Burdick, M. (2011). Researcher and Teacher-Participant Found Poetry: Collaboration in Poetic Transcription. International Journal of Education & the Arts, 12. Clough, P. (2009). The new empiricism: Affect and sociological method. European Journal of Social Theory, 12(1), 43-61. https://doi.org/10.1177/1368431008099643 Emmioğlu, E., McAlpine, L., & Amundsen, C. (2017). Doctoral Students’ Experiences of Feeling (Or Not) Like an Academic. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 12, 73–90. https://doi-org.ezproxy.lancs.ac.uk/10.28945/3727 Faulkner, S. (2016). The Art of Criteria: Ars Criteria as Demonstration of Vigor in Poetic Inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 22(8), 662–665. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800416634739 Faulkner, S. (2019). Poetic inquiry: Craft, method and practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351044233 Glesne, C. (1997). That rare feeling: Re-presenting research through poetic transcription. Qualitative inquiry, 3(2), 202-221. https://doi.org/10.1177/107780049700300204 Hollywood, A., McCarthy, D., Spencely, C., & Winstone, N. (2020). ‘Overwhelmed at first’: the experience of career development in early career academics. Journal of further and higher education, 44(7), 998-1012. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877x.2019.1636213 Law, J. (2004). After method: Mess in social science research. Routledge. Leavy, P. (2017). Research design: Quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research approaches. Guilford Publications. Leggo, C. (2018). Poetry in the academy: A language of possibility. Canadian Journal of Education/Revue canadienne de l'éducation, 41(1), 69-97. Loads, D., Marzetti, H., & McCune, V. (2020). ‘Don’t hold me back’: Using poetic inquiry to explore university educators’ experiences of professional development through the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education, 19(4), 337-353. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474022219846621 Nästesjö, J. (2020). Navigating uncertainty: Early career academics and practices of appraisal devices. Minerva, 59(2), 237-259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-020-09425-2 Salimzadeh, R., Saroyan, A., & Hall, N. C. (2017). Examining the factors impacting academics’ psychological well-being: A review of research. International Education Research, 5(1), 13-44. https://doi.org/10.12735/ier.v5n1p13 Sánchez, F. (2023). Research as an experience: A reflective exploration of art-based research and poetry for researching experiences. In J. Huisman & M. Tight (Eds.). Theory and Method in Higher Education Research (Vol. 9, pp. 63–83). Emeral Publishing. doi:10.1108/S2056-375220230000009004 Tian, M. (2023). Arts-based Research Methods for Educational Researchers. Taylor & Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003196105 Vincent, A. (2018). Is there a definition? Ruminating on poetic inquiry, strawberries and the continued growth of the field. Art/Research International: A Transdisciplinary Journal, 3(2), 48-76. https://doi.org/10.18432/ari29356 Vygotsky, L. S. (1994). The problem of the environment. In R. van der Veer & J. Valsiner (Eds.), The Vygotsky Reader (pp. 338–355). Blackwell. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 I: Communities, Families, and Schooling in Educational Research Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper School Choice Fever: Exploring the Educational Burden of Chinese Rural Families Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:‘School choice fever’, or the over-heated competition for school choice, has become one of the most pressing concerns of Chinese society. Parents rush to get their children into top schools to give them an edge on a series of entrance examinations. The huge school choice fees and high-priced school district housing turned school choice-making into a game of power and money, which adds a heavy burden on the low- or middle-income families (Wu, 2013). Such fervent competition is believed to have corrupted the educational system and reproduced the social class inequalities (e.g., Liu and Apple, 2016; Zhou et al., 2020). In recent years, the school choice fever has spread from large and medium- sized cities to counties and rural areas of China, where quality educational resources are in striking shortage compared to urban areas. Though school choice is vital for rural families, previous research suggests many of them cannot choose the school they desired due to the restrictions of policies and their lack of economic, social resources. Bourdieu's theory has been widely applied to school choice research across various context, offering a theoretical framework for understanding the differential school-choosing experiences undergone by families with different SES, the perceptions of school choice policy by parents, and the link between school choice and social reproduction (Ball & Gewirtz, 1997; Khalil & Kelly, 2020; Yoon, 2020). Applying Bourdieu's theory to China's school choice situation is especially relevant given the increasing demand for educational opportunities and the imbalanced distribution of educational resources, which particularly hinders lower socioeconomic status families from meeting their educational needs. Though Bourdieu’s theory has been widely applied in school choice studies across the world, previous analysis is mainly focused on the middle class and urban contexts, lacking explanations for the motivations of, and strategies used by rural parents, who are generally in lower socioeconomic status in China (Lu & Chen, 2004). Researching the school choice of disadvantaged groups is crucial for understanding the reproduction of social inequalities and protecting the rights of education for marginalised children.Therefore, this ethnographic research aims to fill the gap by investigating Chinese rural families’ school choice. The research aspires to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an ethnographic approach, allowing for a deep, contextual understanding of the decision-making processes among rural families regarding school choice. The research was conducted in three distinct yet interconnected sites within B City, Anhui Province: L Village, L Town Centre, and the urban district of B City. This multi-site design allows for a comprehensive cross-sectional analysis, offering insights into varying socio-economic contexts and their influence on school choice behavior, thus shedding light on urban-rural disparities. Analysis of policy documents was carried out to provide a comprehensive background for the study. On October 1st 2023, I arrived at L Village situated in L Town, B City, commencing my fieldwork. I resided in the home of a local resident who owned a small village store. The room I live in is on the second floor of the store, which is strategically located at the corner of the village's central street. Benefiting from this location, this store served as an informal hub of the local community, with many villagers stopping by to chat or shop, thereby creating an ideal setting for gathering information. Purposive sampling, specifically maximum variation sampling, was employed to select a diverse range of participants based on socio-economic backgrounds and geographical locations. The primary participants are families with children aged 11-14, transitioning from primary to secondary education. The sampling expanded through snowballing techniques, ensuring a broad spectrum of perspectives. Data collection primarily involves semi-structured, in-depth interviews, aimed at understanding the 'why' and 'how' of school choice decisions. These interviews delve into participants' perceptions of policies and the challenges they face. The participants of the first- and second-round data collection (Oct 2023 to January 2024) included 40 parents, 8 grandparents, 22 children, and 15 teachers, totalling 85 individuals mainly from the above three locations. Following this, the one-year, longitudinal participant observation within selected families will offer a 'thick description' of the educational decision-making process, highlighting daily consultations, compromises, and conflicts inherent in these choices. The data collected will be analysed using thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aims to shed light on the intricate dynamics of school choice in rural China, exploring the interplay of socio-economic factors, family dynamics, and educational choices. The initial data collection reveals a complex scenario where socio-economic status prominently influences school choice. Particularly notable is the strategic utilisation of cultural and social capital by rural school teachers to secure optimal educational environment for their children. This strategy starkly contrasts with the challenges faced by economically and socially disadvantaged families in accessing quality education. Moreover, the fervent pursuit of making school chocie is found to be intricately linked to the pressures of an exam-oriented educational system. This system fosters pervasive intergenerational pressures, with parents and grandparents (especially those caring for left-behind children) placing high academic expectations on children. These pressures often result in heavy academic loads and profound impacts on children’s mental health, exacerbated by their awareness of the sacrifices made by their families in their educational journey. An intriguing finding is the divergent attitudes towards school types among rural families. While there is a strong preference for private schools and a general aversion to rural public schools, a notable discord exists between parents’ favoring of boarding schools and children’s resistance to them. This disparity not only underscores the varied perceptions and values linked to different educational institutions but also highlights the unique needs of rural families, such as the need for full-boarding school with closed campus management due to parental migration for work. In conclusion, this study offers a detailed perspective on the factors shaping educational choices in rural China, providing crucial insights for educators, policymakers, and families. The findings underscore the need for policies that resonate with the realities of rural communities, paving the way for a more inclusive and equitable educational system in China. References Ball, S. J., & Gewirtz, S. (1997). Is Research Possible? A rejoinder to Tooley’s ‘On School Choice and Social Class ‘. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 18(4), 575–586. Khalil, L., & Kelly, A. (2020). The practice of choice-making: Applying Bourdieu to the field of international schooling. Journal of Research in International Education, 19(2), 137–154. https://doi.org/10.1177/1475240920954045 Liu, S., & Apple, M. W. (2016). Parental Choice of School, Class Strategies, and Educational Inequality: An Essay Review of School Choice in China—A Different Tale?(X. Wu, New York, NY: Routledge, 2014, 168 pp. ISBN 978-0-415-81769-1). Educational Policy, 30(6), 940–955. Lu, M., & Chen, Z. (2004). Urbanization, Urban-Biased Economic Policies and Urban-Rural Inequality [J]. Economic Research Journal, 6(5), 50–58. Reay, D. (1996). Contextualising Choice: Social Power and Parental Involvement. British Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 581–596. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1501671 Wu, X. (2013). School choice in China: A different tale? Routledge. Yoon, E.-S. (2020). School Choice Research and Politics with Pierre Bourdieu: New Possibilities. Educational Policy, 34(1), 193–210. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904819881153 Zhou, X., Mau, A., & Jordan, L. (2020). Gaming the no-choice system? School choice and persistent educational inequality in China. Research Papers in Education, 1–19. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Aspirations Among Native and Immigrant Mothers in Germany Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany Presenting Author:This study addresses socially-induced inequalities in educational attainment, highlighting how higher education and associated life opportunities are not equally accessible to all societal groups. Parental freedom in educational decision-making plays a crucial role in determining their children’s educational outcomes. These decisions are influenced by educational aspirations, which are strongly correlated with the actual educational achievements of children. In Germany's highly stratified education system, research has underscored the immense importance of parental aspirations during the transition from primary to secondary schools, with early selection processes impacting variously across social classes. While numerous studies, predominantly quantitative, have shown a strong correlation between parental education and aspirations, with a historical focus on the father's occupational status, recent interest has shifted towards exploring the impact of maternal education on educational inequalities. This shift is partly due to mothers – despite egalitarian role models in Germany – still assuming the majority of caregiving and educational responsibilities, but it is also closely linked to social advancements in women's rights to education and employment. Therefore, this study focuses on maternal educational aspirations for their children during the transition to secondary education. An additional crucial factor is the family's migration background. Germany, faced with multiple migration waves, serves as a pertinent context for this study. There are significant educational inequalities between migrants and natives and the European Union plays a pivotal role due to its legal provisions and agreements in migration and free movement. Two EU decisions are particularly relevant for this study: first, the freedom of movement for workers, enabling EU citizens to work and live in other EU countries without needing work or residence permits. According to Eurostat data, 10.2 million EU citizens of working age (3.9%) live in a member state other than that of their nationality, a significant increase from 2.4% in 2009. Second, EU programs fostering education and research mobility, enhancing the diversity of residence rights and conditions for mothers in Germany, thus creating a heterogeneous group of migrant women. Considering migrant experiences is therefore essential in researching educational inequalities and informing targeted educational policies beyond Germany. While the influence of parental educational aspirations on children's actual educational attainment is undisputed, the processes and mechanisms underlying this connection remain unclear. Of high interest is how these aspirations are successfully implemented and why some social groups are better at translating high aspirations into reality than others. This study investigates maternal biographies to holistically capture and qualitatively locate maternal educational aspirations. The study's theoretical framework follows two key implications: rational decision-making and implicit capital transmission. Rational choice approaches center on the idea that individuals consciously make decisions to maximize their utilities, as proposed by G. S. Becker, and invest in human capital to promote long-term household economic success. However, migrants often face lower educational levels, work experience, and language barriers, suggesting a lower human capital as a plausible explanation for disparities between immigrant and native populations. Extending monetary approaches, Pierre Bourdieu's concept of capitals considers various resources, including economic, social, and cultural capital. Bourdieu highlights a crucial oversight in economic theories: the transmission of capital within families and social groups, arguing that cultural capital, encompassing knowledge, skills, and cultural competence, is acquired and passed down within the family through informal processes such as social interactions, upbringing, and cultural practices. In the context of the diverse socioeconomic and migration backgrounds of the mothers in the present study, this theoretical combination establishes a framework for analyzing the interplay between individual choices and societal structures offering significant explanatory potential. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study's research question necessitates an open, biographically oriented approach. Biographical research, through the reconstruction of individuals' perceptions and interpretations, provides authentic data on the topic of interest. Therefore, biographical narrative interviews with mothers in Germany were conducted between 2020 and 2023. The data collection adhered to the Grounded Theory tradition. The primary sampling criterion was having at least one underage child, preferably at the transition from primary to secondary school. The final sample included 17 mothers aged 26 to 50, with eight born in Germany and nine abroad, including Russia and Romania (among them, 4 Romani mothers). The European Qualifications Framework was used to account for educational levels, covering levels one to eight. Mothers' educational levels were acquired either abroad, in Germany, or through a combination of training and recognition procedures. Three mothers lacked professional qualifications, seven underwent vocational training, and eight held university degrees (Master of Arts), with one possessing a doctorate (PhD). A brief questionnaire was presented to the participants after the interview, in which they were asked to specify the type of school they intend to send their child to and the ideal educational qualification they wish their child to achieve (educational aspirations). One year later, the mothers were contacted again to inquire about the actual school they sent their child to, in order to compare whether the educational aspirations were indeed realized. After conducting and transcribing the 17 interviews verbatim, a six-step narrative-analytical approach was employed for analysis. This approach allows systematic segmentation of the life narrative into phases, each with a specific function, referred to as process structures by Schütze. This methodology enables the reconstruction of recurring patterns, attitudes, and the entire educational trajectory beyond attained qualifications. Insights into migrant biographies also reveal how educational processes occur across national borders and how discontinuities and institutional barriers affect the recognition of foreign qualifications. Overall, the analysis uncovers mothers' efforts, investments, and concerns for their children's education. It also brings to light educational decisions and aspirations made against a backdrop of rational decisions and the invisible transmission of cultural capital within the family through hidden mechanisms, accessible mainly through qualitative approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Biographical analyses revealed two opposing trends in mothers' life courses. Some mothers actively guide their academic and personal self-fulfillment, while others passively experience their circumstances, confronting extensive institutional barriers. Migration experience and educational level crucially influence these trajectories. Depending on migration status, mothers may face limitations impacting their academic paths and lowering educational aspirations for their children. Work permits and residency status of their spouses can compel them to accept precarious work conditions, leaving little time for their children. Some migrant mothers, denied education in their childhood, express no educational aspirations for their children, partly due to varying awareness about the German education system. The study also uncovers trends beyond educational aspirations, highlighting the realities of mothers' lives and suggesting areas for further research. Parents experience intense educational pressure from narratives of an 'educational crisis' and inadequate institutional infrastructures. Many doubt the ability of schools and kindergartens to provide sufficient personal and professional development for their children, leading them to undertake independent support efforts from an early stage. This situation demands significant monetary and time investments from mothers, who often feel solely responsible for their children's 'successful' upbringing. In 2022, 63 percent of mothers with children over six opted for part-time work, one of the highest rates in the EU-27. Although part-time employment can adversely affect career progression and pension contributions, mothers often reduce their working hours for 'family and child management', sometimes to the point of self-sacrifice. A comparative analysis across European countries could shed light on labor market incentives and conditions for policies that better support mothers in balancing work and family life. References Becker, B. (2010): Bildungsaspirationen von Migranten – Determinanten und Umsetzung in Bildungsergebnisse. Becker, B., and Gresch, C. (2016): Bildungsaspirationen in Familien mit Migrationshintergrund. In: Diehl, C.; Hunkler, C., and Kristen, C. (Eds.): Ethnische Ungleichheiten im Bildungsverlauf. Mechanismen, Befunde, Debatten. Wiesbaden: Springer SV, 73–115. Becker, G. S. (1964): Human capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Bourdieu, P. (1983): Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital. In: Soziale Welt, Sonderband 2, 183–198. Europäisches Parlament (2024): Kurzdarstellungen zur Europäischen Union. Freizügigkeit der Arbeitnehmer. : Europäisches Parlament. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/factsheets/de/sheet/41/freizugigkeit-der-arbeitnehmer (Retrieved January 29, 2024). Eurostat Statistics (2024). Erwerbstätigenquoten nach Geschlecht, Alter und Staatsangehörigkeit (%). https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/LFSA_ERGAN__custom_107085/bookmark/table?lang=de&bookmarkId=eb11a019-2016-46bc-b9ef-0f958228f70e (Retrieved January 26, 2024). Glaser, B. G., and Strauss, A. L. (1967): The discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. New Brunswick: Aldine. Gresch, C. (2012): Der Übergang in die Sekundarstufe I. Leistungsbeurteilung, Bildungsaspiration und rechtlicher Kontext bei Kindern mit Migrationshintergrund. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Klapproth, F. (2020): Familie und Bildungsaspirationen. In: Ecarius, J., and Schierbaum, A. (Eds.): Handbuch Familie. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien, 1–20. Kurz, K., and Paulus, W. (2008): Übergänge im Grundschulalter: die Formation elterlicher Bildungsaspirationen. In: Die Natur der Gesellschaft: Verhandlungen des 33. Kongresses der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Soziologie, 5489–5503. Relikowski, Ilona; Yilmaz, Erbil, and Blossfeld, Hans-Peter (2012): Wie lassen sich die hohen Bildungsaspirationen von Migranten erklären? Eine Mixed-Methods-Studie zur Rolle von strukturellen Aufstiegschancen und individueller. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 52, Vol. 52, Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, 111–136. Schütze, F. (1984): Kognitive Figuren autobiographischen Stegreiferzählens. In: Kohli, M., and Robert, G. (Eds.): Biographie und soziale Wirklichkeit: Neue Beiträge und Forschungsperspektiven. Stuttgart: Metzler, 78–117. Stocké, V. (2013): Bildungsaspirationen, soziale Netzwerke und Rationalität. In: Becker, R., and Schulze, A. (Eds.), Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 269–298 Trubeta, S. (2022): Diskurse um EU-Binnenmigration aus Süd- und Südosteuropa. In: Zeitschrift für Migrationsforschung 2 (1), 61–94. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Parental Involvement in Elementary Education in Kazakhstan: Nature, Factors, And Implications for Academic Achievement Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Physics and Math in Semey Presenting Author:Research background Parents take the central part in all spheres of their children’s lives, including education. Historically, parents were the ones who educated their offspring or chose the governors for them. In the beginning of 20th century, with the expansion of formal education, however, schools became the primary places to cultivate knowledge and develop skills (Scully, Barbour, & Roberts-King, 2015). Since then, family-school collaboration underwent dramatic changes (Epstein & Sanders, 2002). Initially, there was a clear cut between the roles families and school performed: schools aimed at developing basic literacy, calculation, and sciences, whereas parents taught their children culture, moral and religion (Hill & Taylor, 2004). Today’s curriculum has further expanded to incorporate many aspects which were traditionally considered as a family responsibility to foster, leaving the majority of parents uninvolved (Scully et al., 2015). Most commonly, parental involvement is identified as a critical factor to accelerate students’ academic achievements. A substantial body of research confirms the relationship between parental involvement and academic achievement (Castro et al., 2015; Hill & Tyson, 2009; Jeynes, 2012); however, the results vary greatly from low-moderate positive to negative and non-existent (Mattingly, Prislin, McKenzie, Rodriguez, & Kayzar, 2002; McNeal, 2001). The consistent positive effects of parental involvement, according to Borgonovi and Montt (2012), are most commonly noted in the US and the UK, where it has been most thoroughly researched. Parental engagement has also been investigated in such varied cultural contexts as Mexico, Korea, Egypt, Iceland, Greece, Hong Kong-China, Italy, New Zealand, Germany, and the Netherlands. However, empirical research on parental involvement in Central Asia is rather limited. Research problem OECD report on Parental Involvement in Selected Countries and Economies participating in the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) states that parental involvement might be successfully used as a mean to ease financial pressure on the education budget through minimizing the number of students who fail to complete the annual academic program and need additional subsidizing from the government to repeat the year (Borgonovi & Montt, 2012). Parental involvement is also reported to increase the level of the school completion rate, which is pivotal for children’s future economic success, especially for those coming from low-income families (Barnard, 2004). Parental involvement is beneficial to practically every group of stakeholders involved in education. Sung (2010), however, claims that effectiveness of parental involvement interventions is closely related to the cultural context it is taking place. A considerable number of countries and policies worldwide have acknowledged the value of parental involvement and committed to launching intervention programs (Domina, 2005), whereas engaging parents in education is still an unexplored terrain in Kazakhstani context. It is yet to be found out what the parental involvement beliefs and practices in Kazakhstan are, which factors affect parents’ choice to become involved in their child’s schooling and what the relationships between parental involvement and academic achievement are. Aim of the study The study aims to investigate how the concept of parental involvement is understood and practiced in Kazakhstani context as well as to determine the factors which affect the degree of parental engagement. Research questions: 1. How is the concept of parental involvement understood by Kazakhstani parents in elementary school? 2. Which types of parental involvement are typically practiced in elementary schools in Kazakhstan? 3. What are the factors which affect the degree of parental involvement in these settings? 4. What is the relationship between parental involvement and students' academic achievement in elementary school in Kazakhstan? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The nature of the research questions formulated in this study suggested a quantitative methodology to be applied. A non-experimental exploratory survey research design was employed to explore the nature of parental involvement in Kazakhstan, to study the relationship between parental involvement and students’ academic achievement, to investigate the factors which mediate them. Non-probability maximum variation sampling was chosen to collect data from parents who have their children in various academic settings, represent different family characteristics and come from diverse socioeconomic backgrounds. The research aimed to collect data from the parents who have their children in Grade 1 and 4 of the elementary school, to allow the comparison of parental involvement practices across the first and the last stages of primary education. Four primary schools in Semey were approached with the request to participate in the study. Selected schools varied in school location (SES-advantaged areas/SES-disadvantaged areas) and language of instruction. The research intended to collect data from 200 parents. The sample, however, comprised 172 parents aged 20 to above 50 years old. 85 percent of parents either had a Bachelor or a Master’s degree, while 42 percent graduated from vocational colleges or chose not to pursue further education after secondary school. This research used self-completion paper-based questionnaires to collect nominal data on respondents’ background and to measure parental involvement beliefs, parental involvement practices and students’ academic achievement. It consisted of 56 multiple choice questions and comprised five sections. To measure parental involvement beliefs (Section 1), a scale was developed based on the indices adopted from Catsambis (1998), Catsambis and Garland (1997), DePlanty, Coulter-Kern and Duchane (2007), Fan (2001). Three indices were chosen to represent each of the six parentail involvement dimensions. Section 1 included 18 items and utilized a six-point Level of Agreement Likert-scale. The same scale of indices as for parental involvement beliefs was employed to collect the data on parental involvement practices (Section 2). In Section 3 – Information about the child and his/her academic achievement – parents were asked to self-report on their child’s global academic and subject-specific achievement. Section 4 consisted of four close-ended questions about family demographics, which allowed collecting the information about family structure and the number of siblings the child had. Four close-ended questions in Section 5 aimed to collect data on family socioeconomic status: parents’ educational background, their employment schedule and family income. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purpose of this study was three-fold: first, to study how the concept of the parental involvement is understood and practiced by Kazakhstani parents within the Epstein’s (1995) theoretical framework. The second aim of the research was to investigate the factors which affect parents’ decision to become parentally involved. Finally, the study was targeted to examine the relationship between parental involvement and student’s academic achievement, thus adding to the ongoing debate in the field. A non-experimental exploratory survey research design was applied to answer the research questions. A self-report paper- based questionnaire was utilized for the data collection. The analyses of the mean scores for each of the six parental involvement dimensions revealed that beliefs and practices of the home-based activities (Type 1, Type 3, Type 4) were prevalent in the Kazakhstani society. Parents’ beliefs about and practices of Parenting dimension were found to be particularly strong, whereas Decision Making dimension scored the lowest. Although the majority of the factors this study scrutinized did not prove to be significant predictors of the parental involvement beliefs and practices in the Kazakhstani Elementary schools, the research was able to confirm the role of the child’s gender on the range and frequency of the parental involvement practices parents tended to adopt. Parental involvement was also found to be affected by the mothers’ employment working schedule as well as child’s grade and the language of instruction employed at the school. Pearson correlation analysis of the relationship between six parental involvement dimensions and students’ general academic achievement, achievement in math and reading did not yield many strong connections between the variables. References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179-211. doi:10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). Contexts of child rearing: Problems and prospects. American Psychologist, 34(10), 844-850. doi:10.1037/0003-066X.34.10.844 Brown, M. C. (1994). Parental involvement as a variable in reading readiness: A review of related literature. ERIC Document Reproduction Service No.: ED 384850. Retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED384850.pdf Catsambis, S. (1998). Expanding the knowledge of parental involvement in secondary education: Effects on high school academic success (CRESPAR Report 27). Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University. Chen, J. J. L. (2005). Relation of academic support from parents, teachers, and peers to Hong Kong adolescents' academic achievement: The mediating role of academic engagement. Genetic, Social, and General Psychology Monographs, 131(2), 77-127. doi:10.3200/MONO.131.2.77-127 Epstein, J.L. (1995). School/family/community partnerships: Caring for the children we share. Phi Delta Kappan, 76(9), 701-712. doi:10.1177/003172171009200326 Fan, X. (2001). Parental involvement and students' academic achievement: A growth modeling analysis. The Journal of Experimental Education, 70(1), 27-61, doi:10.1080/00220970109599497 Hill, N. E., & Taylor, L. C. (2004). Parental school involvement and children's academic achievement pragmatics and issues. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13(4), 161-164. doi:10.1111/j.0963-7214.2004.00298.x Hoover-Dempsey, K., & Sandler, H. M. (1997). Why do parents become involved in their children’s education? Review of Educational Research, 67(1), 3-42. doi:10.3102/00346543067001003 IAC (Information-analytic centre). (2014). OECD Review of Policies to Improve the Effectiveness of Resource Use in Schools: Country Background Report for Kazakhstan. Retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/education/school/CBR_Kazakhstan_english_final.pdf IAC. (2015). Osnovnye pokazateli doshkolnogo, obshego srednego, tekhicheskogo i professionalnogo obrazovaniya 2015-2016 [Core indicators of pre-school, secondary, technical and vocational education 2015-2016]. Astana, Kazakhstan: Information-Analytic Center. IAC. (2016a). National report on the state and development of the educational system of the Republic of Kazakhstan, 2015. Astana, Kazakhstan: Information-Analytic Center. Nurbek, S. (2017, October). Values in Kazakhstani Society: Their impact on Education. Paper presented at IX International Research-to-Practice Conference of AEO Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools “Values, Wellbeing and Innovation for the Future of Education”, Astana, Kazakhstan. Pons, A., Amoroso, J., Herczynski, J., Kheyfets, I., Lockheed, M., & Santiago, P. (2015). OECD Reviews of School Resources. Paris, France: OECD Publishing. Scully, P. A., Barbour C., & Roberts-King, H. (2015). Families, schools, and communities: Building partnerships for educating children. London, UK: Pearson Sung, H. Y. (2010). The influence of culture on parenting practices of East Asian families and emotional intelligence of older adolescents: A qualitative study. School Psychology International, 31(2), 199-214. doi:10.1177/0143034309352268 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper When We Open The Doors. Renewing The Family-School Corresponsibility In The Primary School As A Resource For Countering Educational Poverty Unimore, Italy Presenting Author:The present work, which is part of a larger doctoral dissertation project, stems from a series of questions regarding the reality of the Italian Primary School experienced by the researcher herself in the dual role of teacher and parent. The critical issues related to the participation of families in school life as well as the apparent lack of incisiveness of the Primary School in making a difference for those children who come from poor educational backgrounds, raised a number of questions about the underlying motivations behind the two phenomena and a possible correlation between the school-family co-responsibility variable and the fight against educational poverty in the Primary School. The main questions that have emerged are: What are the beliefs, motivations, preconceptions, and emotions that shape the relationality of teachers and parents? Through building a meaningful school-family dialogue in primary school, is it possible to trigger virtuous mechanisms to counter educational poverty? A traditional literature review and empirical research were conducted to answer the research questions. In this regard, after the literature review of publications related to both educational poverty and school-family educational co-responsibility, this study attempts to suggest a possible way forward that puts back at the center: dialogue, openness to the other's point of view, the generative resources of families (Amadini 2013, 2018, 2019; Maia, 2022) as well as the capabilities of each person (Sen, 1990, 2014; Nussbaum, 2006, 2011, 2014) as necessary and no longer procrastinable premises for concrete projects and actions that counter educational poverty, at school. A major source of theoretical inspiration for this work is the Reggio Children Approach (Edwards, Gandini, Forman, 2017), which makes family and community participation a foundation of its pedagogical thinking and educational action in the 0-11 range. The complexity of the new social and family contexts, the recent pandemic and a widespread crisis of values represent, in general, a challenge for school worldwide. In Italy, the Primary school, in particular, due to a kind of its intrinsic conformation, shows, with some evidence, how complex it is for the actors involved in the educational process to be able to enter into relationships and create positive synergies and shared planning (Dusi, 2009, 2011, 2019, 2022; Epstein, 2018; Pati, 2011, 2019). In this paper, through empirical research, we investigate school-family co-responsibility and its possible role in combating educational poverty by collecting the voices of parents, by collecting parents and teachers voices through online questionnaires and focus groups and by involving them in a shared micro-projectuality to be realized at school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to answer the research questions as postulated, it was necessary to resort to a type of inquiry that would draw its information from experience by giving voice to the protagonists of the context under investigation. The approach that considers knowledge inseparable from the knowing subject and is the basis of this work, is that of empirical phenomenology (Husserl, 1913; Scott, 1991; Sità, 2017). Following a phenomenological approach, a Mixed Method survey was used in order "to find the best possible answers to the question that originated the research itself" by combining quantitative and qualitative analysis (Mortari, Ghirotto, 2012). The basic idea of the Mixed Method is to be able to meet different research objectives, that is, to arrive at the explanation of factors on the basis of others and to understand in a deeper way some individual and/or collective dynamics. In this type of research all phases "constitute a single study and the two moments- qualitative and quantitative-cannot be separated" (Mortari, Ghirotto, 2012). This work applied an explanatory type strategy with sequential architecture, that is: it started with a first quantitative study followed by a second qualitative one to understand in depth what emerged in the first. The instruments used were: an online questionnaire for both parents and teachers to collect quantitative data and a couple of in-depth online focus groups (by category of participants) to collect qualitative ones. There were 49 completed questionnaires from teachers and 69 from parents in two different Primary Schools. One focus group per category was conducted in each school and one micro-project meeting between teachers and parents is being held for each school. The mixed-group micro-project phase (still ongoing) is also conducted online and recorded as a focus group activity. The use of the Mixed Method ensured, therefore, both a quantitative type of analysis on the recursiveness of motivations, feelings, attitudes or preconceptions regarding the themes investigated, and then cross-referencing them with other factors such as biographical data, geographic origin, family characteristics and so on; and a qualitative type of analysis that would allow us to explore and understand the meanings that the participants involved attributed to events and experiences related to school life and their participation as well as to the theme of educational poverty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the analysis and collection of data is still in progress, it is possible to make some preliminary observations about the fact that there are points of convergence in thinking between teachers and parents from which they can start to meet in a dialogical relationship. The transcripts of the focus groups are still being analyzed and show a shared desire to make the school-family partnership effective by moving beyond the biases and preconceptions that emerged in both the questionnaire and the separate group focus groups. The micro-project phase (still ongoing) is providing the ground for concrete experimentation with what educational co-responsibility means and how it can be placed at the service of combating educational poverty. Research questions are expected to be answered in a way that confirms the urgency for Italian primary schools to "open the doors" to families with a view to making them co-protagonists in the educational project concerning their children. References Amadini M. (2013). La generatività familiare: un impegno e una risorsa per la pedagogia. La Famiglia 47/257, 2013, pp. 132-147. Bourdieu P., Passeron J. C. (2006). La riproduzione. Per una teoria dei sistemi di insegnamento, Rimini: Guaraldi Dusi P., Pati L. (2011). Corresponsabilità educativa. Scuola e famiglia nella sfida multiculturale: una prospettiva europea, Brescia: Editrice La Scuola Dusi P. (2014). La corresponsabilità educativa tra famiglia e scuola, Pedagogia della Famiglia Dusi P., Addi-Raccah A. (2022). Time to rethink the teacher-family alliance?Central issues in the “pandemic” literature on home-school cooperation. Encyclopaideia. 26(63), 7–29 Edwards, C., Gandini, L., & Forman, G. (2017). I Cento Linguaggi dei Bambini: l'approccio di Reggio Emilia all'educazione dell'infanzia. Edizioni junior. Epstein J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Routledge. Husserl, (1913), Idee per una fenomenologia pura e per una filosofia fenomenologica, trad. it, Torino Einaudi, 2002. Maia E. (2022). Servizi educativi 0-6 e cultura dell'infanzia. Riflessioni sul ruolo generativo delle famiglie, MeTis-Mondi educativi. Temi indagini suggestioni,12(1), 134-148. Mortari L., Ghirotto L. (a cura di), (2019). Metodi per la ricerca educativa, Roma: Carocci Editore Nussbaum M. (2006). Coltivare l’umanità, Roma: Carocci Editore Nussbaum M. (2014). Creare capacità, Bologna: il Mulino Pati L. (2019). Scuola e famiglia. Relazione e corresponsabilità educativa, Brescia: Morcelliana Rossi-Doria M. (2022). Povertà educativa e comunità educanti, Sicurezza e scienze sociali, 2/2022, pp 45-59 Save the Children (2014). La lampada di Aladino. L’indice di Save the Children per misurare le povertà educative e illuminare il futuro dei bambini in Italia, Roma Save the Children (a cura di C. Morabito) (2016). La povertà educativa in Italia: una emergenza silenziosa, Ventiduesimo rapporto sulle Fondazioni di origine bancaria, pp. 306-324, Roma Save the Children (2018). Nuotare contro corrente: povertà educativa e resilienza in Italia, Roma Save the Children (2022). Impossibile. Costruire il futuro di bambine, bambini, adolescenti. Ora, Roma Scott, J. W. (1991). The evidence of experience. Critical inquiry, 17(4), 773-797. Sen A. (1990). La libertà individuale come impegno sociale, terza edizione 2007, Bari: Laterza Sen A. (1999/2014). Lo sviluppo è libertà, Milano: Edizioni Mondadori Sità C. (2012). Indagare l'esperienza: l'intervista fenomenologica nella ricerca educativa, Roma: Edizioni Carocci Tassan, M., & Lanzi, D. (2022). Le culture delle famiglie. Genitorialità e partecipazione nei servizi educativi per l’infanzia di Reggio Emilia. Educazione interculturale, 20(1), 1-12 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 K: ICT in Education and Training Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Langer Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Subjectivation and Inequalities in Non-Formal, Digitalised Educational Arrangements University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:Different non-formal educational institutions in Germany provide afternoon activities, school holiday programs or extracurricular activities in schools that revolve around the usage of digital technologies such as 3D-printing, basic coding with microcomputers, gaming or photography/image editing. “DILABoration”, a joint German research project, aims at identifying conditions under which such non-formal educational arrangements create opportunities for participation and education specifically for marginalised youth. Drawing on the approach as well as the data from “DILABoration”, this dissertation project focuses on the question how processes of subject positioning and subjectivation unfold via addressing practices within these educational arrangements and in relation to digitality. Following the increase of digital media use in recent years, new specific forms of culture, interaction and expression have emerged, pointing to a “culture of digitality” (Stalder 2016, 12-13). Digital technologies have become relevant for processes of subjectivation and orientation (Jörissen / Marotzki 2009). However, specific forms of subjectivity are considered legitimate or illegitimate within a discourse on digitality (Allert et al. 2017, 223, 13). In accordance with this, research has pointed to the social reproduction of inequalities via digital media access (first-level digital inequality) and digital media use (second level digital inequality; Hargittai 2002), based on existing levels of social and cultural and economic capital (Rudolph 2019; Iske / Kutscher 2020). Therefore, marginalized youth require opportunities to appropriate practices of digital media use in ways that are valuable within their everyday lives. Non-formal educational arrangements may be specifically valuable in creating these opportunities (Fujii et al. 2021). Here, non-formal educational arrangements are understood as organisationally framed educational contexts outside of formal education, characterised by voluntary participation, lower levels of standardisation and lack of relevance to formal educational certification (Rohlfs 2012, 37). Within formal educational contexts, conservative structures of educational practices have been shown to persist despite the inclusion of technological innovations (Thiersch / Wolf 2021). This emphasises the question, whether contingencies related to the involvement of digital technologies in educational practices unfold more easily or differently in less standardised, non-formal contexts. Moreover, marginalised youth may be enabled to appropriate digital media practices in ways that relate to their everyday lives within these contexts, if respective supportive structures are provided (Fujii et al., 2021). At the same time, normative ideas of ‘legitimate’ and ‘illegitimate’ media use are inscribed all social interactions in a digitalised society and are reproduced in non-formal educational contexts as well. This may further increase marginalisation if not reflected upon appropriately (ibid. 43; Dawson 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this dissertation project, potentials and limitations of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements with regard to inequalities are investigated through the lens of subject positionings unfolding in practice. Subject positions emerge within social relations and in relation to normativity, which can be captured through the lens of recognition theory (Reh / Ricken 2012, 40). By operationalising recognition as addressing practices, embodied and discursive acts provide insight to the emergence of subject positions in practice (ibid., 42). Therefore, in this dissertation project, non-formal educational arrangements are understood as situations with specific elements and relations (Clarke 2021), in which shared practice and subject positionings unfold in different ways. Routinised interaction with artefacts, normative expectations of the usage of artefacts and the usage context of artefacts are recognised as constitutive dimensions of this (Rabenstein 2018, 24 f.). By applying this lens, the material and discursive dimension of digitality (Allert / Asmussen / Richter 2017, 13) within non-formal digitalised educational arrangements can be focused. In order to investigate this, focused ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001), including participant observations and (some) video recordings, have been conducted in different educational arrangements provided by two non-formal educational institutions in 2022 and 2023. One institution is an independent non-profit organisation which provides different digital education programmes independently and in cooperation with other organisations (e.g. schools) in a “marginalised” district in a German city. The second institution is a youth club in a different German city, funded within the state youth welfare system and specialising in digital education. Participation in both organisations is free of charge. The arrangements focused in this project differ with respect to elements such as number of participants, roles of participants, activities, locations, involved (digital) artefacts and spatial conditions. The data is collected and analysed in an iterative process, informed by Grounded Theory Methodology (Corbin / Strauss 2015). Data analysis is conducted through sequence analysis and coding (Breidenstein 2020). Practice theory (Schatzki 2008) as well as addressing practices (Reh / Ricken 2012) are applied as sensitising concepts in this process. Moreover, Situational Analysis (Clarke 2021) is applied in order to take human as well as non-human entities and their affordances and relations within different educational arrangements into account through mapping. This analysis aims at decoding addressing practices within specific educational situations and the processes of subjectivation resulting from this. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This dissertation project is still in progress. So far, case descriptions and situational maps of different educational arrangements have been developed. Selected sequences haven been analysed and coded openly. Different angles have been developed for further analysis. Going forward, these angles will be applied by browsing through the material again. The sensitising concept of addressing practices will be applied more strongly, aiming at developing an understanding of the concept in relation to the empirical material. The aim is to identify different conditions of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements and addressing practices within them, resulting in different processes of subject positionings. In order to understand the involvement of digitality and related notions of normativity in these arrangements and processes, the role of digital technologies will be focused on a material and discursive level. This approach is expected to provide insight into how processes of subjectivation and orientation in relation to digitality may be facilitated or inhibited for young participants in these kinds of arrangements. The approach is limited with regard to individual processes of subjectivation, which involve unobservable, internal dimensions (Reh / Ricken 2012, 44). At the Emerging Researchers’ Conference, the research interest and the theoretical framework of this dissertation will be presented. In relation to core sequences from the empirical material, potentialities and limitations of applying “addressing practices” as a theoretical lens will be discussed. The presentation aims at discussing and reviewing this approach with other emerging researchers as well as more experienced researches in similar fields. References Allert, H., Asmussen, M., & Richter, C. (2017). Digitalität und Selbst: Einleitung. In H. Allert, M. Asmussen, & C. Richter (Eds.), Digitalität und Selbst: Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven auf Subjektivierungs- und Bildungsprozesse (pp. 9–23). Transcript. Breidenstein, G., Hirschauer, S., Kalthoff, H., & Nieswand, B. (2020). Ethnografie: Die Praxis der Feldforschung (Thrid Edition). UVK Verlag. Clarke, A. E. (2021). From Grounded Theory to Situational Analysis. In J. M. Morse (Eds.), Developing grounded theory: The second generation revisited (Second Edition, pp. 223–266). Routledge. Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (Fourth edition). SAGE. Dawson, E. (2014). Equity in informal science education: Developing an access and equity framework for science museums and science centres. Studies in Science Education, 50(2), 209–247. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2014.957558 Fujii, M. S., Kutscher, N., & Niermann, K.-M. (2021). Grenzen pädagogischen Handelns: Medienbildung zwischen Anerkennung und Handlungsbefähigung. In J. Wahl, I. Schell-Kiehl, & T. Damberger (Eds.), Pädagogik, Soziale Arbeit und Digitalität: = Education, social work and digitality. Beltz Juventa. Hargittai, E. (2002). Second-Level Digital Divide: Differences in People’s Online Skills. First Monday, 7(4). https://doi.org/10.5210/fm.v7i4.942 Iske, S., Kutscher, N. (2020). Digitale Ungleichheiten im Kontext Sozialer Arbeit. In: Kutscher, Nadia/Ley, Thomas/Seelmeyer, Udo/Siller, Friederike/Tillmann, Angela/Zorn, Isabel (Eds.): Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung (pp. 115–124). Beltz Juventa. Jörissen, B., & Marotzki, W. (2009). Medienbildung - eine Einführung: Theorie - Methoden - Analysen. Klinkhardt. Knoblauch, H. (2005). Focused Ethnography. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, Vol 6, No 3: The State of the Art of Qualitative Research in Europe. https://doi.org/10.17169/FQS-6.3.20 Rabenstein, K. (2017). Wie schaffen Dinge Unterschiede? In A. Tervooren & R. Kreitz (Eds.), Dinge und Raum in der qualitativen Bildungs- und Biographieforschung (pp. 15–35). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv8xnfwg Reh, S., & Ricken, N. (2012). Das Konzept der Adressierung. In I. Miethe & H.-R. Müller (Eds.), Qualitative Bildungsforschung und Bildungstheorie (pp. 35–56). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvd7w919 Rohlfs, C. (2011). Ein neuer Bildungsbegriff? In C. Rohlfs, Bildungseinstellungen (pp. 33–54). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92811-1_3 Rudolph, S. (2019). Digitale Medien, Partizipation und Ungleichheit: Eine Studie zum sozialen Gebrauch des Internets. Springer VS. Schatzki, T. R. (2008). Social practices: A Wittgensteinian approach to human activity and the social. Cambridge University Press. Stalder, F. (2016). Kultur der Digitalität. Suhrkamp. Thiersch, S., & Wolf, E. (2023). Digitale Dinge im schulischen Unterricht. In C. Leineweber, M. Waldmann, & M. Wunder (Eds.), Materialität – Digitalisierung – Bildung. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Relationship Between Learning Design Patterns and Digital Distraction - A Multiple Case Study in Vocational Schools University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:The integration of digitization in classrooms is reshaping teaching and learning methods, presenting new opportunities and challenges. Digital technologies offer the potential to expand the classroom's boundaries and connect it with the outside world (Gerholz, Ciolek & Wagner 2020). However, alongside these benefits, challenges arise, such as the increased and simultaneous use of media by contemporary students, leading to reduced attention and performance (Qian & Li 2017; Bolkan & Griffin 2017). The accessibility of digital tools like smartphones and tablets tempts students to engage in non-class-related activities during lessons (Kay, Benzimra & Li 2017). A study found that Generation Z students spend 19.4% of their school day on off-task mobile use, disrupting learning (McCoy, 2020). Teachers often resort to measures like deactivating Wi-Fi, blocking websites, or using monitoring apps, but these can hinder participation and motivation. Such tactics also limit the potential of digital educational technologies, making them counterproductive. Cell phone bans and digital monitoring are not effective. Instead, efforts should focus on enhancing active participation and learning engagement to prevent off-task behaviour (Flanigan et al., 2023). Previous studies have investigated off-task behaviour of learners in various educational contexts to identify factors that contribute to digital distraction. A comprehensive literature review was undertaken to encapsulate the diverse findings in this domain, culminating in the formulation of a cohesive model. The identified factors coalesce into three principal categories, each delineating distinct perspectives on the observed phenomenon. Primarily, the model underscores the significance of teaching quality dimensions, including the establishment of a conducive classroom climate and proficient classroom management. Empirical evidence attests that considerations of these quality dimensions yield enhanced learning outcomes on multiple instances (Praetorius et al. 2020; Kounin 1970; Qian & Li 2017; Kay, Benzimra & Li 2017). The maximization of effective learning time is intricately linked to the mitigation of unproductive learning time, typified by the aforementioned off-task behaviors (Fried 2008). To investigate off-task behaviour, it is also useful to consider the learner's perspective. The teacher should take into account individual learning prerequisites when designing lessons, along with planning methods and social forms. These prerequisites comprise of students' self-efficacy, motivation, and emotional states during learning (Pekrun 2006). Such factors emerge as predictive indicators for less off-task behaviour (Flanigan et al. 2023). In addition, the instructional design of the classroom can extend the amount of time spent on the task. Collaborative and interactive work phases can foster active engagement with the learning content (Kay, Benzimra & Li 2017). Furthermore, the quality of the integration of digital technologies is of great importance in achieving meaningful utilization. If digital technologies are used only as a replacement for traditional media, there is often no identifiable added value. However, increased integration has shown positive outcomes in terms of technology acceptance and motivation to learn (Gerholz, Ciolek & Wagner 2020. Therefore, it can be argued that purposeful use of technology in the classroom can lead to fewer off-task activities (Kay & Lauricella 2011). Preventing off-task behaviour in a sustainable manner requires successful consideration of instructional design features, students' learning prerequisites, and teaching quality dimensions. It is important to note that these three lenses, which combine the different causes of off-task behaviour, should not be considered separately, as they are characterized by overlaps and interactions. The key research questions for exploring digital off-task behaviours of students during class in several subjects are therefore as follows: 1. which factors lead to digital off-task behaviour of students in lessons at vocational schools with digital educational technologies? 2. which instructional design patterns can prevent off-task behaviour of students in lessons at vocational schools with digital educational technologies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a case study research methodology, which is suitable for analysing learning situations and lessons in a context-sensitive manner due to the special nature of multicriticality. Case study research has the advantage of being able to analyse complex mechanisms of action. The focus is on specific areas along propositions rather than the completeness of the survey of all factors. These propositions are based on theoretical and empirical findings, and inductively derived from the available study material. Method triangulation can further validate and generalize the results. Yin (2014) classifies case studies into four basic types based on two dimensions. The present study employs a multiple-case design, defining both several cases and several objects of analysis within the cases. The study's data set comprises 10 vocational schools in Germany. For each school, one class and one teacher were interviewed. The survey employed a quantitative questionnaire, as well as focus group and expert interviews. In addition, teaching materials were analysed in order to have a documentation of the teaching events. Following Yin's (2014) definition, a case is an object that is directly relevant to answering the research question. This study examines the class under investigation, which can be divided into several objects of analysis. These are defined by the teaching staff, the pupils, and the learning situation itself. The case study analysis takes into account the context of individual cases, which contains important implications for answering the research question. The present study focuses on off-task behaviour with and through digital educational technologies. A total of 155 VET-students and 10 teachers were interviewed about one specific teaching sequence per school, including the subjects mathematics, German, business administration, English and electrical engineering. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study show that digital technologies bring with them an increased potential for distraction for learners. Compared to traditional lessons, learners state that they are increasingly distracted by the technologies and use them for activities unrelated to the lesson. However, the reasons that ultimately lead to off-task behaviour cannot be attributed solely to the presence of digital devices in the classroom. Rather, the analysis of the student survey revealed that the factors for this lie in features of the lesson design, such as low student activation or monotonous lessons. The teachers surveyed also mentioned aspects of pupils' individual learning requirements as a reason for off-task behaviour, such as a lack of motivation and willingness to make an effort. The question of how lessons should be designed so that off-task behaviour occurs less frequently is therefore not easy to answer. Rather, it depends on several factors that can influence each other. The results point to several design patterns that can curb the distraction potential of digital educational technologies. A positive teacher-student relationship, coupled with meaningful lesson topics and diverse integration of technologies can be presented here as an example of a promising design pattern. References Bolkan, S. & Griffin, D. J. (2017). Students’ use of cell phones in class for off-task behaviors: The indirect impact of instructors’ teaching behaviors through boredom and students’ attitudes. Communication Education, 66(3), 313–329. Flanigan, A.E., Brady, A.C., Dai, Y. & Ray, E. (2023). Managing Student Digital Distraction in the College Classroom: a Self-Determination Theory Perspective. Educational Psychology Review, 35(60). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09780-y Fried, C. B. (2008). In-class laptop use and its effects on student learning. Computers & Education, 50(3), 906–914. Gerholz, K., Ciolek, S., & Wagner, A.C. (2020). Digitalisation of Design Research – A case study to illustrate the use of digital technologies and tools for collaboration in Design Research projects. EDeR - Educational Design Research, 4(1), 1-17. Kay, R., Benzimra, D., & Li, J. (2017). Exploring Factors That Influence Technology-Based Distractions in Bring Your Own Device Classrooms. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 55(7), 974-995. Kay, R. H., & Lauricella, S. (2011). Exploring the benefits and challenges of using laptop computers in higher education classrooms: A formative analysis. Canadian Journal of Learning and Technology, 37(1), 1–18. Kounin, J. S. (1970). Discipline and Group Management in Classrooms. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. McCoy, B.R. (2020). Gen Z and Digital Distractions in the Classroom: Student Classroom Use of Digital Devices for Non-Class Related Purposes. Faculty Publications, College of Journalism & Mass Communications. 116. URL: https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/journalismfacpub/116, Last access: 29.01.2024. Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18 (4), 315-341. Praetorius, A.-K., Klieme, E., Kleickmann, T., Brunner, E., Lindmeier, A., Taut, S., Charalambous, C.(2020). Towards developing a theory of generic teaching quality. Origin, current status, and necessary next steps regarding the Three Basic Dimensions Model. In A.-K., Praetorius, J.,Grünkorn & E., Klieme (Eds.), Empirische Forschung zu Unterrichtsqualität. Theoretische Grundfragen und quantitative Modellierungen. (1. ed, pp. 15-36). Beltz Juventa. Qian, Y. & Li, L. (2017). Student Off-Task Electronic Multitasking Predictors: Scale Development and Validation. Journal of the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 17(2), 53-73. Yin, R. K. (2014): Case Study Research. Design and Methods. 5. ed, Thousand Oaks: Sage. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 M: Policy Studies and Politics of Education Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Antonis Tampouras Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Rural Education Modernization in China: Exploring Temporality in Education Policy University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:This paper uses China’s education policy to explore the concept of temporality which is a relatively new and under-theorized conception in the field of education policy (Lingard, 2021). Drawing upon historical sociology, this paper aims to contribute to the field by investigating the temporal construct of China’s policy discourse on ‘education modernization’. Temporality highlights the messy entanglement of times which enables policy analysts to reflect on the main theme of this conference “how the past endeavor, current realities, and future hopes” are intertwined together, exerting a profound impact on education policymaking. Temporality provides a critical approach to deconstructing the problem, context, and history that are assumed and constructed by a policy. Regarding the temporal dimension, “education modernization”, a dominant discourse in China's education policy landscape, is an intriguing combination of discourse to examine. The strategic vision plan titled: China Education Modernization 2035 puts “education modernization” as the key word for China’s future education, while the discourse has a strong link with the historical memory of twentieth-century China, embracing the struggles associated with resisting colonialism and building an independent modern nation-state. Modernization thus becomes a temporal discourse where multiple temporalities are conflated; the past and the future of the nation converge in this discourse at present. This temporal dimension of the education modernization policy discourse underscores a need to go back to the history of China’s education modernization to find some answers to the following questions: What are the assumptions and presuppositions of this temporal construct, the ‘modernization’ discourse? What are the relationships between the history and the present that are mobilized by this discourse? This paper critically examines the history of rural education modernization to shed light on the current education modernization policy, identifying two temporal threads: the rural as a problem and the rural as a modernization plan. It reveals how the discourse acts as a governing technique that mobilizes history to construct a mission for the nation, thereby providing historical legitimacy for the party-state and its policy. However, the government is trapped in the underlying homogenous narrative of modernization because the hegemonic thinking of modernization marginalizes potential empowering voices, such as those of the rural. The case of China demonstrates how the past and ongoing agenda of modernization, and the deep-rooted belief in it, has a profound and enduring impact on education policy. It showcases how modernization constitutes and constructs a sophisticated temporal construct that underpins education policy. The process of unpacking history to analyze current policy highlights an innovative dimension (temporality) and method (historical sociology) for education policy analysis. The findings illustrate not only how the current unequal situation of the marginalized voices is normalized by the modernization agenda, but also how the current marginalized voices, such as the rural, can be an empowering force that enables an empowering lens in the metro-centric world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopted historical sociology as the method. A historical sociology approach emphasizes the ‘social embeddedness’ of education (Seddon et al., 2017); that is, a certain form of education can be unfolded as a particular historical formation of social practices, concepts, and inquiry (Seddon et al., 2017). The formulation of educational discourse is basically anchored by a certain way of understanding society and the world (McLeod, 2017). Disentangling the historical ‘embeddedness’ of education is to reveal how history constitutes the anchoring framework of today’s policy agenda in order to push the constraining boundaries or reframe the path of inquiry. Four educational reforms in four historical periods were selected for analysis as all are included in the contemporary narrative of education modernization. These educational reforms assisted in identifying all key milestones recognized by Chinese rural education research; they will be discussed chronologically, although this is not a historical review. The objective of case selection is to contrast four distinct historical configurations: China in imperial, republican, revolutionary, and reform time. The questions that guide the history analysis are: how are ‘modern’ and ‘tradition’ perceived in these education reforms? How is ‘rural’ positioned in these reforms? The education reform periods include (a) the 1900s, the establishment of the modern education system, imperial China, the Qing dynasty; (b) the 1930s, the rural construction movement, Republican China, the Kuo Ming Tang (KMT) government; (c) the 1960s, revolution PRC, the CCP government; (d) the 2000s, reform PRC, the CCP government. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper firstly illuminates how history is bound up in the policy discourse thereby cloaking the differences of different regimes in the past and constructing a unified destiny of the nation for the future. By allying with another powerful discourse, the great rejuvenation of China’s nation, modernization discourse can mobilize the historical memory of colonial history. The vision for future education is thus discursively associated with the colonial past through the same mission, that of modernization, which constructs a destiny for the nation, making advances to avoid colonization and humiliation (Meinhof, 2017). It is because of the humiliation, crisis, and threats in the pre-modern past that the future of modernization assumed in the policy is desirable. From this, China’s case demonstrates how education policy is underpinned by a particular temporal construct. Policy is built upon certain historical and cultural assumptions and temporal arrangements, which highlights an innovative dimension for policy analysis. This analysis has significant implications on how the rural is perceived in education policy, joining the current discussion about rurality and policy (Cruickshank et al., 2009; Beach & Öhrn 2023). By examining the history, there are two temporal threads throughout the four reforms: the rural as a problem and the rural as a modernization plan. Particularly, there is a strong link between national identity and rurality thus the rural is positioned as a valuable resource that has been integrated into modernization plan to counter colonial power in history. This tread enables us to reflect on the seemingly contrasting relation between rurality and modernity especially metro-centricity has been a global phenomenon found in different countries and regions (Beach et al, 2019; Corbett, 2010; Roberts & Cuervo, 2015; Gristy et al., 2020). China’s case offers an empowering lens to see rural education in this modern and metro-centric world. References Beach, D. & Öhrn, E (2023) The community function of schools in rural areas: Normalising dominant cultural relations through the curriculum silencing local knowledge, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2023.2298466 Beach, D., Johansson, M., Öhrn, E., Rönnlund, M., & Per-Åke, R. (2019). Rurality and education relations: Metro-centricity and local values in rural communities and rural schools. European Educational Research Journal, 18(1), 19-33. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904118780420 Corbett, M. (2010). Standardized individuality: Cosmopolitanism and educational decision‐making in an Atlantic Canadian rural community. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 40(2), 223–237. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057920903546088 Cruickshank, J., Lysgård, H.K. and Magnussen, M.-L. (2009), The logic of the construction of rural politcs: political discourse on rurality on Norway. Geografiska Annaler Series B, Human Geography, 91: 73-89. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0467.2009.00307.x Gristy, C., Hargreaves, L., & Kučerová, S. R. (2020). Educational research and schooling in rural Europe: An engagement with changing patterns of education, space and place. IAP. McLeod, J. (2017). Marking time, making methods: Temporality and untimely dilemmas in the sociology of youth and educational change. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 13–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1254541 Meinhof, M. (2017). Colonial temporality and Chinese national modernization discourses. InterDisciplines. Journal of History and Sociology, 8(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.4119/indi-1037 Roberts, P., & Cuervo, H. (2015). What next for rural education research? Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 1–8. Seddon, T., Julie, M., & Noah, S. (2017). Reclaiming comparative historical sociologies of education. In World Yearbook of Education 2018. Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Manifestation of Middle Manager Power - Power over, Power to and/or Power with? Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:The ECER 2024 call for proposals states that ‘Social, political, and economic problems have significant impacts on education and educational research.’ Accordingly, there is a need to investigate who has the power in education, and who can come to terms with present challenges and provide hope for the future. The truth is in all probability that there is a range of powerful actors in education. In this paper middle managers in local education administrations constitute key actors. The chief education officer delegates assignments, and power, to the middle managers. What is delegated may be regulated in writing or an oral agreement between the chief education officer and the middle manager. Institutional structure and relationships are believed to be important factors to expand or limit the acquisition of power. How the local education administration is organised, what the middle manager mandate entails and the extent of autonomy available generate diverse powers. Given their position in their respective organisations, in between the chief education officers and head teachers, we can assume that middle managers possess power, but what kind of power requires more research. Departing from the concept of power the paper aims to answer the research question ‘What kind of power do middle managers in local education administrations exercise?’ There is a general understanding that bureaucratic power is located at the highest point of a hierarchy. Peters et al. (2016) however maintain that significant power resources reside with those further down the hierarchy as they are equipped with expertise and knowledge. In Sweden, the local governments, and in particular local education administrations, play a vital role in the governance of education. Furthermore, local self-governance is pronounced. Local governments differ considerably in terms of size, demography and resources, this fact, coupled with the freedom to independently decide on ways of organising generates unique local administrations. There is not one single way that local governments make use of middle managers. What is known is that school leaders have increased in numbers in both local education administrations and at the school level because of larger school units and due to more leadership duties and strengthened administrative control (Ärlestig & Leo 2023). Today many Swedish local education administrations house middle managers and have one, or several, layers of middle managers between the chief education officer and head teachers. There are different middle managers, here school form managers and school area managers are in focus. There are different ways to understand power. The research question will be answered utilising the concepts power over, power to and power with (cf. Högberg 2007, Pansardi & Bindi 2021, Pansardi 2012). The first refers to power over other human beings while the second concerns the power to do things generally, and the third refers to how a group can work jointly to reach shared outcomes or goals (Pansardi & Bindi 2021, Pansardi 2012). Moreover, the paper centres on both hard and soft powers. While hard power includes financial power and the ability to employ and make employees redundant soft power takes account of attracting others to move in a certain direction. Hard power is about coercion whereas soft power is about incentives (Nye 2010). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study rests on qualitative data. Interviews were conducted in the spring of 2023 with education officers in four local education administrations. Interviews have been conducted with chief education officers, middle managers and head teachers. A total of 18 interviews were conducted, their length ranging from 35 to 97 minutes. The local governments are located in different parts of Sweden, and they are of various sizes. To be selected the local government was required to have a minimum of one local education administration (there are local governments without education administrations) and a minimum of one organisation layer of middle managers. Three of the local education administrations selected have one layer of middle managers between the chief education officer and head teachers while one has two layers. The informants participated in individual semi-structured interviews most of which were conducted in their respective workplaces and some on Zoom. The themes covered in the interviews included background questions on education and working life, the organisation of the local education administration, function and mandate, relationships at the workplace, autonomy and, finally, governance and power. Regardless of whether the informant worked as a chief education officer, middle manager or head teacher; the middle manager role was at the heart of the conversation. For this paper, the parts related to perceptions concerning power will be in focus. Power will be analysed using three forms of power: power over, power to and power with. The paper does not have a generalising ambition, rather, the objective is to present how power can be utilised in various ways by middle managers in various contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data has been categorised and preliminary results indicate that there are various manners to exercise power. Middle managers exercise power over, power to and power with. Power is a loaded term with various connotations. One informant does not want to admit to exercising power but recognises her/his influence. Simultaneously power is recognised as important. As indicated, all three forms of power surface in the interviews. In the case of heads of local governments they should not make decisions without negotiations with local councillors (Högberg, 2007), middle managers in turn may require the support of senior local government officers to exercise decision-making. The chief education officer, and other superordinates, directly or indirectly influence whether middle managers have power over, power to or power with. In one of the local education administrations working as a unit is emphasised (power with). In another hierarchy, not circumventing levels, is considered essential (power over). Moreover, power comes with the position. Being an education officer is a position of power which can entail both power over and power to. In an interview, it is stressed that knowledge is power; power to. There are further examples of power to, for instance, some officers have power over the budget. Furthermore, middle managers prioritise among policies. The three categories enable problematising power or lack thereof. In one of the administrations, the chief education officer and the middle managers work as a team. Either power with truly entails a distribution of power or merely disguises that the chief education officer holds the most power and is unwilling to delegate. My presentation will elaborate on the manifestation of middle manager power; more specifically, how middle managers, and their superordinates and subordinates, perceive them to exercise power over, power to and power with. References Högberg, Ö. 2007. Maktlösa Makthavare: En studie om kommunalt chefskap. Department of Management and Engineering, Linköping University. Nye, J. S. Jr. 2010. The Powers to Lead. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Pansardi, P. 2012. “Power to and power over: two distinct concepts of power?” Journal of Political Power, 5 (1), 73-89. Pansardi, P. & Bindi, M. 2021. “The New Concepts of Power? Power-over, Power-to and Power-with, Journal of Political Power”, 14:1, 51-71. Peters, B. G., Erkkila, T. & Maravic, P. v. 2016. Public Administration: Research Strategies, Concepts, and Methods. New York: Routledge. Ärlestig, H. & Leo, U. 2023. “Sweden – Good Will on All Governance Levels is not Enough to Create Sustainable Improvement”, in Gunnulfsen et al. (eds.) Education and Democracy in the Nordic Countries. Switzerland: Springer Nature. |
13:00 - 14:00 | 99 ERC SES 03.5: Lunch Break Event: Getting to Know EERA and Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference and ECER - A Special Edition for EERA's 30th Anniversary (sign-up required) Location: Cafeteria Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Lunch Break Event |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Getting to Know EERA & Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference & ECER - A Special Edition for EERA's 30th Anniversary 1KU Leuven; 2University of Hamburg Presenting Author:Getting to Know EERA and Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference and ECER - A Special Edition for EERA's 30th Anniversary |
13:00 - 14:00 | Break 02: ERC Lunch Break |
14:00 - 15:30 | 100 ERC SES 04: Working Meeting - EERA Exec PART 1 Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Paper Session |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Working Meeting - EERA Exec PART 1 EERA Office Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 A: Ignite Talks Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Joe O'Hara Ignite Talks Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) A Grounded Theory Study of the Assumptions in the Recognition of Prior Learning 1Munster Technological University, Ireland; 2University of Limerick, Ireland; 3South East Technological University, Ireland Presenting Author:This presentation shares the findings of a critical constructivist grounded theory study carried out in Higher Education (HE) in Ireland on the assumptions present in the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). Assumptions are significant because they represent the driving forces or motivations operating in each context. It is argued that understanding what assumptions are present will bring more transparent, equitable procedures and ultimately will support the delivery of RPL provision (Friesen, 2011; Hamer, 2016, Travers, 2017). Assumptions describe what is expected in each situation, and we act accordingly in response to these underlying assumptions. RPL provides for the identification, assessment, and validation of non-formal and informal learning which in turn allows for access to HE and/or for credits within programmes. RPL is a key component of the broader lifelong learning remit of Higher Education Institutions (HEI). RPL provides for the acknowledgement of learning gained through work, volunteering and life and in doing so RPL supports everyone across the lifespan where individuals choose to return to HE to support their career or for reskilling or upskilling. This research took a grounded theory approach and followed Charmaz (2006), for the data analysis of 82 semi-structured interviews which were carried out between 2014 and 2016, first with RPL Mentors, then Assessors and finally with Candidates for RPL. The theoretical framework employed for this research adapted Van Kleef’s (2007) model of RPL by following Schein’s (2004) organisational culture model which had explicitly positioned assumptions at the deepest level of culture below espoused values. There were three rounds of coding in the data analysis. The second stage of coding foregrounded two major themes, and these were treated as conceptual categories; assumptions about what is possible through RPL and, assumptions about what is required for RPL. Thus, the findings show that two sets of interrelated assumptions exist in RPL. This presentation will explore these major findings and the differences in expression between the participants will be explicated. Upholding the academic standards was assumed by all the participants although it was really emphasised by the assessors of RPL. Similarly, the assumption that protocols and procedures were in place was important to RPL mentors and assessors, yet it was not mentioned by the candidates for RPL at all. Instead, the candidates assumed that RPL frees up time, and they also assumed that it meant not repeating learning, and that RPL provided for acknowledgement for their prior learning. All three sets of participants assumed that RPL allows access to the HE system, and that it was a rigorous process. Candidates and RPL mentors assumed that evidence is key, while candidates and assessors assumed that RPL facilitates progression. This research concludes that the interrelated assumptions that were expressed provides empirical evidence of the conditional nature of our expectations about RPL. Assumptions drive our expectations and the distinct roles of each of the participants whether assessor, RPL mentor or candidate for RPL was clearly apparent in the ways that the assumptions were expressed. For the assessors, although it was important to all, the academic standards were sacrosanct and operating safely within the parameters of policy and procedure was essential. Despite these assumptions, the candidates openly expressed their motivations for engaging with RPL and so distinctly different assumptions were named, such as the assumptions that RPL helps to free up time and that RPL means they do not have to repeat what is known already. This research concludes that the participants respect the inter-dependent nature of what is at stake; that RPL only works to provide access and/or credits for prior learning if the standards are upheld. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research followed Charmaz’s (2006) critical constructivist grounded theory approaches to analyse 82 semi-structured, audio-recorded interviews. For each interview, the researcher obtained institutional ethical approval, and all appropriate ethical guidelines were followed for this research study (Cohen et al., 2018). Data collection began in 2014 when 20 HEI’s in Ireland were contacted. Initial data collection was through purposive sampling. As a result, 21 RPL Mentors from 14 different institutions participated in the interviews. The interview questions directly asked all the participants what assumptions were significant in the Recognition of Prior Learning? All the interviews were transcribed. The second set of interviews was carried out in 2015 in one HEI setting with assessors of RPL (n=31), and in 2016 the third set of interviews was carried out with candidates for RPL (n=30). The interviews with the candidates were in the same HEI as the previous year’s interviews with the assessors. The theoretical framework for this research supported the data analysis and brought further developments to Van Kleef’s (2007) model of RPL to position assumptions at the core of her model. This was informed by Shein’s (2004) model of organisational culture as it placed assumptions at the deepest level. Data analysis employed grounded theory methods, and memos were written after each interview was transcribed. Constant comparison of the data supported the researcher and guided further sampling. As the research proceeded theoretical sampling developed across the three years of interviewing, and in that time, the issues and most dominant open codes that emerged subsequently informed further data collection in the field. The analysis delivered three rounds of coding, open codes, focused codes, and theoretical codes. The initial open codes were descriptive. The second round of coding was more focused, and the data was brought into themes or conceptual categories. The abstract theoretical codes were used to frame the research findings. The findings brought the assumptions in RPL to the fore. The empirical evidence shows that there is an inter-dependant quality to the assumptions present in RPL and each of the participants respects that what is possible through RPL is only acceptable if the academic standards are safeguarded. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research concludes that the assumptions in RPL have an inter-dependant nature: what is possible through RPL, whether it is for non-standard access, advanced entry, or whether RPL is for credits, is only acceptable if the academic standards, the very currency of HE is not diluted. Society depends on HE to safeguard the academic standards and the programmes that are delivered across the qualification frameworks. The interrelated assumptions that were expressed in this research provides empirical evidence of the conditional nature of our assumptions about RPL. Assumptions drive our actions and having a better idea of what these forces are provides a more holistic understanding to provision for RPL accordingly. This research concludes that the distinct roles of each of the participants came across in the assumptions that they expressed. The strong assumption about upholding the academic standards by assessors reflects their ultimate responsibility, where the assessment of modules and the standards relating to this are a central concern. Interestingly, this was a concern for all, as all the participants assumed that the academic standards must be protected. Participants responsible for the RPL enactment, assessors and mentors held the assumption that the policy and procedures for RPL within the HEI provided a safe practice framework. Interestingly this assumption was not present in the data of the RPL candidate. This research concludes that the candidates’ assumptions were focused on what motivated them to engage with RPL. When candidates expressed the assumption that RPL would free up time, and that it meant that they would not have to repeat learning, they were reflecting the juggle of managing their studies in HE along with work and family commitments. Ultimately, if successful with RPL the candidate acquires significant cultural capital which publicly legitimises their knowledge, skills, and competencies and provides for choice in future. References 1.Charmaz, K. (2006) Constructing Grounded Theory; a practical guide through qualitative analysis. London: Sage. 2.Cohen, L., Manion, L., and Morrison, K. (2018) Research Methods in Education. 8th edition. New York: Routledge. 3.Friesen, N. (2011) ‘Endword: Reflections on research for an emergent field,’ in J. Harris, M. Brier & C. Wihak (eds.) Researching the Recognition of Prior Learning; International Perspectives, Leicester: NIACE, 325-328. 4.Hamer, J. (2016) ‘Assessment Philosophy: A Critically Conscious Tool for Ethical Skills Recognition,’ PLA Inside Out: An International Journal on Theory, Research and Practice in Prior Learning Assessment. 5.Schein, E. (2004) Organizational Culture and Leadership, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. 6.Travers, N. (2017) ‘Inherent tensions within the practices of prior learning assessment at SUNY Empire State College.’ in: Jelly, K. & Mandell, A. (eds.) Principles, Practices and Creative Tensions in Progressive Higher Education. Rotterdam, Boston, Tapei: Sense Publishers, 215-241. 7.Van Kleef, J. (2007) 'Strengthening PLAR: Integrating theory and practice in post-secondary education.' Journal of Applied Research on Learning, 1, 1-22. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) The Social Usefulness of Naturalistic Knowledge from Action Research for The Social Impact of Ibero-America 1Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco, México.; 2Universidad Autónoma de Yucatán, México.; 3Universidad de Granada, España.; 4Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco, México. Presenting Author:University development must be based on the exercise of solid planning with a defined direction, with timely monitoring and evaluation of the achievements obtained and challenges to be addressed that allow for continuous improvement. Link to the productive projects of the Innovation Agenda of the South-Southeast Region in Ibero-America to meet the demands of the social context. Through educational research, it will allow us to highlight cultural roots and define non-profit ethical positions related to the development of social innovation to operationalize the promise of leaving no one behind (Cabrera-Hernández, 2021; Natarén and Reyes, 2022; UN Sustainable Development Group, 2023). Action research in liberating education recognizes that human beings are conditioned, due to lifelong learning, reflected in the coherence between discourse and practice. On the one hand, there is the humanistic vision, supported by philosophers. and intellectuals at UNESCO (2020), that advocates a hermeneutic approach focused on the integral development of people. On the other hand, we find the utilitarian vision, supported by economists from the OECD (2010) and the World Bank (Ferreyra et al., 2021), which leans towards a more instrumental approach based on individual competencies for a world of work. . Our study identifies the processes of transfer of knowledge and values, located in educational practice, from the problematization of the contents, the analysis of reality, confrontation of the student through critical dialogue, and teaching the student to think critically about the contents, by which are designed two educational programs that address the social utility of knowledge. This dimension allows measuring the capacity to fulfill the function or social role expected of science and the production of knowledge to promote tertiary education in the Ibero-American region. (Cruz, 2020). Through the social usefulness of knowledge, it is necessary to ask how it should be approached from the didactic situation, so the questions are established: ¿What is the purpose of scientific knowledge and for whom is it beneficial? What relationships are promoted between teachers and students according to the various interpretations of the usefulness of knowledge? Who plays a role in defining the social utility of knowledge for social justice? Allowing us to structure the analysis of our study. It is recognized that scientific knowledge has the “capacity” to become a “resource or asset” for social agents who do not belong to the scientific field but carry out the work of teacher-researchers in emerging, possible, preliminary or transitory educational contexts. In particular, understanding what this concept implies in our research is related to the dimensions of social appropriation of knowledge, competencies, culture, environmental uncertainty and strategies (ASCCCIE) as a resource for educational management in action research processes: theoretical, methodological and practical (Elliot, 1993; Mertler, 2021). Answer: ¿What are the challenges of action research in sciences and arts in the ASCCIE educational context for the development of higher education in the south-southeast region of Mexico? Through the Critical Theory of Education, the historical-social character of higher education examines the relationship between the educational system and the structure of society through the intervention of university educational practice, understanding technological aspects, ideologies, educational objectives and responsibility. pedagogical, whose evaluation is in relation to practice (Horkheimer, 2000). The framework allows improving management and educational practice in Latin America through the application of the phenomenological-hermeneutic methodology in the educational experience of the university classroom, appealing to philosophical traditions (Van Mannen, 2003), fostering critical awareness and respect for individuality, and allowing the legitimacy of the teacher in the educational field for scientific research with the use of qualitative methods for educational emancipation (Denzin & Lincoln, 2018; Denzin et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is developed under the qualitative paradigm, studying phenomena in a naturalistic context with emphasis on depth, contextuality and complexity. Researchers study reality holistically, using multiple sources and data collection methods, paying attention to multiple voices, data triangulation, as well as member verification and informed consent, as part of the ethical aspects of research that contributes to its validity. Our study is based on four moments: (1) Literature Review (RL), which addresses Applied Hermeneutic Phenomenology (FHA) in the pedagogical area of the higher level, from the educational management structure, the teaching and educational perspective in the Latin American countries, allowing the identification of techniques and instruments in qualitative methods from the phenomenological approach; (2) the action research cycle is developed (Macintyre, 2000) through the design of the teaching program for two universities in the south-southeast region of Mexico: (a) Agile management of educational projects with qualitative methods; (b) Active methodologies in post-gradual programs in cooperation with the south-southeast for educational innovation, teaching identity and social significance, these postgraduate level programs are addressed from the areas of Humanities and Economic-Administrative Sciences, in four stages: Phase 1 : perception, understanding and evaluation of social problems; Phase 2: Interpretation and creation of an approach proposal; and Phase 3: Socialization and evaluation for work improvement; Phase 4: Community Exposure; (3) In the third moment, we collect the data obtained through participant observation through records, interviews and focus groups, where we apply the Phenomenological Epojé (PE) method to the lived experiences (Dodgson, 2023) and Post-photography: methodology based on lenses and forms of critical thinking based on practice from visual data collection (Hill, 2020). With MAXQDA 2022 software it is used to analyze the data and explore the benefits of the reduction technique. (4) Finally, an event is organized with the educational community to socialize the products obtained from the teaching program. Strengthening collaborative learning, from student-centered and research-based approaches. Teachers in classrooms in the third part of the 21st century use these strategies to teach critical skills, recognizing the technological, economic and social aspects of the environment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The phenomenological movement has considered higher education as training, since it focuses on personal development rather than the possession of knowledge. This movement promotes research to find better ways of learning and living, confirming the importance of designing programs to generate social utility of knowledge through the solution of national problems. Social innovations have flourished in the 21st century, developing intellectual connections, content practices and skills for social transformation. However, there are challenges in the leadership and motivation of emerging teachers, who must be considered for educational management, having relevance in the strategic planning and managerial decision making of HEIs through promotion of levels in the teaching career. , from the opening of new places and equal opportunities for the massification of education. In countries with low levels of GDP such as Mexico, the current young population has the highest levels of schooling in the country's history and educational levels among young teachers have reached equal conditions, although the economic participation of women has not yet been achieved. has increased substantially. Therefore, the social utility of knowledge for social justice requires new teachers to raise the innovation economy and face the technological era. This can lead to a sensitive variation in teachers' behavior, resulting in resistance to organizational change by HEIs. Our study uses reading as a tool to guide liberating knowledge, generating critical cognitive processes through the analysis of narratives, photographs and participant readings. Current philosophy requires strategic approaches to restructure graduate curricula and balance organizational and psychosocial factors that hinder academic performance. The impact of innovative educational practices, such as teaching-practice, intervention-research-action and educational-educational management, stimulates teaching performance and favors internationalization in HEIs. Educational administrative management is modernized from the context ASCCCIE, advancing historical-geographic visions with active and agile methodologies, and promoting educational policies for quality education and social inclusion. References 1.Cabrera Hernández, D., M. (2021). Investigación educativa e innovación tecnológica en el sur-sureste de México: rutas paralelas. Innovación Educativa, 21(86), 123-144. https://www.ipn.mx/assets/files/innovacion/docs/Innovacion-Educativa-86/investigacion-educativa-e-innovacion-tecnologica--en-el-sur-este-de-mexico.pdf 2.Cisneros, C. E., & Jiménez, L. R. (2023). Gestión ágil de proyectos educativos con métodos cualitativos [Programa de enseñanza]. Universidad Autónoma de Yucatán. 3.Cruz Aguilar, E. (2020). La educación transformadora en el pensamiento de Paulo Freire. Educere, 24(78), 197-206. https://www.redalyc.org/journal/356/35663284002/html/ 4.Denzin, N., & Lincoln, Y., S. (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. (5th ed). Sage Publications, Inc.http://www.daneshnamehicsa.ir/userfiles/files/1/9-%20The%20SAGE%20Handbook%20of%20Qualitative%20Research.pdf 5.Denzin, N., Lincoln, Y., S., Giardina, M., D., Cannella, G., S. (2023). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. (6th ed). Sage Publications, Inc. 6.Dodgson, J. D. (2023). Phenomenology: Researching the Lived Experience. Journal of Human Lactation, 39(3),385–396. https://doi.org/10.1177/08903344231176453 7.Elliott, J. (1993). El cambio educativo desde la investigación-acción. Ediciones Morata. 8.Ferreyra, M., M., Dinarte-Díaz, L., Urzúa, S., Bassi, M. (2021). La vía rápida hacia nuevas competencias: Programas cortos de educación superior en América Latina y el Caribe. Banco Internacional de Reconstrucción y Fomento/Banco Mundial. https://hdl.handle.net/10986/35598 9.Hill, R. (2020). Post-photography: Lens-based methodology and practice-led ways of critical thinking. LINK Conference Proceedings, 1(1),28. https://doi.org/10.24135/linksymposium.vi.9 10.Horkheimer, M. (2000). Teoría tradicional y teoría crítica. Paidós ICE/UA. 11.Macintyre, C. (2012). The art of action research in the classroom. David Fulton Publishers. 12.Mertler, C.A. (2021). Action Research as Teacher Inquiry: A Viable Strategy for Resolving Problems of Practice. Practical Assessment, Research & Evaluation, 26(19). 1-12. https://scholarworks.umass.edu/pare/vol26/iss1/19/ 13.Natarén-Nandayapa, C., F. & Reyes-Vázquez, A., A. (2022). La Educación Superior Inclusiva: Una perspectiva de la región Sur-Sureste. Universidad Autónoma de Chiapas. https://crss.anuies.mx/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/EDUCACIONSUPERIOR_INCLUSIVA_2022.pdf 14.OCDE. (2010). Acuerdo de cooperación México-OCDE para mejorar la calidad de la educación de las escuelas mexicanas. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/46216786.pdf 15.UN Sustainable Development Group. (2023). Operationalizing leaving no one behind good practice note for un country teams. https://unsdg.un.org/es/download/5578/685 16.UNESCO. (2020). El enfoque de Aprendizaje a lo Largo de Toda la Vida: Implicaciones para la política educativa en América Latina y el Caribe. Organización de las Naciones Unidas para la Educación, la Ciencia y la Cultura. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373632_spa.locale=es 17.Van Manen, M. (2014). Phenomenology of Practice. Meaning-Giving Methods in Phenomenological Research and Writing. California: Left Coast Press Inc. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315422657 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Acting Beyond Disciplines: Post-disciplinary Future of Higher Education Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Research Question Outline In an era marked by complex global challenges, from climate change to health crises, the imperative for innovative and collaborative solutions is paramount. This urgency foregrounds the role of interdisciplinarity within European Higher Education Institutions (HEIs), positing it not merely as an academic ideal but as a crucial framework for addressing the multifaceted problems of our time. However, the gap between the theoretical valorization of interdisciplinarity and its practical application in Higher Education remains a significant barrier. My doctoral research endeavors to bridge this chasm by exploring the question I would like to raise in Ignite Talk: How can European HEIs effectively actualize interdisciplinarity, transforming it from a conceptual ideal into a sustainable, practice-oriented approach that fosters collaboration across disciplines to address the pressing challenges of our age? Theoretical Framework Grounded in the postmodern paradigm, this research underscores the fluid, pluralistic nature of knowledge and reality, challenging the rigid boundaries that have traditionally defined academic disciplines. Central to this inquiry is the theory of social constructivism, which posits that knowledge is co-constructed through social interactions and cultural contexts. This perspective is pivotal for understanding interdisciplinarity, as it highlights the importance of cultural, institutional, and political factors in shaping interdisciplinary practices. Social constructivism also emphasizes the role of dialogue and collaboration in the construction of knowledge, suggesting that a true interdisciplinary approach requires not just the blending of disciplines but the creation of new, co-constructed understandings that transcend individual disciplinary perspectives. Inspiration and Implication My doctoral research is driven by the conviction that interdisciplinarity holds the key to addressing the complex challenges of our time. By redefining interdisciplinarity within a post-disciplinary context, this study aims to propose actionable strategies for its effective implementation in HEIs, thereby enhancing academic collaboration and fostering a more inclusive, innovative educational environment. The findings of my research will not only shed light on the barriers to effective interdisciplinarity but also provide a roadmap for HEIs to navigate these challenges, fostering a culture of collaboration that transcends disciplinary boundaries. In doing so, this study will inspire a reimagining of higher education, one that embraces the uncertainty of our age as an opportunity for innovation, collaboration, and transformative learning. Why Ignite Talk? I believe in vocalizing the ideas. I believe in giving the voice to the unheard or silenced ones. I will share compelling data from focus groups among HE actors in Lithuania, offering a nuanced conceptualization of interdisciplinarity and drawing attention to its post-disciplinary future. Through this exploration, we will ignite a conversation about the power relations,potential of interdisciplinarity to not only advance academic knowledge but also to equip learners and educators with the tools to collaboratively address the pressing global challenges of our time, fostering a sense of hope and resilience for the future of Higher Education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In my doctoral reseach I chosen the mixed-methods sequential explanatory design (Creswell et al. 2003) where quantitative methodology (survey) is followed by qualitative methodology (focus groups) in the framework of triangulation (Denzin 1970, Flick 2012). 1. Explorative in-depth interviews - in order to create a survey. 2. Survey - to set the ground data for explaining the phenomena of interdisciplinarity. 3. Focus groups - to study how the meanings, interpretations, and narratives of interdisciplinarity are socially constructed during group interactions. 4. Conceptual Analysis - for data analysis. 5. Data triangulation - to access a deeper understanding of the phenomenon within different data groups. In this Ignite Talk I will share the rich data gathered in 6 focus groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main aim is to conceptualise the interdisciplinarity and vocalise the experience of HE actors (students, professors, administrators). In broader context I expect to prove that interdisciplinarity shouldn't be only a decoration to HE strategy, but a sustainable everyday practice that requires not only political will but also the active participation of HE actors. I would also like to introduce the concept of post-disciplinarity with the idea that traditional disciplinary boundaries in HE are becoming increasingly blurred, and that new and innovative forms of interdisciplinary education are needed. References * Beyer, L. (2000). The postmodern university. Cultural Studies, 14(1), 47-57. * Creswell, J. W., V. L. Plano Clark, M. Gutmann, and W. Hanson. 2003. Advanced mixed methods research designs. In Handbook on mixed methods in the behavioral and social sciences, ed. A. Tashakkori and C. Teddlie, 209-240. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. * Davies, M., & Devlin, M. (2010). Interdisciplinary higher education. In Interdisciplinary Higher Education: Perspectives and Practicalities (pp. 3–28). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. * Denzin, N. (1970) The research act. Chicago: Aldine. * Flick, U., Garms-Homolova, V., Herrmann, W., Kuck, J., & Röhnsch, G. (2012) "I can't prescribe something just because someone asks for it..." using mixed methods in the framework of triangulation. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 6(2): 97-110. * Lyotard, J.F. (1984). The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Manchester: Manchester University Press. * Smith, M. K. (2008). Postmodernism and Education. Routledge. * Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Addressing Future Uncertainty in Competence Development by Adopting Complex Systems Approach: the Case of Translator Education Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:This study seeks to contribute to the emerging post-positivist discourse in translation studies by challenging currently prevalent approaches towards translator competence development from a post-structuralist complex systems perspective. If translation studies curricula of higher education institutions (HEIs) were focused on a broader development of the mindset necessary for the reality-yet-to-come, instead of the development of predefined sets of translator skills and capabilities, then future translators would be better equipped for contexts characterised as a VUCA world (Bennis and Nanus 2003) – the world of volatility, uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity. However, currently, translator education is based on translator competence models that are linear, structured and mainly focused on know-how rather than on knowledge (Hébrard 2013) due to various factors: they are grounded on constructivist theories, translator education is market-orientated, technologies evolve faster than our theories, and HEIs are slow in change.
Among diverse professional landscapes, translators are an indicative example of competence development as subject to the technological advancement and overall future uncertainty. Firstly, translation, both as a discipline and a profession, has a long history of being subject to the implications of technological developments and this dates back to the Georgetown-IBM experiment in 1954 aimed at machine translation (MT) research. Secondly, handling uncertainty is an inherent part of translators’ work (i.e., navigating the challenges to produce accurate and contextually appropriate translations), thus, competence development for uncertain professional working environments is at the core of translator competence. And yet, due to the prevalence of neural MT and LLM-based technologies, many graduates need to upskill already right after they have completed their studies. Therefore, the underlying research question raised in this study is how future uncertainty could be incorporated into translator education. To address that, this study aims to re-conceptualise the notion of translator competence based on the post-structuralist complex systems approach by defining competence development as a complex system.
What has the theoretical background of complex systems theories to offer to the European educational domain? Competence development in the European Higher Education Area has occupied the focus of many international debates on curricula, assessment and education in general (European Commission 2019, OECD 2017). Throughout Europe, the focus on competence assessment has been shifting from mere measurement of pre-defined sets of skills to the evaluation of much more complex abilities that are ingrained in real-world contexts (Koeppen et al. 2008). As major educational domains keep moving beyond the long-standing linear, hierarchical and top-down attitudes towards learning and teaching, the understanding of the new dynamics of education can benefit from complexity-informed approach (Biesta 2020), which is increasingly more apparent across many disciplines and professions (Byrne and Callaghan 2014). Concequently, this complexity-informed standpoint also reflects an ontological turn that is underway in the current paradigm of translator education and HE in general. It calls for viewing students “as persons, not merely knowers” (Barnett 2004), or in a post-modern sense, insists upon a shift from what learners develop or acquire to who they become (Dall‘Alba and Barnacle 2007). As the understanding of what kind of knowledge and competencies are necessary for daily life and employment is rapidly changing (The World Economic forum 2020), and the focus is shifted towards the unpredictability of what learners may need to be able to do in the future (Markauskaite et al. 2022), translator education is expected to undertake a transformative role first and foremost by equipping future translators with the disposition to reflect on becoming and being a translator in this era of digital technologies and rapid change rather than focusing on the mere acquisition of translation skills and capabilities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The design of this study relies on qualitative research methodology implemented in two steps: (1) concept mapping of complex systems literature, and (2) thematic analysis of literature on translator competence development. Firstly, literature review is carried out shedding light on studies addressing complex systems in the field of educational sciences (Davis and Sumara 2008, Mason 2008, Jacobson 2020, etc.) and translation studies (Kiraly‘s (2015) model of translator competence as a co-emergent phenomenon, Massey‘s (2019) co-emergent learning, Marais and Meylaerts’ (2022) emergentist approach towards translation, etc.). This part of the research intends to provide a concept map (Novak 1995) of the underlying qualities of a complex system that will serve as the basis for the conceptual model of translator competence as a complex system. Secondly, thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke 2021) is performed, focused on the exploration of (1) documents which serve as guidelines for translation study programmes across the EU (competence frameworks, ISO standards, etc.), and (2) currently existing translator competence models (PACTE group (2003), Göpferich (2009), EMT (2009, 2016, 2022)). The major objective of this part of the study is to both identify the major constituents of translator competence and to depict their dynamics by organising them into a model of translator competence as a complex system, based on the concept map carried out in the first part of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study sheds light on how complex systems approach could be adopted in translator education as a means to address future uncertainty by redefining competence development. As literature review suggests, the epistemology of complexity thinking expands translator educators‘ views of competence acquisition and encourages them to break free from linearity, reductionism and expectations of predictability, and lean on to openness, self-organisation and emergence (Lewin (1993), Holland (1998), Cilliers (2002)). The study reasons that even though currently existing translator competence models recognise the multi-faceted nature of translation and the manifold skills it requires, they tend to undermine their complexity by merely focusing on sets of translation skills and capabilities, which, as indicated by thematic analysis, often are assessed as the major learning outcomes, such as language proficiency, cultural and technical competencies, interpersonal, communication and project management skills, etc. In addition, the concept map, which was built based on the literature review of a post-structuralist complexity-informed learning approach, identified the underlying components which could assumably constitute the complex system of translator competence. The concept map includes essential concepts of complex systems that revolve around uncertainty, such as systems agents, interactions, systems levels, emergence, non-linearity, feedback loops, dynamic behaviour, self-organisation, resilience, and adaptability. The major outcome of this study – a model of translator competence as a complex system – is yet to be built. The model is intended to re-arrange the identified constituents of translator competence around the uncertainty-related concepts of the conceptual complexity map. The overall conclusions of this study also shed light on the onto-epistemological shift in translation studies that is waiting to dawn and certain epistemic fluency and inner epistemic resourcefulness (Markauskaite and Goodyear 2017) which may be crucial for the reality-yet-to-come not only among the graduates of translation studies but among students of almost any study programme. References Barnett, R. 2004. Learning for an Unknown Future. Higher Education Research & Development 23 (3): 247–260. Bennis, W., Nanus, B. 2003. Leaders: Strategies for Taking Charge. New York: Harper Business. Biesta, G. 2020. Educational research: An unorthodox introduction. London: Bloomsbury. Braun, V., Clarke, V. 2021. Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. London: Sage Publications. Byrne, D., Callaghan, G. 2014. Complexity theory and the social sciences (2nd ed.). Routledge. Cilliers, P. 2002. Complexity and Postmodernism: Understanding Complex Systems. London: Routledge. Dall’Alba, G., Barnacle, R. 2007. An Ontological Turn for Higher Education. Studies in Higher Education 32 (6): 679–691. doi:10.1080/03075070701685130. Davis, B., Sumara, D. 2008. Complexity and Education. Inquiries into Learning, Teaching, and Research. New York: Routledge. European Commission. 2019. Key Competences for Lifelong Learning. European Union. European Master‘s in Translation (EMT). 2022. Translator Competence Framework. Directorate-General for Translation, Brussels. Accessed March 14, 2023. https://commission.europa.eu/news/updated-version-emt-competence-framework-now-available-2022-10-21_en Göpferich, S. 2009. Towards a model of translation competence and its acquisition: the longitudinal study TransComp. Copenhagen studies in language: 11-37. Jacobson, M. 2020. Complexity Conceptual Perspectives for Research About Educational Complex Systems. The Journal of Experimental Education, 88:3, 375-381. Kiraly, D. 2015. Occasioning Translator Competence: Moving Beyond Social Constructivism Toward a Postmodern Alternative to Instructionism. Translation and Interpreting Studies, 10(1): 8-32. Koeppen, K., Hartig, J., Klieme, E., Leutner, D. 2008. Current Issues in Competence Modelling and Assessment. Journal of Psychology, Vol. 216(2): 61–73. Marais, K., Meylaerts, R. 2022. Exploring the Implications of Complexity Thinking for Translation Studies. New York: Routledge. Markauskaite, L., Goodyear, P. 2017. Epistemic Fluency and Professional Education Innovation, Knowledgeable Action and Actionable Knowledge. Dordrecht: Springer. Mason, M. (ed). 2008. Complexity theory and the Philosophy of Education. Oxford: Wiley Blackwell. Massey, G., 2019. The Bigger Picture: Experiential Learning from the Classroom to the Organisation. In Don, K., Massey, G. (eds) Towards authentic experiential learning in translator education, Cambridge Scholars Publishing. Novak, J. D. 1995. Concept mapping: A strategy for organizing knowledge. In S. M. Glynn & R. e. a. Duit (Eds.), Learning science in the schools: Research reforming practice, 229-245. New York: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. OECD. 2017. Global competency for an inclusive world. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. PACTE. 2003. Building a Translation Competence Model. In Alves, F. (ed.) Triangulating Translation: Perspectives in Process Oriented Research, Amsterdam: John Benjamins. The World Economic Forum. 2020. Schools of the future. Defining new models of education for the fourth industrial revolution. World Economic Forum. http://www3.weforum. org/docs/WEF_Schools_of_the_Future_Report_2019.pdf. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 B: Didactics Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anna Aleksanyan Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “Self-Study is Like an Expedition”. Using Metaphors to Understand Lecturers' Concepts of Self-Study in Higher Education Teaching University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:Being able to learn independently is indispensable for successfully organizing your time at university. Individual learners are influenced by the teaching practices in higher education, which are often primarily shaped by university lecturers. However, ideas about the design and requirements of self-study often remain vague for this group (Gerber, 2023). One way to address this challenge is to familiarize lecturers with different conceptual understandings and design dimensions of self-study, particularly in light of the fact that the German-speaking scientific discourse on concepts of self-study has so far been largely independent of the rich theoretical and empirical work on related concepts such as self-directed, self-regulated, and self-organized learning (e.g. Dyrna, 2021). Thematizing own ideas and concepts of self-study, especially from an international comparative perspective, seems to open up new opportunities to contribute to the further development of self-study in the European Higher Education Area. Such thematization and reflection were undertaken with lecturers from Germany and Ukraine as part of three workshops on higher education didactics. Based on the theoretical assumption that metaphors, in particular, have an influence on thinking, speaking, and action (Lakoff & Johnson, 2003), the hypothesis can be derived that the metaphors used by university lecturers to describe self-study reflect their ideas of academic teaching and learning and have an impact on their didactic activities. Lakoff and Johnson (2003) propose that our "unreflected everyday actions [Author's translation.]" and our "everyday language [Author's translation.]" are largely structured by metaphorical concepts. In the following, a metaphor is understood as a transfer of meaning "from one area to another" (Schmitt, 2017, p. 39). A "metaphorical concept" is a bundling of corresponding individual metaphorical phrases and formulations (Schmitt, 2017). Rau and Kosubski (2019) view metaphors in learning and educational contexts as having the potential to express individual and collective ideas about specific topics linguistically and to make them accessible for reflection because they "bundle specific individual or cultural patterns of thought, perception, feeling, and action [Author's translation.]" (Schmitt, 2017, p. 52). The reconstruction of metaphorical concepts opens up opportunities for reflection regarding the linguistic means of one's own didactic expressiveness as well as the everyday language of certain target groups (Rau & Kosubski, 2019). The potential of metaphors as tools for reflection is being discussed and examined, particularly in the English- and German-speaking debate in higher education didactics (e.g. Ekoç-Özçelik 2022; Scharlau, 2020; Bager-Elsborg & Greve 2019; Wegner & Nückles, 2013; Visser-Wijnveen et al., 2009). The purpose of this qualitative study is to explore the perceptions and beliefs of university lecturers regarding the concept of self-study through the use of metaphors. In pursuit of this overarching goal, the research addresses the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample: Thirty-nine lecturers (35 women and 4 men) from Germany and Ukraine took part in this study. They were university lecturers who attended a workshop on digital teaching and the design of self-study, which was developed as part of the ViBeS project. The workshop was voluntary for all lecturers and took place in September 2022 and August 2023 at the University of Vechta in Germany and once digitally as part of a collaboration with Lesya Ukrainka Volyn National University in Ukraine. In the sample, 27% are employed as scientific staff, 27% as employees with a focus on teaching in higher education and 46% as professors. The participant groups had diverse discipline affiliations. They have been working in university teaching for between less than two years and more than twenty years. Instrument: During three workshops, the lecturers were instructed to create a metaphor that explicitly compared self-study to something else, using the format "Self-study is like...". They were also asked to provide an explanation for the chosen metaphor. These compositions served as the primary data sources for the study. Procedure: The process involved collecting metaphors and explanations during an asynchronous preparation phase for a synchronous workshop. Participants were given text fields to elaborate on explicit comparisons and to formulate corresponding explanations or interpretations of the selected metaphors in a learning management system. A total of 38 metaphors were formulated by the participating lecturers. During the workshop, the emphasis was on stimulating discussions based on the previously formulated ideas and confronting alternative views and perspectives on self-study. Additionally, the teachers engaged in developing and discussing a group metaphor using the think-pair-share method. Data analysis: Based on the outlined data collection, the aim of a metaphor analysis was to gain insights into the lecturers' concepts and the linguistic and didactic articulation options for describing self-study. For this purpose, metaphorical concepts of self-study (Schmitt, 2017) were reconstructed. The methodological implementation was based on the project by Rau and Kosubski (2019) on the analysis of metaphors for digital media. The analysis was carried out in three steps, which were iterated in a circular procedure: (1) Identification of the source domains and elements of the target domain; (2) Reconstruction of the transfers of meaning; and (3) Reconstruction of the metaphorical concepts. The processed data and results were discussed in a research group for communicative validation of various analysis steps. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The metaphors that emerged reveal a variety of original ways of expressing self-study. Most lecturers described self-study as a process. Some of these processes had a specific goal (e.g. preparing for a half marathon), while others were ongoing processes (e.g. cycling through different landscapes) or were conceptualized with an uncertain outcome and path (e.g. walking in darkness; making a first parachute jump without an instructor). Only a few participants directly described their role as lecturers in the context of self-study (e.g. as advisors or supporters). The initial results and the workshop concept appear promising for the professional development of university lecturers for two reasons. The reconstructed metaphorical concepts emphasize different aspects of academic teaching and learning in the context of self-study and express them metaphorically. For example, the concept "SELF-STUDY AS EXERCISE/TRAINING" focuses on the acquisition of knowledge and skills in the sense of the appropriation metaphor of learning (Wegner & Nückles, 2013). In contrast, the concept "SELF-STUDY AS VISIBLE MOVEMENT (WITH SUPPORT)" conceptualizes self-study as more student-oriented, giving students more choice in their learning process and seeing lecturers as supporters. The (international) comparative consideration of the different concepts thus offers various opportunities for discussion and reflection on the design of self-study in an age of uncertainty. On this basis, it is possible to discuss the consequences for the professionalization of university lecturers in media and higher education didactics regarding the design of cooperative and collaborative learning in self-study, and to derive concrete implications from the results for workshops. References Bager-Elsborg, A., & Greve, L. (2019). Establishing a method for analysing metaphors in higher education teaching: A case from business management teaching. Higher Education Research & Development, 38(7), 1329–1342. Dyrna, J. (2021). Selbstgesteuert, -organisiert, -bestimmt, -reguliert? Versuch einer theoretischen Abgrenzung. In J. Dyrna, J. Riedel, S. Schulze-Achatz, & T. Köhler (Eds.), Selbstgesteuertes Lernen in der beruflichen Weiterbildung: Ein Handbuch für Theorie und Praxis (pp. 84–106). Waxmann. Ekoç-Özçelik, A. (2022). Metaphors as Trails of University English Language Instructors’ Perceptions about Emergency Remote Teaching in Turkey. TEFLIN Journal - A Publication on the Teaching and Learning of English, 33(2), 257. Gerber, L. (2023). Was ist Selbststudium? Gestaltungsdimensionen des Selbststudiums im erweiterten Bildungsraum. In H. Rundnagel & K. Hombach (Eds.), Kompetenzen im digitalen Lehr- und Lernraum an Hochschulen (Vol. 140, pp. 83–93). wbv Publikation. Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (2003). Metaphors we live by. University of Chicago Press. Rau, F., & Kosubski, I. (2019). «Digitale Medien sind wie Pilze»: Eine Analyse studentischer Metaphern zu digitalen Medien. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift Für Theorie Und Praxis Der Medienbildung, 36, 81–96. Scharlau, I. (2020). Fachkulturen unter der Lupe: Metaphern in Reflexionen über die Lehre. Hochschuldidaktik im Spiegel der Fachkulturen, 6(25), 376–387. Schmitt, R. (2017). Systematische Metaphernanalyse als Methode der qualitativen Sozialforschung. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Visser-Wijnveen, G. J., Van Driel, J. H., Van Der Rijst, R. M., Verloop, N., & Visser, A. (2009). The relationship between academics’ conceptions of knowledge, research and teaching – a metaphor study. Teaching in Higher Education, 14(6), 673–686. Wegner, E., & Nückles, M. (2013). Kompetenzerwerb oder Enkulturation? Lehrende und ihre Metaphern des Lernens. Zeitschrift Für Hochschulentwicklung, 8(1), 15–29. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Preschool Education: Fundamental Brick in the Wall. Teachers' and Parents' Perspective Federacja Akademii Wojsk., Poland Presenting Author:By the the age of Uncertainty I understand the knot of recently experienced: economic crises, global warming, pandemics, technological development, wars, and mass migrations. All these contribute to the necessity of posing the question on the aim of education again. My research question is: how do adults, who are directly responsible for children’s development, (i.e. parents and teachers), understand the aim of preschool education and their role in it? What values, attitudes and competences they find fundamental in that regard, and how they define them. I place special emphasis on preschool education. Evidence overwhelmingly demonstrates that experiences from birth through age 5 are critical to children’s development (Wechsler, 2016). At the same time, preschool children are unknowingly thrown into education and these are adults who are responsible for delivering the best possible raising up conditions. On one hand, research indicates important elements of high-quality early childhood education programs. These include, among others:
These high-quality building blocks should be the foundation of any early childhood education system (Wechsler, 2016). On the other hand, there is a gap between academic research and the way that preschool education is organised and provided in different countries. Also, the growing consensus that preschool quality matters greatly for children’s outcomes focuses mainly on school entry readiness and academic achievement over the subsequent four years (Newman, 2022). Various schools that are providing early childhood education have been found exceeding their limits and putting unnecessary pressure and academic burden on pre-schoolers by stressing on formal teaching of reading, writing and number work. These practices appear to have encouraged parents to subject children in the age-group of 3-6 years to the pressure of formal education. It is very important for both parents and teachers to understand that they have a valuable contribution to make towards development of children at early years without burdening the young mind. My expected outcome is to unveil parents’ and teachers' Subjective Concepts of Meanings of aims of preschool education. Capturing the differences and similarities in the subjective perception of reality can be used to redefine the role of the preschool teachers, refresh curriculum and teaching methods. Outcomes need to be compiled with the current interdisciplinary research and core curricilum which indicates the purpose of preschool education, the preventive and educational tasks of a preschool education setting and the results of the tasks achieved by children at the end of preschool education Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study addresses the concept of preschool education - its purpose and curriculum. It is not an analysis of what preschool education is, but how adults responsible for raising children at the age 3-7 (parents and teachers) understand it. How they define their roles and best possible education for children. The research method is phenomenography, which was first introduced by Ference Marton and his colleagues in 1970. The focus of phenomenography is on what is known as the second-order perspective and the different ways that people can experience the same phenomenon. My research assumes interviews with two groups of adults responsible for children's education - parents of 3-7yo and preschool teachers. Idealistic-subjectivist orientation. I focus on what is subjective, local,unique, i.e. on the phenomena analysed in the context of the lives of subjects. I remain in the interpretative –systematic paradigm analysis of social meanings created by people in their natural conditions of functioning, with a view to understanding and interpreting how people create and understand the world in which they function. The research sample started in the public kindergarten in Gdańsk and is extended by the snowball efect. I am considering extending it to other European countries in the future. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Investment in education and the consequent increase in the role and quality of education systems is one of the key objectives of the Europe 2020 strategy. Equipping young people with the skills and qualifications necessary for active participation in today's world is therefore a key responsibility in the educational system. We don’t need no thought control. The conclusions from the pilot studies has revealed that both groups - parents and teachers of children of 3-7 years old in Poland pointed out that critical thinking is one of the crucial competences to be shaped. According to the fast speed of world changes they declare that they want children to be able to think independently and trust themselves. Learning ability and good communication skills appeared several times in interwievs. Teachers, don't leave them kids alone! Also the emotional development, ability to cope with problems and ‘inner strength’ were emphasised. ‘Won't be easy to break’, ‘manage with life’ - might be interpreted as resilience. Interviewed adults want kids to be able to make friends and cooperate in the future. They put an impact on relations. Teachers define their role as leaders, assistants, supporters. Next step is to extend the study to other European countries in order to get the enlarged view of values, key competencies and attitudes offered in the preschool curiculum. References Marton, F. (1986). Phenomenography—A Research Approach to Investigating Different Understandings of Reality. Journal of Thought, 21(3), 28–49. http://www.jstor.org/stable/42589189 Newman S.,McLoughlin J.,Skouteris H., Blewitt C.,Melhuish E. & Bailey C. (2022) Does an integrated, wrap-around school and community service model in an early learning setting improve academic outcomes for children from low socioeconomic backgrounds?, Early Child Development and Care, 192:5, 816-830, DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2020.1803298 “Building a National Early Childhood Education System That Works.” Learning Policy Institute, March 2021. p. 1. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED614493.pdf Wechsler, M., Melnick, H., Maier, A., & Bishop, J. (2016). The building blocks of high-quality early childhood education programs. Learning Policy Institute. https://learningpolicyinstitute.org/product/building-blocks-high-quality-early-childhood-education-programs. Chaudry, A., Morrissey, T., Weiland, C., & Yoshikawa, H. (2017). Cradle to Kindergarten: A New Plan to Combat Inequality. Russell Sage Foundation. Reid, J. L., kagan, S. L., Hilton, M., & Potter, H. (2015). A better start: Why classroom diversity matters in early education. Century Foundation and the Poverty & Race Research Action Council. https://tcf.org/content/commentary/a-better-start-why-classroom- diversity-matters-in-early-education/; Ansari, A., Pianta, R. C., Whittaker, J. V., Vitiello, V. E., & Ruzek, E. A. (2019). Starting Early: The Benefits of Attending Early Childhood Education Programs at Age 3. American Educational Research Journal, 56(4), 1495-1523. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831218817737 McCoy, D. C., Yoshikawa, H., Ziol-Guest, K. M., Duncan, G. J., Schindler, H. S., Magnuson, K., Yang, R., Koepp, A., & Shonkoff, J. P. (2017). Impacts of Early Childhood Education on Medium- and Long-Term Educational Outcomes. Educational Researcher, 46(8), 474-487. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X17737739 Understanding Early Childhood Education,Prepared for The School Superintendents Association, Hanover Research, 2022, https://www.aasa.org/resources/resource/understanding-early-childhood-education Fenomenografia jako strategia jakościowa w badaniach pedagogicznych nad edukacją dzieci / Agnieszka Nowak-Łojewska (Wydział Nauk Społecznych. Instytut Pedagogiki. Zakład Badań nad Dzieciństwem i Szkołą). Brzezińska A., Nauczyciel jako organizator społecznego środowiska uczenia sie Nowak-Łojewska A., Kompetencje kluczowe w edukacji dzieci. Od deklaracji do realizacji |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 C: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Sound Perception in the Dialect-Standard Continuum of German University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:In language courses, a near-standard variant and pronunciation is often used, whereas in everyday life in the everyday environment of learners, different variants of the majority language (in this case German) must be heard and decoded, whereby phoneme perception and differentiation play an essential role not only for the initial acquisition of German, but also for linguistic interaction in later phases, so that decoding problems on the part of speakers and listeners can be reduced. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample for the planned study will be compiled with the help of language courses. For this purpose, the relevant institutes must be contacted and participants "recruited" who can take part in the study. For this purpose, it is important to determine certain reference points such as region of origin, languages of origin, duration of language contact, language level, educational background and the age of the participants as a prerequisite for access. This key data should be recorded in the form of a short interview as a language biography and serve as support for the evaluation. A survey instrument is to be created for the realisation of the study. As the data is to be collected using minimal pairs, these are to be played as audio samples. For the audio samples, minimal pairs, spoken by people with the East-Central Bavarian dialect, are to be recorded and then played to the participants for differentiation. The survey instrument is to be piloted before the study is carried out. Improvements can then be made. Once the final survey instrument and the survey period have been finalised, the survey can be carried out. These are words that usually have the same number of morphemes but only differ in one phoneme and therefore have a different meaning. They are used to demonstrate that these two sounds represent two different phonemes in the language and therefore make a difference in meaning. The aim is to investigate whether the phonetic difference is perceived in minimal pairs and whether there are implications for the participants' languages of origin. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Without awareness of the continuum, this could lead to significant communication difficulties, especially in informal conversational situations, as participants may misinterpret local dialects due to the change in pronunciation. For effective communication, it is important to avoid such misunderstandings (due to the decoding process) and to promote accurate interpretation of linguistic expressions in different regional contexts. In addition to avoiding decoding problems, the goal is linguistic flexibility: by correctly mapping the phonemes of the dialect-standard continuum, learners can effectively vary and adapt their linguistic skills in different social contexts. It is to be expected that the sounds that are familiar to the participants from their own native languages will also be correctly understood and that phonemes that are unfamiliar to them will present a challenge in terms of perception and will thus be assigned to a sound that is familiar to them, even if it does not correspond to the sound originally heard. Another assumption is that speakers of different languages belonging to the same language group perceive phonemes in a similar way. The work is intended to show that auditory speech comprehension, especially in the context of the dialect-standard continuum, is a complex process that requires careful perception and interpretation of the sounds. References -Boada, Richard ;Pennington, Bruce (2006): Deficient implicit phonological representations in children with dyslexia F.NEW YORK: Elsevier IncJournal of experimental child psychology,2006, Vol.95 (3), p.153-193 -Field, John (2008): Listening in the language classroom. Cambridge. -Gunsenheimer, Birgit (2009): Brünner Hefte zu Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Jahrgang 2, Nummer 1. 41-53. -Krammer, Lisa (2022): Formen, Verwendungen und Funktionen von Sprachvariation. Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik. De Gruyter. Hrsg: Jan Gerwinski, Stefan Hauser, Vivien Heller, Saskia Kersten, Katharina KönigS.30-63. Band 2022 Heft 76. -Neeb, Yvonne; Isberner Maj-Britt; Knoepke Julia; Naumann, Johannes; ; Richter, Tobias (2015): Phonologische Verarbeitung von gesprochener und geschriebener Sprache. Waxmann Verlag -Solmecke, Gert (2010): Vermittlung der Hörfertigkeit. In: Krumm, Hans-Jürgen/Fandrych, Christian/Hufeisen, Britta Riemer, Claudia (Hg.): Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache. Ein internationales Handbuch. 1. Halbband. Berlin/New York, 969-975. Spiegel, Carmen (2009): Zuhören im Gespräch, in: dies. /Michael Krelle (Hg.), Sprechen und Kommunizieren. Entwicklungsperspektiven, Diagnosemöglichkeiten und Lernszenarien in Deutschunterricht und Deutschdidaktik, Baltmnnsweiler 2009, S. 189– 203. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teaching in Transit: Discursive Practices in Language Education Programmes on the Periphery of Europe and their Implications for Adult Education Universität Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:People on the move frequently spend months or even years in the condition of “waiting” (Conlon 2011) in so-called “transit countries” on the periphery of Europe, such as Serbia and Bulgaria (Panayotova & Petrova 2020; Galijas 2019; Lukic 2016; Kogovsek Salamon 2016). This happens mostly due to political aspirations to limit immigration from Africa and the Middle East, the totality of which can be conceptualised as „geopolitical whiteness“ (Rexhepi 2023).The Balkans, which have historically been crucial to European bordering processes along ethnic and religious lines, are still an important site for border-making and identity-construction in the present day (ibid.: 7). These processes have sharpened following the most recent forced migration movement from Ukraine (Açit 2022). Arguably, one of the most fortified borders runs right through the heart of the Balkan peninsula, demarcating the inside and the outside of the European Union. This reality results in highly different legal frameworks regarding migration. Regulations such as the Dublin Regulation[1], which apply in Bulgaria but not in Serbia, lead to different reception conditions and different strategies employed by forced migrants. These in turn impact aims, requirements and provisions regarding language education programmes. It has been established that civil society actors are crucial for adaptation processes of forced migrants (Galera et al. 2018; Spencer & Delvino 2018; Stock 2017; Van Dyk, Dauling & Haubner 2015), and states rely on civil society to provide necessary services (Tietje et al. 2021; Lorey 2012). This is even more pronounced in transit countries (Norman 2019: 43). In Serbia and Bulgaria there are currently no public programmes for language education as part of public migration policy, as opposed to most EU states at the core of Europe (Simpson & Whiteside 2015). Instead, adult education programmes are facultative and offered exclusively by civil society organisations. Due to historical developments and the aforementioned geopolitical positions the civil society organisations working in the field of forced migration vary widely between Serbia and Bulgaria. In Serbia the landscape is comprised mostly by local NGOs, many of which are rooted in the humanitarian crisis following the Yugoslav wars in the 90s, while in Bulgaria global NGOs such as Caritas or the Red Cross are most relevant. This project explores how ideologies about language(s) are governing discursive practices in spaces of civil society organised adult language education courses and how they can affect participants’. Specifically, the project combines a micro-analysis of communicative practices in different language classrooms (see: Heller 2015; Kern et al. 2015) with extensive analysis of interview data generated in conversation with teachers, learners and programme managers. In accordance with the principles of critical ethnography (Madison 2005), the aim is to map the language related rules and norms in the classroom, as well as the (self-)positioning of participants within the community of practice. Exploring Bourdieu’s sociolinguistic concepts of (il-)legitimate speech (see e.g.: Bourdieu 2017) and more recent perspectives on “raciolinguistic ideology” (like Rosa & Flores 2015) and “linguicism” (Dirim 2010), the project aspires to show discursive practices reinforcing and/or contesting linguistic stigmatization and racialised perceptions of the self and others. [1] Council Regulation (EU) No 604/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013, Official Journal of the European Union L180/31 Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following data collection methods are used: classroom observation and qualitative semi-guided interviews. More specifically, the following data are analysed: 1 Observation protocols and sheets focusing on the interaction structure and language related discursive practices in four different civil society organisations. 2 Interviews with language class participants learners, focusing on individual linguistic repertoires, language learning experiences, strategies and attitudes towards language learning. 3 Interviews with language teachers, focusing their use of students’ linguistic repertoires, experiences in teaching heterogenous groups and dealing with multilingual classrooms as well as their reflection on the teacher’s role in the learning environment. 4 Interviews with the programme managers of each organisation, focusing on the aims and conditions of the language education programme, the curriculum, eligibility and choice of participants as well as major obstacles in providing civil society organised adult education. Nexus analysis (Norris & Jones 2005; Jocuns 2018), also known as mediated discourse analysis (Scollon 1998; Scollon & Wong 2013) is used as (meta-)methodology (Hult 2017). Discourse is hereby understood as recurrent and systematic ways of interacting and performing social identities (see: Norris & Jones 2005: 10). Like critical discourse analysis, nexus analysis uses discourse as a window through which social problems can become visible (ibid.: 9). However, contrary to critical discourse analysis, the research subject of mediated discourse analysis is not discourse itself, but its role in concrete social interactions (ibid.:10). The project described here aims to show which language related discourse(s) are influential on different levels of classroom interaction. Such a combination of methods is considered particularly well-suited for analysing ethnographic data in the area of language policy (Wodak & Savski 2018), and has been applied effectively for the analysis of classroom interaction in recent years (Hoch 2019). While nexus analysis is used as methodology, framing both research design and process, for the micro-analysis of interview data the project will use mapping methods informed by situation analysis (Clarke et al. 2022; Wolf & Wegmann 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While the theoretical body on linguicism and raciolinguistic ideologies is growing, few of the reviewed contributions has yet sought to link this new body of research to Bourdieu’s theory of habitus. Combining these theoretical approaches might contribute towards a better understanding of the embodiment of habitus and its social construction in the context of race. Hence, the study could potentially contribute towards filling a theoretical gap, which is necessary for understanding raciolinguist practices and combatting racism in and beyond education. Additionally, exploring this interrelation in the understudied context of transit countries potentially poses a highly relevant contribution to critical postcolonial scholarship because the Balkans have been historically, and are still, a region where bordering processes between Europe and “the rest” are taking place. This prospect becomes ever more relevant as diversity within populations and the forced migrant population itself is growing. Further, the findings are expected to show considerable differences to discursive practices in countries such as Austria or Germany, with compulsory public language education programmes (see: Integrationsvereinbarung 2017; Zuwanderungsgesetz 2004). Such policies and corresponding programmes in Austria and Germany have received manifold criticisms (Plutzar 2010; Dorostar 2013; Heinemann 2017; Rosenberger & Gruber 2020). One important aspect refers to the curricula for language and cultural learning, which tend to omit not only the realities of protracted migration processes and multiple displacements (including multiple stopovers in transit zones), but also reproduce colonial images of the “migrant other” (Muftee 2015; Kittl 2020) and mostly fail to make use of existing language competences and language repertoires (Busch 2017). The results of this project will contribute to address some of the important criticisms that integration policies and language programmes have received in Austria and Germany by researching language education programmes in transit countries and their potential for enhancement of participants’ agency. References Apostolova, R. (2016), The Real Appearance of the Economic/Political Binary: Claiming Asylum in Bulgaria. Intersections. East European Journal of Society and Politics, 2(4): p. 33-50. Bourdieu, P. (2017): Sprache. Berlin [Suhrkamp]. Busch, B. (2017): Mehrsprachigkeit. Wien [facultas]. Clarke, Adele, Washburn, Rachel & Friese, Carrie (2022)2: Situational Analysis in Practice. Mapping Relationalities Across Disciplines. Routledge/New York & London. Conlon, D. (2011), Waiting: Feminist perspectives on the spacings/timings of migrant (im)mobility, Gender, Place & Culture, 18, pp. 353–360. Dirim, I. (2010): „Wenn man mit Akzent spricht, denken die Leute, dass man auch mit Akzent denkt oder so.“ Zur Frage des (Neo-)Linguizismus in den Diskursen über die Sprache(n) der Migrationsgesellschaft. In: Mecheril, Paul/Dirim, Inci/Gomolla, Mechtild/Hornberg, Sabine/Stojanov, Krassimir (Eds.): Spannungsverhältnisse. Assimilationsdiskurse und interkulturell-pädagogische Forschung. Münster [et al.]: Waxmann, S.91-113. Flores, N. & Rosa, J. (2015): Undoing Appropriateness: Raciolinguisitc Ideologies and Language Diversity in Education. In: Harvard Educational Review (85/2). Galera, G./ Giannetto, L & and Noya, A. (2018), The Role of Non-state Actors in the Integration of Refugees and Asylum Seekers, OECD Local Economic and Employment Development (LEED)Working Papers 2018/02. Galijas, A. (2019): Permanently in Transit. Middle Eastern Migrants and Refugees in Serbia.In: Südosteuropa 67(1), S. 75-109 Kern, F./Lingnau, B. & Ingwer, P. (2015): The construction of ‘academic language’ in German classrooms: Communicative practices and linguistic norms in ‘morning circles‘. In: Linguistics and Education 31(2015), S.207-220.. Kogovsek Salamon, N. (2016): Asylum Systems in the Western Balkan Countries: Current Issues. In: International Migration 54 (6), S. 151-163. Lukic, V. (2016): Understanding Transit Asylum Migration: Evidence from Serbia, International Migration 54 (4), S. 31-43. Madison, D.S. (2005): Critical Ethnography: Methods, Ethics and Performance. Thousand Oaks CA: Sage. Norman, K. (2019): Inclusion, exclusion or indifference? Redefining migrant and refugee host state engagement options in Mediterranean ‘transit’ countries. In: Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 45(1), p. 42-60, DOI: 10.1080/1369183X.2018.148220 Panayotova, S. & Petrova, D. (2020): Republic of Bulgaria – Transit Country for Refugees. In: Trakia Journal of Sciences 18, S. 460 – 466. Rexhepi, P. (2023): White Enclosures. Racial Capitalism & Coloniality along the Balkan Route. Durham / London: Duke University Press. Simpson, J. & Whiteside, A. (2015, Eds.): Adult Language Education and Migration: Challenging Agendas in Policy and Practice. London & New York / Routledge. Spencer, S. & Delvino, N. (2018): Cooperation between government and civil society in the management of migration: Trends, opportunities and challenges in Europe and North America, COMPAS. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Effectiveness of Marzano's Instructional Strategies in Teaching Argumentative Essays Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Argumentative writing is a critical genre that involves justifying and supporting a position on an issue or topic with reliable evidence. They aim to persuade the audience by providing logical reasons for a belief or idea. Studies have shown that students often struggle to write rebuttal paragraphs and maintain an academic tone while developing their argumentative essays (Ozfidan& Mitchell, 2020). Marzano's teaching strategies are known to have a significant impact on student learning, especially when they are well organised, systematically applied and properly assessed in class (Akdeniz, 2016; Marzano, 2003). Marzano's nine strategies include setting goals and providing feedback, reinforcing effort and providing recognition, cooperative learning, homework and exercises, questions, hints and advance organisers, summaries and notes, recognising similarities and differences, creating and testing hypotheses, and using non-linguistic representations (Marzano et al., 2007). These strategies, based on research on effective teaching, have been widely studied in the United States, but not in the Kazakh context, particularly in the area of teaching argumentative writing. This study aims to fill this gap and potentially extend the application of Marzano’s strategies to other educational contexts. This study aims to assess the effectiveness of Marzano's instructional strategies in enhancing the writing skills of students in 11th grade English and 8th grade Kazakh language courses. By focusing on argumentative essay writing, the research seeks to understand how these strategies can improve students' writing abilities in different language contexts. Objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposed study will adopt a single-group intervention methodology, focusing on 11th grade students enrolled in an English course and 8th grade students in a Kazakh language course. This approach is designed to assess the effectiveness of Marzano's instructional strategies in enhancing argumentative essay writing skills. The intervention, spanning a period of four weeks, will involve a detailed module on argumentative essay writing, underpinned by Marzano's instructional methodologies. Key to the study's methodology is the collection of both quantitative and qualitative data. Quantitative data will be gathered through pre-test and post-test assessments. These tests are designed to objectively measure the writing skills of the students before and after the implementation of Marzano's strategies, allowing for a direct comparison of their effectiveness. In addition to these tests, qualitative data will be obtained through a series of structured interviews and surveys. These will be conducted with students across different proficiency levels - categorized as A, B, and C - both prior to and following the intervention. The interviews aim to delve deeper into the students' personal experiences, challenges, and perceptions regarding argumentative essay writing in their respective language courses. Surveys will further supplement this by providing broader insights into the common difficulties faced by students in learning and improving their writing skills in English and Kazakh. The analysis of this data will be twofold. For the quantitative aspect, a comparative analysis of the pre-test and post-test results will be conducted. This will provide a clear picture of the improvements or changes in the students' argumentative essay writing skills, attributable to the instructional strategies employed. The qualitative data from interviews and surveys will undergo thematic analysis. This approach will help in identifying recurring themes, patterns, and insights regarding the students' experiences and the impact of the instructional strategies on their learning process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate the effectiveness of Marzano's instructional strategies in improving argumentative essay writing skills across different languages. It will also provide insights into the specific challenges faced by students in writing argumentative essays and how these can be addressed through targeted instructional methods. References Akdeniz, C. (Ed.). (2016.) Instructional process and concepts in theory and practice: Improving the teaching process. Singapore: Springer. Ozfidan, B., & Mitchell, C. (2020). Detected Difficulties in Argumentative Writing: The Case of Culturally and Linguistically Saudi Backgrounded Students. Journal of Ethnic and Cultural Studies, 7(2), 15–29. https://www.jstor.org/stable/48710081 Marzano, R. J., Marzano, J. S., & Pickering, D. (2003). classroom management that works: Research-based strategies for every teacher. ASCD. Marzano, R. J. (2007). The art and science of teaching: A comprehensive framework for effective instruction. Alexandria, VA: The Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster An Exploration of Meaning-making around Belonging and Transforming at University amongst Black, Asian and minority ethnic undergraduate Business School students University of Hertfordshire, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Within higher education, it is acknowledged that a sense of belonging is paramount to student engagement which ultimately impacts student success (Thomas, 2012; Kahu et. al. 2022). More recently, the concept of ‘mattering’ (Flett, 2018; Gravett, 2021) as an aspect of belonging has come to the fore, focusing on students’ sense of personal value to staff and peers rather than simply a sense of fitting in with a group. Diminished sense of ‘belonging’ has been linked to poorer academic outcomes for racially minoritized students than for white students in the UK (HEFCE, 2015; Millward, 2021). In addition, post-92 universities seek to provide a transformational learning experience to enable social mobility and increase access, participation and success amongst minoritized, marginalised and non-traditional students, but what exactly does it mean to belong and transform, and how do racially minoritized students make-meaning of these concepts in their learning context? This study focuses on the lived experiences of racially minoritized undergraduate students within a post-92 Business School in the south-east of England. Exploring the immediate and extended environment of students’ lived experiences through their own photographs and metaphorical interpretations of these, factors which hinder or enable a sense of belonging and/ or transforming are examined and discussed. Employing an arts-based methodology with reference to decolonising methodologies (Tuhiwai Smith, 2012) and Critical Race Theory, the study uses photo-elicitation and collage as methods to access deeper reflections on experience and situations which may go unnoticed or be dismissed (Hughes & Giles, 2010), thereby ‘making the invisible visible’ (Samatar et. al., 2021 p4). Through the creation of metaphors, and participants’ own interpretations of these, whiteness and patterns of oppression and resistance are identified using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun and Clark, 2006 & 2022; Terry and Hayfield, 2020). Whilst the research is contextually situated and conducted in the year post-Covid, the findings will have relevance to all universities looking beyond the headline statistics on ethnicity degree awarding gaps and drop-out rates to understand the lived experiences of students othered as ‘non-white’ in European higher education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Eleven undergraduate Business School students were recruited to participate in the study, following several promotions of the project during the Semester A induction period in 2022, and several personal student referrals from tutors. The participants all identified as either Black, Asian or from a minority ethnic background. Five participants identified as male and six as female. All were in either the second or final year of their bachelor’s degree in the same Business School. Photo-voice methods were selected to give agency to participants in determining which aspects of their subjective world to represent and how (Mannay, 2016), to capture atmospheres and feelings (Allen, 2020) and make it easier to discuss sensitive issues (Kara, 2015). The eleven undergraduates spent a week taking photos of anything in their student life which resonated with ‘belonging’ or ‘not belonging’ at the university, or with ‘transforming’ or ‘not transforming’ at the university. Following this, each attended an audio-recorded discussion of their photos with the researcher. The second stage of data gathering involved the use of non-stick collage as a vehicle for accessing deeper reflections on experience. A few months after the individual interviews had concluded, all eleven participants were invited to a group session (either an online session using Canva software for digital collaging, or an in-person session in a university art room using non-stick resources). Ten of the eleven participants attended the group sessions which were audio-recorded. These group sessions served to gather further reflections on experiences discussed in the individual interviews, allow participants to cross validate shared experiences and emotions (Blaisdell, Santos Dietz & Howard, 2022) and to ask each other questions about their experiences. All recordings of the interviews and the group collaging activities were then transcribed and analysed using NVivo software following the Reflexive Thematic Analysis framework (Braun and Clarke, 2006;2022). Data familiarisation and coding has been completed and theme generation will be ongoing throughout Spring 2024, with discussion of findings (conclusions) anticipated in April/ May 2024. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings following data familiarisation and initial coding demonstrate a picture of individual endeavour, punctuated by isolation and loneliness, and insecure friendships at university. Large parts of the dataset relate to issues of struggling alone, feeling excited and proud to come to university but the reality of student life being more one of exclusion than inclusion. Mitigating factors which increased belonging included positive relationships with staff, lasting peer friendships and a sense of student community. Whilst the usual ups and downs of student life are expected for all undergraduates, for racially minoritized students entering the UK higher education system, issues of social safety, representation, fairness, trust and feeling valued impact their sense of belonging, regardless of whether they join from overseas or from UK communities. The findings thus far point towards a linear relationship between belonging and transforming, which is impacted by race. All participants identified how they had transformed as a result of coming to university, and some of that transformation had been achieved by persevering through the harder times, the social exclusion and the struggles with peers, to go on and achieve a future they feel proud of. Pride in the academic endeavour and the fulfilment of potential came through in the data, as well as pride in the institution. Feelings of being their authentic self, becoming viable professionals in the world of business and pushing themselves out of their own comfort zone were all given as examples of having transformed. The positive support of staff in keeping students on track, helping with wellbeing and academic support, and believing in their abilities were received as signs that the university ‘cares’ and this was seen to be important in feeling a sense of belonging and achieving transformation. References Allen, L (2020) Schools in Focus: photo methods in educational research. In Ward, M.R.M. and Delamont, S. (2020) Handbook of Qualitative Research in Education. 2nd edn. Cheltenham, Gloucestershire: Edward Elgar Publishing Limited. Blaisdell, B, Santos Dietz, S. and Howard, C. (2022) The Secret Hurt: Exposing the Visceral Nature of Whiteness in the Academy, Educational Studies, 58:4, 474-494, DOI: 10.1080/00131946.2022.2087656 Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), pp.77-101. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic analysis: a practical guide. Los Angeles: SAGE. Flett, G (2018) The Psychology of Mattering: Understanding the Human Need to Be Significant, Elsevier Science & Technology, San Diego. Gravett, K., Taylor C. A. and Fairchild, N. (2021) Pedagogies of mattering: re-conceptualising relational pedagogies in higher education, Teaching in Higher Education, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2021.1989580 Hughes, Robin, and Giles, M. (2010) CRiT Walking in Higher Education: Activating Critical Race Theory in the Academy. Race Ethnicity and Education 13 (1): 41–57. doi:10.1080/13613320903549685 Kahu, E. R., Ashley, N., and Picton, C. (2022) Exploring the Complexity of First-Year Student Belonging in Higher Education: Familiarity, Interpersonal, and Academic Belonging. Student Success, Vol 13(2) https://doi.org/10.5204/ssj.2264 Kara, H. (2015) Creative Research Methods in the Social Sciences: A Practical Guide, 1st edn, Policy Press, Bristol. Mannay, D. (2016) Visual, narrative and creative research methods. London: Routledge. Millward, C. (2021) Race and ethnic disparities in higher education – diagnosis demands prescription of a cure. Office for Students, 29 Nov 2021. Available at:https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/news-blog-and-events/blog/race-and-ethnic-disparities-in-higher-education-diagnosis-demands-prescription-of-a-cure/ [Accessed: 31 Jan 2023] Terry, G. And Hayfield, N. (2020). In:Handbook of Qualitative Research in Education, edited by Michael R. M. Ward, and Sara Delamont, Edward Elgar Publishing Limited, 2020. ProQuest Ebook Central, https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/herts/detail.action?docID=6317815. Pp430-441 Thomas, L (2012). Building student engagement and belonging in Higher Education at a time of change: final report from the What Works? Student Retention & Success programme. Higher Education Academy. Available at: https://s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/assets.creode.advancehe-document-manager/documents/hea/private/what_works_final_report_1568036657.pdf [Accessed 23 Jan 2023] Tuhiwai Smith, P.L. (2012) Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples. 2nd edn. London: Zed Books. Samatar, A., Madriaga, M. and McGrath, L. (2021) No love found: how female students of colour negotiate and repurpose university spaces, British Journal of Sociology of Education, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2021.1914548 |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 D: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Gypsy, Roma and Traveller Engagement in Early Childhood Education and Care: A European Systematic Review University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:European policy has made efforts to extend education and care resources and accessibility to Gypsies, Roma and Travellers. However, there is still seemingly low engagement with education and care services from the GRT population, this may be due to fundamental underlying problems that need systematic research to identify. Despite attempts by European policy to solve the lack of educational engagement and poor educational trajectories, 50% of GRT children in Europe do not complete primary education, and 25% complete secondary education (Council of Europe, 2020). The GRT population make up the most predominant ethnic minority group in Europe. There is a lack of conciseness to census data on Gypsy, Roma and Traveller population figures possibly due to their nomadic lifestyle, a non-representational choice of ethnicity to choose from, or distrust in reporting ethnicity at all in fear of discrimination (Rutigliano, 2020). Despite difficulties in census attainment across Europe, it is estimated more than 10-12 million individuals identify with being a part of the Gypsy, Roma, Traveller population (European Commission, 2020). This community has endured undeniable intergenerational trauma in the form of discrimination, racism, exclusion and unequal access to educational and care resources. Travellers and Roma people across Europe have historically been reported to have lower levels of attainment with higher levels of school absenteeism and school withdrawal. The European Union Agency of Fundamental Rights reports 36 % of GRT individuals have difficulty reading the national language of their country while nearly half (43 %) have difficulty writing it. Barriers that oppress and discourage GRT from engaging within education in the first place, such as lack of representation and bullying due to cultural differences must be addressed in order to understand how policy can be informed more accurately to improve uptake of education and care resources. An important dimension of this systematic review is the emphasis on early childhood education and care engagement and uptake within the Gypsy, Roma and Traveller population. A family and child's early experience or past experience within an education system can set the tone on how willing the family is to engage with resources and opportunities presented. This systematic review will focus specifically on early childhood engagement within the Gypsy, Roma and Traveller community across Europe. The first 3 years of life are an especially sensitive period of time for brain development. After birth a young child's brain rapidly produces synaptic connections based experiences of their external environment. A young child's brain reaches approximately 1,000 trillian synaptic connections by about age 3 which is double of what is present in an adult's brain (Halfon et al., 2001). This stage of early development presents a window of opportunity for expansive brain growth and lifelong foundational development. Care settings such as preschool and community settings along with family home life all possess points of interaction for the child's brain structure to produce and build skills in cognitive, social, attention and self regulation (Yoshikawa et al., 2013). Evidence points to a positive impact in young children, especially minorities, in engaging with quality early childcare services. Early childhood education can increase lifelong educational success rates along with narrowing poverty and equity gaps (Wilder et al., 2008). Yet the GRT participation rate in early childhood education is nearly half that of the majority mainstream population (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights, 2016). Analyses conducted in this review will potentially be able to pinpoint recurring themes across GRT accounts that may be responsible for facilitators or barriers of engagement that can in turn inform policy and practice at the European level within early childhood education and care. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For a well grounded analysis, this systematic review will be informed by the PRISMA statement and guidelines (Moher et al., 2009) along with reliable quality assessment tools. Selection Criteria: Inclusion criteria included: -Early Childhood Education and Care Refers to any regulated arrangement that provides education and care for children from birth to compulsory primary school age, which may vary across the EU (European Commission) -Roma, Gypsy Traveller Roma, Gypsies and Travellers (GRT) have been used to describe a range of ethnic groups or people with nomadic ways of life who are not from a specific ethnicity (government UK) -Continent of Europe Continent of Europe and surrounding islands -Peer Reviewed -Published in English Exclusion Criteria: -Occupational Travellers -Travellers who do not identify with the ethnicity or cultural component of a migrant community -Parental home school The parent may not be the sole provider of early childhood education and care -Compulsory school Any literature pertaining to children in formal schooling including primary, secondary and higher education The following platforms were used to conduct the initial search using the search strings below. Ebsco, Proquest, and Wiley. Additionally, appropriate government and organisational websites were searched for grey literature. Search Strings “early childhood education” OR “early childhood education and care” OR “early child-care” OR “early education” OR “early-education” OR “pre-primary education” OR “pre-primary school” OR “pre-primary education”OR “childcare” OR “early childcare” OR “creche” OR “preschool*” OR “pre-school*” OR “pre school*” OR “child development* centre*” OR “nursery school*” OR “nursery education” OR “day nursery” OR “early child-care” OR “early childcare” OR “day care” OR “day-care” OR “day care centre*” OR “day-care centre*” OR “playgroup*” OR “playschool*” OR “pre-kindergarten” OR “pre-k” OR “prekindergarten*” OR “infant* school*” OR “early childcare* centre*” OR “early childcare setting*” OR “early child-care centre*” OR “early child-care setting*” OR “early childcare service*” OR “early child-care service*” OR “early education service*” OR “early year* education” OR “early-year* education” And “traveller*” OR “european gypsy” OR “gypsy” OR “irish traveller” OR “pavee” OR “english gypsy” OR “scottish gypsy” OR “welsh gypsy” OR “roma* gypsy” OR “hungarian gypsy” OR “vlach rom” OR “kalderash” OR “manouche” OR “sinti” OR “tattare” OR “kale” OR “kaale” OR “cale” OR “lavari” OR “ursari” OR “boyhas” OR “nachins” OR “luri” OR “abdal” Or “romanichel” OR ashkali OR “camminanti” OR “gitano” OR “roma-sinti” OR “yenish” OR “gurbeti” OR “churari” OR “ursari” Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The search resulted in 173 records identified for initial review after the removal of duplicates. Two authors (SP/RG) screened titles and abstracts of records independently based on the inclusion/exclusion criteria. Each source received a Yes/No/Maybe to determine eligibility (van Tulder et al., 2003). This left 58 records that were then screened at the full text level. Two authors (SP/SS) screened full texts which left 36 sources of data eligible to be included. Data extraction and preparation for synthesis is currently underway. Due to the high volume of qualitative data identifying through data extraction, I will be conducting a thematic synthesis of data (Thomas & Harden, 2008). Through NVivo I will be able to identify descriptive and analytical themes from the data that will emphasise the lived experiences of Gypsy, Roma and Travellers in Europe and the barriers and facilitators they face within early childhood education and care. References Council of Europe. (2020). Strategic Action Plan for Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020–2025). European Commission. (2020). EU Roma Strategic Framework for Equality, Inclusion and Participation for 2020–2030. European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights. (n.d.). (rep.). Roma and Travellers in six countries - Technical report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Halfon, N., Shulman, E., & Hochstein, M. (2001). Brain Development in Early Childhood. Building Community Systems for Young Children. Page, M. J., Moher, D., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & McKenzie, J. E. (2021). PRISMA 2020 explanation and elaboration: updated guidance and exemplars for reporting systematic reviews. bmj, 372. Rutigliano, A. (2020). Inclusion of Roma students in Europe: A literature review and examples of policy initiatives. Thomas, J., & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC medical research methodology, 8(1), 1-10. Women and Equalities Committee. (2019). Tackling the Inequalities Faced by Gypsy, Roma and Traveller Communities. London: UK Parliament Women and Equalities Committee.. Yoshikawa, H., Weiland, C., Brooks-Gunn, J., Burchinal, M. R., Espinosa, L. M., Gormley, W. T., ... & Zaslow, M. J. (2013). Investing in our future: The evidence baseon preschool education. Society for Research in Child Development. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Immigrant Youth’s Educational Pathways into and through Upper Secondary Education in Austria. A Longitudinal Perspective on Individual and Contextual Factors 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2Institute for Advanced Studies, Vienna Presenting Author:This paper presents empirical insights into the mechanisms that drive inequalities in young people’s educational trajectories in Austria. My research interest focuses on the transition patterns of immigrant youth (first and second generation) into and through upper secondary education. The empirical analysis is based on longitudinal register data covering a full cohort of students in the Austrian education system. These data allow for a fine-grained analysis of differences within the heterogeneous group of immigrant youth while paying attention to the context in which educational transitions are made. The following research questions are addressed: First, I explore how immigrant youth’s pathways into and through upper secondary educational tracks differ from those of their native peers, between girls and boys, and by country of origin. Second, I investigate the extent to which individual, school-level, and regional context variables can explain these differences in transition patterns. Austria is an example of a highly stratified education system where students are tracked into different educational pathways at a young age. Adolescents who reach the end of lower secondary education (typically at the age of fourteen) may either pursue general education or enter upper secondary vocational education and training (VET). Moreover, the VET sector comprises different options of fully school-based versus dual (apprenticeship) options leading to different levels of qualifications. In this context, moving from lower into upper secondary education marks a decisive transition for young people’s educational outcomes and future employment prospects. The high level of differentiation as well as the important role of VET make the Austrian education system a particularly interesting case for analysis. Conceptually, I rely on sociological theories of inequality in education and (immigrant) youth’s educational choices. Building on Boudon’s (1974) well-established distinction between primary and secondary effects of social origin, immigrant youth are assumed to attain lower average educational achievements than their native peers due to a lower socioeconomic status (SES) and additional barriers such as language skills (Diehl et al. 2016). At the same time, an immigrant background has been consistently associated with comparatively high educational aspirations (Kao & Tienda 1995; Rudolphi & Salikutluk 2021) manifested in ambitious educational choices (Dollmann 2021). Beyond the individual level, contextual factors such as school composition (Perry 2012) and regional opportunity structures (Becker et al. 2020) are also considered important determinants of young people’s educational opportunities and attainments. Based on a full cohort of students and the comprehensive information provided through administrative data, my analyses contribute to the existing literature in several ways. For the transition into upper secondary education, previous studies consistently show that young immigrants are overall more likely to enter academic tracks and less likely to enter VET than their native peers, once prior achievements are accounted for (Glauser & Becker 2023; Jonsson & Rudolphi 2011; Tjaden & Hunkler 2017). However, the extent to which so-called ‘ethnic choice effects’ differ along dimensions such as gender, country of origin, or SES has not been conclusively explored. Furthermore, there is a gap in understanding how and why immigrant youth’s transition patterns vary depending on the context in which decisions to pursue different educational options are made. Finally, recent evidence suggests that immigrant youth’s ambitious choices do not necessarily translate into favourable outcomes, but are also accompanied by higher dropout rates at the upper secondary level (Birkelund 2020; Dollmann et al. 2023; Ferrara 2023). Covering a period of seven years, the analytical strategy applied in this paper gathers new empirical evidence on how immigrant youth’s educational pathways develop beyond the point of entry into upper secondary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical basis for analysis is a longitudinal dataset that integrates information from various administrative registers. These data cover the educational and labour market trajectories of a full cohort of students in the Austrian education system for a period of 13 years. I study the cohort of young people who were 13 years old (typically in the final year of their lower secondary education) at the beginning of the school year 2013/14. This includes a total of 88.000 students, of which more than 20.000 have an immigrant background (9% first-generation and 13,7% second-generation immigrants). The dataset is ideal for the purpose of this study due to its large number of cases as well as the extensive and reliable information provided on young people’s backgrounds and trajectories. Sequence analysis and subsequent multilevel regression analyses are applied to answer the previously outlined research questions. In a first step, pathways into and through upper secondary education are mapped using sequence analysis (SA) (Raab & Struffolino 2023). This analysis is conducted for the full cohort based on annual information on individual educational status (i.e., the type of school attended) or labour market status (i.e., leaving the school system into the labour market, or dropout). The SA covers a period of seven years, starting with students’ final year of lower secondary education (typically the eighth school year, concluded at age 14). An optimal matching method (Biemann 2011) is employed to cluster educational pathways according to their similarity. The result of the SA is a typology of pathways. Corresponding to the first research question (RQ), the frequency of occurrence of these pathways is compared across different groups, defined by their gender (boys/girls), immigrant status (immigrant/native), and country of origin. Addressing the second RQ, the resulting clusters are used as categorical input for multinomial logistic regression analysis. I use a multilevel regression model to test the effects of and interactions between factors at three different levels, namely the individual, the school, and students’ home district. The variables of interest include students’ gender, immigrant status, migrant generation, country of origin, and family background (SES) at the individual level, and the aggregated composition according to students’ SES and immigrant background at school level. Regional opportunity structures in students’ home districts are operationalised based on various factors such as the degree of urbanisation, labour market conditions, and school infrastructure. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results of the sequence analysis indicate that what constitutes a typical pathway into and through upper secondary education varies not only between young people with and without an immigrant background, but also within the heterogeneous group of immigrant youth. This supports the assumption that the mechanisms postulated to explain immigrant youth’s comparatively high educational aspirations – including a so-called ‘immigrant optimism’, information deficits and an anticipation of future discrimination on the labour market – do not apply equally for all minority groups. Instead, transition patterns – e.g., the likelihood of pursuing vocational or general education, the stability or instability of educational pathways, and risks of dropout – vary along dimensions such as immigrants’ families’ countries of origin, migrant generation, and gender. By revealing how young people’s educational trajectories develop beyond the point of entry into upper secondary education, the SA yields new empirical insights concerning the implications that immigrant youth’s comparatively ambitious choices may have for their future educational outcomes. The complex interplay of individual, school, and regional level variables underlying differences in (immigrant) youth’s transition patterns is investigated in detail in the multilevel regression analysis. I expect school composition variables such as the share of students with an immigrant background or low SES to show significant effects in the regression analysis. Furthermore, I expect that measures of regional opportunity structures (e.g., labour market conditions and school infrastructure) constitute significant factors to explain group-specific differences in educational pathways. Ultimately, the results of this analysis will contribute to a better understanding of the mechanisms that drive inequalities in education. By shifting the focus from individual characteristics to structural factors at school and regional (district) level, these findings are also relevant to policy making targeted at promoting equal opportunities in education. References Becker R, Glauser D, Möser S. 2020. Determinants of Educational Choice and Vocational Training Opportunities in Switzerland. Empirical Analyses with Longitudinal Data from the DAB Panel Study. In Against the Odds - (In)Equity in Education and Educational Systems, eds. N McElvany, HG Holtappels, F Lauermann, A Edele, A Ohle-Peters, pp. 125–43 Biemann T. 2011. A Transition-Oriented Approach to Optimal Matching. Sociological Methodology. 41:195–221 Birkelund JF. 2020. Aiming High and Missing the Mark? Educational Choice, Dropout Risk, and Achievement in Upper Secondary Education among Children of Immigrants in Denmark. European Sociological Review. 36(3):395–412 Boudon R. 1974. Education, Opportunity, and Social Inequality: Changing Prospects in Western Society. New York: Wiley Diehl C, Hunkler C, Kristen C. 2016. Ethnische Ungleichheiten im Bildungsverlauf. Eine Einführung. In Ethnische Ungleichheiten Im Bildungsverlauf: Mechanismen, Befunde, Debatten, eds. C Diehl, C Hunkler, C Kristen, pp. 3–31. Wiesbaden: Springer VS Dollmann J. 2021. Ethnic inequality in choice‐ and performance‐driven education systems: A longitudinal study of educational choices in England, Germany, the Netherlands, and Sweden. The British Journal of Sociology. 72(4):974–91 Dollmann J, Jonsson JO, Mood C, Rudolphi F. 2023. Is ‘immigrant optimism’ in educational choice a problem? Ethnic gaps in Swedish upper secondary school completion. European Sociological Review. 39(3):384–99 Ferrara A. 2023. Aiming too high or scoring too low? Heterogeneous immigrant–native gaps in upper secondary enrolment and outcomes beyond the transition in France. European Sociological Review. 39(3):366–83 Glauser D, Becker R. 2023. Gendered ethnic choice effects at the transition to upper secondary education in Switzerland. Frontiers in Sociology. 8:1–12 Jonsson JO, Rudolphi F. 2011. Weak Performance--Strong Determination: School Achievement and Educational Choice among Children of Immigrants in Sweden. European Sociological Review. 27(4):487–508 Kao G, Tienda M. 1995. Optimism and Achievement: The Educational Performance of Immigrant Youth. Social Science Quarterly. 76(1):1–19 Perry LB. 2012. Causes and Effects of School Socio-Economic Composition? A Review of the Literature. Education and Society. 30(1):19–35 Raab M, Struffolino E. 2023. Sequence Analysis. Los Angeles: SAGE Rudolphi F, Salikutluk Z. 2021. Aiming High, No Matter What? Educational Aspirations of Ethnic Minority and Ethnic Majority Youth in England, Germany, the Netherlands and Sweden. Comparative Sociology. 20(1):70–100 Tjaden JD, Hunkler C. 2017. The optimism trap: Migrants’ educational choices in stratified education systems. Social Science Research. 67:213–28 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster To What Extent Do Parental Expectations Affect the Academic Performance of Students. 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in Astana, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Karaganda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The positive effects of parental involvement on students’ academic results are widely accepted by researchers worldwide. Over the last fifty years, psychologists and sociologists have paid close attention to the role of parents’ expectations in influencing children’s scholastic achievement. They have generally been determined to be crucial for children’s academic progress; however, due to the lack of comprehensive information on the vitality of expectations, academic performance tends to decline (Wilder, 2014). Various research suggests that students with high expectations from their parents tend to fare better academically and perform higher on standardized tests than students with relatively modest prospects from their parents. It has previously been observed by Wilder (2014) that parental expectations, among other influences, had the greatest effect on children's scholastic achievement. A Korean study revealed that, inversely, when opposed to parental participation, expectations had a relatively minor influence on a student’s self-efficacy (You et al., 2015). In addition, Gordon and Cui (2012) indicate that academic success in young adulthood was substantially correlated with adolescent gender, age, parental education, and family structure. These covariates are not accounted for in most studies, which limits their applicability. According to Yamamoto and Holloway (2010), despite the vast research work that has been done on parental expectations, the majority has concentrated on European American, middle-class families, and the studies have typically neglected to account for the role of race or ethnicity in shaping the variables. This study also revealed that different ethnic groups do not have parental expectations as their predictor of a student’s grades, contrasting with other research. As such, it is indicated that not enough research has been done on various racial groups, with none of the research being conducted in a Kazakhstani context. This research is being conducted to determine the difference in the GPA between students who have relatively high parental expectations and those who do not. The study aims to find a correlation between the variables collected through a survey, as well as to indicate how different social factors alter the results, specifically for adolescents in one NIS of Astana. It will also cover the effect of different types of expectations and the highest achieved results. MRQ: To what extent do parental expectations affect the academic performance of 11th-grade students? SQ1: How do factors such as a student’s gender, nationality, and parents’ education level impact parental expectations? SQ2: Parents have expectations regarding their child’s highest level of education, as well as the student’s grades. Which type of parental expectations affects GPA the most? SQ3: What is the optimal level of expectations required to maximize academic achievement? This study will contribute to the educational research field of Kazakhstan. Furthermore, given the major influence of parental expectations on students’ academic success, exploring this topic is essential to ascertain the correlation between the variables in a local context. This will not only provide comprehensive information for parents to adequately set prospects for their children but also affect the academic achievement in the student’s future education and career. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quantitative approach most accurately corresponds with the objective of this research. According to Creswell (2012), the characteristics of quantitative research include a description of tendencies or a clarification of the relationship between variables. The main variables of this study are parental expectations and scholastic success although the correlation between social factors and expectations, as well as among several expectation types is also considered. Furthermore, since this study will focus on precise measurements, complying with another feature that suggests quantitative research forms exact, restricted and measurable questions (Creswell, 2012). The target population of the study is 11th grade students of one Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) in Astana, a specialised school regarded as a testing ground for the adoption, execution and assessment of innovative educational program models (Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, n.d.). The perceived parental expectations of the pupils at this school may differ from those found in other research as a result of this specialisation. Consequently, this site presents a unique paradigm for examining parental aspirations and their relationship to students’ GPA. Regarding the participants, a sample size calculator was used to ascertain the number of respondents (Maple Tech. International LLC., n.d.); in total, 83 high-school students were sampled out of a population of 117 in order to have a confidence level of 90% with a margin of error within 5% of the surveyed value. Convenience sampling, a type of non-probability sampling, was applied because it allows the involvement of volunteering participants that consent to being examined, which is optimal for a study (Creswell, 2012). In addition, although this method cannot be used for constructing generalisations, it is appropriate for collecting descriptive data, such as the effect of parents’ expectations on students on a local level, so convenience sampling is suitable for this style of research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the answers collected via a survey, it could be inferred that students with higher expectations from their parents tend to have better academic results compared to those with lower expectations. Moreover, there is a notable gender difference in parental expectations, with female students having marginally higher expectations on average compared to male students, staying consistent with the research of Zhang et al. (2010) and Wilder (2014). The study also partially complemented the study of Spera et al. (2008), clearly deducing a positive correlation between parental education level and the level of academic aspirations they have for their children. Furthermore, GPA aspirations were found to be the most determining factor associated with academic performance; the other expectation types, however, showed no significant correlation. Overall, these findings suggest that setting high expectations for academic achievement has a positive impact on academic performance, which closely parallels the findings of Gordon and Cui (2012), You et al. (2015) and Ma et al. (2018). Despite this, some inconsistencies were found with the statements of Spera et al. (2008), Wilder (2014) and Boonk et al. (2018). Thus, the main hypothesis, stating that high parental expectations favourably affect GPA, was justified, and the major conclusions answered the research questions. References Annan, D. (2019). A Simple Guide to Research Writing. Stevejobs.education. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative (4th ed.). Pearson Education. Gordon, M. S., & Cui, M. (2012). The Effect of School-Specific Parenting Processes on Academic Achievement in Adolescence and Young Adulthood. Family Relations, 61(5), 728-741. doi:10.1111/j.1741-3729.2012.00733.x Wilder, S. (2014). Effects of parental involvement on academic achievement: a meta-synthesis. Educational Review, 66(3), 377-397. doi:10.1080/00131911.2013.780009 Yamamoto, Y., & Holloway, S. D. (2010). Parental expectations and children's academic performance in sociocultural context. Educational Psychology Review, 22(3), 189-214. doi:10.1007/s10648-010-9121-z You, S., Lim, S. A., No, U., & Dang, M. (2015). Multidimensional aspects of parental involvement in Korean adolescents’ schooling: a mediating role of general and domain-specific self-efficacy. Educational Psychology, 36(5), 916–934. doi:10.1080/01443410.2015.1025705 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Feedback Methods Used in the Teaching of Biology in International High Schools in the Czech Republic CHARLES UNIVERSITY PRAGUE, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Feedback Methods Used in the Teaching of Biology in International High Schools in the Czech Republic Onyedika Emmanuel Okpala Faculty of Education, Charles University, Magdaleny Rettigove 4, 116 39 Praha 1, Czech Republic. Emails: nuelwinner@gmail.com Despite the positive improvements reported in the Czech education system over the years, such as the increase of 16 percentage points between TALIS 2013 and TALIS 2018 in teacher engagement in professional development related to student assessment, evidence shows that improvement-focused teacher assessment still needs to be developed. For example, in 2015, only 34% of students were in schools where principals reported that student assessments were used to identify aspects of instruction that could be improved; this is lower than the OECD average of 59%. In addition, in the Programme for International Student Assessment 2018, students in the Czech Republic perceived teacher feedback on their learning to be among the lowest in the OECD, with index teacher feedback of -0.24 compared to an OECD average of 0.01[1]. Assessment can be defined as activities undertaken by teachers and their students, providing information that can be used as feedback to modify teaching and learning [2]. Effective feedback as a form of formative assessment encourages students to learn by enabling them to understand their strengths and weaknesses, leading to an improved outcome [3]. Evidence shows that participating in different formative assessment practices results in remarkable achievement in educational outcomes [4]. The main aim of this study is to investigate the feedback methods teachers use in teaching biology in Czech International schools. The study is theoretically informed by the work of sociologist John Meyer’s new institutionalism theory, published in 1977, and the Personal Practice Assessment Theory [5,6 ]. Qualitative research and multiple case studies will be used to investigate the teachers’ feedback methods. Four biology teachers will be recruited across four international schools in Prague, Czech Republic, with five student focus groups from each school. Primary data sources will include in-class observations, background or post-observation and student focus group interviews, while secondary data sources will include information from written assessments and the curriculum or syllabus for the course. All interviews (semi-structured) will be audio-recorded and later transcribed for further analysis. The data analysis approach will involve open, deductive coding. Software such as MAXQDA, which is used for qualitative data analysis, will be adopted for the coding. Triangulation of results, a qualitative research approach to evaluate the validity of research findings by the convergence of information generated from diverse sources, will be carried out. At the same time, the influence of bias and ethical issues will also be considered. The potential findings from this study will create the opportunity to discover the most frequent and best feedback method preferred by students in teaching biology and help modify or explore the theories and methods of feedback in teaching biology in high school. Dissertation aims. (1) To investigate the similarities and disparities in feedback methods used by biology teachers in the selected international schools in Prague, Czech Republic. (2) To investigate the nature and frequency of feedback among teachers and schools from a biology perspective. (3) To understand potential contextual elements or factors (internal and external) that may facilitate or create a barrier towards assessment by teachers. Research questions (RQs) RQ1 What are the similarities and disparities in feedback methods used by teachers within and across schools? RQ2 What are students’ perceptions towards feedback? RQ3 How do contextual elements (internal and external factors) hinder or facilitate teachers' feedback practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 2. 1. Epistemological Critical Realism and Attribution Theory in Qualitative Research: The combination of critical realism and attribution theory provides a different dimension in social reality. Attribution theory will enable the systematic identification of social phenomena and their causal mechanism; it explains the features of that mechanism and who/what is responsible for and affected by them. On the other hand, critical realism helps to differentiate causal mechanisms and generative forces that enable those mechanisms to be actualised and have an impact [5]. 2.2. Multiple case study approach: This study will use a multiple-case study approach. We will use a multiple-case study approach to investigate the teachers’ assessment (formative) practice [6]. 2.3. Recruitment strategies: To access the schools, teachers, and student focus groups, a letter will be written to the directors/heads of all the schools requesting access to the school classrooms, biology teachers, and selected students. 2.4. Choice and Number of Participants: Four or three experienced biology teachers with differing backgrounds and roles teaching upper-level biology courses and similar teaching experiences from four schools will be selected as case participants. 2.5. Data collection approach and sources (primary and secondary data source): Primary data sources will include in-class observation, background or post-observation interviews, and student focus group interviews. Background interviews may be conducted to discuss each teacher’s teaching beliefs/philosophy, assessment planning decisions, and reasoning behind the specific course module that will be observed. Some secondary data sources will include information from written assessments and the curriculum or syllabus for the course. All interviews in this study will be audio-recorded and later transcribed for further analysis. 2.6. The data analysis approach will involve open, deductive coding. Software such as MAXQDA, which is used for qualitative data analysis, will be adopted for the coding. 2.7. Cross-case analysis: It is important to compare results obtained across teachers, student focus groups, and schools to achieve reasonable generalisation. 2.8. Triangulation of results: Since the data will be obtained from multi-case studies in this research, it is essential to project the results into a common area where the data are melded and discussed using a triangulation approach to increase the credibility of the research findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The potential findings from this study will create the opportunity to discover the most frequent and best feedback method preferred by students in teaching biology and help modify or explore the theories and methods of feedback in teaching biology in high school. References References [1] OECD (2020). Education Policy Outlook Czech Republic. https://www.oecd.org/education/policy-outlook/country-profile-Czech-Republic-2020.pdf. [2] Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice.5: 7-74. [3] Muijs, D et al. (2014). State of the art – teacher effectiveness and professional learning. School effectiveness and school improvement. 25: 231-256. [4] Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning – A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. London: Routledge [5] Paul, D. (1998). The New Institutionalism: Avenues of Collaboration. Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics (JITE). 154 (4): 696–705. [6] Box, C., Skoog, G., & Dabbs, J. M. (2015). A case study of teacher personal practice assessment theories and complexities of implementing formative assessment. American Educational Research Journal, 52(5), 956–983. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831215587754 [7] Al-Sharif, R. (2021). "Critical realism and attribution theory in qualitative research", Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management, 16 (1), 127–144. [8] Yin, R.K. (2014). Case study research design and methods (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc 282 pages. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Teachers’ Perception about Conditions for Teachers’ Engagement in Action Research 1School-gymnasium #91, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2School-gymnasium #74, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-gymnasium #75, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The integration of action research into the teacher appraisal system in Kazakhstan emphasizes the pivotal roles of teachers as “teacher-researchers” and “master teachers”. In 2019, the initiation of the SHARE (School Hub for action Research in Education) by the Mayor of Astana city provided teachers from 22 Astana schools with opportunities to actively engage in action research. The collaborative effort involved coordination with Professor Colleen McLaughlin, Kate Evans, and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva. The Astana Department of Education Center for Education Modernization played a key role in coordinating and overseeing the project. The main aim of this initiative is to engage teachers in action research in school settings. Embracing the perspectives by Stenhouse and Elliott (1983, 1991) the initiative recognizes teachers as knowledge generators, acquiring insights through self-directed research in collaboration with critical friends within the school community. Thus, teachers together with students are the primary audience for teachers engaged in action research. The process requires teachers to approach their work with honesty, open-mindedness, and a critical mindset. This involves a commitment to openly examining their own practices as well as those of their colleagues. The overarching goal in mind is to enhance teaching and learning for students through a continuous and reflective improvement process. Emphasizing teachers as initiators in this process is crucial for academic and professional growth. British educators Stenhouse (1981, 1983, 1988) and Rudduck (1988) stress daily research for teachers, stating curriculum study is their prerogative. Implementing change involves learning processes, challenging beliefs, and attitudes (Altrichter, 2005). Mills (2012) emphasizes teachers as decision-makers in research, creating conditions for their investigations. Mills' hypothesis asserts that if teachers, students, and administrators don't think independently about their actions, schools won't improve. Hence, for the community of action researchers to sustain, it requires a recognition that the research teachers can thrive in an intellectually secure environment conducive to their work within the research domain (Samaras, 1950). The international literature highlights the importance of creating equitable conditions for teachers to voluntarily participate in action research. This involves clearly outlining intentions at the outset and maintaining transparency throughout the process, thereby enhancing the likelihood of realizing anticipated outcomes. Furthermore, it emphasizes the promotion of a teacher-driven process, empowering educators to take an active and leading role in shaping the trajectory of action research initiatives. In the academic year 2022-2023, 22 SHARE schools conducted action research with a focus on student engagement in classroom learning. The action research was organized around the four key action research concepts: exploring how the action research methodology help teacher to learn about their own practices, investigating whether teachers engaged in action research foster teacher leadership qualities fostered, examining if there are observable changes in teaching and learning resulting from teachers’ engagement in action research, and finally, examining whether conducive conditions were established to facilitate active engagement in action research in participating schools. Our team, representing three school-gymnasiums #74, #75, and #91, was assigned to explore conditions established for conducting action research on student engagement in classroom learning during the 2022-2023 academic year. Hence, the aim of this small-scale research is to provide insights into the conditions created by schools, teachers and community for the successful implementation of action research in the context.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study two primary sources of information were utilized: a literature review aimed at understanding the conditions necessary for individual teachers, groups of teachers, school communities, and collaborations with external experts to engage in action research; and a survey data collected within SHARE settings. For the literature review, a systematic approach was employed in English, Kazakh and Russian languages and guided by main key words for search. Google Scholar served as the primary source for literature search due to the restricted access to subscription -based databases in the schools. Survey data were collected via Google Forms, a decision guided by considerations such as time constraints and need to reach a substantial number of respondents. A questionnaire comprising thirteen questions, was collaboratively designed with three other teams researching SHARE domains. General information about the respondents, including their role in the student engagement project and in the SHARE project, was gathered for analysis purposes. Among the thirteen questions, two were specifically targeted teachers’ perception of the conditions created in their schools for engagement in action research. The survey was conducted anonymously. This approach aimed to encourage a greater willingness to share perceptions without fear of judgment or misunderstanding, ultimately seeking more accurate and truthful insights into the participants' perspectives. However, recognizing the potential limitations posed by narrow survey questions fully capturing the thoughts of participants about the concept under study, we intend to address this issue by complementing the data with one-to-one interviews and focus group meetings in the future. This will allow us to overcome potential limitations in the study design and ensure a more comprehensive exploration of participants’ perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings derived from the survey data, validated with 171 responses out of 228, indicate that SHARE teachers in the student engagement in classroom learning project acquired some degree of autonomy to establish necessary conditions to engage with the action research in their own school setting and beyond. Among the key findings: 80% of teacher-participants agreed that they have an opportunity to select their own critical friend. However, it should be noted that the school-based practice related to the lesson observation is very structured and is mandated by the order of the school principal who and when they attend the lesson. More than 90% of teachers reported having access to school-based trainings on action research conducted by the SHARE core team, whereas only little more than 50% reported having an opportunity to participate in trainings conducted by the Cambridge experts. Despite this, over 95% reported that they had an opportunity to participate in the SHARE mini conferences conducted with the participation of the Cambridge experts. Only 50% teacher-participants either fully or partially agreed that they have an opportunity to construct a timetable that accommodates time for discussion and reflections for all involved. The prevalent narrative of “lack of time” is commonly heard in schools. Addressing this challenge requires attention from school administration and decision makers at the level of subject departments. The examination of existing literature on the conditions for teachers' participation in action research revealed various ways of addressing the challenges teachers encounter. In conclusion, this small-scale study conducted by practitioners contributes to the discourse surrounding the importance of ensuring equitable conditions for voluntary teacher participation in action research, which in turn should contribute to the broader goal of empowering teachers as both researchers and leaders, ultimately enhancing teaching and learning experiences for all students. References Altrichter, H. (2005). Curriculum implementation–limiting and facilitating factors. Making it relevant: Context based learning of science, pp. 35-62. Germany. Elliott, J. (1993). Reconstructing Teacher Education. Teacher Development. London and New York: Routledge. Gay, L.R., Mills, Geoffrey E., Airasian, P. (2012). Educational research : competencies for analysis and applications (10th ed.). USA: Pearson Education, Inc. Rudduck, J. (1988). Changing the world of the classroom by understanding it: a review of some aspects of the work of Lawrence Stenhouse. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, Vol,4. No 1, 30-42. Samaras, Anastasia P. (1950). Self-study teacher research: improving your practice through collaborative inquiry. US: SAGE Publications, Inc. Stenhouse, L. (1981). Educational Procedures and Attitudinal Objectives: a Paradox. Journal of Curriculum Studies, Vol. 13, NO. 4, 329-337. DOI: 10.1080/0022027810130405 Stenhouse, L. (1983). The relevance of practice to theory. Theory Into Practice 22:3, 211-215, DOI: 10.1080/00405848309543063 Stenhouse, L. (1988). Artistry and teaching: the teacher as focus of research and development. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, Vol,4. No 1, pp. 43-51. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Exploring Education-to-work Pathways in Scotland: The Case of Foundation Apprenticeships University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Dual apprenticeship integrates classroom and work-based learning (WBL), promoting both theoretical knowledge and practical skills. Proponents, such as Beer and Meethan (2007), highlight its strategic advantage in customising skills training for industry demands and reducing youth unemployment. However, Guile and Okumoto (2007) highlight the importance of preventing employers from designing 'restrictive' skills content. In contrast, a lifelong skills approach favours transferable skills. Lassnigg (2011) calls for a balance between specific and broader educational goals. Capsada-Munsech and Valiente (2020) emphasise the necessity of both technical and ‘soft’ skills for successful employment and social integration. Central to the dual model is the assumption that WBL in competitive sectors confers an advantage in the labour market, aligning with Human Capital Theory (HCT) as championed by Becker (1962). HCT underscores education's role in developing individuals' skills and competencies to augment their "capital," an intangible asset of social and economic value, motivating individuals to enhance their capital for improved labour market positioning and increased earnings. A rationale for extending dual apprenticeship into earlier education levels emerges based on the perceived value of capital accumulation and the positive relationship between education, skills development, and labour market outcomes. Under this premise, participation in secondary-level dual apprenticeship allows individuals to build capital earlier, acquire practical skills, and gain industry-specific knowledge from a younger age, enhancing future employability and facilitating a more seamless transition into the labour market. Aggregate evidence suggests initial gains for vocational education and training (VET) graduates in terms of employability and earnings (Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019), but these advantages fade once university graduates enter the workforce (Brunello and Rocco, 2017). Low-level analyses reveal tracking mechanisms, formal or cultural, which amplify impacts of background factors such as gender and prior academic performance, exacerbating educational inequalities (Simon and Clarke, 2016; Smith, 2010). When the model moves to lower schooling levels, increased demand for WBL placements may give already privileged individuals an advantage, especially when employers hold the right to select apprentices since they may not be held to the same equality, diversity, inclusion, and accessibility standards as education bodies (Smith et. al., 2021). My study focuses on Foundation Apprenticeships (FA) in Scotland. I assess who benefits most or least from apprenticeship, taking contextual factors into account. This inquiry tests HCT assumptions about capital accumulation and socioeconomic outcomes. Research questions (RQ1-RQ3) explore post-FA outcomes, socioeconomic variations, and sectoral differences, and compare with other (post)secondary options, addressing the impact of dual training on younger apprentices. Several factors make the case of FA noteworthy. First, FA coexists with more vocationally oriented Modern Apprenticeships (MA), providing youth with a choice between more academic or workplace-oriented apprenticeship options. FA participants remain in school as students, while MA participants are classified as workers. Second, FA facilitates pathways into higher education, as its qualifications are recognised by Scottish universities. However, differences in the acceptance of sector-specific FA qualifications vary by educational institution. My study raises questions aimed at assessing the effectiveness of dual apprenticeship in building capital and tests HCT assumptions associating capital accumulation with socioeconomic outcomes by controlling for individual characteristics. I ask:
RQ1 explores variations in post-FA employment rates, income levels, and destinations across gender, region, and socioeconomic status. RQ2 addresses potential sectoral differences, acknowledging that different industries may exhibit varying outcomes related to FA participation. RQ3 directly compares the outcomes of FA with those of other (post)secondary options, e.g., apprenticeships at International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED) levels four and five. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Utilising statistical methods, I examine patterns of participation in FA across socioeconomic groups, analysing potential biases towards candidates from higher social class backgrounds amongst sectors. Investigating outcomes for individuals who have participated in FA versus other education options/levels can contribute to an assessment of whether there is a discernible advantage in employment, wages, and career advancement for individuals from certain social backgrounds. Exploring the intersection effects of social class with other demographic factors such as gender, socioeconomic status (using the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation/SIMD), or geography may identify compounded effects contributing to unequal opportunities. Finally, comparing FA/MA outcomes and selection processes with other educational pathways, such as higher education (HE), provides a broader context for understanding disparities. I investigate short to mid-term (<10 years) FA outcomes across sectors with existing secondary quantitative survey data. The Scottish Household Survey contains indicators relevant to my study across the full period of FA provision (2008-2022). This data is freely accessible through the UKDataService and is suitable for academic use. After cleaning and processing the data for analysis (addressing outliers and missing observations, identifying variable types, etc.), I define the dependent variables as employment status, wage, and highest qualification level/type achieved, and the independent variables as gender, SIMD, sector, and region (Scottish local authority/LA). Initially, I will calculate descriptive statistics (means, medians, and standard deviations) for the outcomes of interest in each sector and LA, and explore variations in outcomes across IV categories. Data visualisation will also aid my analysis. Bar charts, box plots, or heat maps can be used to illustrate differences in outcomes across sectors and regions. Drawing on emerging patterns, I will perform statistical tests (e.g., t-test/ANOVA) to assess the significance of differences between groups. Using the exploratory analysis as a guide, my analysis centres around the relationship between apprenticeship participation (at European Qualifications Framework/EQF level 4) and socioeconomic outcomes. To address RQ1-3, I use multiple linear regression models to quantify differences in wages and occupational attainment across economic sectors by educational level, paying particular attention to differences by social background. This correlative exercise is performed to create a quantitative foundation outlining post-FA trajectories. An important element of my analysis will be to explore interaction effects between gender, sector, and region using interactive terms in the various regression specifications. This exploration of contextual factors will be crucial to inform subsequent qualitative inquiry. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings HCT presumes that obtaining qualifications earlier will improve economic outcomes. The literature demonstrates that VET graduates typically secure employment faster and have higher initial earnings than their non-VET counterparts (Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019). This prediction leads to H1. Hypothesis 1: Positive association between education level and employment status, wage with higher returns for workers in the labour <10 years with FA qualification. Differences in outcomes have been associated with gender (Simon and Clarke, 2016; Bridges et. al., 2022) and socioeconomic status (Klatt, Clarke and Dulfer, 2017). H2 considers variations by gender, LA, and SIMD. Hypothesis 2: Differences in outcomes are associated with gender and socioeconomic status. Strathdee and Cooper (2017) emphasise the highly contextual nature of gender and the intersectionality of ethnicity, socio-economic status, and gender in affecting participation and achievement in VET. H3 highlights interaction effects amongst gender, LA, and SIMD. Hypothesis 3: There are significant interactions between employment, wage and sector, gender, LA, SIMD. Several studies investigate how initial labour market advantages of apprenticeship may diminish or even reverse over time (e.g., Brunello and Rocco, 2017; Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020). While WBL increases employability in the short term (Hanushek, et. al., 2017), occupation-specific skills may become obsolete (Weber, 2014), are sensitive to labour demand changes (Golsteyn and Stenberg, 2017) and may become increasingly exposed as automation and digitisation lead to rapid technological change (Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020). This prediction leads to H4. Hypothesis 4: Earnings for households with SVQ qualifications will be lower than those for households/individuals with (academic) SCQF qualifications, exhibit a positive association with higher educational attainment, and vary across high/low-growth sectors. My work contributes to debates surrounding the utility of HCT in assessing dual apprenticeship, concerns around sectoral skills patterns, and gaps in gender and socioeconomic patterning of VET outcomes. References Becker, 1962. Investment in human capital: A theoretical analysis. Journal of Political Economy, 70(5). Beer and Meethan, 2007. Marine and maritime sector skills shortages in the South West of England: Developing regional training provision. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 59(4). Brunello and Rocco, 2017. The labor market effects of academic and vocational education over the life cycle: Evidence based on a British cohort. Journal of Human Capital, 11(1). Bridges, Bamberry, Wulff and Krivokapic‐Skoko, 2022. “A trade of one's own”: The role of social and cultural capital in the success of women in male‐dominated occupations. Gender, Work & Organization, 29(2). Capsada-Munsech and Valiente, 2020. Sub-National Variation of Skill Formation Regimes: A Comparative Analysis of Skill Mismatch Across 18 European Regions. European Education, 52(2). Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019. Cross-country comparison of engagement in apprenticeships: A conceptual analysis of incentives for individuals and firms. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(3). Golsteyn and Stenberg, 2017. Earnings over the life course: General versus vocational education. Journal of Human Capital, 11(2). Guile and Okumoto, 2007. ‘We are trying to reproduce a crafts apprenticeship’: from Government Blueprint to workplace‐generated apprenticeship in the knowledge economy. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 59(4). Hanushek, Schwerdt, Woessmann and Zhang, 2017. General education, vocational education, and labor-market outcomes over the lifecycle. Journal of Human Resources, 52(1). Klatt, Clarke and Dulfer, 2017. Working their way to school completion: a snapshot of School-based Apprenticeships and Traineeships for young Australians. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(4). Lassnigg, 2011. The ‘duality’ of VET in Austria: institutional competition between school and apprenticeship. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 63(3). Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020. The impact of dual apprenticeship programmes on early labour market outcomes: A dynamic approach. Economics of Education Review, 78. Simon and Clarke, 2016. Apprenticeships should work for women too!. Education+ training. Smith, 2010. Teaching assistant apprentices? English TAs' perspectives on apprenticeships in schools. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 62(3). Smith, Taylor-Smith, Fabian, Zarb, Paterson, Barr and Berg, 2021. A multi-institutional exploration of the social mobility potential of degree apprenticeships. Journal of Education and Work, 34(4). Strathdee and Cooper, 2017. Ethnicity, vocational education and training and the competition for advancement through education in New Zealand. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(3). Weber, 2014. Human capital depreciation and education level. International Journal of Manpower, 35(5). |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 E: Social Justice and Intercultural Education Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Role of Social Inequality in Shaping Learning Processes in Classrooms in India University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:This paper aims to understand how inequalities manifest in classrooms in India and interact with learning processes. It will focus on the pedagogic practices utilised by teachers in the classroom, specifically the classification and framing rules of knowledge and pedagogy, to understand the relations of power and control lying within the classrooms. This paper is based on an ethnographic study conducted in the government schools of Delhi which aimed at understanding the role of the social identity- the intersection of caste, class, religious, and gender identity- of the learner in mediating the teaching-learning practices and relations in the classroom to facilitate the learning process. Several studies and assessment surveys worldwide have indicated a link between socio-economic background of students and their schooling experiences. PISA analysis has highlighted the gaps in learning outcomes between students from advantaged and disadvantaged socio-economic backgrounds. Even within schools in India, disparities in learning outcomes are indicated by the poor performance of students from marginalised caste/class groups in arithmetic and language skills. Often poor performance is concentrated in rural or government-run schools. This is furthered by a stratified schooling system wherein students from marginalised castes and the working class attend the majority of the government-run (public) schools, while the most (more expensive) private schools are attended majorly by the middle and upper class/castes. Theories of social class reproduction have been used to analyse schools as sites for the recreation and solidifying of inequalities by embodying the dominant culture or middle-class habitus, developing skills compatible with hierarchical positions, and as a state apparatus for exercising control and hegemony. Studies have indicated the existence of prejudices and discrimination in the schooling experiences of students from marginalised groups but there is limited research that examines the impact of socio-economic differences directly on learning processes especially in the urban context. This paper uses Basil Bernstein’s theoretical framework that analyses the dialectical relationship of structural inequalities and agency by looking at the relations of power and control at the macro (knowledge production) and also micro (recontextualization) level of the classroom where inequalities can be negotiated or legitimised. Although the conceptualisation originates from a European context, Bernstein provides a comprehensive framework to understand the learning processes in a classroom where the intersection of structural inequalities permeate in light of the gaps in learning outcomes between advantaged and disadvantaged students. This paper theoretically engages with Bernstein and tries to expand the framework beyond social class to include the intersection of identities of caste, religion, class, and gender. Bernstein explains the pedagogic code of schools as an elaborated code which is transmitted through variations in classification degree ("organisational" elements of pedagogy or “degree of boundary maintenance” of contents) and framing of knowledge (interactional elements of knowledge or degree of control over selection, pacing, and organisation) at the level of instructional discourse and regulative discourse. These shape the power and control relations between teachers, students, knowledge structures, etc. Bernstein argues that although schools reward students with the orientation that enables them to access the context-independent knowledge structures of the school, it is also needed to enable an environment that recognises the identity of working-class students and does not hold a deficit view of marginalised people. By following this line of inquiry, the paper tries to address the overarching research question: what pedagogic practices (including what knowledge [classification] and how it is transmitted [framing]) are used by the teachers to recontextualize knowledge in the classroom? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological foundation for this study is provided by Roy Bhaskar’s conceptualisation of critical realism as a means of understanding the relationship between social structure and social action. Social structures are reproduced and transformed by everyday action while also containing and enabling agency, and can be observed through their effects and causal relationships in the material world. This study takes a qualitative approach using methods of ethnography and participant observation in a government-run school in Delhi. Ethnography and participant observation enable studying a context holistically, revealing the social relations of the group and the social processes while practising the dialectical relationship of intimacy and estrangement. Continuous action-oriented interviews are conducted with teachers to understand their perspectives, strategies employed in the classrooms, and reasons behind the pedagogic processes which will complement observational data. Informal conversations with students also help understand and get feedback on the teaching-learning practices in the classroom. It also contributes to understanding the recognition and realisation rules possessed by them which enable them to recognise a particular context, understand the appropriate response to it (make meaning) and produce that response. The collected data will be coded using NVivo. For analysis, a combination of Gee’s (1999) approach to critical discourse analyses (CDA) and Bernstein’s framework will be used as both focus on discourse and the link between language and social practice. Gee (1999) provides tools to operationalize the analysis of language (written and spoken), everyday talk and identify discourse pervasive among teachers and students that is used to make meaning, position individuals (to form biases and prejudices), construct and deconstruct identity (of both teacher and student) and inform teaching-learning practices. This will be integrated into Bernstein’s framework, which will help analyse processes of transmission, acquisition and evaluation of knowledge in the classroom. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper contributes to the emerging literature on understanding the role of socio-economic differences on learning. It also contributes to understanding “why” and “how” the gaps in learning outcomes between students from advantaged and disadvantaged backgrounds occur. It understands advantages and disadvantages as a sociological phenomenon i.e. as a condition of stigma, segregation and inequality that exist in Western societies as well. This can add to the developing work on the interplay of social structure and power and control relations in the classroom and its role in shaping learning processes. The paper highlights the strategies and methods used by teachers to make taught content significant in the classroom, and highlight the rules of criteria, whether they are explicit rules that allow students to understand what is the legitimate text in the classroom or are implicit that allow questioning and rethinking of the evaluation criteria and rules of pacing of knowledge. It helps to understand assumptions of social identity (class, caste, etc.) that shape pedagogic practices. Specifically, the teachers’ perceptions and ideas towards students, about teaching in government-run schools and how those shape their pedagogical approaches and also students' self-perception. It will also show the advantages or disadvantages learners have over each other by virtue of their social location. Another aspect highlights the nature of the relationship of the teacher-students, student-student and the position of the teacher within the larger structure of the schooling institution (rules of hierarchy). The findings will overall help understand how knowledge is recontextualised in the classroom and how teachers incorporate and utilise students' identities and orientations in the classroom. Furthermore, this paper understands learning as a process that promotes participation and access to academic discourse while also recognising local knowledge. This can also help understand students' motivations and interests in schooling and learning. References Annual Status of Education Report. (2020). Annual Status of Education Report (Rural) 2019 Early Years’. Batra, P. (2015). Curriculum in India: Narratives, Debates, and a Deliberative Agenda. In Pinar, W. (Ed.), Curriculum studies in India: Intellectual histories, present circumstances (pp 35-63). Springer. Barrett, B. D. (2017). Bernstein in the urban classroom: A case study. British Journal of sociology of education, 38(8), 1258-1272. Bernstein, B. (1964). Elaborated and restricted codes: Their social origins and some consequences. American anthropologist, 66(6), 55-69. Bernstein, B. (1990). Class, codes and control: The structuring of pedagogic discourse (Vol. 4). Bernstein, B. (1999). Vertical and horizontal discourse: An essay. British journal of sociology of Education, 20(2), 157-173 Bernstein, B. (2004). Social class and pedagogic practice. The RoutledgeFalmer reader in sociology of education, 196-217. Desai, S., Adams, C. D., & Dubey, A. (2010). Segmented Schooling: Inequalities in Primary Education. In Thorat, S., & Neuman, K. S. (Eds.), Blocked by Caste: Economic Discrimination in Modern India (pp. 230-252). Oxford University Press. Gee, J. P. (1999). An introduction to discourse analysis: Theory and method. Routledge. Hoadley, Ursula & Muller, Johan. (2010). Codes, Pedagogy and Knowledge: Advances in Bernsteinian Sociology of Education. The Routledge International Handbook of the Sociology of Education. Routledge. Hoff, K., & Pandey, P. (2006). Discrimination, social identity, and durable inequalities. American economic review, 96(2), 206-211. Hoff, K., & Pandey, P. (2014). Making up people—The effect of identity on performance in a modernizing society. Journal of Development Economics, 106, 118-131. Majumdar, M., & Mooij, J. E. (2011). Education and inequality in India: A classroom view (Vol. 46). Routledge. Morais, A. M. (2002). Basil Bernstein at the micro level of the classroom. British journal of sociology of education, 23(4), 559-569. Nambissan, G. B. (2010). Exclusion and Discrimination in Schools: Experiences of Dalit Children. In Thorat, S., & Neuman, K. S. (Eds.), Blocked by Caste: Economic Discrimination in Modern India (pp. 253-286). Oxford University Press. Sachar, R., Hamid, S., Oommen, T. K., Basith, M. A., Basant, R., Majeed, A., & Shariff, A. (2006). Social, economic and educational status of the Muslim community of India (No. 22136). East Asian Bureau of Economic Research. Sayed, Y., Subrahmanian, R., Soudien, C., Carrim, N., Balgopalan, S., Nekhwevha, F., & Samuel, M. (2007). Education exclusion and inclusion: Policy and implementation in South Africa and India. London: Department for International Development. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Opportunities for Small Schools in Hungary University of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:In Hungary, after the change of regime in 1990, a number of educational policy changes affected primary schools, which also had a major impact on students' opportunities for further education. These changes in the education system are strongly influenced by both social and economic factors (Andl, 2015, 2020; Halász, 2001), which in the case of Hungarian schools can be mainly seen in the processes of centralisation and decentralisation (Kozma, 2014). In the 1990s, subsidies to local governments played an important role in the life of educational institutions, as they led to a significant increase in the number of schools (Andl, 2015; Imre, 1997). However, the decade was also characterised by segregation in education policy, which mainly affected Roma pupils (Forray, 2009; Forray & Pálmainé Orsós, 2010), and was also contributed to by the right of parents to choose their schools (Havas et al, 2001). This was changed by the integration efforts of the early 2000s, which were also reflected in the school scene. The Integration Pedagogical System (IPS) was established within this framework, providing significant support to the institutions participating in the programme for almost a decade. By 2012, it had been implemented in 2.000 public education institutions and had reached more than 100.000 pupils (Híves, 2016). The „Széll Kálmán Plan”, introduced in 2010, reflects the drive to centralise education: „the state must return to the world of education. The quality of education should not depend on the situation and ad hoc decisions of local governments, the state can bring uniform order in this area” (Széll Kálmán Plan, 2010 cited in Györgyi, 2019, p. 214). In my research, I will mainly examine the impact of these interventions through the example of an institution that has innovated a lot in the space of thirty years, but is now under threat of closure due to a drastic reduction in the number of students. This institution is one of the participants in the career guidance mentoring programme in which I am involved as a junior researcher. The child-centred pedagogical work in the school and the dedication of the teachers struck me when I was doing input research for this research and development programme. It was then that I began to wonder how, despite its positive values, the survival of the school was threatened. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My research is a case study, using both quantitative and qualitative research tools and it is exploratory and I have formulated the following questions: 1. How the changes mentioned above have affected this process. How have they affected the educational opportunities of disadvantaged and Roma pupils in the school? 2. What elements of the school's life can be classified under the aspects of the SWOT analysis? In order to answer my questions, I conducted semi-structured interviews with the teachers of the school (N=5). Three of them were interviewed individually, but all five teachers participated in the focus group discussion. Participation in the interviews was voluntary. I interviewed teachers who had been employees of the institution for at least 2/3 of the period under study (about 20 years). Content analysis was carried out on the transcripts of the interviews using an inductive approach, supplemented with education statistics. During my participant observations, I visited classrooms and participated in other extra-curricular activities with a class from the school. A thorough review of the relevant literature on the subject helped me to get a general idea of the process I was studying. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The last 34 years of the institution under review can be divided into three periods: 1. 1990-2003: the newly appointed headmaster brought many changes to the school, which were most evident in the development of the teaching staff. 2. 2003-2007: the integrationist education policy of the early 2000s gave a new impetus to improvements. Exemplary pedagogical work was carried out in the institution, reinforced by the support provided by the Integrated Pedagogical System. 3. From 2007 until present day: from 2007 onwards, the institution gradually lost its autonomy. In that year the institution became a member school of a multi-purpose association of local authorities, and in 2013 the state took over the maintenance of the public education institutions. It was the last third of the period under review that jeopardised the school's survival. During this period, the school suffered a sudden and sharp reduction in staff numbers, which, although it has eased, has not stopped. There has been a constant turnover of teachers and a decline in the representation of young teachers. My case study shows that the situation of small schools in Hungary has become hopeless. The experience of previous years shows that, with sufficient financial support and a more decentralised education system, institutions can be more viable than in the current situation, where the long distance between the school and the institution is to the detriment of the school and its pupils. References Andl, H. (2015). A kisiskolák és nemzetiségi oktatás összefüggésrendszerének néhány aspektusáról. Romológia, 3(9), 36-55. Andl, H. (2020). A kisiskolák és lehetőségeik. Educatio, 8(3), 409-424. Forray, R. K. (2009). Hátrányos helyzet – a cigányság az iskolában. Educatio, 18(4), 436- 446. Forray, R. K. & Pálmainé Orsós, A. (2010). Hátrányos helyzetű vagy kulturális kisebbség – cigány programok. Educatio, 19(1), 75-87. Györgyi, Z. (2019). Célok és következmények: tanügyirányításunk átalakítása. Educatio, 28(2), 211-227. https://doi.org/10.1556/2063.28.2019.2.1 Halász, G. (2001). Az oktatási rendszer. Műszaki Könyvkiadó, Budapest. Havas, G., Kemény, I. & Liskó, I. (2001). Cigány gyerekek az általános iskolákban. Oktatáskutató Intézet, Budapest. Híves, T. (2016). Halmozottan hátrányos helyzetű tanulók és az Integrációs Pedagógiai Rendszerben résztvevők statisztikai elemzése. Autonómia és Felelősség, 2(1), 21-41. Imre, A. (1997). Kistelepülési iskolák. Educatio, 6(1). Kozma, T. (2014). A központosítás haszna és ára. Educatio, 23(1), 3-12. Varga, A. (2018). A hazai oktatási integrációs tapasztalatok és a korai iskolaelhagyás megelőzése. In: Fejes, J. B. & Szűcs, N. (Eds.): Én vétkem. Helyzetkép az oktatási szegregációról. Motiváció Oktatási Egyesület, Szeged. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Poverty of Minors from Migrant Backgrounds. A Multidimensional Approach for Social Inclusion. Roma Tre University, Italy Presenting Author:The research work falls within the framework of the educational poverty phenomenon, which, thanks to the contributions of studies and research, as well as a legislative path incentivized – also – by advocacy efforts from the Third Sector (Save the Children, 2014), has become central in recent years in scientific and political discourse, entering the realm of public policy agendas. The notion of poverty in the educational context emerged in the social sciences discourse in the late 1990s to draw attention to the multidimensionality of the poverty phenomenon (Anand & Sen, 1997), not entirely reducible to purely economic aspects. Over the past two decades, there has been extensive discourse in the literature regarding the significance of measuring and analyzing educational poverty (Allmendinger & Leibfried, 2003; Lohmann & Ferger, 2014). It has been emphasized that the impact of educational deprivation is subtle, creating a gap during a vulnerable period that proves challenging to overcome later in life (Battilocchi, 2020). An initial disadvantage can result in a crystallization of the same across different generations and transform cultural factors into hereditary elements, in a vicious circle of poverty. Numerous international and national organizations have directed attention to poverty and educational challenges, with the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development addressing these issues (United Nations General Assembly, 2015). Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 1 emphasizes the need to eradicate poverty in all its forms, while SDG 4 aims to ensure inclusive and equitable quality education, promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all. Moreover, many European strategies and recommendations have focused on addressing issues related to poverty and education, starting with the Lisbon Strategy (European Council, 2000). In this context, accurate measures of educational poverty are crucial for designing effective policy interventions, and local data play a vital role in tailoring actions to specific communities. A review of the scientific literature reveals that the dimensions and measures of educational poverty are not fully developed. In fact, despite numerous studies on the subject (Agasisti et al., 2021; Botezat, 2016), there is still a lack of shared theorization of this notion to date. Educational poverty is understood as a polysemic concept with broad semantic boundaries, multidimensional, and depicted by a poly-perspective characterization. It can be described as a world of deprivation and exclusion that pertains to various forms of educational deprivation, impeding the full development of human potential. Building on this perspective, this research aims to investigate the phenomenon of educational poverty among minors from migrant backgrounds, who «are particularly exposed to educational poverty due to more challenging family and economic conditions, bureaucratic obstacles, inequalities in accessing high school tracks, and early school dropout» (IDOS Research and Study Center & Institute of Political Studies S. Pio V, 2021, p. 98). In particular, the investigation is guided by the following research question: 1) What differences can be identified between minors with and without a migratory background regarding the phenomenon of educational poverty? 2) What are the characteristics of the phenomenon of educational poverty among minors from migrant backgrounds? 3) How do some of the most relevant factors, such as socio-economic background, gender, and type of migratory background, influence the educational poverty of minors from migrant backgrounds? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employed a quantitative approach. Indeed, the extensive nature of the research object and the descriptive and explanatory nature of the investigation's objective suggested the use of this perspective, albeit with an awareness of the unique visual angle through which reality was observed, thus acknowledging the limitations of the acquired knowledge. Specifically, the survey technique was chosen, involving the administration of a self-completed semi-structured questionnaire with group data collection to a statistically representative sample of 1761 students enrolled in the third year of lower secondary school in the academic year 2021/2022 in the municipality of Rome. The questionnaire was designed to capture the basic sociographic properties, attitudes, and behaviors of the subjects. It consisted of six sections: 1) sociodemographic characteristics of the participants, including migratory background, gender, and age. 2) Participants' school experience, focusing on their relationship with studying, family expectations, students' emotional and relational experiences, and their academic path. 3) Future perspectives of students and their families regarding the path to be taken after lower secondary school and their career prospects. 4) Leisure time and engagement in educational or social activities, such as sports, extracurricular activities, and attendance of cultural places and events. 5) Socio-economic-cultural environment of the participants, with specific reference to the education level and occupational status of parents, and material conditions. 6) The neighborhood and the characteristics of the territory in which the students lived, with particular attention to the presence and attendance of educational and social facilities. The questionnaire included both closed-ended questions (31), semi-closed-ended questions (16), and open-ended questions (9), totaling 56 questions. Since the research specifically focused on students from migratory backgrounds, a stratified probability sampling design was chosen, allowing to increase the efficiency of the sample in the presence of areas of greater homogeneity (Cohen et al., 2007). To implement this sampling design, it was deemed appropriate to divide the population of the schools into strata based on the variable 'percentage of students with non-Italian citizenship,' considered as a proxy for the percentage of students from migratory backgrounds for which official data are not available. Data processing was carried out using IBM SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences), version 28.0.1. Specifically, univariate analysis was conducted for each question to describe the studied phenomenon, and bivariate analysis aimed to study the relationship between each variable and the background. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the analysis of the responses, it emerges that students from migratory backgrounds generally experience school less favorably compared to their peers without migratory backgrounds, they have future expectations profoundly influenced by their migratory background, engage in educational or social activities less regularly, and have less access to certain educational opportunities due to the disadvantages often associated with their socio-economic-cultural environment and territorial context. Therefore, it appears that students with migratory backgrounds not only often face more challenging academic paths on average but also have reduced access to non-formal and informal educational opportunities due to various socio-economic-cultural disadvantages. Consequently, it can be concluded that minors with migratory backgrounds are at a higher risk of educational poverty compared to their peers without migratory backgrounds. In order to contribute to the development of prevention and intervention strategies against educational poverty among minors from migratory backgrounds, it is essential to adopt a multidimensional and intercultural approach (Fiorucci, 2017; Portera, 2019). This approach should acknowledge the complexity of the phenomenon at hand and aim to promote quality educational opportunities (Dewey, 1938), individual and community empowerment (Curti et al., 2020), awareness, and self-determination (Freire, 1968/2017), strengthening capabilities (Nussbaum, 2011; Sen, 1999), and fostering active and conscious citizenship. The ultimate goal is to promote the flourishing of human potential. Aware of the complexity of the addressed issue and the limitations of the adopted approach, this study can make a significant contribution to understanding the phenomenon of educational poverty, particularly among minors with migratory backgrounds. By doing so, it enriches the existing scientific discourse and supports the development of new prevention and intervention measures against educational poverty. References Agasisti, T., Longobardi, S., Prete, V., & Russo, F. (2021). The relevance of educational poverty in Europe: Determinants and remedies. Journal of Policy Modeling, 43, 692–709. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpolmod.2020.03.015 Allmendinger, J., & Leibfried, S. (2003). Education and the welfare state: the four worlds of competence production. Journal of European Social Policy, 13(1), 63-81. Anand, S., & Sen, A. K. (1997). Concepts of Human Development and Poverty: A Multidimensional Perspective. Poverty and Human Development: Human Development Papers 1997, 1-20. Battilocchi, G. L. (2020). Educational poverty in Italy: concepts, measures and policies. Central European Journal of Educational Research, 2(1), 1-10. Botezat, A. (2016). Educational poverty. NESET II ad hoc question No. 5/2016. https://nesetweb.eu/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/AHQ5_Educational-Poverty.pdf Cohen L., Manion L., & Morrison K. (2007), Research Methods in Education. Routledge. Curti, S., Fornari, S., & Moroni, E. (2020). Educating communities as a protection network against educational poverty. QTimes webmagazine, 12(4), 332-344. Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and Education. Macmillan Company. European Council (2000). Lisbon European Council 23 And 24 March 2000. Presidency conclusions. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/summits/lis1_en.htm Fiorucci, M. (2017). Educatori e mediatori culturali: elementi per la formazione interculturale degli educatori. Pedagogia oggi, 15(2), 75-90. Freire, P. (2017). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Penguin Books. (Original edition published in 1968) General Assembly of the United Nations (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (A/RES/70/1). https://www.un.org/en/development/desa/population/migration/generalassembly/docs/globalcompact/A_RES_70_1_E.pdf IDOS Research and Study Center & Institute of Political Studies S. Pio V (2021). Osservatorio sulle migrazioni a Roma e nel Lazio: sedicesimo rapporto. IDOS Research and Study Center. Lohmann, H., & Ferger, F. (2014). Educational Poverty in a Comparative Perspective: Theoretical and Empirical Implications [SFB 882 Working Paper Series n. 26]. DFG Research Center (SFB) 882 From Heterogeneities to Inequalities. https://pub.uni-bielefeld.de/download/2651911/2651912/SFB_882_WP_0026_Lohmann_Ferger.pdf Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating Capabilities: The Human Development Approach. Harvard University Press. Portera, A. (2019). Dal multiculturalismo all’educazione e alle competenze (realmente) interculturali. Educazione Interculturale, 17(2), 1-10. Save the Children (2014). La lampada di Aladino. L’indice di Save the Children per misurare le povertà educative e illuminare il futuro dei bambini in Italia. Save the Children Italia. https://s3.savethechildren.it/public/files/uploads/pubblicazioni/la-lampada-di-aladino.pdf Sen, A. K. (1999). Development as Freedom. Oxford University Press. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 F: Sociologies of Education Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katie Biggin Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Perceptions of Fairness regarding Educational Opportunities in Germany and Romania LSE, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There is an abundance of studies showing that even when educational selection processes are “meritocratically” set up (e.g. standardised, based on achievement), a student’s socioeconomic background still influences the track or stream a student is allocated to (Mijs, 2016, p.18). Yet, there are few studies (e.g. Spruyt, 2015) looking at the way in which people perceive the fairness of educational opportunities. Access to educational opportunities can be conceptualised as “fairness capital”, made out of dimensions related to both societal and personal circumstances (Thomas, 2021). This article investigates the way in which people educated in different types of educational systems perceive the fairness of educational opportunities in their countries. Thus, this research addresses the following question: How do people with different education levels from Germany and Romania perceive the fairness of educational opportunities in their countries? Using data from round 9 of the European Social Survey, I look at perceptions of fairness regarding educational opportunities in Germany and Romania. Romania and Germany were selected because they belong to different educational regimes (Dumas et al., 2013). In Germany, there is a relatively strong link between educational qualifications and labour market positions (Allmendinger, 1989), although there are also large social background effects on track allocation in secondary school (Skopek & Leopold, 2020). Inequality has increased in Germany since the beginning of the 2000s, which has been accompanied by a rising share of affluent individuals who believe their society is unfair (Sachweh and Sthamer, 2019). Romania is a post-socialist country that has recently experienced growing levels of inequality, currently being one of the most unequal countries in the EU in terms of income disparities (Precupetu, 2013). This article explores individuals’ perceptions about the fairness of opportunities for everyone in their country to assess the level of legitimacy attributed to educational systems in Germany and Romania. Moreover, the paper investigates how individuals perceive their own opportunities relative to others in their country, with the aim to infer the satisfaction levels of individuals with different education levels regarding their relative chances to gain the education level sought. Empirically, research is inconclusive on how education level affects perceptions of meritocracy (Duru-Bellat & Tenret, 2012). Therefore, Mijs (2016) warns that the approach to studying meritocratic beliefs in terms of (universal) human psychology is rather narrow. Instead, he suggests that researchers should explore how different institutional configurations contribute to shaping individuals’ perceptions of meritocracy. Research by Lavrijsen and Nicaise (2016) suggests that opinions about the fairness of opportunities differ significantly between countries. Cross-national variation in perceptions of fairness might be explained by differences in the structure of opportunities in different countries, and the visibility of unfair (dis)advantages. The visibility of educational privilege could be influenced by the forms of capital that constitute educational privilege. Bourdieu and Passeron (1977) argue that privilege is mostly noticed in its crudest forms, as help with schoolwork, but the essential part of cultural capital is passed on more discretely. Their work talks about the visibility of privilege to external observers, but does not touch on individuals’ awareness of their own privilege. This paper will look at people’s perceptions of their own privilege, as well as the extent to which they evaluate opportunities for other people in their countries as fair. In order to identify barriers that stand in the way of a fair distribution of educational opportunities, this paper focuses on the opinions of elite students from Germany and Romania. Based on semi-structured interviews, this paper will further answer the question: How do elite students from Germany and Romania conceptualise educational privilege and the barriers to fairly rewarding talent and effort in their countries? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on two different types of data –survey data and in-depth interviews with people educated in Germany and Romania. The research interest is to examine: a) evaluations about the fairness of educational opportunities in Germany and Romania, and b) people’s conceptualisations of privilege and the factors that make educational opportunities unfair. This paper looks at perceptions of fairness regarding educational opportunities, collected in round 9 of the European Social Survey, in 2018-2019. Respondents were asked to choose the extent to which they agreed with the following statements: “Compared to other people in my country, I have had a fair chance to achieve the level of education I was seeking”; “Overall everyone in [country] has a fair chance of achieving the level of education they seek”. The first question measures self-regarding (egocentric) evaluations of fairness, while the second measures other-regarding (sociotropic) evaluations of fairness (Schnaudt et al., 2021). To explore why patterns in perceived fairness of educational opportunities vary between the two countries, I conducted 31 semi-structured interviews with undergraduate students who study social sciences at Russell Group universities and who went to school in either Germany or Romania. As they required high grades to get into prestigious universities, these individuals have an insider’s perspective into what it takes to successfully navigate the requirements of the school systems in which they were educated. Social science students are generally more aware of social inequalities than people studying different subjects (Duru-Bellat & Tenret, 2012), so they are more likely than students from other disciplines to provide elaborated accounts of how privilege is manifested and what barriers come in the way of rewarding talent and effort. During the interviews, I asked participants about their opinions of the overall fairness of educational chances, and about the extent to which they think their educational system rewards talent and effort. Thus, the methodological approach draws on quantitative data to conduct a population-level analysis of fairness evaluations, and qualitative data to bring out different interpretations of educational privilege. To compare the way in which people in different countries evaluate theirs and others’ educational opportunities, I construct a variable named “perceived privilege”. This variable records the difference between the perceived fairness of respondents’ own chances to gain the educational level sought, and the perceived fairness of chances for everyone else in their country. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The average score of perceived fairness of educational opportunities varies considerably between the two countries. On a scale of 0 to 10, the average score of perceived fairness of opportunities for everyone in Romania (4.64) is the lowest among all European countries. In Germany, the average score of perceived fairness of educational opportunities for everyone is 6.34. In both countries, for most educational categories, the mode of perceived privilege is 0. This means it is common for people to perceive they had as fair chances as everyone else in their country, regardless of their education level. However, among Germans with higher education, the mode of perceived privilege is 3, which indicates that highly educated respondents from Germany perceive there is a notable discrepancy between the educational opportunities they benefitted from, as compared to other people in their country. The average scores of perceived privilege among people with higher education is very similar in Romania and Germany. Hence, higher education graduates from both countries tend to perceive educational opportunities as polarised. Some students from Romania argue that economic capital is a threat to background fairness in their educational system. Participants from Germany understand the barriers to rewarding talent and effort as mostly related to cultural capital and to the very entrenched ways of preparing for and during Gymnasium. While Romanian participants identify more explicit manifestations of privilege – material resources and developmental opportunities, German participants identify more implicit ways in which privilege operates, usually through learning from parents how to study, communicate, and channel their effort effectively. In line with Bourdieu’s (1986) argument that the intergenerational transmission of cultural capital is less visible and less condemned by others than economic capital, we can argue that unfairness of educational opportunities is less visible in Germany than in Romania. References Allmendinger, J. (1989). Educational systems and labor market outcomes. European Sociological Review. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.esr.a036524 Bourdieu, P. (1986). The Forms of Capital. In J. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education. Greenwood. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage. Dumas, A., Mehaut, P., & Olympio, N. (2013). From Upper Secondary to Further Education: European Models of Post-Compulsory Learning. In The Dynamics and Social Outcomes of Education Systems. Palgrave Macmillan. Duru-Bellat, M., & Tenret, E. (2012). Who’s for meritocracy? Individual and contextual variations in the faith. Comparative Education Review. https://doi.org/10.1086/661290 Lavrijsen, J., & Nicaise, I. (2016). Ascription, Achievement, and Perceived Equity of Educational Regimes: An Empirical Investigation. Social Sciences, 5(4), 1–18. Mijs, J. J. B. (2016). The Unfulfillable Promise of Meritocracy: Three Lessons and Their Implications for Justice in Education. Social Justice Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11211-014-0228-0 Precupetu, I. (2013). Inequality trends in Romania. Calitatea Vietii, 24(3), 249–276. Sachweh, P., & Sthamer, E. (2019). Why Do the Affluent Find Inequality Increasingly Unjust? Changing Inequality and Justice Perceptions in Germany, 1994-2014. European Sociological Review. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcz024 Schnaudt, C., Hahn, C., & Heppner, E. (2021). Distributive and Procedural Justice and Political Trust in Europe. Frontiers in Political Science, 3(May), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpos.2021.642232 Skopek, J., & Leopold, T. (2020). Educational Reproduction in Germany: A Prospective Study Based on Retrospective Data. Demography, 57(4), 1241–1270. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13524-020-00896-2 Spruyt, B. (2015). Talent, Effort or Social Background?: An empirical assessment of popular explanations for educational outcomes. European Societies. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616696.2014.977323 Thomas, K. J. (2021). A dark lens or a dark world? Conceptualising Justice Capital. International Journal of Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1002/ijop.12799 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Narrative Account of Teacher Demoralisation University of Queensland, Australia Presenting Author:The following paper uses an autoethnographic method to investigate current teacher practice in schools. It narrativises my experience as a high school teacher and illuminates the fragmentary and diminishing spaces for teacher- produced professionalism in education.
The work of teachers in schools has suffered from “the rise of top-down prescription of both the content and form of education” (Biesta, 2020a, p. 72) restricting our professional autonomy - our daily practices defined by measurement of externally-imposed outcomes. The impact of technicist measurement regimes has led to a degradation of the important role of teachers, catalysing a crisis in attracting people to teaching, and misguided descriptions of ‘teacher burnout’ (Santoro, 2019). I discuss Ball’s description of “exteriorisation” (Ball, 2003, p. 226, see Lyotard, 1984 : 4) to external pressures, resulting in a palpable intensification in teachers’ working lives. The intention of this paper is to exemplify and interrogate the daily work of teachers and draw attention to the concomitant problem of retaining teachers in our ‘profession’ (in Australia our professions remains defined by others through externally-imposed standards). I draw on three decades of work as a practising English teacher in secondary schools in New South Wales, Australia to explore the paradigm that reduces individual teacher judgement and professionalism and encourages a sense of ‘demoralisation’ (Santoro, 2019) about my/our work.
Common narratives exist of ‘teachers do a wonderful job’, but… ‘they also need to prepare students for an unknown future, improve standardised testing results, focus on student-centred learning, teach online for ‘asynchronous learning’, teach to demonstrate ‘competency’ in achieving outcomes, track student data for school improvement…’. The list goes on and on, highlighting a confusing and disturbing melange of disparate and externally-imposed purposes.
In this paper, I tell a story about the tensions between externally-imposed factors and teacher professionalism and artistry. ‘Artistry’ should be endemic to teaching practice and involves making situational, pedagogical decisions in response to uncertain or unexpected moments in the classroom. This differs substantially to the current discourse of teacher ‘competency’ or ‘proficiency’, which reduces teacher artistry/practice to the fulfilment and measurement of outcomes and often stifles artistry/creativity in drawing out ‘subjectifying’ experiences. I draw on Gert Biesta’s writing, as his work focuses on the rediscovering the importance of teaching, particularly in the subjectification domain of educational purpose. Subjectification relates to the “subjectivity or subject-ness of those we educate”, (Biesta, 2013, p. 4) becoming “subjects of action and responsibility”, (Biesta, 2013, p.18), which orientates them towards questions about problems in relation to freedom and emancipation. The other purposes of education, qualification and socialisation, (Biesta, 2013), are overly emphasised in current schooling systems in Australia and other parts of the Anglosphere and the Global North, resulting in a reduction in the importance of teacher virtuosity (Biesta, 2103) and teacher-led professional action. Teaching in the subjectification domain requires freedom in teacher practice to maintain the integrity of education as an educational field, not one colonised by multiple external incursions.
Schools should be places of ‘freedom’ for students, providing ‘free time’ and the “space to leave their own known environment, rise above themselves and renew (and thus change in unpredictable ways) the world” (Masschelein & Simons, 2013, p. 9-10). Without this ‘renewal’, Biesta (2013) argues that education and democracy are at risk.
My paper highlights the extent to which teacher professionalism has been hindered as our practices are inflected by discourses of accountability and performativity, the antithesis to Biesta’s ideas about education. Referring to Biesta’s more recent work, I further consider how I navigate the contemporary classroom and varied school systems and attempt to maintain a sense of purpose in my work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I draw on an autoethnographic methodology to present a “unique and multifaceted window into individual experiences” (Restler, 2019, p. 621) of my teaching in schools. Autoethnography allows for “non-traditional forms of inquiry and expression” (Wall, 2006, p.146) and makes “room for other ways of knowing” (p.148), unsettling assumptions of traditional understandings of what constitutes research and knowledge. My research (I am in my first six months of a PhD) combines a ‘cumulative knowledge’ (Leavy, 2020, p. 2) of teaching experience and research. I draw on the arts-based research practice of Leavy (2020) in challenging existing methods of qualitative research, allowing for alternative ways of exploring “voice, authority, representation and reflexivity” (Leavy, 2020, p. 10). Leavy investigates the congruence between subject matter and method through the “capability of the arts to capture process”, mirroring the nature of “the unfolding nature of social life” (Leavy, 2020, p. 22). My chosen ‘arts’, in this case, are the genre of creative non-fiction and autoethnographic reflection. I present a small fragment (Mendel, 2019) of this work in this paper. For the first section of this paper, I offer an autoethnographic account in third person that is constructed to reveal an immediacy through the deployment of the present tense. It aims to be a tangible representation of a teacher’s daily life and provokes wider thinking and a critical awareness of the on-the-ground experience that science-based research may struggle to articulately as a/effectively. Teachers are increasingly objectified in our work; we have become objects of ‘educational intervention’ (Biesta, 2020b, p. 89) rather than subjects of initiative and responsibility and as such are marginalised voices, whose disagreements are often expressed only through leaving the profession. Through the interior dialogue of my experiences, I offer what I hope will be a visceral reflection of how school improvement agendas and performativity play out in a school. My paper provides a hybrid collection of narrative, analysis and personal reflection: a narrative of a ‘typical’ day of a high school teacher; an analysis of that teacher’s day focusing on the three areas of performativity, intensification and ‘future-proofing’; and a self-reflexive account of a search for schooling and an education that is ‘educational’. In sum my teacher practice, examined through autoethnography, may hold “emancipatory promise” (Wall, 2006, p. 148) and help me (and others perhaps) avoid the ‘extinguishment of my sense of agency’ (Ruti, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In needing to be accountable to external pressures in education, what has been lost in the classroom are moments of risk, dissonance and unpredictability, all vital for the domain of subjectification to be possible. Without emphasis away from qualification and socialisation, teachers are restricted in their judgement and their virtuosity. In spite of the fact that multiple educators have expressed concern about performativity and accountability for decades, the conditions that foster this kind of work have become intensified. In an eternal search to ‘improve education’, evidence-based research, predicated on causality, has dominated debates. What is clear from this research is that education, and particularly schooling, cannot be predicated on simplistic cause and effect relationships. Biesta (2020a) states that we need a “wider range of possibilities for action, based on a wider range of understandings” (p. 21) in order to validate the “open, semiotic and recursive” (Biesta, 2020a, p. 39) nature of education. This paper is an attempt to produce a narrative of (my) teacher experience about the realities of education from the margins of discourse to a more central place, authorising the importance of individual teacher judgement. This research invites others to reimagine teaching as virtuosity (Biesta, 2103) and listen to the often-silenced voices that are suppressed in attempts to discover “secure scientific knowledge about ‘what works’” (Biesta, 2020a, p.109). Narrative or autoethnographic research, produced by practising teachers in the field offers authentic, experiential and reflexive knowledge about the importance of teacher freedom and the need to reduce the instrumentalisation of education. For education to remain ‘educational’, we must hold fast to notions of autonomy and freedom in teacher practice. References Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. Biesta, G. J. J. (2013). The Beautiful Risk of Education, Paradigm Publishers, 5589 Arapahoe Avenue, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. Biesta, G.J. J. (2015). An Appetite for Transcendence: A Response to Doris Santoro’s and Samuel Rocha’s Review of The Beautiful Risk of Education. Stud Philos Educ 34, 419–422 (2015). Biesta, G. J. J. (2017). The Rediscovery of Teaching. Taylor & Francis Group. Biesta, G. (2020a). Educational research: An unorthodox introduction. Bloomsbury Publishing. Biesta, G. (2020b). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89-104. June Biesta, G.J.J. (2022). World-centred education: a view for the present. Routledge. Biesta, G. J. J. (2023). On being a teacher: How to respond to the global construction of teachers and their teaching. In Making of a Teacher in the Age of Migration. London/New York: Bloomsbury. Biesta, G. J. J. & Säfström, C. A. (2011). A manifesto for education. Policy futures in education, 9(5), 540-547. Heimans, S. & Biesta, G. J. J. (2020). Rediscovering the beauty and risk of education research and teaching: an interview with Gert Biesta by Stephen Heimans, Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 48:2, 101-111. Leavy, P. (2020). Method meets art: Arts-based research practice. Guilford publications. Masschelein, J., Simons, M. (2013). In Defence of the School. A Public Issue, Education, Culture & Society Publishers; Leuven, 2013-01 Mendel, M. (2019). The spatial ways democracy works: On the pedagogy of common places. Why, why now? Research in Education (Manchester), 103(1), 5–18. Restler, V. (2019). Countervisualities of care: re-visualizing teacher labor, Gender and Education, 31:5, 643-654. Ruti, M. (2014). In search of defiant subjects: Resistance, rebellion, and political agency in Lacan and Marcuse. Psychoanalysis, Culture & Society, 19, 297-314. Santoro, D. (2019). The problem with stories about teacher “burnout” Phi Delta Kappan, 101(4), 26–33. Wall, S. (2006). An Autoethnography on Learning About Autoethnography. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(2), 146–160. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Tensions in the University Classroom: the Double Burden of Critical Education University of Amsterdam, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The following is my proposal for a PhD research project. I am looking to present this project in hopes of receiving feedback on my research design. While universities increasingly aim to address the contemporary crises faced by society, it is critical educators who contextualize such crises as structural and help students engage with these structures. The demand for critical education is more pressing than ever, yet the struggles such educators face in the classroom are often unaddressed. To teach a course on capitalism, white-supremacy and patriarchy means to create both personal and interpersonal tensions in your classroom. Students arguing with each other, students arguing with the lecturer, frustration, expectation, disappointment and sometimes even anger are par for the course of critical education. The point is not that ‘regular’ education does not encounter its own set of tensions, such as neoliberal policy forcing the instrumentalization of higher education, but that critical educators experience an added set of tensions that revolve around their course content and pedagogy. While such tensions are highly visible, sometimes even making the news, they are rarely conceptualized as something structural, as something which educational programs need to account for. One explanation for such tensions in critical education revolves around the politicization of ‘critical’ topics. The topics addressed by critical educators are politically contentious topics, racism, feminism, the climate crisis, which means there will be divisions and disagreements along people’s political alignment. This explanation covers some of the difficulties critical educators face, allegations of ‘wokeness’ or students who expect certain conclusions from you. However, this explanation fails to explain why these topics become political and therefore fails to explain a range of other tensions encountered in critical education. Another explanation for the tensions in critical education says that critical education arouses anger and other emotions that can derail the classroom (Zembylas, 2007; Harlap, 2014). For example, a student might take offense to the course content and their discontent becomes a stumbling block to continue class. A flaw of this explanation is that it is too broad. Any classroom tension can be classified as related to emotions and it remains unclear why critical education would arouse more emotions than ‘regular’ education. While these explanations are not exhaustive, the struggles facing critical education remain obscure and therefore difficult if not impossible for universities to take account of. The central questions for my research proposal would then be: how can educational scientists conceptualize the particular struggles facing critical education? What even are the tensions experienced by critical educators? Lastly, how are these tensions related to the structures addressed by critical educators? Theoretically, to investigate the tensions critical educators experience in university classrooms the project will lean on three concepts. First, I will use Paulo Freire’s understanding of critical education and specifically his concept of ‘the oppressor in us’, second Max Van Manen’s concept of ‘critical reflection’ as the goal for critical education, and third Baxter’s conceptualization of tensions as dialectical and other scholar’s application of dialectical tensions to the classroom setting. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project would revolve around two components, an ethnographic study of critical education at the University of Amsterdam and the Erasmus University Rotterdam, and a course on critical education taught by me (possibly in collaboration with a potential supervisor). The ethnographic study would include participation in critical courses, and interviews with the students, lecturers and their colleagues. Critical education includes a wide variety of topics, and the ethnographic component of the research project is meant to account for possible variations in the types of tensions critical educators experience. The project will operationalize the definition of critical education by looking for courses that revolve around words such as ‘social justice, oppression, capitalism, feminism, white supremacy, patriarchy, imperialism, colonialism, abolition, decolonize’ and others. After speaking with the lecturers of such courses regardless of department or discipline, I will speak with the lecturers and ask for their permission to regularly attend their courses and conduct intermittent interviews with them throughout. During my observations I would look for dialectical tensions encountered by the educators, this can take the form of student grievances, emotional outbursts, loaded questions and ethical dilemmas. For the second component, I would teach my own critical course to both experience the difficulties of ‘critical’ education firsthand and involve students in the research project. A student perspective is crucial for understanding the tensions that come with critical education, and through this course students can be meaningfully included in the research. The course would be intended for more seasoned students, third year bachelor students or above, and its topical focus will be Marxism and critical education. I envision the course as a research-oriented course where students can explore and bring their own interests to class. The first two weeks I would require them to read critical education literature to show them the different expectations they can have of the course and me. Students would then be asked to bring topics that they feel are difficult to discuss but still would like to learn about for the following weeks. Together we would find academic texts and frameworks, possibly guest lecturers, and discuss the tensions that come with their topics. For the research data, students will be asked every two weeks to fill out an adapted version of the ‘Critical Incident Questionnaire’ (Gilstrap & Dupree, 2008). Additionally, they will also be asked weekly about their perspective on the tensions present in the classroom. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In theorizing how critical education brings its own dynamics to the classroom, the project is of relevance to the Sociology of Education and the relatively new field of Critical university Studies. First, the Sociology of Education is relatively blind to the hardships experienced during critical education, because of the tendency to connect critical education to more specific pedagogies such as ‘problem-based learning’ and the like. However, critical education can be practiced in any educational setting and need not involve clearly delineating boundaries. The project would therefore push the boundaries of the field in providing a novel perspective on the tensions specific to critical education. Second, as Shain & Ozga warn, the Sociology of Education struggles to remain relevant for educators and policymakers as educators are conceptualized as cogs in a broader societal machine and policy is conceptualized as the reforming or updating of its capitalist underpinnings, an argument which is now prevalent within the Critical University Studies. Without dismissing this analysis, the project would center the education practices which challenge the reproduction of oppressive regimes. In doing so, the project pushes the boundaries of the fields by adding to increasing literature within the Sociology of Education that can be useful for educators and policy makers. Additionally, while a combination of research/teaching is not new to these fields, the research methodology remains undertheorized. I believe scholars of education can benefit from ‘stepping into’ the field themselves, allowing for student input and creativity in research and course design. References Baxter, L.A., & Montgomery, B.M. (1996). Relating: Dialogues and Dialectics. New York, NY: Guilford Press. Chiang, K. H., & Karjalainen, A. (2022). Fluid Education-a New Pedagogical Possibility. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(6), 991–1004. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1958254 Freire, P. (2005). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Continuum. Gilstrap, D. L., & Dupree, J. (2008). Assessing Learning, Critical Reflection, and Quality Educational Outcomes: The Critical Incident Questionnaire. College & Research Libraries, 69(5), 407–426. https://doi.org/10.5860/0690407 Harlap, Y. (2014). Preparing university educators for hot moments: theater for educational development about difference, power, and privilege. Teaching in Higher Education, 19(3), 217–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2013.860098 Mampaey, J., Schtemberg, V., Schijns, J., Huisman, J., & Wæraas, A. (2020). Internal branding in higher education: dialectical tensions underlying the discursive legitimation of a new brand of student diversity. Higher Education Research and Development, 39(2), 230–243. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2019.1674252 van Manen, M. (1977). Linking Ways of Knowing with Ways of Being Practical. Curriculum Inquiry, 6(3), 205–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/03626784.1977.11075533 Prentice, C. M., & Kramer, M. W. (2006). Dialectical Tensions in the Classroom: Managing Tensions through Communication. The Southern Communication Journal, 71(4), 339–361. https://doi.org/10.1080/10417940601000436 Zembylas, M. (2007). Mobilizing Anger for Social Justice: The politicization of the emotions in education. Teaching Education (Columbia, S.C.), 18(1), 15–28. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210601151516 |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 G: Mathematics Education Research Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Karen Jordan Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper An Exploration of the Impact of Mathematical Modelling and Culturally Relevant Pedagogy on Students’ motivation in Mathematics Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Historically, school mathematics has been viewed as a complex and abstract subject with little relevance to daily life (Ernest, 2016). Eccles (1983) found that student negativity towards mathematics increases over time, mirroring a decline in self-belief and motivation. Eccles et al. (1993) subsequently investigated the causes of declining motivation, and found that getting older was not the primary driver; rather the decline was influenced by teachers exhibiting more control over students as they advanced through grades, restricting student decision-making and conveying lower expectations in students’ ability. In their seminal report, Kilpatrick et al. (2001) identified five interconnected components that are necessary to learn mathematics successfully. One of these components is productive disposition, essentially a combination of self-efficacy and perceived usefulness for mathematics (Kilpatrick et al., 2001). Both self-efficacy and seeing that mathematics demonstrates utility (useful for future goals) are considered vital for motivation (Gafoor & Kurukkan, 2015). For this study, Eccles & Wigfield’s (2020) Situated Expectancy-Value Theory will be used as a theoretical framework. The framework indicates primarily that expectancies and values drive future performance. Eccles (1983) found that motivation is boosted when students value the tasks that they are engaging with. Task values are a function of attainment values (Importance of succeeding), intrinsic values (Enjoyment), utility values (help with forthcoming goals) and cost(Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). In their framework, Eccles & Wigfield (2020) indicate that utility value is the most ‘malleable’ of task values. Utility value interventions have shown promise in improving student effort generally (Hulleman et al., 2008), but also specifically within mathematics (Liebendörfer & Schukajlow, 2020). However, despite evidence that utility value interventions positively impact student motivation, many teachers are unaware of its relevance (Hulleman & Barron, 2013). While utility value interventions may improve motivation, what one person might see as useful another may not; it is important to remain cognisant of the fact that utility values are individual, and can be influenced by cultural differences. It is therefore worthwhile considering the potential of culturally responsive teaching as a method of enhancing students’ perceived utility values towards mathematics. Hunter et al. (2016) noted student reactions to culturally relevant interventions, citing comments such as “When the problems are about us you can see that maths is real and it’s useful……not just something random you do at school”. This demonstrates that relating mathematics to familiar contexts can impact utility value. Lowrie (2004) also highlights the benefits of using artefacts to make mathematical tasks more realistic, which may lead to students seeing increased utility value in mathematics. Another approach that has been noted as supporting students to understand the relevance of more abstract mathematical concepts is mathematical modelling (Liebendörfer & Schukajlow, 2020). With mathematical modelling there is no definite answer; students take real-life scenarios, mathematise them, identify variables, make assumptions, generate initial solutions before iteratively reviewing the process (Sahin et al., 2019). By engaging with the process of modelling, students can reflect and generate further examples themselves. Regular Mathematical modelling tasks can enable students to encounter numerous concepts routinely in a variety of contexts, benefitting productive disposition and indeed all five components of mathematical proficiency (Kilpatrick et al., 2001). The goal of this research is to draw together mathematical modelling and culturally responsive teaching in an approach to mathematics teaching that aims increase students’ perceived utility values, productive disposition and motivation, ultimately contributing to successful learning of mathematics. The overarching research question is: What impact does incorporating culturally relevant mathematical modelling tasks have on students’ utility value for mathematics? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research will be conducted via a mixed-methods case study, using Situated Expectancy-Value as a theoretical framework. The intervention will be conducted over the course of two academic years, with students and teachers from a single school. Quantitative data in relation to utility values of students - will be generated by way of a questionnaire administered at various points throughout the research. Qualitative data from both teachers and students via focus group discussions and exit tickets throughout will be collected. The sample of students will be age ~12-13 at the beginning of the intervention (ISCED 2) and three of their teachers. The choice of conducting this intervention with this age group (first year, lower secondary in Ireland) is due to the recent addition of mathematical modelling to the Irish curriculum for this cohort ("Junior Cycle Mathematics," 2024). In addition to teaching students, training for teachers will be provided, where eventually they will be facilitating mathematical modelling lessons. If successful, the intervention will be expanded to more schools. In terms of professional development for teachers, the principles of ‘Experiential Learning Design’ will be followed. Participants will have opportunities to teach in the manner that the training has suggested. They can then reflect on the teaching and learning of students, abstract their reflections and embed this into their practice going forward. This form of professional development is participant-centred and, while quite intensive, it has been shown to be very beneficial for participants (Girvan et al., 2016). Research Questions: 1. Does incorporating culturally relevant artefacts into task designing mathematical modelling tasks increase student utility value for mathematics? 2. Does engaging with mathematical modelling tasks increase student’s conceptual understanding of abstract mathematical concepts? 3. Does incorporating culturally relevant artefacts into task designing mathematical modelling tasks increase student performance in Mathematical Investigation assessment (2nd year Classroom Based Assessment in Ireland, (ISCED 2)) Data 1. Quantitative data from student surveys. 2. Students will complete reflective exit tickets following lessons. 3. Focus group discussions will be conducted with both teachers and students. They will allow for capturing of real-life complexities that quantitative data may not (Zainal, 2007). Focus group discussions topics will include task values, expectations, attributions of past performance and self-concept of ability (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). 4. A thorough analysis will then be compiled of both qualitative feedback from students and teachers and quantitative data from student utility values and in-class assessments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Ultimately, the goal is for students to be successful. Motivation is strongly correlated with future success (Amrai et al., 2011), however, research has shown that motivation, tends to decline as students get older ((Parsons), 1983). Many factors contribute to this decline, but one that has been noted by some authors is the lack of perceived relevance of the subject. However, it is hoped that by situating the mathematics in situations that are relevant to the students, it may be possible to slow, or even halt, this decline (Eccles et al., 1993). The Situated Expectancy-Value theory provides a useful framework through which to explore the effect of the kinds of teaching and learning promoted by this study. Students may identify increased cultural relevance in their mathematics due to culturally relevant artefacts being the basis for mathematical modelling tasks thereby increasing utility value. In sum, this research aims to investigate whether incorporating culturally relevant mathematical modelling tasks leads to increased utility values as outlined in Eccles & Wigfield (2020) and improved academic performance for students. References (Parsons), J. E. (1983). Expectancies, Values and Academic Behaviours. In J. T. Spence, Achievement and Achievement Motives (pp. 75-146). San Francisco: W.H. Freeman and Company. Amrai, K., Motlagh, S. E., & Parhon, H. A. (2011). The relationship between academic motivation and academic achievement students. Procedia Social and Behavioural Sciences, 399-402. An Roinn Oidicheas agus Scileanna. (2024, January 31). Junior Cycle Mathematics. Retrieved from curriculumonline.ie: https://www.curriculumonline.ie/Junior-cycle/Junior-Cycle-Subjects/Mathematics/ Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 1-13. Eccles, J. S., Wigfield, A., Midgley, C., Reuman, D., MacIver, D., & Feldlaufer, H. (1993). Negative Effects of Traditional Middle Schools on Students' Motivation. The Elementary School Journal, 554-574. Ernest, P. (2016). The Collatoral Damage of Learning Mathematics. Philosophy of Mathematics Education Journal, 13-55. Gafoor, K. A., & Kurukkan, A. (2015, August 18). Why High School Students Feel Mathematics Difficult? An Exploration of Affective Beliefs. Retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov: https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED560266.pdf Girvan, C., Conneely, C., & Tangney, B. (2016). Extending experiential learning in teacher professional development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 129-139. Hulleman, C. S., & Barron, K. E. (2013, May 1). Teacher Perceptions of Student Motivational Challenges and Best Strategies to Enhance Motivation. Charlotsville, Virginia, United States of America: American Educational Research Association. Hulleman, C. S., Durik, A. M., Schweigert, S. A., & Harackiewicz, J. M. (2008). Task Values, Achievement Goals, and Interest: An Integrative Analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 398-416. Hunter, J., Hunter, •. R., Bills, T., Cheung, I., Hannant, B., Kritesh, K., & Lachaiya, R. (2016). Developing Equity for Pa¯sifika Learners Within a New Zealand Context: Attending to Culture and Values. NZ J Educ Stud, 197-209. Kilpatrick, J., Swafford, J., & Findell, B. (2001). Adding it Up; Helping Children Learn Mathematics Successfully. Washington D.C.: National Academy Press. Liebendörfer, M., & Schukajlow, S. (2020). Quality matters: how reflecting on the utility valu of mathematics affects future teachers' interest. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 199-218. Lowrie, T. (2004). Making mathematics meaningful, realistic and personalised: Changing the direction of relevance and applicability. Towards Excellence in Mathematics (p. 10pp). Brunswick, Australia: The Mathematics Association of Victoria. Sahin, S., Dogan, M., Cavus Erdem, Z., Gurbuz, R., & Temurtas, A. (2019). Prospective Teachers’ Criteria for Evaluating Mathematical Modeling Problems. International Journal of Research in Education and Science, 730-743. Zainal, Z. (2007). Case study as a research method. Jurnal Kemanusiaan, 1-6. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Model of Coping Strategies for Primary School Students' Mathematical Problem-Solving Difficulties Kaunas University of Tech, Lithuania Presenting Author:Educational assessment studies show that students have difficulties in mathematics, particularly in problem solving. This could be a difficulty in at least one of the four phases (Polya, 1945), namely: understanding the problem, making a plan, carrying out the plan, and looking back. Other studies have also examined the different ways in which students cope with such difficulties. Problem solving is a fundamental skill, both now and in the future. Researchers have long been concerned with its development, and its relevance remains undiminished. The academic study of problem solving emerged in the second half of the 20th century. In the 1970s and 1980s, it focused primarily on elucidating the nature of mathematical problems, students' approaches to solving them, and the salient aspects of problem solving that warrant investigation (Schoenfeld, 1985). More recently, scholarly attention has shifted to educators' perspectives on problem solving and strategies for its improvement (Boaler, 2002; Schoenfeld, 2010, 2014; Stein et al., 2008). In this study, we have investigated the multifaceted domain of problem solving, with a particular focus on the strategies employed in solving mathematical word problems. Van der Schoot et al. (2009) investigated the factors that differentiate successful and less successful problem solvers in their approach to word problems, highlighting in particular the impact of consistency and markedness. Recognised as a fundamental tool for assessing students' practical application of mathematical knowledge, mathematical word problems are often presented in text form rather than using purely mathematical symbols (Daroczy et al., 2015). In solving these problems, as highlighted by Verschaffel et al. (2000), the solver is required to use mathematical operations on known or inferred numerical values from the problem statement to arrive at a solution. This process, according to Kang et al. (2023), can serve as an indicator of the problem solver's abstract reasoning ability. Recently, the scholarly focus has shifted to exploring educators' perspectives on problem solving and coping strategies to improve it (Boaler, 2002; Schoenfeld, 2010, 2014; Stein et al., 2008). Significantly, not every mathematical word problem is sufficiently challenging for students, highlighting the need for exposure to truly complex tasks that promote mathematical sense making (Marcus & Fey, 2003; NCTM, 1991; van de Walle, 2003). Word problems are a particularly difficult type of problem for mathematics students (Verschaffel et al., 2020). Jacobson (2023) defines dyscalculia as a term for specific learning disabilities that affect a child's ability to do arithmetic and number. The estimated prevalence is 5-7% in primary school children. Mathematics covers a wide range of areas: arithmetic, problem solving, geometry, algebra, probability and statistics. Solving mathematical problems requires students to mobilise a range of skills related to number sense, symbol decoding, memory, visuospatial skills, logic, etc., and may lead to difficulties in any one or a combination of these skills (Karagiannakis et al., 2014). Even if these students have not been diagnosed with a mathematical disorder, they need systematic support to learn mathematics because, according to a study by Nelson and Powel (2017), they are likely to continue to experience mathematical difficulties in the future. This paper aims to construct a model for overcoming mathematics learning difficulties by taking into account the congruent abilities required for problem solving, based on Feuerstein's (2015) mediated learning method and Karagiannakis et al.'s (2014) mathematics learning difficulties. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Scopus and Web of Science databases were used for the study because of their reputation for providing reliable and comprehensive data, ease of data extraction, and extensive coverage of relevant articles. After automated data screening in both databases, the selected articles were catalogued in Research Information Systems (RIS) format to ensure the compilation of a scientifically rigorous body of evidence. All identified articles were then imported into Zotero. This meticulous curation process was facilitated by assigning codes to the articles and applying exclusion criteria within the Zotero platform. The selected articles were integrated into the MAXQDA program, and the data were coded using an inductive approach. Inductive reasoning, as postulated by Leavy (2017), is often used in qualitative research, where the primary aim is to uncover entirely new and unexplored data, thus promoting the generation of new knowledge rather than reinforcing existing theoretical frameworks. The qualitative codes derived from the data were then analysed within the interpretive paradigm, in line with the principles elucidated by Leavy (2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This work is expected to result in a theoretical model that reflects the level of flexibility needed to overcome students' learning difficulties and the potential for teachers to apply this model in schools to improve students' use of problem-solving strategies. References 1.Boaler, J. (2002). Experiencing school mathematics. In Routledge eBooks. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781410606365 2.Feuerstein, R., Falik, L., & Feuerstein, R. S. (2015). Changing Minds and Brains—The Legacy of Reuven Feuerstein: Higher Thinking and Cognition Through Mediated Learning. Teachers College Press. 3.Karagiannakis, G., Baccaglini-Frank, A., & Papadatos, Y. (2014). Mathematical learning difficulties subtypes classification. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2014.00057 4.Leavy, P. (2017). Research design: Quantitative, Qualitative, Mixed Methods, Arts-Based, and Community-Based Participatory Research Approaches. Guilford Publications. 5.Schoenfeld, A. H. (2010). How we think. In Routledge eBooks. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203843000 6.Schoenfeld, A. H. (2014a). Mathematical problem solving. Elsevier. 7.Stein, M. K., Engle, R. A., Smith, M. S., & Hughes, E. K. (2008). Orchestrating Productive Mathematical Discussions: Five practices for helping teachers move beyond show and tell. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 10(4), 313–340. https://doi.org/10.1080/10986060802229675 8.Van Der Schoot, M., Arkema, A. H. B., Horsley, T., & Van Lieshout, E. (2009). The consistency effect depends on markedness in less successful but not successful problem solvers: An eye movement study in primary school children. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 34(1), 58–66. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2008.07.002 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper How to Develop Skills and Motivation to Learn Mathematics? Federacja Akademii Wojskowych, Poland Presenting Author:How to develop skills and motivation to learn mathematics? I speak from the perspective of Polish experiences in developing maths education. I refer to transmissive teaching in accordance with the curriculum culture. I do this with hope this might be interesting for an international audience as the beyond Polish specificity this case pertains to a more universal validity. The results my research show the importance of individualization of teaching and the role of building a sense of self-competence and mathematical self-confidence. At school, mathematics education is often based only on providing students with knowledge and implementing the core curriculum. According to Małgorzata Żytko (2013), the National Survey of Third-Grade Skills [Ogólnopolskie Badanie Umiejętności Trzecioklasistów, OBUT] suggested that the main aim of education is the implementation of the core curriculum, not the development of children and meeting their individual educational needs. Anna Brzezińska (1986) similarly stated that the teaching and communication style in the teaching-learning process should be "child-oriented" and not "core curriculum-oriented". She said that you should talk to the child and organize situations in which the student actively participates, investigates and tries to solve problems on his own. In turn, Edyta Gruszczyk-Kolczyńska (2011) proved that primary school reduces mathematical abilities. She showed that more than 50% preschoolers have mathematical abilities such as ease of learning mathematics, great cognitive curiosity, creativity, accuracy and independence in solving mathematical tasks. In the group of first-graders, only 12,5% students has outstanding talents. Gruszczyk-Kolczyńska noticed that after eight months of school, children are less creative, less courageous and have a lower sense of meaning in learning than in kindergarten. Therefore, the priority of my research was to focus on the developing the skills and motivation to learn mathematics of students with different levels of competence and meeting individual educational needs of each student. The basic questions that guided the research were: how to work on individualised strategies of teaching mathematics being a schoolteacher, so that each student makes progress in learning mathematics? What is the importance of strengthening a child's self-confidence and motivation in learning mathematics? What teaching methods and forms of work will be best for each student? I did the research among eight-grade primary school students. There were 21 students in this group. The research lasted from September 2022 to February 2023. The study group were students from Ukraine, students with dyslexia, selective auditory processing disorders and hyperactivity. I created an original program. It considered the individualization of teaching mathematics. I used a scaffolding strategy and various methods and forms of work (e.g. tutoring, project method, problem-based learning, using tasks with different levels of difficulty) and adapted the subject matter to the cognitive capacity of each student. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In my study, I used both qualitative (action research) and quantitative (survey) methods of collecting data for triangulation. I considered that this methods would complement each other and thus provide a comprehensive answer to the research questions. I wanted to triangulate diagnostic data from the survey with the quantitative data gathered during action research. The former allowed to obtain a lot of information of interest about the each student in a short period of time. I used survey to identify the specific mathematical areas where students have the most problems. I learned about both mathematical skills and approach to learning and learning-related problems, as well as individual differences of students (e.g. learning style, gender, emotional intelligence). While action research allowed the teacher to contribute to educational and didactic changes and benefit all participants involved. The analysis of the data collected has made it possible to specify areas for further action research. Based on the survey, I developed specific teaching strategies to help develop each pupil's mathematical skills. I created the original program and used various methods and forms of work and adapted the subject matter to the cognitive capacity of each student. The combination of diagnostic surveys and action research allowed for an individual approach to developing learning abilities in mathematics, taking into account the needs of each student. I used techniques such as a questionnaire, interview, document analysis and participant observation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research results confirmed the effectiveness of individualizing teaching and students' motivation, as well as strengthening the child's faith in their own abilities. The best methods of motivating students to learn mathematics were: using tasks with different levels of difficulty playing "hook for the teacher", tutoring and problem-based learning. The research showed qualitative and quantitative progress in the work of most eighth-graders. Students improved their results on the eighth-grade trial exam in December compared to the September national diagnostic test. The January nationwide project „Sesja z plusem” [Session with Plus] also saw improvement. The average result in this class is 51% and is 13 percentage points higher than the average nationwide result. It's worth asking yourself: if the majority of students in this class made progress in their mathematics learning skills within a few months, then what progress would there be if the teacher used such methods in the earlier years of primary school? Would the school then reduce students' mathematics abilities, as proved by Gruszczyk-Kolczyńska? I agree with Małgorzata Żytko (2013) that the main aim of teaching should not only be the implementation of the core curriculum, but primarily focusing on the development of each child's mathematics learning skills. I believe that if this is our priority in mathematics education, students' results on national tests will also be satisfactory. References Bruner, J.S. (1974). W poszukiwaniu teorii nauczania. Państwowy Instytut Wydawniczy. Warszawa. Brzezińska, A. Styl komunikacji dorosłego z dzieckiem a aktywność twórcza dziecka w sferze języka. Życie Szkoły. 1986, 9. 502-512. Cervinkova, H. Badania w działaniu i zaangażowana antropologia edukacyjna, Teraźniejszość -Człowiek-Edukacja. 2012, 1. 7-18. Czerepaniak-Walczak, M. Badanie w działaniu w kształceniu i doskonaleniu nauczycieli, Przegląd Badań Edukacyjnych. 2014, 2,. p. 185. Chlewiński, Z. (1991). Kształtowanie się umiejętności poznawczych. Identyfikacja pojęć. Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe. Warszawa. p. 11. Creswell, J.W. (2013). Projektowanie badań naukowych. Metody jakościowe, ilościowe i mieszane. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Jagielońskiego. Kraków. Dąbrowski, M. (2007). Pozwólmy dzieciom myśleć. O umiejętnościach matematycznych polskich trzecioklasistów. Centralna Komisja Edukacyjna. Warszawa. p. 95. Filipiak, E. (2008). Rozwijanie zdolności uczenia się, Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Kazimierza Wielkiego, Bydgoszcz. Grochowska, L. Metody aktywizujące na lekcjach matematyki i nie tylko…. Gdyński Kwartalnik Oświatowy. 2016, 1. 42-45. Gruszczyk-Kolczyńska, E.Szkoła, rzeźnia talentów, Dziennik Gazeta Prawna, 90, 10.05.2013. Kopaliński W., Słownik języka polskiego i zwrotów obcojęzycznych z almanachem, Klub Świat Książki, Warszawa 2000. Hornowski B., Rozwój inteligencji i uzdolnień specjalnych, Warszawa 1986, p. 48. Mietzel, G. (2002). Psychologia kształcenia. Praktyczny podręcznik dla pedagogów i nauczycieli. Gdańskie Wydawnictwo Psychologiczne. Gdańsk. p. 374. Nowak-Łojewska, A. (red.). (2021). Action research w praktyce. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Gdańskiego. Gdańsk. Nowakowska, M. Uśmiech przy tablicy, Psychologia w szkole, 2013, 3 . 92-93. Piaget, J. P (1970). Science of education and the psychology of the child, Viking Press. New York. p. 151. Pietrasiński, Z. (1975). Zdolności, [w:] T. Tomaszewski (red.), Psychologia. Warszawa. p. 736. Pilch , T., Bauman T. (2001). Zasady badań pedagogicznych. Strategie ilościowe i jakościowe, Wydawnictwo Akademickie „Żak”., Warszawa. Reason P., Bradbury H. (2006). The SAGE Handbook of Action Research. Participative Inquiry and Practice. SAGE Publications. Los Angeles. Teliszewska A. (2012). Jak asertywnie chwalić i krytykować. Psychologia w szkole. 4. p. .42. Wygotski L.S.(1971). Problem nauczania i rozwoju umysłowego w wieku szkolnym, [w]: Wygotski L.S., Wybrane prace psychologiczne. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Warszawa. p. 542. Zimbardo P.G., Johnos R.L. (2014). McCann V., Psychologia. Kluczowe koncepcje. Motywacja i uczenie się, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Warszawa. p. 222. Żytko, M. Ogólnopolskie Badanie Umiejętności Trzecioklasistów (OBUT) – pedagogiczny eksperyment z „politycznymi konsekwencjami”. Teraźniejszość – Człowiek – Edukacja. 2013, 4(64), p.101 – 116. www.ls.gwo.pl/raporty-do-pobrania [acces date 30.04.2023]. www.operon.pl [acces date 30.04.2023]. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A glance on Out-of-Field mathematics teaching. Insights from England and New South Wales. The University of Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:The shortage of mathematics teachers has raised several concerns in education systems around the world. One pressing issue involves addressing the vacancies in classrooms, often leading to the emergence of the out-of-field (OOF) teaching phenomenon. This phenomenon entails teaching a subject without a background in the subject or preparation for teaching it. Part of the literature have focused on the impact of teacher qualifications on students’ academic performance. There are studies that reveal disadvantages for students taught by OOF teachers (Porsch & Whannell, 2019). In subjects with cumulative content, such as mathematics, the complexity of which escalates across grade levels, the significance of teachers' qualifications becomes notably pronounced (Hobbs & Törner, 2019). Other strand of literature focus on the consequences for teachers. Challenges in competence and the additional workload associated with OOF teaching are often connected to job dissatisfaction and emotional challenges, including stress, anxiety, and burnout (Buenacosa & Petalla, 2022). Consequently, different policies have emerged to address the issue of OOF mathematics teaching. Focusing on the English former Teacher Subject Specialism Training (TSST) programme and the Australian (NSW) Mathematics Retraining program, this study was guided by the question: how is the phenomenon of OOF mathematics teaching constructed in these two policies? Remembering that policies are designed by people makes us reflect on the assumptions that were made about the phenomenon, and which were left out In 2023, the media has echoed the phenomenon, highlighting that 12% mathematics lessons are taught by someone without a mathematics degree in England, while in Australia 33% of secondary maths teachers were OOF (Carey & Caroll., 2023; Weale, 2023). England and Australia share historical ties, but they also exhibit distinctive educational systems shaped by unique cultural, policy, and contextual factors. This paper shedding light on the nuanced ways each case problematizes and therefore acts upon the same phenomenon. This paper has two objectives. On the one hand, to identify, through the analysis of two international cases, the assumptions regarding the phenomenon of OOF teaching. On the other hand, to compare the representations given to the phenomenon in England and NSW. Traditionally in policy analysis, there has been a conventional belief that policy documents are rational and objective reactions to pre-established and fixed social problems (Bacchi, 2009; Ball, 1993). Therefore, analysts often inquire “what is this policy doing to fix the identified problem?” (Bacchi, 2009). Bacchi argues that these texts, by outlining necessary changes, incorporate implicit representations of the issue or problem they intend to address. Moreover, she contends that such policy documents may inadvertently contribute to defining and spreading the very issues they seek to solve. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The WPR methodology is based on three fundamental assumptions. First, it recognises policy-as-discourse, encompassing assumptions, presumptions, values, and subjectivities. Second, it examines problematizations by analysing how the problem is represented, focusing on the importance of studying the articulation of 'problems'. Third, the WPR underscores the necessity of scrutinizing these problematizations, emphasizing the evaluation of their underlying assumptions and their consequences (Bacchi 2009, xxi). In a way, one of the advantages of the WPR approach is its simplicity. Bacchi offers a structure that allows for an orderly and transparent analysis. Six questions were posed to address the policy. •Question 1: What are the problems represented in policies that directly address the OOF teaching? •Question 2: What deep-seated presuppositions or assumptions underlie this representation of the ‘problem’? •Question 3: How has this representation of the ‘problem’ come about? •Question 4: What remains unproblematic in this problem representation? Where are the silences? Can the ‘problem’ be conceptualized differently? •Question 5: What effects are produced by this representation of the ‘problem’? •Question 6: How and where has this representation of the ‘problem’ been produced, disseminated, and defended? How has it been and how can it be disrupted and replaced? These questions guide analysts and require breaking away from traditional (solution-focused) approaches, unravelling the root of the policy and the birth of the particular problem to be addressed. The WPR appeals to look at the policy not only in the official text (not publicly accessible in most cases), but also in the discourses, constructions that can stem from it. Thus, for this paper, policy can be defined as official public documents that articulate structured statements and directives, representing efforts to address the OOF phenomenon. Therefore, the official public documents used for this study are: • Teacher subject specialism training (TSST): programme details • Teacher subject specialism training (TSST): course directory • Blog. Teaching: Taking on a new challenge - making the move from PE to maths • Mathematics Retraining Program- General Information • Mathematics Retraining Programme – frequently asked questions • Mathematics Retraining Programme - Participant Information Session • Mathematics Retraining/Mentoring Programme Drop-in Session • Mathematics Retraining programme and Mentoring Programmes Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary problem representation identified is the lack of subject-specific expertise among teachers which these policies aim to address through professional development and retraining programs. This methodology underscores a belief in enhancing teacher qualifications as a strategy for improving quality teaching and addresses the immediate need for subject-specific skills in secondary schools. There is an implicit suggestion that the primary solution to OOF teaching lies in individual teacher improvement, rather than systemic changes or broader support mechanisms. The effects of these problem representations are multifaceted. On the one hand, they lead to initiatives that directly enhance teacher competencies and may improve classroom teaching quality. On the other hand, they may inadvertently place additional pressures on teachers, requiring them to undertake further training, often without addressing the broader structural challenges that lead to OOF teaching. In examining the literature on OOF teaching, it becomes apparent that the policies in both England and NSW frame OOF teaching as a detriment to educational quality. Consequently, these policies propose training as a solution, operating under the assumption that enhancing teachers' qualifications will positively impact student learning outcomes. However, this approach to problematisation often neglects the wellbeing of the teachers themselves. While the primary aim of these programs is to retrain teachers for mathematics teaching, it's important for policies addressing OOF teaching to consider those educators who continue to teach OOF but do not participate in these programs. Providing support for teachers who remain in OOF positions, yet are not beneficiaries of these retraining programs, is crucial. Such support can mitigate issues like teacher burnout, stress, and anxiety, potentially averting long-term consequences like teacher attrition. This focus on teacher welfare within OOF teaching policies is essential for a comprehensive approach to addressing the challenges in this area. References Bacchi, C., 2009. Analysing policy: what’s the problem represented to be? Frenchs Forest: Pearson. Bacchi, C., 2012. Why study problematisations? Making politics visible. Open journal of political science, 2 (1), 1–8. doi:10.4236/ojps.2012.21001 Ball, S.J., 1993. What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. Discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, 13 (2), 10–17. doi:10.1080/0159630930130203. Buenacosa, M.S.A. & Petalla, M. B. (2022). Embracing the Unknown: Adaptability and Resiliency of Out-of-Field Secondary Teachers Teaching English in Public Schools. Asian Journal of Education and Social Studies, 37(2), 1-29. https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2022/v37i2796 Carey, A. & Caroll, L. (2023, June 14). ‘Number of specialist maths teachers just doesn’t add up’. The Sydney Morning Herald. https://www.smh.com.au/education/number-of-specialist-maths-teachers-just-doesn-t-add-up-20230614-p5dgjm.html Hobbs, L. & Törner, G. (2019). Teaching Out-of-Field as a Phenomenon and Research Problem. In L. Hobbes & G. Törner (eds.), Examining the Phenomenon of “Teaching Out-of-field” (3-20). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_1 Porsch, R., and R. Whannell. 2019. “Out-of-Field Teaching Affecting Students and Learning: What Is Known and Unknown.” In Examining the Phenomenon of “Teaching Out-of-Field”: International Perspectives on Teaching as a Non-Specialist, edited by L. Hobbs and G. Törner, 179–191. Singapore: Springer. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_7. Weale, S. (2023, April 17). ‘Shortage of teachers will be a big maths problem for Rishi Sunak. The Guardian. https://www.theguardian.com/education/2023/apr/17/shortage-of-teachers-will-be-a-big-maths-problem-for-rishi-sunak |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 H: Transitions Across Educational Contexts Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Unveiling Educational Needs: A Narrative Inquiry into Kazakh Adult Returnees from China. Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Title: Unveiling Educational Needs: A Narrative Inquiry into Kazakh Adult Returnees from China. The role of adult education as a means of adaptation of citizens to changing society is crucial. One of the communities which tend to be in demand of adaptation and smooth integration into broader society in Kazakhstan are ethnic Kazakh returnees. Returnees from the regions beyond the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) charachtarized by distinctive political regimes and socio-cultural features and writing systems that differ from Central Asian countries have drawn significant scholarly interest which stemmed from various factors which include returnees experience related to adaptation and integration issues in Kazakhstan. This research focuses particularly on adult returnees who come from China and who constitute the second biggest share of returnees among Kazakh diasporas in the world. Various disciplines have sliced the returnee experiences and issues from their perspectives. In particular, the scholarly discourse on China Kazakh returnees in Kazakhstan revolve around historical, legal, economic and political, socio-cultural aspects of the repatriation and adaptation and integration issues. There has been a limited scholarly investigation into the role of education as both a contributing factor to addressing issues among adult returnees and a mitigating factor in the context of integration. While the legal and regulatory framework for migration has been established and continues to evolve in the country, it is important to highlight returnees’ ongoing integrative challenges. Literature states that lifelong policy predominantly caters for local residents, which raises the concern about its inclusivity. Recognizing the broader challenges related to adaptation and integration, this exploratory study aims to explore educational needs of Kazakhstani adult returnees from China from returnee perspectives. The overarching question of this study is what educational needs do adult returnees have to aid in their successful adjustment and assimilation? This study explores educational needs of adult returnees through Bourdieu's concepts of ‘habitus’ ‘field’, ‘doxa’, and the Third Space Theory by (Bhabha, 1994) and Intersectionality Theory by (Crenshaw, 1991). The study used an eclectic theoretical framework as individually the mentioned theories provide fragmented picture and cannot individually help me in understanding educational needs of returnees therfore I cinsider them within the Third Space theory by Bhabha (1994); it is a suitable lens through which I can tap into the complex process of in-betweenness that is cultural hybridity and identity formation experienced by the returnees. As this theory is defined as ‘third space’ where the fusion and convergence of the individual’s prior socio-cultural experiences and new socio-cultural context occur (Bhabha, 1994). I will witness how the returnees’ hybrid identities are constructed, how they negotiate their dual or multiple cultural affiliations and how the negotiation and hybrid identity impact returnees’ educational needs and what educational resources they seek . Through this theory I acknowledges that their needs are not just shaped by straightforward factors like language proficiency or job skills but are intricately linked to their personal histories, societal structures, cultural norms, and evolving identities. In essence, Third Space theory offers a comprehensive lens through which the multi-layered experiences of returnees can be understood and addressed in terms of education. This research can contribute to knowledge by bridging the current gap in the existing body of knowledge on the subject matter, thereby facilitating understanding of the Kazakhstani context bound educational experience of adult returnees and their educational needs in the context of local and global migrant education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is guided by the postmodernist belief that knowledge is subjective, relative shaped by cultural, social, and historical contexts rather than being universal (Dolphijn & Tuin, 2012). In this vein, it serves as a means for a comprehensive exploration of the educational landscape, viewing each returnee's experience as a unique junction of cultural, social, and individual factors that challenge simplistic categorization. This qualitatively-led research employs narrative research design. The rationale includes first of all experience happens narratively; therefore adult returnees experience should be studied narratively (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). My intention is to hear the stories of adult returnees in relation to their education needs and not obtain fragmented data;only through hearing their stories I can learn about their educational needs (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). Their stories not only helps me in this account but also of how the discourse of the social contexts shape the adult returnees’ educational needs. In addition their narrative stories assists me to discover and explore individual needs in relation to education through attending their personal inwards, feelings assumptions which can be reached only through dimensions of narrative inquiry. In this research I 16 male/ female adult returnees in workforce living in Astana city are recruted for intervie. Snowball sampling is used for recruitment which is reported as a method for recruiting future subjects from among their acquaintances, creating a chain of referrals that grows like a snowball. Literature highlights effectiveness of this type of sampling for accessing understandin complex, and nuanced population. The primary instruments for data collection of the study are individual interviews, document analysis. Data collection consist of three phases first document analysis is conducted. The rational of using Document analysis is that “they exist independent of a research agenda, they are nonreactive, that is, unaffected by the research process”; and they are reported as “objective and unobtrusive” source of data which “are product of the context in which they were produced and therefore grounded in the real world ( Merriam and Tisdell, 2015, p. 250). In the second phase the unstructured interview is conducted. The unstructured (open- ended) informal conversational interviews have aided to encourage participants to come up stories to emerge (Charmaz, 2006). Upon analysis of the unstructed interview I have design questions for semistructured interview that have served as a follow up questions based on the findings of the document analyis and unstructured interview. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this ongoing research exploring the educational needs of adult returnees, several anticipated outcomes are expected to emerge, enriching both academic understanding and practical approaches in this field. A significant portion of the research is projected to uncover the array of challenges these returnees encounter. This encompasses cultural reintegration difficulties, discrepancies in educational and professional methodologies between their host and home countries, and potential skill gaps that may impede their assimilation into the local workforce and thus form educational needs. Furthermore, the research anticipates revealing how these challenges and needs vary across different demographics, influenced by factors such as the duration of stay abroad, age, and professional backgrounds of the returnees. Another crucial outcome will likely be an evaluation of the current support systems and educational programs available to these individuals. As such a primary expected finding is the delineation of specific educational requirements unique to adult returnees in Kazakhstan. This includes identifying key areas such as language proficiency, vocational skills, and the validation of overseas qualifications, tailored to their experiences and the context of their return. References Bhabha, H. (1994). 17 Frontlines/Borderposts. In Displacements: Cultural Identities in Question (p. 269). Bhabha, H. (1994). The Location of Culture. Routledge. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste. Routledge. Bourdieu, P. (1993). The Field of Cultural Production. Polity Press. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. Sage Publications. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative Inquiry: Experience and Story in Qualitative Research. Jossey-Bass Publishers. Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2015). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. John Wiley & Sons. Tuin, I. V. D., & Dolphijn, R. (2012). New materialism: Interviews & cartographies. Open humanities press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Transition from Vocational Education to Higher Education: Predictors of Entry and Results in the Labor Market Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation Presenting Author:This research is aimed at studying the transit trajectory of students’ progress to higher education after achieving vocational qualification. In the Russian educational context, vocational education means graduating from a community college. Community college graduates may be motivated by a variety of reasons when choosing a transit pathway. Firstly, the educational path of «community college – university» can be considered as a widespread channel of social mobility. From the point of view of rational action theory, the researchers agree that the most socially and economically disadvantaged social groups choose vocational education (Alexandrov, Tenisheva, & Savelyev, 2015; Konstantinovskiy & Popova, 2018). At the same time, due to the transit trajectory, the path to higher education and social mobility upon graduation is not blocked for such students. Since Russian community college graduates can enter higher education without passing the Unified State Examination (USE), this path is called "bypass maneuver" (Adamovich, 2022). Second, according to the theory of human capital, higher education contributes to the accumulation of the general human capital (Becker, 1962). This can be a significant incentive to increase the potential return on education. Various studies in Russia repeatedly showcase the positive impact of higher education and work experience on the success of entering the labour market (Dudyrev, Romanova, & Travkin, 2020; Roshchin & Rudakov, 2017). And thirdly, in terms of the signal theory, by obtaining a higher level of education such as a bachelor’s degree after a vocational qualification, the candidates signal to the employer that they are productive and deserve a higher salary (Spence, 1973). Thus, community college graduates can enroll in higher education in order to provide a signal to the employer of their productivity and, as a result, grounds for potential wage increases. Education and career trajectories are a common subject of both sociological and economic research. Sociological research is aimed at identifying the reasons for the choice of a particular educational path, and economic studies — its results. Sociologists, for example, often study educational routes based on the theory of rational action (Breen & Goldthorpe, 1997) and relative risk aversion (Breen & van de Werfhorst, 2014). Economic studies, in turn, examine the results of an educational route. According to the theory of the human capital (Becker, 1962), students who have progressed from community college to university acquire human capital and become more promising candidates in the labor market. It can be assumed that investment in transit educational trajectory, in the long term, will bring higher income and protection from precarious employment (Maltseva & Rosenfeld, 2022). The progression of college graduates to higher education is actively discussed by researchers in Russia (Yastrebov, Kosyakova & Kurakin, D., 2018). However, studying predictors associated with the Russian young people entering the transit trajectory remains scarce. In addition, the career trajectories of such students have not yet been covered by empirical research. The purpose of this study is to identify factors related to the choice of transit education trajectory (socio-economic status (SES), academic achievement, personal characteristics). In addition, this study examines the relationship between the «transit» educational trajectory and the salaries of its graduates. In this research, a transit educational route is classified into two types — completed transit (entering university immediately after community college graduation) and postponed transit (entering university some time after community college graduation). This research study answers the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data for the study were obtained during the national panel of the research project «Trajectories in education and occupation» (TrEC). TrEC is conducted annually by the Institute of Education of Higher School of Economics (HSE) and is based on a representative sample of TIMSS-2011 (Trends in Mathematics and Science Study). This study uses data from nine TrEC waves (2011 to 2020) and data from the Russian Federal Service of State Statistics on the Gross Regional Product (GRP) of various regions of Russia. In the Russian educational context, vocational education means graduating from a community college with Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) qualification. For this study, a sub-sample of TVET diploma holders was formed from those who attended a community college on the basis of 9 grades. This sample includes the respondents who: 1) graduated from community college and had no further studies, 2) graduated from TVET and were studying at university in 2020, 3) graduated from both community college and university. In the data analysis phase, the categorical variable "Educational attainment by 2020" (only TVET, TVET and completed higher education, TVET and continuing education at a university) was selected as a dependent variable in the logistic regression model to answer the first research question. Multinomial logistic regression was chosen for analysis of the presented data, since the dependent variable in this study is categorical. The two main independent variables are the student’s socioeconomic status and their academic performance in school. The level of parents' education is chosen as an indicator of individual socio-economic status. The 8th grade TIMSS math score is used as a measure of academic achievement. Minzer Standard Least Squares Equation is used to answer the second research question on the impact of the transit educational trajectory on the earnings of graduates. For all college graduates a variable has been created, expressing the monthly income for the primary and secondary jobs in 2020. The main independent variables are the respondent’s level of education and work experience. Work experience is represented by the number of TrEC waves when the respondent had a temporary and/or permanent job, including combining it with college or university studies. However, the non-observed characteristics that affect entering in a particular educational path are not monitored in the regression model. It may lead to some bias in the estimate and limit the methodology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Community college graduate’s socio-economic status and academic performance are predictors of entry into the transit educational trajectory. However, entry into this route depends to a greater extent on the respondent's SES, since when this variable is added to the model, academic performance ceases to be significant. Thus, when entering university after graduating from community college, there are primary effects of inequality in education. Moreover, the educational route "9 grades – community college – university" is not a channel of social mobility, but rather a tool of reproduction of higher status positions (compared to holders of only a TVET diploma). The work experience of a "transit" graduate gives a significant return on wages, but graduation from college by 25 years does not create such a return. Graduates of the transit educational trajectory in our sample are 24-25 years old, and the peak of salary in Russia comes in the age of 30-35 years (Gimpelson, 2019). Thus, graduates of the transit route in our sample do not have time to use their accumulated general human capital. Therefore, it is more effective to continue studying the returns from their transit educational trajectory, when respondents reach their salary peak. It is noteworthy that in Russia the transit trajectory is very little highlighted in educational policy, even though one third of university students are "transit" students.The results of the study could be useful for informing youth education and employment policies, focusing policies on mitigating educational inequality and increasing access to higher education. In addition to that, the findings of this research may be of interest to a wide range of readers in the vocational education community. The results of this research can help students and alumni of community colleges to understand the variety of educational opportunities and potential challenges of choosing a career path. References 1. Alexandrov D., Tenisheva K., & Savelyeva S. (2015). No-Risk Mobility: Through College to University. Voprosy Obrazovaniya / Educational Studies Moscow, (3), 66-91. https://doi.org/10.17323/1814-9545-2015-3-66-91 2. Adamovich K. A. (2022) Educational Trajectories of Russian Students after the 9th Grade in 2000—2017: Types of Regional Situations and Their Predictors. Mo ni to ring of Public Opinion: Economic and Social Changes. No. 1. P. 116–142. https://doi.org/10.14515/monitoring.2022.1.1792 3. Becker, G. S. (1962). Investment in human capital: A theoretical analysis. Journal of political economy, 70(5, Part 2), 9-49. https://doi.org/10.1086/258724 4. Breen, R., & Goldthorpe, J. H. (1997). Explaining educational differentials: Towards a formal rational action theory. Rationality and society, 9(3), 275-305. https://doi.org/10.1177/104346397009003002 5. Breen, R., Van De Werfhorst, H. G., & Jæger, M. M. (2014). Deciding under doubt: A theory of risk aversion, time discounting preferences, and educational decision-making. European Sociological Review, 30(2), 258-270. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcu039 6. Dudyrev F., Romanova O., Travkin P. (2020). Student employment and school-to-work transition: the Russian case. Education and Training, 62 (4), 441–457. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-07-2019-0158 7. Gimpelson V. (2019). Vozrast i zarabotnaya plata: stilizovannie fakti i rossiiskie osobennosti [Age and Wage: Stylized Facts and Russian Evidence]. The HSE Economic Journal, vol. 23, no 2, pp. 185–237 (in Russian). https://doi.org/10.17323/1813-8691-2019-23-2-185-237 8. Konstantinovskiy D. L., Popova E. S. (2018). Rossiyskoe srednee professionalnoe obrazovanie: vostrebovannost i spetsifika vybora [Russian Secondary Professional Education: Demand and Specificity of Choice]. Sociological Studies / Sotsiologicheskie issledovaniia, no 3, pp. 34–44. https://doi.org/10.7868/S0132162518030030 9. Maltseva V. A., Shabalin A.I. (2021). Ne-obkhodnoy manevr, ili Bum sprosa na srednee professional’noe obrazovanie v Rossii [The Non-Bypass Trajectory, or The Boom in Demand for TVET in Russia]. Voprosy obrazovaniya / Educational Studies Moscow, no 2, pp. 10–42. https://doi.org/10.17323/1814-9545-2021-2-10-42 10. Roshchin, S., & Rudakov, V. (2017). Patterns of student employment in Russia. Journal of Education and Work, 30(3), 314-338. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2015.1122182 11. Spence, M. (1978). Job market signaling. In Uncertainty in economics (pp. 281-306). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/1882010 12. Yastrebov, G., Kosyakova, Y., & Kurakin, D. (2018). Slipping past the test: Heterogeneous effects of social background in the context of inconsistent selection mechanisms in higher education. Sociology of Education, 91(3), 224-241. https://doi.org/10.1177/003804071877908 |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 I: Communities, Families, and Schooling in Educational Research Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Fiona Hallett Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Co-Creating Caring Communities in our Schools University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper will draw upon the first two years of my doctoral studies in order to address an overarching question: how can caring communities be co-created in our schools? In the context of global conflicts, polarisation of political beliefs, rising inequalities and the climate crisis, learning to live together well and collaborate are arguably the ethical imperatives of our times (Booth, 2018; Samanani, 2022; IEA, 2022). School environments hold the potential to be sites of relational learning, in which both staff and students can learn experientially about coexistence, and how we might collaborate to address common issues. Dewey conceptualises the school environment as a ‘miniature community’: a participatory space, in which we can learn through processes of co-construction and reflecting upon our interactions (1941). As well as a co-learning space, the school community also holds the potential to be an invaluable source of social, emotional and wellbeing support (The Children’s Society, 2023). Yet the extent to which our education systems are preparing young people to grapple, collaboratively, with the challenges we are facing, and enabling schools to support the social and emotional needs of those within their care, can be called into question by urgent calls to transform education globally in light of the climate crisis, and situated reports of alienation and unhappiness in English state secondary schools (e.g. Higham, 2021; Tannock, 2021; UNESCO, 2021; The Children's Society, 2023; McPherson et al., 2023; Haraway, 1988). In the face of these international and national challenges, this paper draws upon the concepts of care, agency and community to theoretically and empirically consider the role of school communities today. This paper explores the potential for participation, support and connection at school through the lens of care: a broad and expansive concept that connects how we relate to each other and the world around us (Dobson and Higham, paper in progress). The theoretical framework for this paper also draws upon the literature review from the first year of my doctoral study, in which I brought together literature on care and agency to theorise an agential ethic of care, elevating our capacity to act together in care in education (references include: Tronto, 1993; Owis, 2022; Noddings, 1984; Higham and De Vynck, 2019). In order to address the central question of how we might co-create caring communities in our schools, this paper will present initial findings from my Economic and Social Research Council-funded doctoral research, which explores: how care and community are lived and experienced in state secondary schools in England at present; barriers to and opportunities for co-creating caring communities in our schools; and emergent possibilities from care and community-centred collaborative research in schools. This field work will provide a situated example of knowing with staff and students in the English context – yet the findings hold international implications, in light of the global challenges we face (Haraway, 1988). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper will invite discussion around initial findings from my doctoral field work, for which I am employing a range of methods. For this field work, I began by facilitating staff and student focus groups about care in one English state secondary school community, leading into a participatory action research project, designed to collaboratively address a particular care need or opportunity identified by co-researchers in the school. To design this field work, I am drawing upon a range of participatory methodological literature (e.g. Fine and Torre 2021; Brown, 2022; Riley, 2017). I plan to also use collaborative methodologies to engage staff and students in other selected school contexts in mixed discussions about care and collaboration, in order to build upon and further explore initial emerging themes. This paper will also draw upon focus group and observational data to explore the experience of participating in a care-and-community-centred participatory research project in a school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Emerging themes from initial focus groups indicate broader structural, relational and individual factors that can affect the extent to which students and staff feel cared for, able to care, and able to participate in their school community. They also indicate the complex balancing act of care needs and priorities, which Tronto argues elevates the need for dialogue about care (1993). Subsequent field work and analysis prior to the ECR conference will build upon and clarify the emerging themes for the paper presentation. Emergent possibilities from this collaborative research will, in combination with the theoretical framework outlined above, feed into the paper’s exploration of co-creating caring communities in our schools. Overall, this research aims, through collaborative methodologies, to help school leaders and policymakers to understand, and act on, what helps staff and students to feel cared for, able to care, able to participate, and able to collaborate within their school community. By re-framing caring as potentially collaborative and agential, this paper seeks to respond to urgent questions of how we can learn to live together well, and how we might support, and engage, members of our school communities - while also making a contribution to theories of care in education. Staff and student perspectives on care and community in their schools, amplified through this research, will hold implications for researchers, policymakers and practitioners, indicating the relevance of and potential for reclaiming ‘schools as caring communities’ in the present-day context (e.g. Baker et al., 1997). References Baker, Jean A., Robert Bridger, Tara Terry, and Anne Winsor (1997). ‘Schools as Caring Communities: A Relational Approach to School Reform’. School Psychology Review 26 (4) 586–602. Booth, A.J. (2018). 'How Should We Live Together? Choosing the Struggle for Inclusive Values'. Revista Ibero-Americana de Estudos em Educação, Esp. 13 (2), pp.1388–1406. Brown, Nicole (2022). ‘Scope and Continuum of Participatory Research’. International Journal of Research & Method in Education 45, (2) pp.200–211. Dewey, J. (1941). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. New York: The Macmillan Company. Fine, Michelle, and Torre, María Elena (2021). Essentials of Critical Participatory Action Research. Washington: American Psychological Association. Haraway, Donna (1988). ‘Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective’. Feminist Studies 14 (3) pp.575–99. Higham, R. (2021) ‘Reframing Ethical Leadership in Response to Civilizational Threats’, in T. Greany and P. Earley (eds) School Leadership and Education System Reform. London, UK: Bloomsbury. Available at: https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/school-leadership-and-education-system-reform-9781350173514. Higham, R. and De Vynck, H. (2019). 'Creating an ‘Ethic of Care’ in a Vertical Tutor Group'. In N. Mercer, R. Wegerif, and L. Major (Eds.), The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education. New York: Routledge, 2020.: Routledge, pp.622–633. IEA (2022). 'International ‘Collaboration Gap’ Threatens to Undermine Climate Progress and Delay Net Zero by Decades'. International Energy Agency. Available at: https://www.iea.org/news/international- collaboration-gap-threatens-to-undermine-climate-progress-and-delay-net-zero-by-decades [Accessed: 3 May 2023]. McPherson, C. et al. (2023). Schools for All? Young Lives, Young Futures: King’s College London. Available at: https://www.edge.co.uk/research/projects/research-reports/schools-for-all/. [Accessed 7 June 2023]. Noddings, N. (1984). Caring, a Feminine Approach to Ethics & Moral Education. Berkeley: University of California Press. Owis, B. (2022). Queering and Trans-gressing Care: Towards a Queer Ethic of Care in QTBIPOC Education. Doctoral Thesis. Vancouver: University of British Columbia. Riley, Kathryn (2017). Place, Belonging and School Leadership: Researching to Make the Difference. London: Bloomsbury. Samanani, F. (2022). How To Live With Each Other : An Anthropologist’s Notes on Sharing a Divided World. London: Profile Books. Tannock, S. (2021) Educating for Radical Social Transformation in the Climate Crisis. Cham, Switzerland: Springer International Publishing. The Children’s Society (2023). The Good Childhood Report 2023. London: The Children’s Society. Tronto, J.C. (1993). Moral Boundaries: A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care. New York: Routledge. UNESCO (2021) Reimagining Our Futures Together: A New Social Contract for Education. Paris, France: Unesco Digital Library. Available at: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707 [Accessed:15 May 2023]. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Influence of School Climate Assemblies in the Development of Sustainability Competences amongst High School Students Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain Presenting Author:Current societies are characterized by their complexity and globalization, as they must face different global challenges that manifest themselves on a local and regional scale, such as the climate crisis and economic and social inequalities. In order to understand these situations, it is essential to learn how to adapt to these constant changes that seem to become more accentuated over time. Knowledge of these phenomena can help us to understand our attitudes and behaviors in the environment, to contribute so as to benefit it with favorable actions and change those that can harm it. Sustainability competencies are understood as the combination of cognitive skills, practical abilities, and ethical values and attitudes that empower individuals and communities to contribute to sustainability (Bianchi et al., 2022; Brundiers et al). The European Framework of Sustainability competences GreenComp was recently published in order to promote and enrich educational programs so that students develop habits, processes and attitudes in favor of sustainability and public health (Bianchi et al, 2022). This research aims, on the one hand, to inform about the diversity of competences that have been assessed and plenty of instruments that have been designed, validated and applied to measure these competencies in school context and, in the other hand, to communicate about the role of climate school assemblies in the sustainability competencies students’ achievement (EDUCLIMAD project). The EDUCLIMAD project aims to implement school assemblies for the climate as an innovative, democratic and collaborative methodology to learn, deliberate, make informed decisions and search for solutions in a critical and committed way, to deal with climate change and promote sustainability at a local and regional level. Therefore, the school climate assemblies are considered as an innovative, democratic and collaborative methodology to learn, deliberate, make informed decisions and seek solutions in a critical and committed manner to address climate change and promote local and regional sustainability, as well as to achieve the competences in sustainability, established in the European GreenComp framework (Bianchi et al, 2022). The main research questions guiding this doctoral research are: 1) What are the different sustainability competencies’ assessment approaches and tools used in Secondary Education? 2)How can effective assessment tools be designed to measure students' sustainability competencies?; 3) What is the influence of school climate assemblies in the development of sustainability competencies amongst students?. Following the PRISMA guidelines, a systematic review was conducted related to sustainability competencies’ assessment in secondary education. The evaluation resources used in the different investigations are interviews, discussion groups, workshops, drawings and pre and post questionnaires, being the latter the most used to evaluate sustainability competencies among students. These results also reflect the current state of evaluation and offer interesting implications for educators, teachers and researchers working on the development and acquisition of sustainability competencies in secondary education. Moreover, provides detailed information on the influence of climate assemblies on sustainability competencies’ assessment among students through a pre- and post-test instrument related on sustainability behaviors and contextualized situations related to the sustainability competences proposed by the European GreenComp framework (2022). To sum up, this research addresses the challenge of designing competence-based Education for Sustainability, where clear pedagogical and assessment strategies must be defined, tested and documented on how learners develop these competencies to contribute to a collective sustainable social transformation of our societies, specifically focusing on educational context.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following the PRISMA guidelines, a systematic review was conducted related to sustainability competencies’ assessment in secondary education, based on analyzing 35 original articles related to this topic. A systematic search protocol has been followed to determine eligibility criteria, sources of information, data extraction and analysis so as to ensure transparent and rigorous criteria. This research is based on the implementation of an educational intervention that includes the methodological approach to implement climate assemblies in schools in order to promote the active engagement of students and their communities in the co-creation of climate change mitigation and adaptation strategies. Based on existing experiences of citizen climate assemblies, the school climate assemblies adopt a three-phase process related to their design and implementation. The first phase is preparatory and material design, including the design of a methodological guide for the creation and implementation of school climate assemblies and the creation of educational resources aligned with the European Commission's GreenComp sustainability competency framework (Bianchi et al, 2022). The second phase consists of the organization and development of school climate assemblies in high schools and the elaboration of an action plan and policy recommendations by the participating educational communities. The policy actions resulting from the students' analysis are conceptualized and a record is made of their frequency (number of times the action was voted on). The last phase contemplates the evaluation and dissemination of the results, the educational resources designed and learning derived from the project to agents of the territory including policy makers and other educational centers in the district. Finally, the proposals generated will be presented to different educational agents, local entities and policy makers in an event that can bring them all together. To evaluate the level of sustainability competencies of the students, a quantitative instrument has been passed to the students before and after carrying out the assemblies. This instrument consists of a questionnaire related to sustainability behaviors with 4 Likert-type response possibilities: (1) disagree, (2) neither agree nor disagree, (3) agree and (4) totally agree. Besides, 4 contextualized situations are proposed, each of them related to the competence area established by the European GreenComp framework: Embodying sustainability values, Embracing complexity in sustainability, Envisioning sustainable futures and Acting for sustainability. Each of these situations is divided into 3 questions related to the 3 competencies included in each competence area, 12 competencies as a whole. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In relation to the first research question (What are the different sustainability competencies’ assessment approaches and tools used in Secondary Education?), the findings show that most of the interventions used as an assessment tool was questionnaires, most of them combined with another qualitative instruments like interviews or focus groups to gain a more comprehensive understanding of sustainability competencies’ development. Answering the second research question (How can effective assessment tools be designed to measure students' sustainability competencies?) the results obtained through the designed instrument highlights the need to combine it with more qualitative resources like focus groups. Therefore, further research should, on the one hand, focus on identifying and validating additional instruments for assessing sustainability competencies in these educational levels, and on the other hand, should combine different quantitative and qualitative assessment tools focused on sustainability competencies’ development among students. Finally, the results of the third question (What is the influence of school climate assemblies in the development of sustainability competencies amongst students?), school assemblies can contribute to the development of sustainability competencies in high school students associated with interpersonal competence and collective action, which focus on acting for change in collaboration with others and promote students' capacity and willingness to engage in democratic processes to achieve more sustainable societies. In particular, the climate school assemblies’ aspects that students highlighted as positive were active participation, new knowledge and learning, awareness, reflection, collaboration, teamwork and dynamism. This approach also has the potential to inform and influence policy making through the identification of priorities where community learning and action can make a significant contribution to addressing the challenges of climate change and sustainability. This research is considered of scientific relevance because it presents the methodological conceptualization for implementing climate assemblies in educational centers and offers valuable learning from deliberative processes on climate change for other educational institutions (Cebrián et al 2023). References Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U. and Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework, Punie, Y. and Bacigalupo, M. editor(s), EUR 30955 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022, ISBN 978-92-76-46485-3, doi:10.2760/13286, JRC128040. Brundiers, K., Barth, M., Cebrián, G., Cohen, M., Diaz, L., Doucette-Remington, S., Dripps, W., Habron, G., Harré, N., Jarchow, M., Losch, K., Michel, J., Mochizuki, Y., Rieckmann, M., Parnell, R., Walker, P., & Zint, M. (2021). Key competencies in sustainability in higher education—toward an agreed-upon reference framework, Sustainability Science, 16, 13-29. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00838-2 Cebrián, G., Boqué, A., Camarero, M., Junyent, M., Moraleda, A., Olano, JX & Renta, AI (2023). Las asambleas escolares por el clima: una herramienta para empoderar a la comunidad educativa en la acción climática, en M. Sánchez-Moreno & J. López-Yáñez (eds) Construir comunidades en la escuela. ISBN 978-84-277-3098-4 Finnegan, W. (2022). Educating for Hope and Action Competence: A study of secondary school students and teachers in England. Environmental Education Research, 29(11), 1617-1636. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2120963 Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Pauw, J. B. (2020). Self-perceived Action Competence for Sustainability: the theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742-760. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1736991 Sass, W., Pauw, J. B., De Mæyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2021). Development and validation of an instrument for measuring action competence in sustainable development within early Adolescents: the Action Competence in Sustainable Development Questionnaire (ACISD-Q). Environmental Education Research, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1888887 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Accompanying Change: How Can Research Contribute to Social Transformation? Université de Limoges, France Presenting Author:In France and within the European Union, representative democracies are in crisis due to the rise of abstention and the erosion of public confidence in the institutions. The COVID health crisis and the social distancing measures have contributed to the deterioration of physical interactions in social life. Researches on civic engagement and political participation in educational sciences and psychology tell us what engagement is, what representations individuals or institutions have of civic rights and duties (Civic Knowledge Framework, 2023). Beyond these researches, how can research contribute to positive social transformation? What challenges awaits the researcher wanting to use research as a transformative channel? Grounded in a multidisciplinary approach, the research evoked in this paper seeks to accompany changes in posture, both among elected officials and citizens, at a municipal level to recreate a participatory culture and repair frayed local social bonds. It is a qualitative longitudinal research and we have been invited into this municipality via the mayor and some of the elected representatives to follow a local experimentation on a new participation project. This is a local policy set by the elected council to involve citizens in collective projects for the municipality. Using institutional analysis (Lourau, 1970), psychosociological studies on group, crisis and the collective imaginary (Guist-Desprairies, 2009), and certain studies in political science (Amnå&Ekman, 2014), we have designed a framework to accompany a participatory council made of volunteer citizens and elected officials, and we try to help them understand and overcome conflicts and contradictions to recreate a participatory culture. The theoretical framework is based on the institutional socio-clinical approach that “aims to think together about the singular futures of subjects (their practices, their subjectivities) and institutional and political transformations.” (Monceau, 2013). It is necessary to say that I have been following the participative council since December 2022 and a lot of steps have been taken. At the beginning of the participation project, the municipality paid a service provider to apply a new method of scientific mediation inspired by the work of Bruno Latour. The citizens gathered for the workshops. A part of those citizens became members of the participative council that emerged from the first period of the participation project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a variety of tools to elaborate its methodology inspired by the concept of situated knowledge which also leads to an analysis of the researcher’s “I” (Harraway, 1988). Ethnographic tools are essential because I am a participant observer. Therefore, I write a field notes journal which allows me to analyze my involvement (Monceau, 2013). I mind my emotions and reactions to my environment to be able to objectivate possible bias. I also have a clinical approach: I conducted semi-structured clinical interviews (Galletta, 2013) with elected officials and citizens about their engagement and how they think of participatory culture. Moreover, because I care about epistemic justice and ethics, I decided to transcribe the interviews and give them back so that the interviewed can modify it if they think it is necessary. We discuss the reasons for modifications together and it allows me to explain how some information could be used in my research and how it is analyzed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The participative council needed to be accompanied because its members were a new consultative organization. They needed to understand why they were here, what the municipality wanted from them, and what they wanted to do with those expectations. Some citizens that came didn’t have political knowledge and the group needed to use collaborative methods to make their collective works. The researcher becomes a mediator that explains the implicit language and norms but also a trainer to help them with project methodology. Therefore, the individuals and the group can develop their empowerment and their critical thinking skills. This research seeks adult emancipation and development of civic engagement. Through this research, I have observed and I still witness a path being crafted by both the searcher that I am and the collective I take part of (participative council). This raises the following question: how does the searcher think and engage into academic research beyond the quest for results, but as an opportunity to fulfill a wider goal that recognizes the movement produced by his research and its transformative power? References Amnå, E. Ekman, J. (2014). Standby citizens: diverse faces of political passivity .European Political Science Review. Galletta, A., & CROSS, W. E. (2013). Mastering the Semi-Structured Interview and Beyond: From Research Design to Analysis and Publication. NYU Press. Giust-Desprairies, F. (2009). L’imaginaire collectif. Toulouse, France : ERES. Giust-Desprairies, F. (2015). Penser le groupe : enjeux historiques et théoriques d'un engagement social. Dans : René Kaës éd., Crises et traumas à l'épreuve du temps : Le travail psychique dans les groupes, les couples et les institutions. Paris : Dunod, 147-176. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. Lourau, R. (1970). L’analyse institutionnelle. EditionsMinuit. Monceau, G. (2013). Institutionnalisation de la réflexivité et obstacles à l’analyse de l’implication. Dans : Jacques Béziat éd., Analyse de pratiques et réflexivité : Regards sur la formation, la recherche et l’intervention socio-éducative (pp. 21-32). Paris:L'Harmattan. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Continuing Education in the Life Course of Different Generations National Research University Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation Presenting Author:The pandemic experience has solidified the knowledge of how crucial it is to periodically pursue additional education and possess soft skills, as well as being able to adjust to changing circumstances (WEF, 2020; Deloitte, 2020). The basic concept of human capital is typically used to frame discussions about involvement in continuing education, which is meant to accumulate this form of capital and so to give profits to its owner (Korshunov, Shirkova, Gorbunova, 2023). Therefore, researchers in continuing education concentrate on adult education providers and the demographics of those who take advantage of these opportunities (Korshunov, Gaponova, Gaponova, 2019). They also study the effects of additional professional training on salary (Travkin., 2014), job satisfaction (Karmaeva, Zakharov, 2021), and the smoothness of the education and employment transition (Du Bois-Reymond, Blasco, 2003; Machin, McNally, 2007). However, taking into account the process of creating one's own educational trajectory is overlooked. For example, education can be used to "upgrade" a current position (either on one's own initiative or at the request of an employer), but it can also be used as a means of sidestepping to occupy a different position within the labor market's structure (Kosyakova, Y., & Bills, D. B., 2021). It turns out that the cross-sectional approach does not allow us to see structural changes: from whatever sector of work people are obliged to retrain and where they are heading, which path and level of education is more self-sufficient, or, conversely, demands (or stimulates) continued education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We follow the paths of several age groups of Russian citizens using the data from 30 waves (1992-2022) of the "Russia Longitudinal Monitoring Survey, RLMS-HSE", conducted by National Research University "Higher School of Economics'' and OOO “Demoscope” together with Carolina Population Center, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the Institute of Sociology of the Federal Center of Theoretical and Applied Sociology of the Russian Academy of Sciences. (RLMS-HSE web sites: https://rlms-hse.cpc.unc.edu, https://www.hse.ru/org/hse/rlms). It is a series of yearly nationally representative surveys that collect socio-demographic data on the population, including the employment and education statistics we are interested in, similar to studies in Great Britain (BHPS), Switzerland (SHP), Germany (SOAP), Canada (SLID), Australia (HILDA) and India (HDC). We use sequence analysis with additional clustering to create educational trajectories from a set of respondents' choices for their education (Brzinsky-Fay, 2014; Sirotin, Egorov, 2018; Monaghan, 2020). Groups of similar trajectories are used further to find out what combinations of educational programs Russians utilize at different ages and historical times, as well as which programs and majors are more relevant for continuing education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The investigation is currently ongoing to accomplish the established goals, but the expected results will be as follows: A longitudinal methodology will help to overcome the limitations of previous studies of continuing education made on cross-sectional data and also identify whether the educational transitions were more proactive (desired) or reactive (forced) (Sullivan, Baruch, 2009; Guan et al., 2019). Moreover, the study will answer the following questions: What trends do Russians have in their educational trajectories with regard to continuing education? Which life periods correspond to the most "active" and "passive" phases of the accumulation of human capital? What connections exist between the transitions in [continuing] education and the labor market? As a result, the findings will contribute to the discourse of nonlinear trajectories in life course and boundaryless or protean careers (Sullivan, Baruch, 2009), where the emphasis is on the individual and how they create their own paths based on their intentions (Hall, 2004) References Brzinsky-Fay C. (2014)The measurement of school-to-work transitions as processes: about events and sequences. European Societies, 16(2), 213–232. Deloitte (2020) COVID-19 The upskilling imperative. Building a future-ready workforce for the AI age. Du Bois-Reymond M., López Blasco A. (2003) Yo-Yo Transitions and Misleading Trajectories: Towards Integrated Transition Policies for Young Adults in Europe. Young People and Contradictions of Inclusion: Towards Integrated Transition Policies in Europe, 19–42. Guan, Y., Arthur, M.B., Khapova, S.N., Hall, R.J., Lord, R.G. (2019) Career boundarylessness and career success: A review, integration and guide to future research. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 110, 390–402. Hall, D.T. (2004) The protean career: A quarter-century journey. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 65(1), 1–13. Karmaeva N., Zakharov A. (2021) Professional Training and Non-Economic Effects for Workers in Russia. Journal of Economic Sociology, 22(2), 81–108. Korshunov I.A., Kuzheleva K.S., Grachev B.A., Sergeev K.A. (2018) Adult education and training: In-demand programs, age and industry structures. Korshunov, I. A., Gaponova, O. S., & Gaponova, N. S. (2019) Adult training and education in the context of economic development of regions. Economy of Region, 15(1), 107–120. Korshunov, I. A., Shirkova, N. N., Gorbunova, M. L. (2023) Active Participation of Adults in Continuing Education: The Role of Regional Economy and Development of Key Industries. Economy of Regions, 1093–1109. Kosyakova, Y. (2016) The regime change and social inequality : educational and job careers in the Soviet and post-Soviet Era. Kosyakova, Y., & Bills, D. B. (2021). Formal adult education and socioeconomic inequality: Second chances or Matthew Effects? Sociology Compass, 15(9). Machin S., McNally S. (2007) Tertiary Education Systems and LabourMarkets. Paris: Education and Training Policy Division, OECD. Monaghan D.B. (2020) College-going trajectories across early adulthood: An inquiry using sequence analysis. The Journal of Higher Education, 91(3), 402–432. Sirotin V.P., Egorov A.A. (2018) Methodological Aspects of Career Trajectories Analysis on Russian Labor Marketi, 25(9), 37-47. Sullivan, S. E., Baruch, Y. (2009). Advances in Career Theory and Research: A Critical Review and Agenda for Future Exploration. Journal of Management, 35(6), 1542–1571. Travkin, P.V. (2014). The impact of the on-the-job training on Russian worker's salary: the effect of abilities approach, 1(33), 51-70. World Economic Forum (2020) The Future of Jobs Report. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 J: Inclusive Education Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “We’re All In It Together”: School Leaders’ Perspectives About The Collective Efficacy Of Their Staff for Inclusive Education Practices. Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:Research examining education systems and the communities they serve seeks to understand the past endeavours, current realities, and future hopes for inclusive education worldwide (Lyons et al., 2016; Van Mieghem et al., 2020; Yada et al.,2022). The United Nations has recognised the need for inclusive and equitable education opportunities for all (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization [UNESCO], 1994; United Nations, 2006). Most recently, in Transforming our World Agenda for Sustainable Development (United Nations General Assembly, 2015), the United Nations outlined 17 sustainable development goals for people, planet and prosperity. Goal four identifies inclusive education as necessary to meet the target for a sustainable and resilient world. Additionally, the vision of the European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education (EASIE) states that “All learners of any age are provided with meaningful, high-quality educational opportunities in their local community, alongside their friends and peers.” (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2024). The Agency’s position statement – second edition (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022) emphasises the importance of all ‘education actors’ to widen their understanding of inclusive education by including the voices of learners, increasing the capacity of schools and learners, developing partnerships with stakeholders, and by increasing societal awareness of the impact of segregation and social isolation. Understanding school leader’s experiences and perspectives across regions, therefore, is key to evaluating the past, assessing the present and identifying future goals for inclusive education in Europe and internationally. This presentation investigates school leaders’ perspectives about the factors they identify as influential to their school staff’s collective efficacy for inclusive practices. While collective teacher efficacy is broadly acknowledged as an important factor contributing to school performance outcomes (Bandura, 1997; Donohoo et al., 2020; Goddard, 2001), collective teacher efficacy for inclusive education, is a less measured construct in the field of education (Lyons et al., 2016; Sharma et al., 2023). To date, a limited amount of research suggests that collective teacher efficacy is an important contributing factor in the delivery of inclusive practices across a school (Chong & Ong, 2016; Lyons et al., 2016; Sharma et al., 2023). In this presentation, the views of school leaders from Melbourne Australia will be shared. More specifically, in this research, their perspectives about the collective efficacy of their staff as they navigate their school’s inclusive journey were examined. The specific research questions that guided this study were. 1. What factors do school principals identify as the facilitators in enhancing collective efficacy and commitment to inclusive education in their school? 2. What factors do school principals identify as the barriers to enhancing collective efficacy and commitment to inclusive education in their school? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Semi structured interviews were conducted with six school principals from Melbourne Australia. Four principals were from a secondary school setting and two were from a primary school setting. The secondary schools consisted of two co-educational schools, an all girls’ school and an all boys’ school. For the co-educational schools, the first had a student population of 2506 students, 212 teachers and 50 teacher assistants. The second had a student population of 840 students, 80 teachers and 16 teacher assistants. The all-girls’ school had a student population of 967 students, 103 teachers and 7 teacher assistants. The all-boys’ school had a student population of 978 students, 104 teachers and 9 teacher assistants. The two primary schools were co-educational. The first had a student population of 430 students, 41 teachers and 15 teacher assistants. The second primary school had a student population of 436 students, 42 teachers and 12 teacher assistants. The interviews were conducted via video conferencing software, Zoom. The interviews were automatically transcribed using the in-built features of Zoom. Interview questions were framed for a school context, were open ended and aimed to prompt the thoughts and feelings that school principals hold about the facilitators and barriers to building their staff’s collective efficacy for and commitment to inclusive education. Qualitative data analysis was conducted using NVIVO software. Braun and Clarke’s (2013) six step process for thematic analysis guided the qualitative analysis. Firstly, data was read and listened to repeatedly for familiarity and note taking. Secondly, data was coded, reviewed and codes were matched to the research question. Similar codes were merged, and unrelated codes were removed. Thirdly, themes were generated from the codes. Fourthly, themes were reviewed for accuracy to participant responses and connections were drawn between themes. Fifthly, themes were defined and named. Finally, findings were analysed in relationship to each of the schools, their contexts and what this means for future inclusive practices in schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation uncovers significant existing themes about school leaders’ perceptions of the collective efficacy of their staff for inclusive education: the facilitators and the barriers. All school leaders discussed the importance of a shared commitment amongst staff toward every student enrolled at their school. When discussing inclusion, principals referred to the differences experienced in their school communities. Differences included academic ability and disability, but also included cultural and language differences and the socio-economic differences impacting students and their families. School leaders acknowledged that inclusive education is a work in progress at a societal, systems, and school level. They recognised the importance of inclusive education for their school and their role in leading their school’s inclusive journey into the future. Themes generated about the facilitators of collective efficacy and commitment to inclusive education included: effective communication and collaboration between school leadership, teachers and teaching assistants, students and their families; appropriate resourcing including employment of staff, time, and facilities; the creation of inclusive environments across the school (physical, sensory and academic); time and structures for staff to engage with understanding students’ academic and wellbeing needs, curriculum planning and for collaboration; systemic support in the form of resourcing but also access to specialist advice and services; and professional learning for staff. Themes generated regarding the barriers to the collective efficacy and commitment of their staff to inclusion were: the need for more professional learning for teachers; improved skills amongst teachers in differentiation; addressing teacher workload and finding more time for teachers to collaborate and plan for inclusive teaching; better systemic support for schools in readiness for including every student particularly those with acute social emotional needs and high physical needs. Implications of findings for school leaders, policy makers, and researchers in building a school’s collective efficacy and commitment will be shared during the presentation. References Bandura, A. (2000). Exercise of human agency through collective efficacy. Current Directions in Psychological Science : a Journal of the American Psychological Society, 9(3), 75–78. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8721.00064 Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: a practical guide for beginners. Sage. Chong, W.H., & Ong, M. Y. (2016). The Mediating Role of CTE Beliefs in the Relationship between School Climate and Teacher Self-efficacy across Mainstream and Special Needs Schools. In Asia-Pacific Perspectives on Teacher Self-Efficacy (pp. 19–35). Sense Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6300-521-0_2 Donohoo, J., O'Leary, T., & Hattie, J. (2020). The Design And Validation Of The Enabling Conditions For Collective Teacher Efficacy Scale. Journal Of Professional Capital And Community, 5(2), 147–166. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-08-2019-0020 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2024, January 25). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education. https://www.european-agency.org/data. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2022). Agency Position on Inclusive Education Systems. Second Edition. Odense, Denmark. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/Agency-Position-Paper-2022-EN_0.pdf Goddard, R.D. (2001). Collective Efficacy. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93(3), 467–476. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.93.3.467 Lyons, W.E., Thompson, S. A., Timmons, V. (2016). 'We are inclusive. We are a team. Let's just do it': commitment, collective efficacy, and agency in four inclusive schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(8), 889–907. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2015.1122841 Sharma, U., Loreman, T., May, F., Romano, A., Lozano, C. S., Avramidis, E., Woodcock, S., Subban P., & Kullmann H. (2023). Measuring collective efficacy for inclusion in a global context. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 38(3) https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2023.2195075 United Nations. (2006). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. Retrieved from http://www.un.org/disabilities/documents/convention/convoptprot-e.pdf. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. (1994). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. http://www.unesco.org/education/pdf/SALAMA_E.PDF. United Nations General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. Retrieved from https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda United Nations Development Programme. (2022). Human Development Report 2021-22: Uncertain Times, Unsettled Lives: Shaping our Future in a Transforming World. New York. https://hdr.undp.org/system/files/documents/global-report-document/hdr2021-22pdf_1.pdf Van Mieghem, A., Verschueren, K., Petry, K., & Struyf, E. (2020). An analysis of research on Inclusive Education: a systematic search and meta review. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(6), 675–689. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1482012 Wray, E., Sharma, U., & Subban, P. (2022). Factors influencing teacher self-efficacy for inclusive education: A systematic literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117, 103800. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103800 Yada, A., Leskinen, M., Savolainen, H., & Schwab, S. (2022). Meta-analysis of the relationship between teachers’ self-efficacy and attitudes toward Inclusive Education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109, 103521. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103521 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Education and School Experiences of Women with Acquired Deafblindness: an Exploration of the Complex Nature of Gender Intersectionality University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Individuals with disabilities are entitled to be recognized as experts in their own experiences, therefore they can be considered as the most appropriate research participants to provide reliable information regarding these experiences. Converging to their educational past, these experiences are of utmost importance, as they can reveal oppressive structures within school and society. Considering their descriptions and understandings of their educational past, not only are their voices emancipated, but at the same time proposals are being promoted that may lead to more inclusive educational settings (Vlachou & Papananou, 2015). In this context, the aim of the research was to explore and reveal the quality of education of women with Deafblindness and the challenges they experienced throughout their school years. Through this study, awareness of Deafblindness as a distinct disability is clearly raised (WFDB, 2018). At the same time, the voice of this doubly marginalized group (both women and disabled) is emancipated, as feminist literature suggests that adult women with disabilities remain largely disregarded in the disability rights movement (Evans, 2019; Ferri & Gregg 1998). Qualitative research was conducted as it was well suited to explore the main research question (Flick, 2018), namely of how these women define and make sense of their school experiences. The main research tool was semi-structured interviews, which were conducted individually with each participant. The participants, who were chosen purposively, were two adult women with acquired Deafblindness, who received their education in Australia but then moved to Cyprus. Thematic analysis of research data revealed that although the two women were in a mainstream school, alongside their peers, they were not meaningfully included in their school environment. Segregation was clearly evident, as Deaf students had to attend a different class. Moreover, the two participants were included in the so-called classroom of the Deaf, although they were Deafblind, and joined the classroom of hearing students only in certain subjects, such as physical education, art, and carpentry. The main challenge they both experienced was the rejection, not only of hearing students, but also of their Deaf classmates, as they had not fully accepted them due to their intersectionality (Zavos, 2021). Moreover, given that they migrated from Cyprus to South Australia and later on, moved back to Cyprus, they were also discriminated at because of their origin. It therefore becomes evident that this doubly marginalized group of women, actually became multi marginalized because of their gender, their Deafblindness, as well as their origin. Through this study, it is revealed that different forms of oppression overlap to create complex forms of discrimination. Therefore, the importance of this study, which is still in progress and will evolve to include other doubly marginalized women as participants, lies in that it reveals the complex nature of intersectionality, as used in gender studies. This is, in our opinion, a crucial aspect that needs to be pointed at in multi-country research networks. Finally, even though the participants of this study graduated from school four decades ago, segregation of children with disabilities is still practiced in schools. It is clear that there is a need to implement inclusive education in order to create diverse classrooms, fostering respect and acceptance. We hold that it is only through the study of the complex nature of segregation, that we can aim to develop a more inclusive society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative research was conducted. Through semi-structured interviews, which were used as the main research tool, the participants expressed their personal interpretation of their educational experiences and of their societal surroundings (Cohen et al., 2008). In particular, semi-structured interviews were chosen because they combine the flexible and open questions of the unstructured interview with the predetermined questions of the structured interview. With regard to open-ended questions, these were asked when considered necessary from the course of the interview, in order for the participants to be able to express themselves freely and openly (Pourkos & Dafermos, 2010; Silverman, 2000). Thus, through the natural, but also guided discussion applied to the interview, the main topics were covered (Fontana & Frey, 2005), while at the same time allowing a non-oppressive setting for the voices of participants to be actively listened to. Additionally, to ensure the richness of information (Cohen et al., 2008), purposive sampling was used for this study. The criteria for individuals to participate in this study, were that they must be women and Deafblind, (either congenital or acquired Deafblindness). Hence, two women with acquired Deafblindness were chosen by the researcher. They are sisters and they both have Usher Syndrome Type 1. They were born in Cyprus, but after the division of the island in 1974, they migrated to South Australia and attended school there, while later they moved back to Cyprus. The interviews were carried out at a place and time freely chosen by the participants, in order to enhance the establishment of rapport and familiarity. Specifically, the interviews were conducted in the living room of their parents’ house at midday, when there was ample natural light in addition to the artificial light – a very important feature for these Deafblind women. Simultaneously, it was taken into account that the interview should be conducted in a quiet setting, with a sufficient amount of time allotted. The interview questions were prepared in advance and were based on the theoretical framework. Following the completion of the two interviews—one lasting forty minutes and the other twenty—the researcher noted her observations and the participants’ body language. The interviews were then transcribed and reviewed in order to be better comprehended, before proceeding with the analysis. The three steps of data condensation, data display and conclusion drawing/verification were followed (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2014; Miles & Huberman, 1994; Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that both Deaf and Deafblind students’ participation in lessons with hearing students in Australia in the early 80s has been mainly passive. For example, the two women were transferred from ‘special’ classroom to mainstream classroom without all the necessary modifications to the environment or teaching methods, which would ensure that their learning process was accessible and meaningful. This was apparent even when they were in the Deaf students’ classroom. Furthermore, the two participants had superficial relationships with hearing children, and they developed negative feelings about school. Indeed, Wauters & Knoors (2008), report that Deaf children attending mainstream schools have few friends, have less interaction with hearing children, they are often rejected and feel isolated. Moreover, both participants were women, which was enough to experience oppression (Nash, 2008). However, they were also refugees, Deafblind and Greek-Cypriot in an English-speaking country, experiencing discrimination such as racism, sexism and toxicity, particularly associated with minority people (Zavos, 2021). It is evident that this doubly marginalized group of women became multi marginalized because of their gender, their Deafblindness, as well as their origin. Through this study, it is revealed that different forms of oppression overlap to create complex forms of discrimination. Therefore, the importance of this study lies in that it reveals the complex nature of intersectionality, a crucial aspect in gender studies that needs to be pointed at in international conferences. Lastly, even though the participants of this study graduated from school four decades ago, segregation of children with disabilities is still practiced in schools. It is clear, that there is a need to implement inclusive education in order to create diverse classrooms, fostering respect and acceptance. We hold that it is only through the study of the complex nature of segregation, that we can aim to develop a more inclusive society. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), pp. 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Cohen, L., Manion L., & Morrison, K. (2008). Educational research methodology. Maetaichmio. Evans, E. (2019). Disability and intersectionality: Patterns of ableism in the women’s movement 1. In Intersectionality in Feminist and Queer Movements (pp. 143-161). Routledge. https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/39906/6/external_content-1.pdf#page=154 Ferri, B. A., & Gregg, N. (1998). Women with disabilities: Missing voices. In Women's Studies International Forum. 21(4), pp. 429-439. Pergamon. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0277-5395(98)00038-7 Flick, U. (2018). An Introduction to Qualitative Research (6th edition). SAGE. Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2005). The interview. In The Sage handbook of qualitative research, 3, pp. 695-727. http://www.iot.ntnu.no/Innovation/Norsi-Common-Courses/Lincoln/Fontana%20&%20frey%20(2000)%20interview.Pdf Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M. & Saldaña, J. (2014) Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd ed.). Sage. Miles, M. B. & Huberman, A. M. (1994) Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Sourcebook. Sage. Pourkos, M. A. & Dafermos, M. (2010) Qualitative Research in Social Sciences: Epistemological, methodological and ethical issues. Topos [in Greek]. Silverman, D. (2000) Doing qualitative research. Sage. Vlachou, A., & Papananou, I. (2015). Disabled students’ narratives about their schooling experiences. Disability & Society, 30(1), pp. 73-86. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.982787 Wauters, L. N., & Knoors, H. (2008). Social integration of deaf children in inclusive settings. Journal of deaf studies and deaf education, 13(1), pp. 21-36. https://doi.org/10.1093/deafed/enm028 World Federation of the DeafBlind. (2018). At risk of exclusion from CRPD and SDGs implementation: Inequality and Persons with Deafblindness, pp. 28-30. https://wfdb.eu/wfdb-report-2018/ Zavos, A. (2021). The feminist concept of intersectionality. The Greek Review of Social Research, pp. 55-86. [in Greek]. https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7915-5552 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Fostering Inclusion in Lithuanian Teacher Education: Strategies for Personalized and Differentiated Learning in Diverse Classrooms Education Academy, Vytautas Magnus University Presenting Author:Inclusive education is a universal pedagogical trend, covering a broad range of research areas such as race, ethnicity, gender, culture, language, religion, and ability. An inclusive system concerns the rights, social justice, and equity within education for all, especially the marginalised groups (UNICEF, 2023). The idea of inclusive education in Lithuania is fairly new with its current focus being the official structural shift from a multi-track system to an inclusive one starting in the beginning of 2024. This implies moving away from the language of learners with developmental disorders to learners with special educational needs (SEN). With changing demographics such as a vastly increasing number of returned immigrant and refugee pupils, inclusion in learning settings requires more versatile skills and expertise based on a profound understanding of the ideology of inclusion (Määttä, Äärelä, and Uusiautti, 2018).
Yet, teachers have continued to report ongoing support of segregationist ideas (Ališauskas and Šimkienė, 2013); implementation difficulties in differentiating teaching methods, feeling a lack of readiness to foster student socialisation and dialogue with parents, and experiencing a gap in multiprofessional collaboration (Lakkala et al., 2019).Contextual urgency lies in the changing demographics of the student body and impacts resulting to the urgency to reconsider diversity and inclusion beyond SEN in Lithuanian schools, and how current teacher training prepares future teachers for this.
Here, the practical theory of inclusive teachers requires the ability to recognise and reflect on the factors that support or hinder the inclusion of all students (cf. Shani and Hebel, 2016), both the obvious and the hidden.This is especially true in the context of educational reforms in Lithuania since its re-independence in 1990- which has heavily impacted (initial) teacher training curriculum, especially while moving towards competencies-based education (Rutkienė and Ponomarenko, 2019). As the new teachers' competence frameworks look to refocus on teachers' didactical competencies (individual learning needs, differentiation of teaching instruction, and teachers' self-reflection) and general competencies (i.e. professional communication skills, cultural competence)- beyond merely subject-focused competencies. How teacher educators comprehend inclusion and diversity in education- within the new requirements- significantly influences their teaching and modelling of these principles to the prospective teachers.
Personalised learning, learner profiles, and diverse learning styles are integral to delivering inclusive education. Tailoring instruction to meet individual needs through personalised learning strategies enhances student engagement and achievement, essential for inclusive education (Tomlinson, 1999). Recognising and catering to various learning styles, such as visual, auditory, or kinaesthetic, ensures that instruction resonates with each student, thereby supporting inclusive practices (Fleming & Mills, 1992). In essence, combining personalised learning approaches, an understanding of diverse learning styles, and detailed learner profiles are key to developing an inclusive educational system that caters to the unique needs of every student (Kaminskiene & Khetsuriani, 2019). Comprehensive learner profiles, which include cognitive abilities, interests, and socio-cultural backgrounds, aid educators in creating effective and inclusive learning environments (Hattie, 2009). These profiles are crucial in inclusive classrooms, where the diversity of learning needs is more pronounced (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). The integration of technology also plays a significant role in personalising learning, offering tools to address varied learning needs and styles, pivotal in today's digital age (Prensky, 2001).
Responding to this, this study investigates how a prominent Lithuanian teacher training university is incorporating personalised learning practices and differentiated instruction within the broader framework of inclusive education. It focuses on understanding teacher training faculty members' strategies in preparing educators to meet the diverse learning profiles, styles, and needs of students. The main research question is: How is inclusive education being understood, addressed and approached in teacher training programmes in Lithuania? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Employing a qualitative case study methodology, this research zeroes in on a major teacher training university in Lithuania. This institution is selected for its leadership in teacher education, particularly its involvement in innovative pedagogical methods and international educational collaborations. The case study aims to provide an in-depth exploration of how teacher educators integrate personalised and differentiated learning approaches in their curriculum and teaching. Data is collected from six teacher educators at a teacher training university, chosen through opportunity sampling to ensure a representation of varied expertise, including those actively engaged in developing and applying innovative, personalised educational strategies. The participants represent different facets of teacher training, such as primary, secondary, subject, and special education, offering insights into a broad spectrum of teaching and learning contexts. The semi-structured interviews focus on educators' perceptions and practices regarding personalised learning and differentiation in the classroom. These interviews are analysed through thematic analysis, a method that facilitates identifying patterns and themes related to the implementation of personalised and differentiated teaching methods (Braun, V., & Clarke, V., 2006). This analysis aims to elucidate the educators' perspectives on these pedagogical approaches and how they are operationalized in teacher training, particularly in light of Lithuania's commitment to inclusive education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the pilot stage of a bigger project, the outcome of this study contributes to a better understanding of how teacher educators are preparing future teachers to employ personalised and differentiated strategies, ensuring that all students' unique learning needs are met in inclusive educational settings. The insights gained also help in understanding the challenges and opportunities in fostering diverse, inclusive classrooms that cater to individual learning differences that are specific to the Lithuanian context. Discussion on how current practices and developments relate to and are situated within the wider European context is also intended. References Ališauskas, A., & Šimkienė, G. (2013). Mokytojų patirtys, ugdant mokinius, turinčius elgesio ir (ar) emocijų problemų [Teachers’ Experiences in Educating Pupils Having Behavioural and / or Emotional Problems]. Specialusis ugdymas, 1(28), 51-61. Retrieved from http://www.sumc.su.lt/images/journal2013_1_28/13_alisauskas_simkiene_en.pdf Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa. Fleming, N. D., & Mills, C. (1992). Not Another Inventory, Rather a Catalyst for Reflection. To Improve the Academy, 11, 137. Retrieved from https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/podimproveacad/246 Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring Inclusive Pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813-828. https://10.1080/01411926.2010.501096 Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement. Routledge. https://10.4324/9780203887332 Kaminkiene L., Khetsuriani N. (2019). Co-creation of learning as an engaging practice. In International Scientific Conference SOCIETY. INTEGRATION. EDUCATION (SIE) pp191-199. http://dx.doi.org/10.17770/sie2019vol2.3708 Lakkala, S., Juškevičienė, A., Česnavičienė, J., Poteliūnienė, S., Ustilaitė, S., & Uusiautti, S. (2019). Implementing Inclusive Education in Lithuania: What are the main Challenges according to Teachers’ Experiences? Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia, 43, 37–56. https://doi.org/10.15388/actpaed.43.3 Määttä, K., Äärelä, T., & Uusiautti, S. (2018). Challenges of special education. In S. Uusiautti & K. Määttä (Eds.) New methods of special education (pp. 13-29). Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. https://doi.org/10.3726/b13246 Prensky, M. (2001). Digital Natives, Digital Immigrants. On the Horizon, 9(5), 1-6. Retrieved from: https://www.learntechlib.org/p/104264/ Rutkienė, A., & Ponomarenko, T. (2019). Initial Teacher Training Challenges in a Context of Educational Reform in Lithuania. In M. Kowalczuk-Walêdziak, A. Korzeniecka-Bondar, W. Danilewicz, & G. Lauwers (Eds.), Rethinking Teacher Education for the 21st Century: Trends, Challenges and New Directions (1st ed., pp. 140–149). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvpb3xhh.13 Shani, M., & Hebel, O. (2016). Educating Towards Inclusive Education: Assessing a Teacher-Training Program for Working with Pupils with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) Enrolled in General Education Schools. International Journal of Special Education, 31(3), 1-23. Retrieved from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ1120685 Tomlinson, C. A. (1999). The Differentiated Classroom: Responding to the Needs of All Learners. ASCD. https://doi.org/10.4236/jbbs.2017.76017 UNICEF. (2022). Inclusive education. UNICEF. Retrieved from: https://www.unicef.org/education/inclusive-education 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Novel School-Based Constructive Play Approach to Enhance Young Children's Well-being: Insights from a 14 to 33-Week Investigation Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Overview of Research Questions, Objectives, and Theoretical Framework: Existing research suggests that anxiety can emerge in children as young as five years old, yet the exploration of childhood anxiety is limited due to its discreet manifestations. Aligned with the conference theme 'Education in an Age of Uncertainty: Memory and Hope for the Future,' this study emphasises every child's right to timely support within their natural environment. Building on a recent systematic literature review (Choy et al., under review) on effective interventions for anxiety in children aged 2-12 years, including those with co-morbid autism spectrum condition (ASC), we developed an innovative program integrating collaborative play and evidence-based strategies. The primary aim of the 14 to 33-week fieldwork was to examine methods for reducing anxiety in children, with and without ASC, and assess potential enhancements in social skills and executive functions. Additionally, the study aims to explore the role of the broader school environment in supporting children experiencing anxiety, whether it be generalized or social anxiety. The investigation also explored the short-, medium-, and long-term implications associated with anxiety events, encompassing psychological, emotional, behavioural, and social dimensions. The key research questions guiding the study were: 1. Did the implementation of a 14 to 33-week "build-to-play" approach lead to reduced anxiety, as reported by teachers, parents, and researcher-conducted observations among a sample of 12 children (aged 4-6 years) experiencing anxiety (n = 9) or anxiety and ASC (n = 3)? 2. Did a whole class approach to educating children about anxiety, utilising 'bibliotherapy' within the classrooms of the 12 children, result in a better understanding of anxiety, coping mechanisms, and assisting others in managing anxiety? 3. Throughout the fieldwork, what co-constructed strategies were identified through interviews (n = 12) with parents (N = 11 single, 1 dyads) and teachers that supported the reduction of anxiety? Theoretical Background The theoretical framework includes four foundational theories essential for shaping the methodology and research design. These theories not only establish a theoretical framework but also direct the application of crucial methodological tools, such as data triangulation and the utilisation of multiple informants, ensuring a thorough interpretation of results. To commence, this paper presents theories concerning the comprehensive development of a child, encompassing dimensions of physical, emotional, cognitive, social, language, and communication. Building upon this foundational understanding, the subsequent section concentrates on situating a child within a broader contextual framework. Following this, an in-depth exploration of Bronfenbrenner's ecological model (1979, 1989) unfolds, presenting both the original model's micro, meso, exo, macro, chrono systems and the person-process-context-time framework. Subsequently, the Universal Design (UD) framework unfolds, strategically adopted from the study's inception to ensure inclusivity. Specifically, Universal Design for Learning (UDL) (Rose & Meyer, 2002) is elucidated, underscoring its role in promoting inclusion from the project's inception. Following this, the developmental-transactional model (Rubin et al., 2009) is presented, examining the nuanced development of anxiety and the identification of associated risk factors. Finally, the Empathising-Systemising Theory (Baron-Cohen, 2009) is explored to elucidate the strength-based paradigm for children with anxiety conditions and Autism Spectrum Conditions (ASC), providing valuable insights to inform interventions for this distinctive population. In summary, this paper not only synthesises and contextualises these four theories but also underscores their direct application in the prevention and early intervention strategies within the scope of our ongoing study. This integrative approach emphasizes the pivotal role these theories play in shaping the practical facets of the research, ensuring a comprehensive and nuanced exploration of anxiety in children. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods: In addressing the three research questions, multiple case studies spanning 14 to 33 weeks were conducted across two primary schools in Dublin City, Ireland. The rationale for the number of sessions will be presented. Each case study involved the child, the peers, the parent, and the teacher. Data triangulation was conducted to enhance the credibility and validity of the research. The deliberate selection of a mixed methodological approach, incorporating both quantitative and qualitative methods, was motivated by the desire to capitalise on the strengths of each paradigm. This design ensures a comprehensive exploration of the research questions, encompassing statistical trends and nuanced qualitative insights. The research introduced a tailored "build-to-play" approach, influenced by the theoretical framework. Utilising instruments such as interviews, the Preschool Anxiety Scale (Edwards et al., 2010), and the Strength and Difficulties Questionnaire (Goodman, 2001), this study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of a school-based program for young Irish children and its potential to enhance understanding of anxiety among children, parents, and teachers. The primary objective of this endeavour was to gain insight into the nature and processes of anxiety development and its impact on young children. While previous research on childhood anxiety has predominantly adopted a clinical and psychological perspective, this study aligns within a psychological framework, advocating for the use of mixed methods in both data collection and analysis to broaden the methodological scope and offer varied perspectives and insights (Borkan, 2004). This paper presents the three components constituting the current study, consisting of one quantitative study and two qualitative components. The three study components are delineated as follows: (a) Component One involves “build-to-play” children’s groups- with pre- and post-assessments using the Strength and Difficulties Questionnaire and Preschool Anxiety Scale for childhood anxiety, supplemented by the researcher's session notes; (b) Component Two entails whole-class storybook reading on the topic of anxiety along with associated questions, utilising 'bibliotherapy' (Monroy-Fraustro et al., 2021) within the classrooms of the 12 children; (c) Component Three includes parents and teachers’ pre- and post-semi-structured interviews. The delivery of the "build-to-play" approach in the schools was facilitated by the researcher, a qualified speech and language therapist, play therapist, and counsellor. Sessions were scheduled either before or after school, aligning with a UDL approach that incorporated input from school management to ensure feasibility and participant well-being. Ethical considerations will be presented. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results: The research project extended over two school years, commencing in May 2022 after the COVID-19 pandemic and concluding in June 2023. An innovative "build-to-play" approach, influenced by Universal Design for Learning (UDL) and Bronfenbrenner's bio-ecological framework, was specifically tailored for this investigation. Significant and dual benefits emerged as primary findings, characterized by a notable reduction in childhood anxiety and the fostering of a collaborative comprehension of the nature of anxiety and effective coping strategies. A tangible outcome of this initiative was the development of user-friendly resource packs for parents and teachers. The interdisciplinary nature of the project, encompassing mental health, inclusive education, and early intervention, contributed to the creation of a continuous professional development course for educators and professionals. This initiative is in alignment with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 4 (Quality Education) and 10 (Reducing Inequality), with the aspiration to achieve these goals by the year 2030, in Europe and beyond. The theoretical frameworks that guided this research were firmly grounded in Universal Design for Learning, emphasizing enhanced access to participation, and the bio-ecological model, fostering collaborative engagement among children, peers, parents, and teachers to provide support. The active involvement of stakeholders played a crucial role in facilitating the co-construction of knowledge within school settings, yielding a synergistic outcome in the form of user-friendly resource packs designed for both teachers and parents. References References: Baron‐Cohen, S. (2009). Autism: the empathizing–systemizing (E‐S) theory. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1156(1), 68-80. Borkan, J. M. (2004). Mixed methods studies: a foundation for primary care research. The Annals of Family Medicine, 2(1), 4-6. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). Contexts of child rearing: Problems and prospects. American psychologist, 34(10), 844. Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (1998). The ecology of developmental processes. Choy, S. W.-W., Mc Guckin, C., Twomey, M., Lynam, A., Fitzgerald, G. (under review). To Fill the Gap: A Systematic Literature Review of Effective Group Play-based Intervention to Address Anxiety in Children Aged 2-12 years with Autism Spectrum Conditions. Education Thinking. Edwards, S. L., Rapee, R. M., Kennedy, S. J., & Spence, S. H. (2010). The assessment of anxiety symptoms in preschool-aged children: the revised Preschool Anxiety Scale. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 39(3), 400-409. Goodman, R. (2001). Psychometric properties of the strengths and difficulties questionnaire. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40(11), 1337-1345. Rose, D. H., & Meyer, A. (2002). Teaching every student in the digital age: Universal design for learning. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Monroy-Fraustro D, Maldonado-Castellanos I, Aboites-Molina M, Rodríguez S, Sueiras P, Altamirano-Bustamante NF, de Hoyos-Bermea A and Altamirano-Bustamante MM (2021) Bibliotherapy as a Non-pharmaceutical Intervention to Enhance Mental Health in Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic: A Mixed-Methods Systematic Review and Bioethical Meta-Analysis. Front. Public Health 9:629872. doi: 10.3389/fpubh.2021.629872 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Personal Accounts of Disability and Oppression in Cyprus: Empowering the Voice of Autistic Women with or Without Acquired Verbal Communication University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Abstract
From a young age, disabled people experience oppression and exclusion in their school environment, due to barriers set by society and the educational system (Waldschmidt et al., 2017). Converging to individuals on the autism spectrum, literature indicates that their voice is often absent from disability discourse (Febriantini, Fitriati & Oktaviani, 2021). Moreover, women (with or without disabilities) also experience social exclusion and oppression (Mamas et al., 2021), which indicates that a disabled woman is subject to double oppression. The aim of this research is to explore and reveal the quality of education of autistic women in Cyprus, giving emphasis to the challenges and oppression they experienced throughout their school years. The main researcher of this study is an empowered disabled woman herself, therefore the ideological stance from which this research was approached is related to valuing the participants’ descriptions and understandings; we hold that this can lead to their empowerment and perhaps even the ignition of further activism in the disability rights movement. Indeed, a basic underpinning of the evolving field of Disability Studies in Education, is that understandings of the experiences of education for people with disabilities is central, both for developing critiques of the ableist structures in educational settings, as well as suggestions of how education might be otherwise (Slee, Corcoran & Best, 2021). The main research tool for this qualitative research was semi-structured interviews. Qualitative research was conducted as it was well suited to explore the main research questions, namely of how these women describe and give meaning to their experiences of school life and what suggestions they recommend to future or current teachers for developing more inclusive educational settings. The participants, who were chosen purposively, were two adult women on the autism spectrum, one with verbal and the other with non-verbal communication skills. The research is still in progress and will evolve to include other disabled women. Through thematic analysis of research data (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2014), four main conclusions emerged. The first conclusion is related to the women’s negative experiences in the school environment and the discrimination they have faced, especially from their teachers. The second is related to their passive participation in the school community. This is quite concerning, as the participants, now in their early twenties, have only recently graduated from school, which points to the fact that there is an ongoing discrimination within the Cypriot educational system. Indeed, relevant local research points to this (Mamas, 2013). Many teachers, due to lack of knowledge on issues related to disability and inclusion, wrongly consider that they include their students in the learning process, when in fact they are simply observed to spatially place them in the general classroom (Majoko, 2019). The third conclusion is related to the different ways each participant makes sense and defines terms such as special education and inclusion. Results indicate that this may be related both to their school experiences, as well as to their field of graduate studies, as one of the participants studies Psychology, whereas the other Primary Education. Within these two fields of study, there seems to be a different balance of students’ involvement with the medical model and/or the social model of disability. Lastly, the fourth conclusion relates to what is, in our opinion, a crucial aspect that needs to be discussed in depth within international conferences, namely the complex nature of intersectionality, as used in gender studies. Indeed, results of this research indicate the development of multiple identities/oppressions within school settings, beyond being disabled, which in turn points to the fact that different forms of oppression overlap, to create complex forms of discrimination. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods section Qualitative research was undertaken, in which the researcher makes a huge mental and emotional investment in topics of personal interest (Phtiaka, 2003), namely of giving voice to marginalized individuals. For this purpose, semi-structured interviews were chosen because of their flexibility, since they combine the open questions of the unstructured interview with the predetermined questions of the structured interview, thus allowing a non-oppressive setting for the voices of participants to be actively listened to (Fontana & Frey, 2005; Pourkos & Dafermos, 2010; Silverman, 2000). Participants were were initially approached through personal acquaintances, by phone. The topic and the aims of the study were described, and they were asked whether they would like to participate. They did not hesitate to agree, saying that they found the topic to be quite interesting and, most importantly, they welcomed the fact that it would be a means for their voice to be heard. Ethical considerations were also taken into account; thus it was explained that they would appear in the written account of the study with pseudonyms (Rojas, Susinos and Calvo, 2013). The interviews were carried out at a place and time freely chosen by the participants, in order to enhance the establishment of rapport and familiarity in a non-oppressive setting. The means with which the interview was conducted was different for each participant and in line with their interests, as well as their oral language skills (Febriantini, Fitriati & Oktaviani, 2021). Communication with Eleni was established orally, whereas with Christina, in written form. During the interview with Eleni, a laptop was used, two different recording devices and a photocopied passage called "My birthday" which I wanted her to relate with her own experiences. Reading the passage out loud to her was an accommodation we mutually agreed on, instead of her reading it by herself. In Christina's interview, a laptop was used, as well as loose, blank A4 sheets without lines, an accommodation which was agreed so that she could easily turn the pages and the lines would not hinder her. During the interview, after she wrote down an answer, the interviewer read it out loud to her so she could confirm it, and for the interviewer to ensure that she understood the content and graphic character correctly. During this process, Christina listened actively and wrote on a piece of paper if she agreed with what the interviewer was reading. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions Through thematic analysis (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2014), four main conclusions emerged. The first conclusion is related to the women’s negative experiences in the school environment and the discrimination they have faced, especially from their own teachers. In line with other literature, in a survey involving adult autistic people, it was reported that when there was no understanding from teachers, the school environment easily turned into a negative experience for them (Cunningham, 2022). The second conclusion is related to their passive participation in the school community. The two conclusions mentioned above are quite alarming, as the participants have only recently graduated from school, which points to the fact that there is an ongoing discrimination within the Cypriot educational system. Indeed, relevant local research points to this (Mamas, 2013). Many teachers, due to lack of knowledge on issues related to disability and inclusion, wrongly consider that they include their disabled students in the learning process, when in fact they are simply observed to spatially place them in the general classroom (Majoko, 2019). The third conclusion is related to the different ways each participant makes sense of terms such as special education and inclusion. Results indicate that this is mainly related to their field of graduate studies (Psychology vs Primary Education), withing which there seems to be a different balance of students’ involvement with the medical model and/or the social model of disability. Lastly, the fourth conclusion relates to what is, in our opinion, a crucial aspect that needs to be discussed in depth within international conferences, namely the complex nature of intersectionality, as used in gender studies. Indeed, results indicate the development of multiple identities/oppressions within school settings, beyond being disabled, which in turn points to the fact that different forms of oppression overlap, to create complex forms of discrimination. References References Cunningham, M. (2022). ‘This school is 100% not autistic friendly! ’Listening to the voices of primary-aged autistic children to understand what an autistic friendly primary school should be like. International journal of inclusive education, 26(12), pp. 1211-1225. Febriantini, W. A., Fitriati, R., & Oktaviani, L. (2021). An analysis of verbal and non-verbal communication in autistic children. Journal of Research on Language Education, 2(1), pp. 53-56. Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2005). The interview. The Sage handbook of qualitative research, 3, pp. 695-727. Retrieved from http://www.iot.ntnu.no/Innovation/Norsi-Common-Courses/Lincoln/Fontana%20&%20frey%20(2000)%20interview.Pdf Majoko, T. (2019). Inclusion of children with autism spectrum disorder in mainstream early childhood development: Zimbabwean parent perspectives. Early Child Development and Care, 189(6), pp. 909-925. Mamas, C. (2013). Understanding inclusion in Cyprus. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(4), pp. 480-493. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M. & Saldaña, J. (2014) Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd ed.). Sage. Phtiaka, E. (2003). A Journey into Knowledge: Qualitative Methodology and Research, Contemporary Education, v.132-133, pp. 85-92 (in Greek). Pourkos, M. A. & Dafermos, M. (2010) Qualitative Research in Social Sciences: Epistemological, methodological and ethical issues. Topos [in Greek]. Rojas, S., Susinos, T. & Calvo, A. (2013) ‘Giving voice’ in research processes: an inclusive methodology for researching into social exclusion in Spain, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(2), pp. 156-173. Silverman, D. (2000) Doing qualitative research. Sage. Slee, R., Corcoran, T. & Best, M. (2021) Disability Studies in Education – Building Platforms to Reclaim Disability and Recognise Disablement. Journal of Disability Studies in Education, v1, pp.3-13. Waldschmidt, A., Berressem, H., & Ingwersen, M. (eds.), (2017). Culture–theory–disability: Encounters between disability studies and cultural studies. transcript Verlag. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 K: Professional Learning and Development Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lázaro Moreno Herrera Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Bridging the Gap: Understanding Stakeholders' Perspectives on Future Teacher Competencies NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:In 2017, the Norwegian teacher education program for primary and lower secondary teachers underwent a transformation, transitioning from a four-year program to a master's degree program. By the spring of 2022, the inaugural cohort of primary and lower secondary teachers graduated, equipped with newly earned master's degrees in teaching. Norway's official framework for primary and lower secondary teacher education, as outlined by the Ministry of Education and Research (2016a and 2016b), explicitly emphasizes the necessity for teacher education programs to exhibit both high academic quality and coherence. This coherence, although not exclusively, extends to the integration of learning activities conducted on campus and practical experiences, with the latter also referring to organized practicums for teacher education students. However, it is acknowledged that practical experience encompasses various activities beyond structured practicums. According to the official framework, a teacher education student is required to undergo no less than 110 days of practicum, distributed over the five years of their academic studies. Furthermore, the framework underscores the importance of establishing a close relationship between academic institutions and the professional field represented by practicum schools. Despite the explicit description of the relationship between theory represented by the teacher education institutions and practice, here represented by the practicum schools, in the official framework, there remains a perceived gap or lack of coherence. Munthe et al., (2020) characterize the nexus between theory and practice in teacher education as a context where diverse arenas converge to support the comprehensive knowledge and competence development of teacher students. The lack of such cohesion is not a novel issue within teacher education, evident in both Norwegian and international contexts (ibid). The perceived situation becomes explicit in for example Canrinus et al., (2017) where teacher students report on a gap between theory and practice, and in Thorsen (2019) where it is highlighted a lack of consensus between school-based and university-based educators when they collaborate during teacher students' practicum. During practicums, school-based and university-based teacher educators often collaborate in supporting, mentoring, and evaluating teacher students, forming a formalized partnership. In this partnership, both parties contribute their expertise to facilitate the learning of teacher education students, creating a synergy that enhances the learning environment beyond individual capabilities (Lillejord & Børte, 2014). However, there is a potential risk that a lack of coherence in this partnership may widen the gap between the university and schools rather than narrowing it. Considering the perception of the gap between theory and practice as well as the evolving specialized direction of teacher education, there is a keen interest in examining how school-based and university-based teacher educators perceive the competencies essential for future teachers. Our research question is “How do school-based and university-based teacher educators perceive the competencies future teachers require, and are there any discernible tensions in these perceptions?” And we are curious whether this is a place where they agree or disagree with one another, and if so on what. As mentioned earlier, we want to know how different groups see the skills needed for future teachers. We expect to find tensions, but we do not necessarily know much about what these tensions consist of. A deeper understanding of the present situation will help us focus on improving cooperation between the different parties in this partnership. The goal is to contribute to bridging the gap between theory and practice in teacher education. As we see it, a way to get there is to strengthen the relationship between academic institutions and the professional field represented by practicum schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In December 2023, educators overseeing the third year of two teacher education programs, encompassing both school-based and university-based settings, participated in a survey comprising both qualitative and quantitative inquiries. This survey was administered in advance of a practicum period. Survey data were collected via Nettskjema.no and carried out in Norwegian to avoid miscommunication. The participants filled out the survey online, anonymously. Subsequently, in the spring of 2024, a follow-up survey will be disseminated post the practicum period's conclusion. This subsequent survey will address aspects of a revised framework for the third-year practicum, specifically focusing on a redesigned composition of students within their practicum groups. Emphasis will be placed on aligning the academic backgrounds of the four students with those of the university-based and school-based teacher educators. Historically, practicum groups have comprised of two students from one academic subject and two from another, lacking a systematic approach to ensuring compatibility between the academic backgrounds of the students and their respective educators. The proposed structural changes can be seen as integral to the ongoing specialization of the teacher education programs. Our sample can be described as a homogenous sampling process (Tashakkori & Teddlie, 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings indicate tensions in the perceptions of various stakeholders regarding the competencies they see as essential for future teachers. Preliminary results revealed two main categories: Resource oriented or problem oriented. Further we see a notable portion of primary school-based educators expressing a critical stance toward practicum organization that aligns with the objective of cultivating specialized teachers. They emphasize the necessity for teachers with broad competence and assert that specialization may impede this broader perspective. In other words, they see the current development in the direction of specialization as a problem. Lower secondary teachers, along with a substantial number of university-based teacher educators, embrace this specialization and see it as a resource for professional learning, development, and reflection. Lower secondary teachers also report a positive and optimistic view on the structure of the group, pointing out that the teacher students will have other academic subjects than the one they have in common, which will help ensure a broad practicum experience and view on what it means to be a teacher. References -Canrinus, E. T., Bergem, O. K., Klette, K., & Hammerness, K. (2017). Coherent teacher education programmes: Taking a student perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(3), pp. 313-333. -Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2014). Partnerskap i lærerutdanningen: En forskningskartlegging. [Partnerships in teacher education. An overview of research]. Oslo: Kunnskapssenter for utdanning. -Ministry of Education and Research (2016a). Regulations relating to the framework plan for primary and lower secondary teacher education for years 1-7. UHR. national_guidelines_for_the_primary_and_lower_secondary_teacher_education_programme_for_years_1_7.pdf (uhr.no) -Ministry of Education and Research (2016b). Regulations Relating to the Framework Plan for Primary and Lower Secondary Teacher Education for Years 5–10. UHR. national_guidelines_for_the_primary_and_lower_secondary_teacher_education_programme_for_years_5_10.pdf (uhr.no) -Munthe, E., Ruud, E. & Malmo, K.A.S. (2020). Praksisopplæring i lærerutdanninger i Norge. En forskningsoversikt. [Practical Training in Teacher Education in Norway: A Research Overview]. Kunnskapssenter for Utdanning, Universitetet i Stavanger. -Teddlie, C. and Tashakkori, A. (2009). Foundations of Mixed Methods Research: Integrating Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches in the Social and Behavioral Sciences. Sage, London. -Thorsen, K.E. (2019). Utvikling av faglig kompetanse i praksis. I Teoretiske og praktiske kunnskaper i lærerkvalifisering – sammenhenger og spenninger (pp. 25-34). [Development of Professional Competence in Practice. In Theoretical and Practical Knowledge in Teacher Qualification – Connections and Tensions]. Universitetsforlaget, Oslo. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Decision Making for Instructional Practices, Pedagogical Reasoning and the Role of the Student 1The Hague University of Applied Sciences; 2Radboud University Nijmegen; 3Leiden University Presenting Author:Introduction, Research Objective, and Context: Handling differences in the classroom is complex for teachers. Both internationally and specifically in the Dutch context, the emphasis on adapting to differences among students in education is strongly emphasized, by both the Ministry of Education (Van Casteren et al., 2017) and the annual reports of the Education Inspectorate. This research aims to gain a better understanding of how teachers use various sources of information about the student and their development and whether teachers actively involve their students in dealing with differences in the classroom. By gaining a better understanding of the teacher's pedagogical reasoning, this can contribute to teacher education regarding handling differences in the classroom. Theoretical Framework: How teachers respond to diversity by deciding about the education of their students has been described by Richard Snow (1997) as an ‘awesome balancing act’ in which teachers continuously need to make decisions about when and how (or not) to adapt to the characteristics and needs of their students (Parsons et. al, 2018). Responding to what a student needs requires knowledge and skills to do this properly (Corno, 2008; Keuning et al., 2021). This is a complex process and there is little research available that specifically draws attention to what practicing teachers actually do to address student differences (Corno, 2008; Loibl et al., 2020) and on the basis of which information they make decisions for their educational actions (Gasse & Acker, 2023; Park & Datnow, 2017). The internal cognitive process of adaptive teaching and differentiated instruction can be perceived as a process of pedagogical reasoning. Loughran (2019) describes pedagogical reasoning as 'the thinking that underpins informed professional practice'. Based on information sources, teachers make decisions to differentiate. Differentiated education implies a proactive alignment of instruction and activities (Denessen, 2017). Additionally, teachers use adaptive education based on diagnostics of affective, cognitive, motivational, and socio-cultural variables of students. It is therefore essential for teachers to carefully collect and analyze the knowledge they acquire about students. Adaptive education can be shaped from different perspectives, one being curriculum-focused and contextual, requiring teachers to have diagnostic skills (Van Geel et al., 2019) and an understanding of the student as an individual to establish effective alignment between the student and the curriculum. Another perspective is student-focused, exploring the extent to which the student is a co-owner of the learning process. Research Questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed methods sequential explanatory design (Creswell, 2013) was used to collect and analyze the quantitative (teacher surveys) and qualitative data (interviews). The quantitative questionnaire data were analyzed to describe which sources of information teachers use in the different phases of the differentiation process. The information sources questioned are based on research by Jager et al. (2021). Prast et al.'s model (2015) was used as a framework for examining the use of information sources by teachers. With interviews, qualitative information was obtained about the pedagogical reasoning of teachers about how and why teachers use these sources of information to base their instructional decisions on. Research shows that the use of teacher-student dialogue can be beneficial for the self-reflective capacity of the teacher (Hudson-Glynn, 2019), getting to know the student better (Vygotsky, 1978; Hudson-Glynn, 2019) and autonomy of the student (Fletcher, 2012; Black & Mayes, 2020). The teacher survey therefore included questions on these three topics. To clarify the role of the student, the horizontal participation ladder of Smit et al. (2011) has been employed. This study was conducted with primary school teachers in the Western part of the Netherlands, a demographically diverse area with schools in both urban contexts and schools in suburbs and villages. 26 teachers, teaching grades 4 (age 7/8) to 8 (age 11/12), completed the teacher survey. 19 teachers were female, 5 were male and the amount of teaching experience ranged from a few months to 35 years. 13 of these teachers were interviewed, 11 female, 2 male. The participants completed an online questionnaire using Qualtrics. Teachers were asked about which information sources (study of the student's work, observation, teaching method-related tests, curriculum planning, teacher student dialogue, standardized test scores, student file, information from last year's teacher, teacher parent dialogue) and the frequency of use of these information sources to determine the educational needs of students, set goals, shape differentiated instruction and practice and evaluate the process and progress of students. Components of effective student consultation (timing, focus and purpose, teachers’ feedback and follow-up to pupils) as outlined by Morgan (2011) were added to the questionnaire. The data from the questionnaires have been summarized in frequency tables. Thematic analysis was used to analyze the interviews, using a coding framework based on the topics used of the questionnaire. Here, a deductive approach was used with predefined categories serving as the basis for identifying themes in the collected data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results and Supported Conclusions: In the differentiation process, teachers use various information sources to different extents and combinations in different lesson phases for differentiation decisions. The collected data on students are mainly used to infer educational needs. Less frequently, students are asked to articulate their educational needs themselves. Teachers mainly perceive students as 'research objects'; observed but not actively engaged in a dialogue. Although teachers express a desire to use the 'teacher-student dialogue' more often for shaping adaptive education, practical constraints such as time, group size, curriculum, materials, and space hinder its implementation. Teachers mainly tailor their approach to differences from a didactic perspective focused on gathering information for appropriate didactic choices and less from a social-constructivist perspective focused on actively involving students in their learning process. References Black, R., & Mayes, E. (2020). Feeling voice: The emotional politics of ‘student voice’ for teachers. British Educational Research Journal, 46(5), 1064-1080. Corno, L. (2008). On Teaching Adaptively. Educational Psychologist, 43(3), 161–173. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Sage Publications, Incorporated. Denessen, E. (2017). Verantwoord omgaan met verschillen: sociaal-culturele achtergronden en differentiatie in het onderwijs. Universiteit Leiden. Hudson-Glynn, K. (2019). Lessons learnt by student teachers from the use of children’s voice in teaching practice. In J. Wearmouth & A. Goodwyn (Ed.), Student teacher and family voice in educational institutions (pp. 15 - 32). New York: Routledge. Jager, L., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A. H., & Meijer, P. C. (2021). Sixty seconds about each student–studying qualitative and quantitative differences in teachers’ knowledge and perceptions of their students. Social Psychology of Education, 24, 1-35. Kahneman, D., Frederick, S., Holyoah, K., & Morrison, R. (2005). A model of heuristic judgment. The Cambridge handbook of thinking and reasoning. J. Holyoak. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Keuning, T., van Geel, M., & Smienk-Otten, C. (2021). Differentiëren in 5, 4, 3...: Stem je onderwijs af op verschillen tussen leerlingen. PICA. Loibl, K., Leuders, T., & Dörfler, T. (2020). A Framework for Explaining Teachers’ Diagnostic Judgements by Cognitive Modeling (DiaCoM). Teaching and Teacher Education, 91, 103059-. Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: the foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 25(5), 523–535. Morgan, B. (2011). Consulting pupils about classroom teaching and learning: policy, practice and response in one school. Research Papers in Education, 26(4), 445-467. Park, V., & Datnow, A. (2017). Ability grouping and differentiated instruction in an era of data-driven decision making. American Journal of Education, 123(2), 000-000. Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Scales, R. Q., Gallagher, M. A., Parsons, A. W., Davis, S. G., Pierczynski, M. & Allen, M. (2018). Teachers’ instructional adaptations: A research synthesis. Review of educational research, 88(2), 205-242. Prast, E. J., Van de Weijer-Bergsma, E., Kroesbergen, E. H., & Van Luit, J. E. H. (2015). Readinessbased differentiation in primary school mathematics: Expert recommendations and teacher selfassessment. Frontline Learning Research, 3(2), 90–116. Tomlinson, C. A. (2014). The differentiated classroom: Responding to the needs of all learners. Ascd. Urhahne, D., & Wijnia, L. (2021). A review on the accuracy of teacher judgments. Educational Research Review, 32, 100374-. Van Casteren, W., Bendig-Jacobs, J., Wartenbergh-Cras, F., van Essen, M., & Kurver, B. (2017). Differentiëren en differentiatievaardigheden in het primair onderwijs. Nijmegen: ResearchNed, 2004-2006. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teachers’ Perceptions and Experiences of Peer Observation and Its Influence on Their Professional Development in One School in South Kazakhstan NIS Taldykorgan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Peer observation is observing fellow teachers’ lessons or being observed by them with the purpose of professional growth. It is believed to be an effective tool for both training future teachers (Engin & Priest, 2014) and supporting experienced teachers’ professional development (O’Leary, 2014; Wragg, 2002). If used effectively, peer observation can become “a valuable tool for improving the quality of teaching” (Wragg, 2002, p. VIII). Nevertheless, despite its positive impact on teacher professional development, peer observation might still cause negative attitudes and resistance among teachers due to several reasons such as negative feedback that teachers might receive after being observed (Dos Santos, 2016) or poor organization of this process at school (Engin & Priest, 2014; Gosling, 2002). Engin and Priest (2014) state that “teachers who have experienced such contexts may not see the learning value of peer observation” (p. 2). Although peer observation is an important part of teaching practice in many schools around the world including Kazakhstan, it is often imposed on teachers (Gosling, 2002), which is another reason why they do not view it as a tool for professional growth. Therefore, studying teachers’ perceptions of this process and their experiences in peer observation can help better organize this process at schools and make it a valuable tool for continuous development. This study aims to investigate school teachers' perceptions regarding peer observation and their experiences of peer observation at one school in South Kazakhstan. To achieve this purpose, the study analyses teachers' viewpoints on peer observation, both from the perspective of observing their colleagues and being observed themselves. Furthermore, it delves into an examination of their experiences and practices in the context of peer observation, as well as the impact of these experiences on their professional development. The following research questions were identified to guide this study: 1. What are the schoolteachers’ perceptions of peer observation? 2. What are their experiences in peer observation? 3. How does peer observation affect teachers’ professional development? Teacher professional development should happen in collaboration with others and be ongoing (Darling-Hammond & Richardson, 2009; Garet et al., 2006). Bandura’s social learning theory and the professional learning community offered by Darling-Hammond and Richardson (2009) as a new paradigm might help to explain this need for collaboration and the importance of consistent teacher learning. These theories also support the importance of peer observation for teacher professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Since the purpose of this study is to explore the teachers’ perceptions and experiences of peer observation, the qualitative research study was chosen as the most appropriate method for this research. In-depth, semi-structured interviews were conducted to answer the research questions and learn about teachers’ perceptions and experiences of peer observation. As stated by Merriam and Tisdell (2016), certain fields like education or health employ a research design called ‘basic qualitative study’. The basic qualitative study aims to understand how people “make sense of their life and experiences” (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016, p. 24), while the other types of research design in qualitative research have additional purposes. In addition, Merriam and Tisdell (2016) state that based on this design “researchers simply describe their study as a “qualitative research study” without declaring a particular type of qualitative study” (p. 23). The current study employed this design due to the necessity to understand people’s experiences and perceptions. Drawing on empirical evidence and related literature, this interview-based study aimed to discover the perceptions and experiences of teachers in peer observation. Six semi-structured interviews were conducted to answer the research questions of this study. This helped to learn the individual experiences and perceptions of the participants in-depth. Five interviews were conducted face to face as “the interaction produced when the researcher and participants meet in the shared space produces humane and sensitive data that reflects the interest of both parties” (Kamarudin, 2015, p. 14). One participant asked for an online interview as it was more convenient for them in terms of time. Document analysis was used as an additional instrument. The school has an online system that is used during the lesson observations and analyzing this system assisted in understanding teachers’ perspectives and experiences of peer observation at this school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the data obtained, it can be concluded that the participants consider peer observation to be an important part of the teaching profession and understand how crucial it is for teachers’ professional development and collaboration. It can also be concluded that the teachers at this school are willing to observe and be observed, although one participant mentioned that there is a small number of teachers who avoid this practice (Participant 2). As there is no clear division between peer observation and lesson observation, the participants do not differentiate between these two terms and use them interchangeably. The school culture of peer observation which highlights its importance for professional development, the fact that peer observation is used as support for younger and new teachers as well as the frequent observations by various visitors can be the reasons why teachers have such a positive attitude to peer observation at this school. Additionally, the participants stated that they feel more comfortable when peer observation happens within their subject departments. Unconstructive and negative feedback was mentioned by most participants as a reason for some stress during peer observations. References Darling-Hammond, L., & Richardson, N. (2009). Research review/teacher learning: What matters. Educational leadership, 66(5), 46-53. Dos Santos, L. M. (2016). How do teachers make sense of peer observation professional development in an Urban School. International Education Studies, 10(1), 255. https://doi.org/10.5539/ies.v10n1p255 Engin, M. (2014). Observing teaching: A lens for self-reflection. Journal of Perspectives in Applied Academic Practice, 2(2). https://doi.org/10.14297/jpaap.v2i2.90 Garet, M. S., Porter, A. C., Desimone, L., Birman, B. F., & Yoon, K. S. (2001). What makes professional development effective? Results from a national sample of teachers. American Educational Research Journal, 38(4), 915–945. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312038004915 Gosling, D. (2002). Models of peer observation of teaching. Kamarudin, D. (2015). Comparing online and traditional interview techniques: A qualitative study of the experiences of researchers and participants in the Malaysian context (dissertation). Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. O'Leary, M. (2014). Classroom observation: A guide to the effective observation of teaching and learning. Routledge. Wragg, E. C. (2002). An introduction to classroom observation. Taylor & Francis e-Library. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 L: Health and Wellbeing Education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Seeds of Narration for Sprouts of Well-Being. Wondering Students' Narratives on Flourishing Opportunities Within the University Context. University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:Nowadays, a dignified condition of social existence presupposes good navigation skills: surviving the elusive liquidity of contemporary times and spaces (Bauman, 2013) means learning to sway in the flow, that is to enjoy the experience in an optimal way, being absorbed and at the same time intact inside the intensity of that moment. What Csíkszentmihályi (2013) defines as a "state of grace". The flowing movement takes on the nuances of a practice of freedom and, at the same time, of democratic liberation, since it allows the individual to experience an intrinsic involvement with life, attributing to it a personal choice and meaning. Consequently, faced with this condition, educational institutions are invested with a new, but eternal, political responsibility: educating for freedom, social justice, equity (Freire, 1994; Nussbaum, 1997, 2002). Education thus assumes the role of valorisation of personal agency, life aspirations and human potentials (ONU, 2006). Within this context, however, resides a paradox: contemporary changes leads to ambitions for progress that are often unsustainable for the promotion of an adequate quality of life; a capitalistic individualization in which the citizen perceives him/herself only and in this solitude, oppressed because detached from any inter-personal belonging (Rosales, Frangioni & Marroccoli, 2019). The same loneliness and lack of belonging complained by more and more university students, whose educational system seems to be frozen within a performative perspective of competence and academic success, far away from the generative perspective of individual capability and fulfillment (Volstad et al., 2020). Higher Education is asked to shift its gaze from welfare to well-being, to re-think educational processes capable of overcoming the freedom-solitude paradox, rediscovering how the apparent antinomies are actually accomplices constructs, equally significant for co-building a democratic reality. Then, how to deal with this urgent need? One possibility has been suggested by Nussbaum (1997), according to whom a fundamental tool for the cultivation of society corresponds to "narrative imagination", that is, the ability to interpret one’s own history and empathize with that of others, imagining better life scenarios for each, for all. According to this perspective, self-narratives are interpretative keys of personal aspirations on the ancient εὐδαιμονία (eudaimonia), in the sense of flourishing life (D'Olimpio, 2022), as well as a starting point for designing enabling and accessible contexts that suits everyone's functioning. Considering this framework, our research aims to answer the following questions: which are the opportunities of flourishing currently offered by University, according to students’ self-narratives? Which are the ideal opportunities aspired by the students? Which common flourishing dimensions emerge from students’ narratives? And, in which ways can self-narratives support students’ personal flourishing within the University contexts? Thus, through a combinated narrative-appreciative inquiry on students’ flourishing and the transcendent essence of their personal story as community core living (Huber, Caine, Huber and Steeves, 2013), students are welcomed in a democratic space of sharing ideas and ideals. Meanwhile, they participate in expressing a common culture of flourishing through meaningful connections among their own identity and others’ narratives (Wise & Barney, 2021). Hence, my research purposes are: (re)discovering the flourishing perspective from undergraduate students’ voices and from their autobiographical narratives, questioning together with them the ways in which such narratives can prove to be a positive pedagogical-didactic support; inquiring students' well-being aspirations by enhancing practices of self-narration through appreciation; transforming students' narrative-appreciative journey into a common manifest of flourishing, in the form of an Open Educational Resource (OER) shareable with the representatives of the whole university students, in order to make this topic a more open and collective discussion, because living well in education regards any of us, as all of us. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The assumption of personal narratives as interpretative keys of educational realities leads this research to embrace the methodology of Narrative Inquiry, which employs self-narratives as in-depth living data, means of understanding individuals’ perspectives (Connelly and Clandinin, 1990). It requires going beyond the use of narrative as rhetorical structure to an analytic examination of the underlying insights of a personal story (Bell, 2002). Simultaneously, the purpose of seeking images of the possible, within the students’ storytelling, finds its place in the generative frame of Appreciative Inquiry, searching for life-giving forces through a 4-D cycle (Whitney & Cooperrider, 1998). It is precisely through the four phases of this cycle that our research project has been planning. The first phase, known as Discovery, is intended to inquire “what is”. For this reason, we have conducted a Systematic Literature Review, following the PRISMA Statement (Page et al., 2021), to explore the evolutionary concept of human flourishing, and its possible connections with self-narration, in the existing studies. Based on the qualitative results of this review, we have developed an exploratory questionnaire, concerning well-being and narration, that is going to be proposed to 340 undergraduate students from three different courses of Padua University. The participation is voluntary, respectfully with the freedom of expression. The questionnaire has been inspired by the Flourish Project (Ellyatt, 2022) and it includes both open and closed questions, in the view of a concurrent embedded strategy. The second phase, called Dream, aims at imagining “what might be” and is going to start with an online forum for each course, during which those key themes retrieved from statistical and thematic analysis of questionnaire, will be shared and discussed, opening the way to generative reflections. In the third phase, that is Design, a new design proposal will involve each group of students: WONDER, acronym of Ways of Narrating Enjoyable Didactic Routes. It represents a narrative journey, following the appreciative scheme, through students’ artifacts and stories about past, present and future experiences and opportunities of flourishing in education. Finally, the fourth phase, or Destiny, brings together the previous steps and it faces “what will be”; in this sense, a structured focus group (Biggeri, Di Masi & Bellacicco, 2019) is going to take place with all the students from the three courses, with the purpose of creating a common “flourishing manifesto” to share with students’ representatives, and make it an accessible resource to the whole community. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to Gadamer’s hermeneutics, the flourishing process has a multidimensional and ecological nature composed by individual, contextual, temporal and dialectical aspects that need to be equally explored (Volstad et al., 2020). With a view of catching this complex portrait, this research invests the role of inquiring human flourishing within the life stories of students, looking for personal, as well as interpersonal, meanings of it. Currently, the state of process is focused on the analysis of students’ responses to the questionnaire, and soon we will start with the second phase of our inquiry path. Frequently questioning our research about the ways it can be significant for the whole community, we make practice of a metacognitive exercise that helps us to both stimulate utopian ideas of improvement and innovative thinking. Thus, this significance appears to live in a transformative process that embraces a pro-positive tension into the educational scenarios and, likewise, contextualizes in them concrete tools of collaborative and narrative reflections. In reference to this, the scientific society does not surely lack scales of well-being measurement, but the educational community complains of missing qualitative explorations and narrative reflections up on flourishing. Therefore, through the encounter of the methodologies and methods described above, the research is gradually embracing the perspective of Grassroot Innovation (Belda-Miquel, Pellicer-Sifres & Boni, 2020), by responding to students' priority of a bottom-up approach, their need of thinking themselves active “storytellers”, creators of narrative plots of learning, not more objects of a defined storyline, in which what counts is just performing. Flourishing and self-narratives are here re-discovered as key dimensions of individuals’ telos and autobiographical epistemologies, necessary foundations for a community building that open its arms to a connective WONDER, with the meaning of marvel but also asking. References Bauman, Z. (2013). Liquid modernity. NJ, Hoboken: John Wiley & Sons. Belda-Miquel, S., Pellicer-Sifres, V., & Boni, A. (2020). Exploring the contribution of grassroots innovations to justice: Using the capability approach to normatively address bottom-up sustainable transitions practices. Sustainability, 12(9), 1-9. Bell, J. S. (2002). Narrative inquiry: More than just telling stories. TESOL quarterly, 36(2), 207-213. Biggeri, M., Di Masi, D., & Bellacicco, R. (2019). Disability and higher education: assessing students’ capabilities in two Italian universities using structured focus group discussions. Studies in higher education, 45(4), 909-924. Connelly, F. M. & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of experience and narrative inquiry. Educational Researcher, 19(5), 2-14. Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2013). Flow: The psychology of happiness. New York, NY: Random House. D'Olimpio, L. (2022). Aesthetica and eudaimonia: Education for flourishing must include the arts. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 56(2), 238-250. Ellyatt, W. (2022). Education for Human Flourishing—A New Conceptual Framework for Promoting Ecosystemic Wellbeing in Schools. Challenges, 13(2), 1-23. Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of Hope. New York, NY: Continuum. Huber, J., Caine, V., Huber, M., & Steeves, P. (2013). Narrative inquiry as pedagogy in education: The extraordinary potential of living, telling, retelling, and reliving stories of experience. Review of research in education, 37(1), 212-242. Nussbaum, M. C. (1997). Cultivating humanity: A classical defense of reform in liberal education. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Nussbaum, M. (2002). Capabilities and social justice. International Studies Review, 4(2), 123-135. Page, M.J., McKenzie, J.E., Bossuyt, P.M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T.C., Mulrow, C.D., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. 372. Rosales, P. B., Frangioni, T., & Marroccoli, G. (2019). Introduzione: il paradosso di un’esperienza collettiva solitaria. Riflessioni sulla solitudine politica. Cambio, 9(17), 5-13. United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, December 13, 2006, https://www.ohchr.org/en/hrbodies/crpd/pages/conventionrightspersonswithdisabilities.aspx. Volstad, C., Hughes, J., Jakubec, S. L., Flessati, S., Jackson, L., & Martin-Misener, R. (2020). “You have to be okay with okay”: experiences of flourishing among university students transitioning directly from high school. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-Being, 15(1), 1-14. Whitney, D., & Cooperrider, D. L. (1998). The appreciative inquiry summit: Overview and applications. Employment Relations Today, 25(2), 17-28. Wise, J. B., & Barney, K. (2021). A Personal Narrative Conveying Human Flourishing. Therapeutic Recreation Journal, 55(1), 42-59. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Can Children’s Social Competence Predict their Social-Emotional Wellbeing in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) or vice versa? 1Department of Education, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland; 2Faculty of Education and Psychology, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland; 3Knowledge Management and Co-Creation unit/ Knowledge Base for Health and Welfare Management team, Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare (THL), Finland Presenting Author:Defined as children’s ability to successfully obtain acceptable entries to group activities, collaborative negotiations and cooperative play for full and active participation in ECEC group activities as confident agents, social competence among children in ECEC is considered a crucial skill to construct and maintain mutual and durable friendships with peers and harmonious relationships with adults (Pakarinen et al., 2020). These relationships have been proved to be related to children’s wellbeing (Sandseter & Seland, 2018), an essential element for children’s holistic development in many ECEC curriculum frameworks (Council of European Union, 2019), including the Finnish Core Curriculum for ECEC (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2018), a Nordic welfare model with universalism, equality and equity for every child regardless of their different backgrounds (Kumpulainen, 2018). However, sparse research has been done on how young children’s social competence is related to their social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC in both directions. Moreover, sizable research has been undertaken on the effects of ECEC arrangements on children’s development such as cognitive, languages and social emotional competence (Zachrisson & Lekhal, 2014). Nevertheless, little is known about how ECEC arrangements (weekly hours and providers) are associated with children’s social-emotional wellbeing (i.e., enjoyment and the fulfilment of their basic needs) in ECEC. In addition, the association of childcare arrangements and children’s social behaviours has been studied in different childcare systems (Averdijk et al., 2022; Huston et al., 2015), etc., with mixed results, but its moderation effects on the two-way associations between children’s social competence and social-emotional wellbeing have been scarcely researched. Thus, this study aims to investigate the two-way associations between children’s social competence and their social-emotional wellbeing (i.e., the fulfilment of their basic needs and their enjoyment) in ECEC. Specifically, it examines whether children with higher social competence have their basic needs fulfilled and enjoy their ECEC experiences more or whether children with higher level of enjoyment and basic need fulfilment demonstrate higher prosocial and less antisocial behaviors. The current research also investigates if children’s weekly hours in ECEC and the types of ECEC providers they attend (private or public) moderate the two-way associations between children’s social competence and their social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on the survey data collected by the Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare (FIHW) from the guardians of four-year-old children on the health and wellbeing of children and their families in 2018. In this study, structural equation modelling analyses with Mplus software (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2023) were executed to examine the associations between children’s social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC and their social competence in both directions. Moreover, the moderation effects of ECEC arrangements on these associations were also investigated. Children’s social competence was assessed with MASCS scale (Junttila et al., 2006) of 13 items with the Linkert of 1-never to 4-very often. The scale includes four subscales, empathy and cooperation indicated prosocial behaviors, disruptiveness and impulsivity categorized as antisocial behaviors. Children’s social-emotional wellbeing consists of their enjoyment and basic need fulfilment in ECEC. Children’s enjoyment in ECEC was evaluated with 5 out of 12 items of Leiden Child Wellbeing Inventory (van Trijp et al., 2021) with Linkert scales from 1-never to 6-always. These items evalaute the levels of being comfortable with ECEC attendance, other children, in the groups, on arrival and the settings. Children’s basic need fulfillment was assessed from 1 = fully agree to 5 = fully disagree with 5 items (Koivula et al., 2023): (1) ECEC meets our family’s needs, (2) My child is regarded as an individual and his/her background is taken into consideration, (3) My child receives care and attention that meet his/her individual needs (safety, meals, rest, etc.), (4) the interactive relationships between my child and the staff are good, (5) My child is listened to, and he/she can take part in planning and developing the activities”. Structural equation modeling analyses were conducted to examine the association between children’s social competence and their social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC in both directions and the moderating effects ECEC arrangements (weekly time in ECEC and ECEC providers). Control variables of family and child factors such as the gender of children and their parents, children’s living arrangements (with both parents or others), children’s citizenship status (with themselves or both parents were born inside or outside Finland), parental highest educational level, financial satisfaction levels, mental health were added to the models so that only the effects of ECEC will be considered. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that children’s higher prosocial behaviors were significantly and positively associated with their enjoyment in ECEC, and higher antisocial behaviors were significantly and negatively associated with their enjoyment in ECEC in both directions. In addition, children’s social competence had significant association with their basic need fulfilment but not conversely. Moreover, weekly hours in ECEC and ECEC providers did not moderate the relation between children’s social competence and their social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC in both directions. That is, whether the four-year-old children spent longer time in ECEC or whether they attended private or public ECEC, the association between their social competence and social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC remained the same in both directions. The study’s results highlight the provision of joyful environments that enhance young children’s both social competence and social-emotional wellbeing. It also contributes to broader knowledge on the two-way linkages between children’s social competence and social-emotional wellbeing, i.e., enjoyment and basic need fulfilment – the prerequisite conditions for children’s rights, agency and participation. References Averdijk, M., Ribeaud, D., & Eisner, M.P. (2022). External childcare and socio-behavioral development in Switzerland: Long-term relations from childhood into young adulthood. PLoS ONE, 17. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0263571 Council of the European Union (2019). Council recommendation on high-quality early childhood education and care systems. Brussels: Council of the European Union. Finnish National Agency for Education [FNAE]. (2018). National core curriculum for early childhood education and care. Regulations and guidelines 2018:3c. Finnish National Agency for Education. Huston A. C., Bobbitt K. C., & Bentley A. (2015). Time spent in child care: How and why does it affect social development? Developmental Psychology, 51(5), 621–634. https://doi.org/10.1037/a00389511 PMID: 25751096 Junttila, N., Vauras, M., Niemi, P., & Laakkonen, E. (2012). Multisource assessed social competence as a predictor for children's and adolescents' later loneliness, social anxiety, and social phobia. Journal for educational research online, 4, 73–98. Retrieved from: https://research.utu.fi/converis/portal/detail/Publication/3850690?auxfun=&lang=fi_FI Koivula, M., Räikkönen, E., Turja, L., Poikonen, P.-L., & Laakso, M.-L. (2023). Family and work-related risk factors in children's social–emotional well-being and parent–educator cooperation in flexibly scheduled early childhood education and care. International Journal of Social Welfare, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijsw.12585 Kumpulainen, K. (2018). A principled, personalised, trusting and child centric ECEC system in Finland. In S. L. Kagan (Ed.), The Early Advantage 1: Early Childhood Systems That Lead by Example - A Comparative Focus on International Early Childhood Education (pp. 72– 98). Teachers College Press. Retrieved from https://helda.helsinki.fi/bitstream/handle/10138/255278/Chapter_4_Finland.pdf?sequence=1 Muthén, L., & Muthén, B. (1998–2023). Mplus user's guide. Muthén & Muthén. Pakarinen, E., Lerkkanen, M. K., & von Suchodoletz, A. (2020). Teacher emotional support in relation to social competence in preschool classrooms. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 43(4), 444–460. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2020.1791815 Sandseter, E.B.H., Seland, M. (2018). 4–6-year-old children’s experience of subjective well-being and social relations in ECEC institutions. Child Indicators Research 11, 1585–1601 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-017-9504-5 van Trijp, C., Lekhal, R., Drugli, M. B., Rydland, V., & Solheim Buøen, E. (2021). Validation of the Leiden Inventory for the Child's Well-Being in Daycare (LICW-D) Questionnaire in Norwegian Early Childhood Education and Care Centers. Frontiers in psychology, 12, 767137. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.767137 van Trijp, K., & Lekhal, R. (2018). Promoting children's well-being in ECEC: A challenging goal. Journal of International Doctoral Research, 7(1), 30–54. Zachrisson, H. D., & Lekhal, R. (2014). Psychology of child well-being. Early childhood education and care. In A. Ben-Arieh, F. Casas, I. Frønes, & J. E. Korbin (Eds.), Theories, methods and policies in global perspective (pp. 599–601). Springer. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Concept of Spirituality in Pedagogy: Literature Review Tomas Bata University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The influence of spirituality on pedagogical phenomena has been discussed in the literature for many years (e.g. Behera & Dash, 2015; Ben-Arieh et al. 2014; de Souza et al. 2009; Fisher, 2011; Pandya, 2017; Wane et al, 2011). At the same time, the importance of its investigation is supported by findings of associations between levels of spirituality and positive formation of personality, or lower levels of risky behavior or depressive symptoms among students (Dankulincova Veselska et al., 2018; Henningsgaard & Arnau, 2008; Pérez et al., 2009; Raftopoulos & Bates, 2011). Despite the growing interest in this topic abroad, less attention has been given to this issue in educational research in the Czech Republic. If it is explored, it is so far in an unsystematized form (Jirásek, 2023; Říčan, 2006; Suchánková & Matušů, 2020; Veselský et al., 2013). To support the initiation of this research, this paper offers an overview of theoretical approaches to conceptualizing spirituality that can be applied to pedagogy. It maps key approaches to spirituality in the pedagogical context over the last forty years and highlights the possibility of applying them both in terms of research and in the formulation of educational objectives or tools for pedagogical action. In doing so, it also aims to open a discussion on how spirituality can be explored in a pedagogical context and whether it is beneficial to work with it in mainstream pedagogical practice. Based on the literature, we identified three key theoretical approaches that work with the concept of spirituality in contexts relevant to pedagogy, namely (1) the psychology of religion, (2) philosophy and theory of education, and (3) the well-being approach. The study aim is to clarify disciplinary and transdisciplinary grounding of these theoretical approaches and their distinct and congruent aspects. Further, review based on this classification allows us to better highlight the possibilities of application of these approaches in education. The ECER proposal will present (1) the importance of exploring spirituality from an educational science perspective, (2) a review of theoretical approaches conceptualizing spirituality applicable to pedagogy, and (3) introduce possible future steps to explore this topic further. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is designed as a literature review of a traditional/narrative character. This approach is characterised by a more extensive set of sources and aims to analyse and summarise findings over a specified timeframe and may or may not include empirical findings (Grant & Booth, 2009; Mareš, 2013). This type of review was chosen for two reasons. First, it is the focus on mapping theoretical approaches. As such, it does not rely on a strictly defined body of work but draws on a range of sources of different nature (quantitative and qualitative studies, compendia, legal and other documents). Second, it is the breadth of the topic of spirituality. The paper draws on the findings of various disciplines, synthesizing or contrasting them on the one hand, while on the other hand respecting the conceptual apparatus of each approach and highlighting their most important aspects. The first step was a thorough research focused on the topic of spirituality in general and then on the individual theoretical approaches. A mind map was created to capture the main elements of each approach and the basic structure of the text. The text of the study was written iteratively with the aim of refining the arguments or adding perspectives. This methodology allowed us to map and finally synthesize a range of findings from different disciplines in which the concept of spirituality is anchored. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that the perspective of the psychology of religion allows us to identify spirituality within the school environment as a potential factor (1) enhancing positive personality development, (2) promoting positive behaviour, and (3) contributing to the formation of healthy interpersonal relationships. We believe that further pedagogical research should focus on exploring these relationships, included the potential risks. Conceptualisations of spirituality from philosophy and theory of education can be insightful for education because they enable to conceptualise spirituality in relation to the needs of the educational process. The most important aspects emerging from this approach are the emphasis on (1) holistic student development, (2) the complementarity of student experiences, and (3) specific educational methods designed to develop spirituality. The contribution of the "well-being approach" to spirituality in relation to education is seen in three basic areas: (1) the empirically grounded concepts of spirituality, (2) the research tools for its measurement, and (3) the possible applicability of the chosen concepts at the level of curricular documents. However, when working with these concepts of spirituality, it is necessary to take into account their grounding in concepts of quality of life. The contributions of the paper are threefold: (1) it provides an overview of the approaches conceptualizing spirituality that are applicable to pedagogy, (2) it highlights their potential applications in terms of research and the formulation of educational goals, and (3) it contributes to the broader discussion on the relationship between spirituality and education. References Behera, S., & Dash, M. (2015). Stress and spirituality among school teachers. Indian Journal of Health and Wellbeing, 6(3), 305–308. Ben-Arieh, A., Casas, F., Frønes, I., & Korbin, J. E. (Ed.). (2014). Handbook of Child Well-Being: Theories, Methods and Policies in Global Perspective. Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-9063-8 Dankulincova Veselska, Z., Jirasek, I., Veselsky, P., Jiraskova, M., Plevova, I., Tavel, P., & Madarasova Geckova, A. (2018). Spirituality but not Religiosity Is Associated with Better Health and Higher Life Satisfaction among Adolescents. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 15(12), 2781. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph15122781 de Souza, M., Francis, L. J., O’Higgins-Norman, J., & Scott, D. (Ed.). (2009). International Handbook of Education for Spirituality, Care and Wellbeing (Roč. 3). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-9018-9 Fisher, J. (2011). The Four Domains Model: Connecting Spirituality, Health and Well-Being. Religions, 2(1), 17–28. https://doi.org/10.3390/rel2010017 Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Henningsgaard, J. M., & Arnau, R. C. (2008). Relationships between religiosity, spirituality, and personality: A multivariate analysis. Personality and Individual Differences, 45(8), 703–708. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2008.07.004 Jirásek, I. (2023). Pojmové zakotvení modelu spirituální gramotnosti v českém pedagogickém prostoru a možnosti její kultivace ve školním prostředí. Pedagogika, 73(1), 63–84. https://doi.org/10.14712/23362189.2022.2301 Mareš, J. (2013). Přehledové studie: Jejich typologie, funkce a způsob vytváření. Pedagogická orientace, 23(4), 427–454. https://doi.org/10.5817/PedOr2013-4-427 Pandya, S. P. (2017). Teachers’ views on spirituality for adolescents in high schools across countries. Pastoral Care in Education, 35(2), 88–110. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643944.2017.1290132 Pérez, J. E., Little, T. D., & Henrich, C. C. (2009). Spirituality and Depressive Symptoms in a School-Based Sample of Adolescents: A Longitudinal Examination of Mediated and Moderated Effects. Journal of Adolescent Health, 44(4), 380–386. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2008.08.022 Raftopoulos, M., & Bates, G. (2011). ‘It’s that knowing that you are not alone’: The role of spirituality in adolescent resilience. International Journal of Children’s Spirituality, 16(2), 151–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364436X.2011.580729 Říčan, P. (2006). Spiritualita jako základ mravní výchovy. Pedagogika, 56, 119–131. Suchánková, E., & Matušů, R. (2020). Spiritualita pedagogů tradičních a alternativních škol. Sociální pedagogika / Social Education, 8(2), 29–43. https://doi.org/10.7441/soced.2020.08.02.02 Veselský, P., Poslt, J., Majewská, P., & Bolcková, M. (2013). Spiritualita ve vzdělávání – zpět k širšímu pojetí učení se. Paidagogos, 2013(2), 411–430. Wane, N. N., Manyimo, E. L., & Ritskes, E. J. (2011). Spirituality, education & society: An integrated approach. SensePublishers. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Investigating Mental Health Training and Provision in Initial Teacher Training (ITT/ITE) Programmes University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There is a growing global concern over the issues of promoting and sustaining mental health and well-being in education, in which the mental health implications in the classroom continue to pose a significant public challenge worldwide, affecting children, adolescents, and teachers/new teachers, with an increasing economic cost (Purser, 2022). According to recent World Health Organization estimates, between 10% and 20% of children worldwide have a diagnosable mental health problem (WHO, 2021b). There is also an upward trend in adolescents’ mental illness in many countries (Seven, et al., 2020), with approximately 20% of the world’s adolescents experiencing mental health issues (United Nationals International Children’s Emergency Fund [UNICEF] Data, 2021). Schools are often recognized in research and policy as appropriate key settings to enhance and protect children’s and adolescents’ physical and mental well-being (Lahti et al., 2023; Hattersley, 2023). Teachers, therefore, play a crucial role in effective mental health provision in schools, as they are expected to be knowledgeable in identifying children’s and adolescents’ mental health problems and intervening early to support their students (DoH, 2011; Purser, 2022). Nevertheless, teachers consistently report that they often feel ill-prepared and lack experience and training to support children with emotional, behavioural, and social difficulties. They also feel vulnerable and psychologically distressed when meeting the mental health needs of their students in school settings (Rothi et al., 2008; Lahti et al., 2023; Nygaard et al., 2023). Meanwhile, teachers’ mental health must also be considered as their psychological well-being has been associated with students’ mental health and wellness. The teaching profession is generally recognized as an emotionally intense and stressful occupation, in which low career satisfaction, substantial workloads, and multiple role requirements all can have a deleterious effect on teachers’ mental health and place them at increased risk of common mental health disorders (Hattersley, 2023). Since teachers’ experiences of occupational stress are highly likely to be linked with their capacity to support students’ mental health, it is imperative to prepare and encourage teachers to seek guidance and support for their own mental health (Kush et al., 2021). Insufficient attention and training are currently given to the development and provision of required competences (knowledge, skills, and attitudes) and effective methods for mental health promotion in initial teacher training programmes (ITT/ITE). Although mental health providers, such as school psychologists and school counselors, are known as experts in delivering school-based mental health services, teachers are the first line of defense in providing prevention strategies to students in need of support. Against this background, the study sets out to explore teacher educators’ and student teachers’ perspectives and experiences related to mental health training and provision in Initial Teacher Training Programmes (ITT/ITE) in China and the UK. Given that educational systems, social and cultural backgrounds, and professional qualifications differ across countries, the challenges related to promoting students' and teachers’ mental health and well-being, nevertheless, are similar. The research design is a Delphi survey, in which it attempts to identify the threshold concepts in mental health and well-being and to provide a framework for developing a curriculum to build the knowledge and capacity of the future teacher workforce. It intends to answer the following two questions: What key knowledge and pedagogical approaches should be included in a comprehensive mental health training curriculum for Initial Teacher Training Programmes? What main competencies (knowledge, skills, and attitudes) should student teachers acquire during the ITT/ITE programme to promote their own mental health and that of others? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Delphi survey has been used in several research done in higher educational settings, and it aims to achieve reliable consensus among a group of experts which is invaluable and critical to the identification of threshold concepts in any field or discipline (Barradell, 2013). As the extensive involvement of the researcher in the decision process, transparency is essential to demonstrate rigor in the procedures selected (Smith, et al., 2016). This research will follow three major phases of a Delphi-based research project: preparing, conducting, and analyzing. It intends to utilize an effective qualitative technique at each stage and to reveal the situated, contextual meaning participants generate and ascribe to social phenomena (May, 2011). In the preparation stage, the subject under discussion (a. knowledge of mental health and well-being; b. individual competences) will be explored and two creative workshops will be used to define the Delphi format. Followed by a thorough literature review to get a first idea for potential Delphi statements and to obtain a list of knowledge and competenceies that student teachers should acquire in a comprehensive mental health curriculum. Once the framework for developing a mental health curriculum has been identified, another two Delphi rounds will be conducted at the second conducting stage. A semi-structured approach will be carried out with a panel of experts before the results become stable or consensus is achieved. It is advisable to have at least 15 to 20 experts in a group and the Delphi survey typically uses one panel with a number of rounds (Amos and Pearse, 2008), Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is believed that the acquisition of mental health knowledge and relevant professional skill packages is extremely important for students who intend to enter the teaching profession. By conducting a Delphi survey and semi-structured group interviews with experts and subject specialists, this research aims to provide a framework for developing an integrated and comprehensive mental health curriculum for ITE student teachers. Teachers and potential teachers’ mental health matters. Teachers play a pivotal role in daily interactions with students, they frequently influence the social and emotional development of our youth beyond academic needs. It is, therefore, essential to provide significant input for student teachers through ITE to meet the required skills and competencies to be effective educators. References Amos, T., and Pearse, N. (2008). Pragmatic research design: An illustration of the use of the Delphi technique. Electronic Journal of Business Research Methods, 6 (2), 95 – 102. Barradell, S. (2013). The identification of threshold concepts: A review of theoretical complexities and methodological challenges. Higher Education, 65 (2), 265 – 276. Department of Health. (2011). No health without mental health: A cross-government mental health outcomes strategy for people of all ages. UK: Department of Health. Hattersley, E. (2023). “When I feel like I can make a difference, it’s amazing”: using IPA to explore primary school teachers’ experiences of children’s mental health in the United Kingdom. Educational Psychology in Practice, 39 (2), 235 – 251. Kush, J.M., Badillo-Giocoechea, E., Musci, R.J., and Stuart, E.A. (2021). Teacher mental health during the COVID-19 pandemic: Informing policies to support teacher well-being and effective teaching practices. John Hopkins School of Public Health. Lahti, M., Korhonen, J., Sakellari, E., Notara, V., Lagiou, A., Istomina, N., Grubliauskiene, J., Makutiene, M., Sukyte, D., Erjavec, K., Petrova, G., Lalova, V., Ivanoa, S., and Laaksonen, C. (2023). “Competences for promoting mental health in primary school’. Health Education Journal, 82 (5), 529 – 541. May, T. (2011). Social research: issues, methods and process. Maidenhead: Open University Press. Purser, L. (2022) ‘What do we need to teach new teachers about child mental health?”, Buckingham Journal of Education, 3, pp47 – 77. Rothi DM., Uphoff, E., and Best R. (2008) “On the front-line: Teachers as active observers of pupils’ mental health. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24 (5): 1217. Seven, U.S., Stoll, M., Dubbert, D., Kohls, C., Werner, P., Kalbe, E. “Perception, Attitudes, and Experiences Regarding Mental Health Problems and Web Based Mental Health Information Amongst Young People with and without Migration Background in Germany. A Qualitative Study. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health 2020, 18, 81. Smith, C. F., Finn, G. M., Stewart, J., & McHanwell, S. (2016). Anatomical Society core regional anatomy syllabus for undergraduate medicine: the Delphi process. Journal of Anatomy, 228 (1), 2 – 14. United Nations International Children’s Emergency Fund. Available online: https://data.unicef.org/topic/child-health/mental-health/#_ednref1. (accessed on 28th, December, 2023). World Health Organization (WHO) (2021b) Maternal and child mental health. Available at: http://www.who.int/mental_health/maternal-child/en/ (accessed on 28th December, 2023). |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 M: Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring Perceptions of Media Literacy of English as a Foreign Language Teachers in Kazakhstan Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Integrating media literacy into the existing school curriculum is of profound importance in order to challenge students’ critical thinking skills, creativity, and functional literacy. The aim of this paper is to explore the development of media literacy in Foreign Language classrooms by focusing on teachers’ media literacy perceptions and tensions. This research uses a qualitative approach by conducting semi- structured interviews with secondary school teachers of Kazakhstan. Media literacy as a concept and a teaching purpose is therefore corresponding with the perception of education as a socialisation process for active involvement in a democratic society (Tyner, 2014). Media-literate teachers will have enhanced capacities to empower students with their efforts in learning autonomously and pursuing lifelong learning. In the research about maximising impact on teacher professional development, secondary school teachers are identified as the most significant factor in the learning context (Hattie, 2012). This is specifically the case for teachers of foreign languages, who have a particular interest in the international community (Korona,2020). Teachers’ perceptions of ML The factors influencing EFL teachers’ perceptions of media literacy are nested within four supportive factors- professional development opportunities; classroom resources and materials; administrative support; and educational context (Pederson, 2023; Yavuz-Konokman,2020). The notion of media is large and it may mean different things to different people. Earlier scholars consider media both as print and traditional media types (Scribner & Cole, 1981; Sinatra, 1986), television (Masterman,1980; Bowes et al., 1990), multimedia and visual media including static and animated pictures (Buckingham, 1993; Messaris, 1994; Kress, 2003), digital media (Hartley, 2017; Tyner, 1998), a popular culture (Quinlisk, 2003), and all technologies that spread information (Brown, 2006; Hobbs & Frost, 1998; Potter, 2010). The National Association for media literacy (2007) notes that ‘the concept of literacy (i.e. reading and writing) includes all forms of media’ (p. 3). Challenges on promoting ML Professional development and leadership support are important factors in moderating teachers’ challenges and increasing their in integrating media literacy into the classroom (Zhang et al., 2014). Teachers are believed to face challenges in integrating media literacy, such as lesson planning, content adaptation, navigating the social and cultural contexts of institutions, and developing content knowledge (Manfra & Holmes, 2020). The controversial nature of media topics makes developing students’ media literacy even more difficult (Robertson & Hughes, 2011). The fear of being ideologically or politically partisan or wrong and their own conformational biases may hinder teachers from implementing media literacy in the classroom (Schmeichel et al., 2018). These concerns must be addressed in teacher education institutes through designing instruments and building faculty members’ capacity. Existing studies suggest that media literacy is a very complex term because there is no evidence for a commonly shared meaning (Potter, 2022). Some of those meanings vary from one another in minor details and some vary in a broader sense. But even small variations in meaning can cause problems when educators hold different perceptions of the same concepts. Therefore, before implementing larger-scale research in developing students’ media literacy, we must explore how teachers understand it. There are core issues in the formulation of the conceptual framework of media literacy education. We aim at identifying the attempts of teachers to formulate the definition of the key concepts such as “media”, “literacy”, and “media literacy”. With a better understanding of how teachers perceive the key concepts of media literacy, it will be possible to identify existing issues and suggest further research areas. The research was driven by the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper analyses the current state of media literacy education and teachers’ perception of key terms relating to the concept and the existing tension to implement it. From the theoretical perspective, this is a qualitative study based on a constructivist worldview. As such, my research approach allows me to explore EFL teachers’ perceptions of media literacy as a phenomenon in interaction with research participants. Thus, I determine the object of study from the point of view of a subjectivist epistemology, in which the researcher and the object of research are interactively bonded so that the results are created as the research proceeds (Guba & Lincoln, 1994). It aims to generate knowledge grounded in the EFL teachers’ contexts, perceptions and attitudes. Data were collected through naturalistic observations, reflective journals, and semi-structured interviews. With the aim of getting clear data about teachers’ perceptions and challenges in implementing media literacy in the classroom, all the interview data collection tools focused on three wide areas. These were: (1) teachers’ perceptions of key terms, (2) checking existing needs and barriers to implementing media literacy education, and (3) providing feedback. Qualitative data were analysed through thematic analysis and deductive coding (Pope, 2000). Thematic analysis is a methodology for exploring, evaluating, and depicting common themes from the data (Vaismoradi et al., 2013), this process includes precise interpretation of the information. Then a check of interview participants was conducted to maintain the reliability of the results. I ran three semi-structured interviews with 15 teachers. Observation is an important instrument for the collection of live data through the study (Cohen et al., 2011), as it helped to generate information on knowledge, attitudes, and perceptions in promoting media literacy of the 15 teachers, and complementary information to interviews. It provides more detailed information and hence can complement data collected during interviews. It can facilitate the comparison of what is said with what is done (Robson, 2002). I aim to use open-ended unstructured observation to address my research questions (Hargreaves, 2012). In order to provide objective information during observations, I aim to triangulate data by discussing them with teachers, whose classes I observe. Hence, I aim to conduct a minimum of three observations of the teachers in different settings, such as lesson planning hours, parent meetings, and classrooms. I have developed an observation protocol, which I aim to confirm with teachers before observing their classes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The certain manner in which media literacy competencies are addressed remains not clear (Schmidt, 2013), hence warranting the necessity for further investigation of teaching strategies. Additionally, the results that media literacy is rarely addressed within primary grades suggest that including media literacy coursework in obligatory education at the primary and middle levels is important (Martens, 2010; Flores-Koulish, 2020). The factors influencing EFL teachers’ perceptions of media literacy are nested within four supportive factors- professional development opportunities; classroom resources and materials; administrative support; and educational context. This study exploring teachers' perceptions about developing media literacy in EFL classrooms in Kazakhstan, has clearly established that media literacy development is an essential contributor to achieving high language proficiency and resistance to cyber threats. On a very rare occasion, participants suggested the opposite view and addressed the theme that “media literacy is of not a great importance” (f=2). Participant Teacher_2: ‘Firstly the importance of media literacy should be explained to the teachers, as I have no idea of it’. Despite the policy of internalisation of education and a strong focus on upgrading curriculum in primary years of teaching, these educators saw less value in media literacy than did educators at the high school level. Also, the type of school and the level of students’ language competencies play a great role in teachers’ perception and implementation of media education. Thus, teachers of specialised schools and gymnasium teachers showed greater interest in using media literacy development tasks with students, compared to mainstream public school teachers. References Bowes, M. O. W. I. (1990). Laugh'in A. Goodwin & G. Whannel, Understanding Television. London & New York. Hargreaves, A. & Evans, R. (1997). Teachers and educational reform. In Hargreaves, A. and Evans, R. (Eds.) Beyond Educational Reform: bringing teachers back in. Buckingham: Open University Press. Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning. Rutledge. London: Routledge. Manfra, M., Holmes, C. (2020). Integrating media literacy in social studies teacher education. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 20(1), 121-141 Masterman, L. (1983). Media education in the 1980s. Journal of Educational Television, 9(1), 7-20. Pederson, R. (2023). An Argument for Including Critical Media Literacy in EFL Curriculum and Pedagogy. English Teaching, 78(1). Pope, C. (2000). Qualitative research in health care: Analysing qualitative data. BMJ, 320(7227), 114–116. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.320.7227.114 Potter, W. J. (2022). Analysis of definitions of media literacy. Journal of Media Literacy Education, 14(2), 27–43. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-2022-14-2-3 Quinlisk, C. (2003). Media Literacy in the ESL/EFL Classroom: Reading Images and Cultural Stories. TESOL Journal, 3: 35-40. Robertson, L., &; Hughes, J.M. (2011). Investigating pre-service teachers’ understandings of critical media literacy. Language and Literacy, 13(2), 37-53. Schmeichel, M., Garrett, J., Ranschaert, R., McAnulty, J., Thompson, S., Janis, S., Biven, B. (2018). The complexity of learning to teach news media in social studies education. Journal of Media Literacy Education,10(2), 86-103. Schmidt, H. (2013). Media literacy education from kindergarten to college: A comparison of how media literacy is addressed across the educational system. Journal of Media Literacy Education. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-5-1-3 Tyner, K. (2014). Literacy in a digital world. Routledge. http://dx.doi.org/10.4324/9781410601971 Vaismoradi, M., Turunen, H., & Bondas, T. (2013). Content analysis and thematic analysis: Implications for conducting a qualitative descriptive study. Nursing & Health Sciences, 15(3), 398–405. https://doi.org/10.1111/nhs.12048 Yavuz-Konokman, G. (2020). Integration of Media and Critical Literacy into Curriculum through Thinking Education: From Teacher Training Perspective. International Online Journal of Education and Teaching, 7(4), 1839-1866. Zhang, H., Zhu, C., Sang, G. (2014). Teachers’ stages of concern for media literacy education and the integration of MLE in Chinese primary schools. Asia Pacific Education Review, 15(3), 459–471.https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-014-9321-1 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Communicating Identities in Digital Spaces: Greek Migrant Youth and New Media University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:My a/r/tographic inquiry explored how Greek migrant youths aged 18–24 years living in Discussions about social media use explored how identities are performed and shaped by The paper I propose will discuss this a/r/tographic inquiry undertaken during my doctoral research which was guided by the following co-designed research question developed in a participatory process in consultation with my participants: In what ways does new media usage shape the identities of Greek migrant youths, and help them find a sense of belonging? My research makes a unique methodological contribution to creative methods using new media in the digital space, namely via its use of videoconferencing and its blending of My inquiry explored the boundaries of a/r/tographic possibilities and how identity has shifted in the context of a global pandemic. The design of my a/r/tographic inquiry allowed for an authentic exploration of the impact of new media on identity work for Greek migrant youths. Videoconferencing as a site for exploration of the self through others afforded new possibilities and meaningful ways to conduct arts-based participatory research in which life stories and artmaking happened simultaneously, albeit from different physical locations. It was here in the digital space that discussion and artmaking unfolded new openings into a rhizomatic digital world that the study participants and I created together. Creating the conditions needed for safety, care and collaboration was of paramount importance. For a/r/tographers, this relationality means an ongoing quest for understanding of all that sits in and around the research site/cite/sight (Coleman, 2019) that is timely, emergent, generative, and responsive for those involved (Nixon, 2017). For me as a/r/tographer, the research also presented an opportunity to reimagine my identity and belonging as artist, researcher, and teacher in new ways. My identities as artist, researcher, and teacher were continuously in a state of flux – of being reborn in what Deleuze describes as a state of becoming (Deleuze, 1992). My line of inquiry sought to identify where the major ‘a-ha’ moments or epiphanies about identity and belonging through new media were, and how I could show these in visual and written form. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design combined participatory narrative inquiry, with a/r/tography, and Bakhtin's concepts of heteroglossia. 1. Participatory Narrative Inquiry Researchers collect stories using PNI (Kurtz, 2014) in order to gain a deeper understanding of a given situation or to create an environment for telling previously unshared stories. There are three essential phases: collection, sensemaking and return. PNI was particularly helpful in this study as a way to collect narratives in visual, verbal, and written formats. New media, specifically social media accounts, provided some of the comments and photographs to aid in the collection of narratives. 2. A/r/tography As the a/r/tographer, documenting my personal migratory history and sharing examples of negotiating my identities, I was able to establish a space for gathering, sharing, and friendship (Mallos, 2021). The participants and I navigated our identities through artmaking within a digital space together. Rosunee (2012) asserted that arts-based practice can be used to understand and conceptualise the self and the other – essentially stating that the images used in narrative inquiry are a superior way of gaining an understanding of the self and other – using an a/r/trophic approach. 3. Heteroglossia In keeping with an a/r/tographical approach, Bakhtin (1986) saw life as part of a process of experiencing the world with others. His concept of heteroglossia was particularly useful to the current study in helping me explore the meanings in the storyboards rendered through a/r/tography, in the sense that new media has allowed for new artefacts that combine words and visual metaphors shared by the participants to generate new knowledge and new ways of seeing similar themes in the data. Bakhtin’s (1984) conceptual idea of heteroglossia, however, could also be understood in terms of how interactions through new media impact expression, perception, identities, and communication. Visual representations and narratives merged in understanding, mediating, and recognising messages, meanings, and significances through them. Several data collection methods were used in a collaborative dialogic manner, including: • transcripts of all the workshops • transcripts of peer interviews • photographs from participants' mobile phones and social media screenshots • Instagram portraits created by the participants and researcher using Instastory mode • written reflections from the participants pertaining to photographs from their social media, and the making of the Instagram portraits and • digital narratives (an arts-based response digitally created by researcher and participants to communicate their identities). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I identified five key areas of knowledge relating to the focus of research question about the ways in which new media shapes the identities of Greek migrant youths in the digital space. These areas are: 1) emotional toil and nostalgia; 2) the value of digital diasporas; 3) how using new media shapes identities; 4) developing a sense of belonging through new media; and 5) the researcher as a/r/tographer. This study makes a strong methodological contribution through its combination of PNI, a/r/tography and Bakhtinian concepts of identity. This study is also the first of its kind to explore the role new media plays in the identity formation and sense of belonging of Greek migrant youths who have migrated to Melbourne since 2010, thereby adding to existing literature about Greek migrant youth involved in participatory arts-based research to explore identity work, and narrowing the scope to which transnational migrants use new media to connect and construct their personal identities (Kim, 2018). The participatory arts-based and narrative design helped to highlight the different identities that Greek migrant youths inhabit through the affordances of new media and would be useful when working with other migrant youths from other cultural backgrounds and countries. The study explores how Greek migrant youth in Melbourne use new media to create, communicate, and navigate their identities. The research findings enable the use of visual art education to support teachers in engaging their students in exploring their identities and senses of belonging through creative processes. From a visual arts education standpoint, the findings also contribute to the field because a/r/tography is considered as a practice that is not limited to physical locations and indeed can be applied much more broadly to the digital space. References Diminescu, D. (2008). The connected migrant: An epistemological manifesto. Social Science Information, 47(4), 565-579. https://doi.org/10.1177/0539018408096447 Georgalou, M. (2019). Place identity construction in Greek neomigrants’ social media discourse. Internet Pragmatics, 2(1), 136-161. Georgalou, M. (2021). Emotions and migration in social media discourse: A new Greek migrant case study. Emotion, Space and Society, 38, 100745. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2020.100745 Georgiou, M. (2010). Identity, space and the media: thinking through diaspora. Revue Europeenne des Migrations Internationales, 26 (1). 17-36. Ito, M., Baumer, S., Bittanti, M., Boyd, D., Cody, R., Herr-Stephenson, B., Horst, H. A., Lange, P. G., Mahendran, D., Martinez, K. Z., Pascoe, J. C., Robinson, L., Sims, C., & Tripp, L. (2009). Hanging out, messing around, and geeking out: Kids living and learning with new media. MIT Press. Kim, S. (2018). Migrant youth identity work in transnational new mediascape. Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, 28(2), 281-302. https://doi.org/10.1075/japc.00013.kim Kurtz, C. (2014). Working with stories in your community or organization: Participatory narrative inquiry. Kurtz-Fernhout Publishing. Mavroudi, E., & Holt, L. (2021). Learning to be (multi)national: Greek diasporic childhood re-memories of nationalism and nation-building in Australia. Children's Geographies, 19(5), 552-566. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2021.1965090 Theodoropoulou, I. (2021). Nostalgic diaspora or diasporic nostalgia? Discursive and identity constructions of Greeks in Qatar. Lingua, 263, 102697. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lingua.2019.05.007 |
14:00 - 17:00 | 100 SES 0.1 (ISSPP) 1: NW 26 ISSPP Meeting.working meeting - Part 1 Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Helene Ärlestig
Internal Working Meeting
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Meetings/ Events NW 26 ISSPP Meeting.working meeting Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:. |
15:30 - 16:00 | Break 03: ERC Coffee Break |
16:00 - 17:30 | 100 ERC SES 05: Working Meeting - EERA Exec PART 2 Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Paper Session |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Working Meeting - EERA Exec PART 2 EERA Office Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC Poster Jury: Working Meeting - ERC Poster Jury Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Working Meeting Poster Jury |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Working Meeting - ERC Poster Jury University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 A: NW 04. Inclusive Education Workshop: Towards more inclusive and responsible research: Ethics and Ethical Procedures in Participatory Research Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Network Workshop |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events NW 04 Workshop: Towards more inclusive and responsible research: Ethics and Ethical Procedures in Participatory Research 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Belgrade; 3University of Glasgow; 4Open University Presenting Author:In the realm of participatory research, the interplay between ethics and ethical procedures often gives rise to intriguing contradictions. This workshop is dedicated to shedding light on these inconsistencies, fostering a heightened awareness of ethical complexities throughout the various stages of research, including research design, data collection, analysis, and the dissemination of findings, with a special focus on inclusive education. A strong drive towards enhancing integrity of the research is visible in constant development of new institutional rules and procedures that must be adhered to. To this end, participants will familiarise themselves with the ethical guidelines and procedures as delineated by prominent institutional frameworks like the British Educational Research Association, the Academy of Social Sciences, and the Economic and Social Research Council. However, we argue that in research practices, where the process and relationships take precedence and where micro-ethical dilemmas are frequently encountered, the focus should be on the professional integrity of the researcher. As Guillemin and Gillam pointed out: "There is no direct or necessary relationship between ethics committee approval of a research project and what actually happens when the research is undertaken. The committee does not have direct control over what the researcher actually does. Ultimately, responsibility falls back on the researchers themselves – they are the ones on whom the conduct of ethical research depends." (2004, p.269). Guided by this perspective, the workshop will utilise case study-driven activities to delve into the nuanced dynamics between participation and ethics. Participants will have the opportunity to share experiences, grapple with intricate micro-ethical dilemmas, and discuss effective strategies for navigating the researcher-participant relationship, the concept of knowledge ownership, and the sensitivity of ethical rules and procedures to different cultural practices. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 B: NW 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments Workshop: Exploring Diversity Through Photovoice and Active Learning: A Participatory Action Research Approach Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Network Workshop |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events NW 20 Workshop: Exploring Diversity Through Photovoice and Active Learning: A Participatory Action Research Approach 1University of Valencia, Spain; 2University of Barcelona; 3Catholic University of Valencia Presenting Author:Diversity is an integral aspect of our increasingly interconnected world, and understanding its multifaceted dimensions is crucial for fostering inclusive and equitable communities, organizations, and institutions. This workshop seeks to shed light on innovative research methodologies, Photovoice and Active Learning, as potent tools for investigating diversity through a Participatory Action Research (PAR) lens. Photovoice, a qualitative research technique, empowers participants to capture their experiences visually and narratively, providing an authentic platform for the expression of diverse perspectives (Wang & Burris, 1997). PhotoVoice includes critical reflections of social, political, cultural, and community factors using photographic images (Sitter, 2017; Wang, 1999). Rooted in feminist theories of inclusion and empowerment, participants determine the direction and goals of the project by taking photographs of community experiences that affect their everyday lives (Latz, 2017; Schumann et al., 2019). Active Learning, on the other hand, engages participants in interactive, collaborative activities, fostering dialogue, self-reflection, and the exchange of diverse viewpoints (Prince, 2004). The workshop will feature a rich tapestry of insights, experiences, and case studies, demonstrating how Photovoice and Active Learning can be seamlessly integrated into a PAR framework to address diversity comprehensively. Key themes to be explored during the workshop include: The transformative power of Photovoice: How visual narratives empower marginalized communities to voice their experiences and challenge existing notions of diversity (Wang, 1999). Active Learning as a catalyst for meaningful dialogue: Strategies for designing interactive learning activities that promote critical thinking, self-awareness, and empathy in the context of diversity (Bonwell & Eison, 1991). Active learning methods presume that the educator has high expectations of all the learners and will delegate a lot of the learning process to their learners. Active learning motivates learners to explore by giving them ownership of the learning process, empowering them and helping them see that they have a role in society. Ethical considerations and practical challenges: Discussions on ethical considerations when working with diverse groups and addressing practical challenges in implementing these methodologies. Thus, the workshop aims to foster a collaborative and inclusive environment where participants can exchange ideas, best practices, and insights, and inspire future research and action in the field of diversity studies. Together, we will explore how Photovoice and Active Learning, when embedded in the PAR framework, have the potential to drive positive change and promote diversity, equity, and inclusion in our ever-evolving society. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 D: Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper School Project. Meanings of School Quality for School Futures from an Ethnographic Perspective University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:It is since the time of the Sumerians (3500 BC) that the world has felt the need to pass on acquired knowledge in teaching and learning actions that have become increasingly structured and defined. A need that perhaps arose to make sense of the chaos of the outside world, to orientate, to delineate paths, and to educate the new generations so that they can make the world in which we live better. Undoubtedly the school represents, then as now, one of the pillars of the world and one of the elements that defines the quality of life in a country, and in our complex world, educational institutions are indispensable and necessary for everyone (Ingold, 2019). About quality, Elshaer (2012, p. 8) states: "Quality is a situation in which a set of intrinsic characteristics constantly satisfies the changing requirements of the organization’s customers and other stakeholders". And, if we want to relate this defining principle to the world of schools, we could say that school quality is what is achieved when the internal characteristics of the individual school under evaluation contribute to the satisfaction of the - constantly evolving - demand made on the school itself not only by students but also by society. But the picture of today's school appears dramatic. The data relating to access, attendance, and completion, as well as those relating to learning, scholastic well-being and teacher preparation, highlight numerous elements of weakness in the functioning of the world's schools. The UNESCO Statistical Institute (2022) states that 64 million children of primary school age do not attend school, most of them from marginalized groups, and of the 92% of children who start primary school, only 61% complete it (UNICEF, 2021). In addition to not being accessible to all, school also does not always teach. Even in countries with a high and medium level of economic development, the deficits in basic learning in reading, calculation and science are considerable. The results of PISA 2022, report that although about three out of four 15-year-old students demonstrate attainment of basic skills in reading and science in OECD countries, only 7% of students have attained the highest proficiency levels and only 69% of students are at least substantially proficient in mathematics (OECD, 2023).The data presented allows us to consider the needs and necessities for school intervention to improve the operations and direct the objectives in a new and changing society. Indeed, Sidorkin (2011) tells us that, at the crossroads where the world of mass education finds itself, we lack sufficient theoretical understanding to see where it can and cannot go next. Speaking about quality, the last theoretical aspect we wish to consider is the project Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development of the United Nations (UN, 2015), with Goal 4: to provide quality, equitable and inclusive education, and learning opportunities for all. 2030 Agenda represents a milestone in the research, as it is the document that binds the four case studies selected, whose countries are signatories to the document, and is the script on which the research tools are based. The research we intend to present, therefore, aims to identify meanings and quality perspectives for the school of the future from the analysis of data collected in four case studies, which involved pupils, teachers, heads of school and families from four primary schools in the world, in comparison with the fundamentals of goal four of the 2030 Agenda (UN, 2015); and it has attempted to the tortuous but necessary path towards achieving a quality school by outlining some perspectives on quality for the future of schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research aims to identify meanings and quality perspectives for the school of the future starting from the analysis of data collected in multiple-case-studies which involved pupils, teachers, heads of school and families from four primary schools in the world, in comparison with the fundamentals of goal four of Agenda 2030 (UN, 2015). The subjects involved are part of 4 primary schools in the world located in Italy, the Russian Federation, Ghana and Sierra Leone, countries in different levels of economic development and whose public expenditure investment, in relation to GDP in education, is not proportional to their income and to total public expenditure. About the first factor, according to data compiled by the World Bank (2023), the countries of the world can be divided into four economic income classes: high-income countries, upper-middle-income countries, lower-middle-income countries and low-income countries. For each of these categories, a reference country was selected and then a primary school, the case study. The research methodology involved the conduct of multiple case studies in an ethnographic perspective in four mixed, public and government primary schools and, for each of these, the intentionally chosen sample consisted of pupils, teachers, school principals and families of pupils in the last two-year classes (school grades three, four, five or six depending on the school system of reference). Specifically, the selected schools are located in Padua (Italy), Moscow (Russian Federation), Elmina (Ghana) and Freetown (Sierra Leone) respectively. In total, the sample of subjects reached is 210 pupils, 21 teachers, 5 school managers and 122 families. The multiplicity of research and observation tools, constructed within the trajectory of the 2030 Agenda, allows us to investigate the prospects of quality for the school of the future starting from a reasoning that involved the subjects in defining characteristics and meanings of the school of the present. The data analysis, which considered a specific model for data analysis, was based on the principles of phenomenological interpretative analysis (Pole & Morrison, 2003) and Computer-assisted qualitative data analysis (CAQDAS) with Atlas.ti. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the combination of what was codified for each primary school, an overall analysis was then reached. The results broaden the view considerably from the 10 sub-goals of Goal 4 of the 2030 Agenda, thus providing to the scientific community, but also to schools, with a bottom-up perspective, new meanings and new actions, to re-construct the school's future from a quality perspective. In particular, a dialogue was opened with respect to the accessibility of the school and the recognition of its importance; to the need for structures and learning spaces appropriate to education and to the needs of the people living in the school; to rethinking the conformation of the classroom environment, which can also be structured by discipline, by students' ability levels and by psycho-physical needs; to the adjustment of school times; to the involvement of pupils and families in decision-making processes; to the implementation of real, concrete lessons that help pupils orientate themselves in the future and to the care of pupils' education in multiple aspects of life; to the development of healthy relationships and a serene learning environment in which there is well-being for all involved, without exclusion. Finally, to the allocation of adequate financial aid. The research therefore sought to move away from the usual to venture into the unprecedented. What has been arrived at can hopefully represent a tension towards change, towards new horizons and new minds, to reorient objectives, in terms of reflection and praxis, in the direction of an intercultural change, desirable or possible, in the face of the criticalities, the cracks, the limits, of today's school, to outline a new educational paradigm. Understood in this sense, the school is all to be built and in an always open building site. References Atkinson, P. (1992). Understanding Ethnographic Texts. SAGE Publications. Biesta, G. (2012). Making Sense of Education: Fifteen Contemporary Educational Theorists in their own Words. Springer Netherlands. Biesta, G. J. J. (2017). The Rediscovery of Teaching. Routledge. Burner T. (2018), “Why is educational change so difficult and how can we make it more effective?”, Forskning og Forandring, 1, 1: 22–134. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (8th edition). Routledge. Common Worlds Research Collective, 2020. Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Paper commissioned for the Unesco. URL: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374032.locale=en (accessed on 20th September 2022). Denzin, N. K. e Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Handbook of qualitative research (Second). Sage Publications. Elshaer, I. (2012). What is the Meaning of Quality? MPRA Paper 57345, University Library of Munich. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2010). Ethnography: Principles in practice (3rd edition). Routledge. Harvey, L., & Green, D. (1993). Defining Quality. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 18(1), 9–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/0260293930180102 Ingold, T. (2017). Anthropology and/as Education. Routledge. Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (2019). Pirls 2021 assessment frameworks. TIMSS & PIRLS. OECD & Europäische Kommission (2020). Cities in the world: A new perspective on urbanisation. OECD Publishing. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en OECD. (2023a). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en Packer, M. (2011). The science of qualitative research. Cambridge University Press. Pole, C. J., & Morrison, M. (2003). Ethnography for education. Open university press. Sidorkin, A. M. (2011). On the Essence of Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 30(5), 521–527. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-011-9258-3 Smith, J. A., Larkin, M., & Flowers, P. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method, and research. SAGE. UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. https://www.refworld.org/docid/57b6e3e44.html UNESCO (2022). A Bayesian Cohort Model for Estimating SDG Indicator 4.1.4. Out-of-School Rates. A proposal by the UNESCO Institute for Statistics and the Global Education Monitoring Report. https://www.unesco.org/gemreport/sites/default/files/medias/fichiers/2022/08/OOS_Proposal.pdf UNICEF (2021), Protecting child rights in a time of crises. UNICEF Annual Report 2021, testo disponibile al sito: https://www.unicef.org/media/121251/file/UNICEF%20Annual%20Report%202021.pdf (accessed on 20th Settembre 2022). Wolcott H. (1995), The Art of Fieldwork, Alta Mira Press, Lanham. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th Ed.). Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Evaluation VS Teacher Attestation from Literature Review 1Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in Almaty Presenting Author:This literature review presented in this paper was completed to fulfill the assignment for my PhD study. As an emerging researcher I am interested in teachers’ teaching quality and how it is assessed. Therefore, I would like to present in this paper the most interesting finding I have encountered in my literature review journey. I have looked at numerous conducted research, scholarly written articles and books related to international and Kazakhstani practice of teaching quality assessment. As I am from Kazakhstan, it was in priority for me to look at its performance in teaching assessment quality and how it could be improved. However, to have wide and diverse view and to discover teaching assessment practices by leading countries in education, I have selected six countries to compare with Kazakhstan. There is an interesting argument that the school’s quality cannot exceed its teacher’s quality (OECD, 2014). The idea of the statement could be interpreted as a teacher’s quality is crucial in fostering positive outcomes in the classroom. If a teacher’s quality is important, then how to determine whether a certain teacher is well-qualified? There are frameworks practised worldwide known as teacher appraisal, performance appraisal, and teacher evaluation. In the Kazakhstani context, it was given the name of teacher attestation by the Ministry of Education and Science (MoES, 2000). Therefore, I will use the term teacher evaluation to refer to international teacher assessment systems while teacher attestation will be used in relation to Kazakhstan’s teacher assessment system. According to Danielson (2007), teacher evaluation serves as a foundation for assessing, improving, and maintaining the quality of teaching. The Kazakhstani teacher attestation is defined by Pak (2020) as a periodical process which takes place to identify the level of professional and qualification training of teachers to determine the level of pedagogical skills. Although both teacher evaluation and teacher attestation are generally implemented for assessment and development of teaching quality, the aims and structure may vary. For instance, countries such as Finland and Singapore are often cited for having effective teacher evaluation systems. Teachers in Finland are urged to reflect and learn continuously (Sahlberg, 2010). Professional learning communities, mentoring, and an emphasis on collaboration among teachers are all included in Singapore's model (Ong Kelly et al., 2008). Every system seeks to address the teachers' continuous growth and development. In case of Kazakhstan, the reviewed teacher attestation was introduced and implemented in Kazakhstan in 2000 and its aim was to assess teachers' competencies, subject knowledge, and adherence to educational standards (MoES, 2000). Therefore, it was implemented to enhance the quality of education and professional development among educators. This assessment often included the review of instructional practices, student outcomes, and professional responsibilities. However, changes in the policy of teacher attestation as well as in its aim is a frequent practice in Kazakhstan. Therefore, in Kazakhstan as well as in other countries, teacher attestation and teacher evaluation systems have faced and been facing challenges. In this context, this paper provides a systematic review and analysis of scholarly written works, policy documents, and empirical research. The evaluation systems of countries such as Finland, Canada, China, Japan, Singapore and South Korea were selected to be compared with the Kazakhstani teacher attestation. The paper is written to explore the aims of selected international teacher evaluations and Kazakhstani teacher attestation. The systematic literature review aims to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The process of the systematic literature review guided by research questions took the following steps. Initially, academic and scholarly related to the topic of interest articles from reliable journals were considered. The criteria of relativity and reliability were created in selecting articles. The criteria were based on the book Doing Your Own Research by Judith Bell (2010). According to Bell (2010) the keywords should be well grouped and organized before starting the search. In case of this research, the following keywords were identified and implemented: “teacher evaluation”, “teacher appraisal”, “performance appraisal”, “teacher attestation”, “Finland”, “Canada”, “China”, “Japan”, “Singapore”, “South Korea”, and “teacher evaluation critique”. The search included the university, national libraries in Kazakhstan as well as electronic databases as Google Scholar, ERIC, Taylor & Francis, Sage Publications, and SCOPUS. After the articles were accessed on the criteria of reliability and relativity, they were thematically grouped and divided. The initial number of articles was 60, however, after reviewing and analysing, 20 articles were removed, and 40 articles were opted and used in this systemic review. Moreover, apart from articles and empirical research, official standards by ministries were also included in the review according to the nationally standardised nature of teacher attestation. The selected literature was divided according to the themes such as the Formation of Teacher Evaluation, Teacher Evaluation Systems Globally, Historical Background of Teacher Attestation, Aims of Teacher Evaluation and Teacher Attestation Systems, and Critiques towards Teacher Evaluation and Teacher Attestation. However, there is an important aspect I have to mention as an emerging researcher who wants to be an ethically honest researcher. Unfortunately, through my current place of study and due to their absence of subscription and access to databases such as SCOPUS and other databases with peer-reviewed articles and scholarly works, I had to be involved in a process of obtaining the articles related to the topic of my interest through the website as Sci-Hub which is a shadow library website that provides free access to peer-reviewed and scholarly works. I do understand that my actions are unethical, however, in order to read reliable literature, I had to obtain them through the shadow library website. The reason why I have mentioned my such actions is because I would like to highlight my struggles as an emerging researcher of accessing reliable information, so in future universities will be obtaining official subscriptions not to make their students unethical as researchers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purpose of this paper is to introduce the topic of my interest and identify the gaps through the review of the literature. According to the review of the existing literature which were covered in this systematic review of literature several gaps have been identified. It was identified that both goal teacher evaluation systems worldwide and the teacher attestation system in Kazakhstan are concerned about the quality of education. However, it was explored that the aims of the considered teacher assessment systems in this paper significantly vary. Moreover, some teacher evaluation systems face critiques and challenges as well as the attestation system of Kazakhstan. The literature review emphasises the importance of effective teacher evaluation systems that are contextually relevant, supportive, and growth oriented. Moreover, undertaking this literature review has not only been done to fulfil the assignment, but has also been a personally enriching experience, by providing a valuable and deeper understanding of the topic of my interest. However, I have encountered challenges such as limitations of accessing peer-reviewed literature. Despite the hurdles, through this journey of literature review, I have learned important aspects as an emerging researcher such as being systematic, critical, able to analyse and interpret. References Danielson, C. (2007). Enhancing professional practice: A framework for teaching (2nd ed.). Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Maharaj S. (2014). Administrators’ views on teacher evaluation: Examining Ontario’s teacher performance appraisal. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 152, 1-58. Martinez, F., Taut, S., & Schaaf, K. (2016). Classroom observation for evaluating and improving teaching: An international perspective. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 49, 15-29. OECD. (2014). Reviews of National Policies for Education: Secondary Education in Kazakhstan. OECD Publishing. Ong Kelly, K., Yun Angela Ang, S., Ling Chong, W. and Sheng Hu, W. (2008), "Teacher appraisal and its outcomes in Singapore primary schools", Journal of Educational Administration, 46(1), 39-54. Order of the Minister of Education and Science (MoES) of the Republic of Kazakhstan “On approval of the Rules on the certification of attestation staff,” dated April 28, 2000 No. 422. Registered with the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Kazakhstan on July 13, 2000 No. 1193. Retrieved [5.12.2023] from [https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/V000001193] Order of the Minister of Education and Science (MoES) of the Republic of Kazakhstan “On approval of the Rules and conditions for certification of civil servants in the field of education and science,” dated January 27, 2016 No. 83. Registered with the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Kazakhstan on February 29, 2016 No. 13317. Retrieved [23.10.2023] from [https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/archive/docs/V1600013317] Pak, V. (2020). Teacher Appraisal System in one Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kazakhstan: Teachers’ Perceptions and Experiences. Retrieved [22.11.2023] from [https://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/4914] Sahlberg, P. (2010). "The secret to Finland's success: Educating teachers." Teachers College Record, 112(10), 2603-2634. Tarhan, H., Karaman, A., Lauri, K., & Aerila, J. A. (2019). Understanding teacher evaluation in Finland: A professional development framework. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 44(4), 33-50. Whyte, J. B. (1986). Teacher assessment: a review of the performance appraisal literature with special reference to the implications for teacher appraisal. Research Papers in Education, 1(2), 137–163. Yoo, J. (2018). Evaluating the new teacher evaluation system in South Korea: Case studies of successful implementation, adaptation, and transformation of mandated policy. Policy Futures in Education, 16(3), 277-290. Zhang, X. F., & Ng, H. M. (2017). An effective model of teacher appraisal: Evidence from secondary schools in Shanghai, China. Educational management administration & leadership, 45(2), 196-218. Zhumykbayeva, А., Ablayeva, М. (2023). “Teacher Attestation: Identifying the Factors Influencing Teacher Reflective Skills.” BULLETIN Series of Pedagogical Sciences, 79(3), 256–264. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Evaluating the Impact of a Policy in Education in Kazakhstan Using Synthetic Difference-in-Dierences Minerva University, United States Presenting Author:There is substantial evidence supporting the importance of education and its significant positive effect on our lives. Specifically, it leads to higher income (Card, 1999), reduced crime rates (Machin et al., 2011), and better health (Conti & Hechman, 2010), and for women, in particular, it leads to lower birth rates and higher woman autonomy (Cygan-Rehm & Maeder, 2022; The World Bank, 2022). One of the common ways to assess the quality of education in a country, albeit subject to debate, is through standardized examinations. In the international arena, Kazakhstani students score lower than the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) average on international tests like the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) and Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS), with an overall declining national average over time. To improve the quality of education at primary, basic, and general secondary education levels, the Ministry of Education of Kazakhstan has implemented numerous educational programs in the past decade. However, there is little to no empirical evidence to support these programs and justify the allocated budget apart from success in the low-scale pilot studies. To address this challenge, I perform a policy evaluation of a shift to per capita funding in primary and secondary education levels, piloted in 2014 in partnership with UNESCO and launched in public schools in the capital Astana in 2018 and two other largest cities in the country, Almaty and Shymkent in the following year. Using the Difference-in-Differences, Synthetic Control and the newly introduced Synthetic Difference-in-Difference estimator by Arkhangelsky and colleagues (2021), I find no statistically significant evidence of the shift to per capita funding on the share of students who score below the threshold on a United National Testing (UNT) taken by high school graduates. While there certainly are limitations due to the data’s availability, the study’s short period, and the policy’s possible lagged effects, this paper is a significant step in using empirical research to inform policymaking and evidence-based social intervention in Kazakhstan. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Question What is the impact of the shift to per capita funding in K-12 in Kazakhstan on student UNT scores in Astana? Objective To evaluate the impact of the shift to per capita funding in Astana using a quasi-experimental design and publicly available data, controlling for confounding variables across regions. Program In 2018, 76% of schools in Astana city had to undergo a mandatory transition from ”smeta” funding to per capita funding, followed by two other major cities, Almaty and Shymkent, in 2019 (the cities were, thus, excluded from the analysis). Design, Setting and Units of Analysis Using difference-in-differences (DID), synthetic control (SCM), and synthetic difference-in-difference (SDID) estimators, this study examines the effect of the shift to per capita funding in the city of Astana using UNT examination scores from 2014 until 2022 and compares it to the student outcomes of the remaining 13 regions (excluding an outlier). Main Outcomes and Measures The study uses UNT examination scores (specifically, the number of students who score below the national threshold to enrol in higher education institutions) as an outcome variable. Future studies will also use PISA and TIMSS scores to measure the policy’s success as soon as the results become available in 2023 and 2024. Limitations Due to inconsistency in data reporting, numerous other educational programs initiated by the government simultaneously, and possible lagged effects of the policy, the current study only lays the foundation for further analyses for impact evaluation. Future studies will significantly benefit from using scores from international examinations after sufficient time has passed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results The results from all three methods (DID, SC, SDID) show no impact of the program on student UNT scores (coefficients 0.04, 0.03, 0.03, respectively). Findings Using high school examination scores as a measure of success and controlling for demographic characteristics across regions, the shift to per capita funding does not affect student outcomes in public schools. Meaning Despite the government’s report of the program’s positive effect on student outcomes (8.6% increase), the results of this study show no effect of this program. References Abadie, A., Diamond, A., & Hainmueller, J. (2010). Synthetic control methods for comparative case studies: Estimating the effect of california’s tobacco control program. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 105(490), 493–505. doi: 10.1198/jasa.2009.ap08746 Abadie, A., Diamond, A., & Hainmueller, J. (2014). Comparative politics and the synthetic control method. American Journal of Political Science, 59(2), 495–510. doi: 10.1111/ajps.12116 Abadie, A., & Gardeazabal, J. (2003). The economic costs of conflict: A case study of the basque country. American Economic Review , 93 (1), 113–132. doi: 10.1257/000282803321455188 Arkhangelsky, D., Athey, S., Hirshberg, D. A., Imbens, G. W., & Wager, S. (2021). Synthetic difference-in-differences. American Economic Review , 111 (12), 4088–4118. doi: 10.1257/aer.20190159 Asian Development Bank. (2018). Kazakhstan country gender assessment. Country Planning Documents, 1–109. doi: 10.22617/tcs179181 International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement. (2023b). Trends in international mathematics and science study (timss). IEA. Re- trieved from JSC Financial Center. (2022). Jsc financial center. Retrieved from https:// www.invest.fincenter.kz/ |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 E: Language and Education Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Language of Instruction Choices Among Ethnic Kazakh Parents Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Since gaining independence, Kazakhstan has significantly emphasized language policies as part of the Kazakhization process (Fierman, 2006; Smagulova, 2008). The central focus has been on the development of the Kazakh language and the increase of Kazakh-medium schools. Despite this, Russian-medium schools constitute 17% of all schools, while mixed schools, incorporating Russian-medium classes, comprise 32%, indicating their relevance in the post-colonial context. International and domestic assessments reveal disparities in academic outcomes based on the medium of instruction, with Russian-medium schools significantly outperforming Kazakh language schools (Muratkyzy, 2020; OECD, 2012). This can lead parents to prefer Russian-medium schools, potentially contradicting Kazakhization policies and indirectly accentuating economic inequality which is important in creating a more culturally cohesive society. This study addresses the dearth of empirical research on parental school choice concerning the language of instruction. Drawing on Spolsky’s (2009) language management and Kambatyrova’s (2020) language ideologies frameworks, it seeks to answer the following main research question: How do ethnic Kazakh parents make choices regarding the language of instruction for their children at primary schools? Specifically, it aims to uncover: 1) The underlying motivations and rationales driving ethnic Kazakh parents to choose a particular language of instruction for their children. 2) The existing ideologies among parents regarding languages of instruction and how these influence the overall decision-making process. 3) Other non-linguistic factors that may influence parents’ decisions regarding the language of instruction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Centered on three cities in Kazakhstan, the research aims to unveil the parental reasoning behind the selection of Russian-medium, Kazakh-medium, or mixed-language primary schools for their children. Anchored in a pragmatic philosophical approach, the study employs qualitative focus group discussions and a quantitative cross-sectional survey as integral parts of the PhD thesis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The qualitative data will be collected during February-March 2024. The study will present tentative qualitative results that are anticipated to shed light on the complex dynamics influencing parental decisions and provide guidance for fostering cultural cohesion within society. It will offer insights valuable to policymakers, educators, and parents in navigating post-colonial and multilingual educational contexts. References Fierman, W. (2006). Language and education in Post-Soviet Kazakhstan: Kazakh-medium instruction in urban schools. Russian Review, 65(1), 98–116. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9434.2005.00388.x Kambatyrova, A. (2020). Parents’ language ideologies in the context of trilingual educational policy in Kazakhstan [Doctoral dissertation, Nazarbayev University]. http://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/6730 Muratkyzy, A. (2020). Equity and excellence in the Kazakhstani education system: A multilevel analysis of the personal and contextual factors contributing to students’ reading literacy performance on PISA 2018 [Master's thesis, Nazarbayev University]. http://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/4886 OECD. (2012). PISA technical report. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/pisaproducts/PISA-2012-technical-report-final.pdf Smagulova, J. (2008). Language policies of Kazakhization and their influence on language attitudes and use. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 11(3–4), 440–475. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050802148798 Spolsky, B. (2009). Language management. Cambridge University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Embedding Literacy in Post-16 Vocational Education: Undressing the L Word. King's College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:As practitioner-researcher working in Post-16 vocational education with 16-19 year olds and their teachers, my research aims to understand the ‘what’ and ‘how’ of literacy embedding. ‘Embedding’ is the deliberate teaching of literacy objectives as an integrated element of the vocational curriculum, and is found to produce enormous benefits for students’ vocational and skills qualification achievement when carried out effectively (Casey et al., 2006). The last national embedding policy ended in 2011 with the discontinuation of the Skills for Life strategy (England and Wales). Since then, along with a decade of funding challenges, literacy embedding has been sidelined in favour of the 2014 GCSE English re-sit policy; GCSEs are end-of secondary school academic qualifications. The aim of this policy is to push as many students over the GCSE English pass-line as possible. This is a laudable aim, but unfortunately, there is little evidence that the policy produces literacy learning which students can transfer to their vocational subjects (Verhoeven, 2022). Vocational subject teachers comment that their students lack the literacy skills to do well in their courses, but that the teachers themselves lack the knowledge to support their students. With scant resources in post-16 education now focused on the GCSE English re-sit, embedding knowledge developed during the Skills for Life years may have been lost. These suppositions are anecdotal – the last large-scale study into post-16 literacy embedding was conducted during the Skills for Life years in 2006 with the Casey et al. report. Skills for Life was an excellent starting point, but did not conceptualise literacy in terms of vocational epistemologies. There is compelling theoretical and empirical research which finds that subject epistemologies are directly related to text structures. Genre theory and Disciplinary literacy research, informed by Functional Linguistics, reaches this conclusion (Cope & Kalantzis, 1993; Shanahan & Shanahan, 2012; Swales, 1990; Tardy, 2011). This suggests that students should be taught explicitly how to ‘analyse’, ‘evaluate’, and ‘compare’ along with associated text and syntactical structures. My research attempts to break new ground by using this theoretical grounding to focus on vocational subject teacher development. There are international implications; Genre and Disciplinary Literacy research is currently applied to academic subjects, particularly in the USA and Australian contexts, but not yet, as far as I know, to vocational education and training. I am attempting to understand:
In this vein, my research is informed by the teacher knowledge frameworks proposed by Shulman (1986), and developed in relation to literacy by Carney and Indrisano (2013), as well as Clarke and Hollingsworth’s model of teacher change (2002). My research will hopefully result in a dual-framework: 1) a curricular and pedagogical toolkit for teaching vocational subject genres; 2) a ‘schedule’ of teacher genre knowledge required to embed literacy, with suggested approaches for developing this knowledge. My ultimate intention is to produce practical and theoretical findings which will support students’ literacy development in the vocational education context. This work is driven by a social justice agenda. Known as the ‘Cinderella sector’, FE is under-researched and under-resourced (Atkins & Flint, 2015). Its students tend to come from socio-economically deprived backgrounds, and are more likely to drop out of university after one year and gain a lower class degree than their academic subject counterparts (Myhill et al., 2019). This is the vocational-academic dimension of the attainment gap. My research aims to address this particular form of inequality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using one college as a case study, my research is based around a teacher-development project with a group of teacher participants, with whom I have been working as a literacy coach. Taking a critical auto-ethnographically orientated approach, this qualitative study treats the researcher (Rose) as an active participant of the research: I am 1) researcher (subject), 2) a research participant (object) and 3) a research instrument (means). This research is ‘critical’ in the sense that I am not just describing and analysing cultural practices, but attempting to shape them, using Genre theory to develop teachers’ beliefs and knowledge. My fieldwork took the form of a nine-month literacy coaching program in which I worked with seven teachers in one college. These teachers volunteered to work with me, agreeing to a range of teacher development activities: 1-1 dialogic coaching meetings, my observation of their lessons, group meetings, reciprocal (group) lesson observations, and co-planning & delivery of training workshops to other teachers. The coaching model I use is rooted in the principle of dialogic co-construction; practitioners develop understandings, beliefs and practices through a collaborative “professional knowledge-creating process” (Lofthouse et al., 2010, p. 29). However, I view constructionism critically in that there are objective realities related to the knowledge demands of qualifications and occupations. My fieldwork has produced data in the form of recorded coaching dialogues, lesson observation notes, teaching materials, images of students’ work, researcher reflections and fieldnote ‘jottings’. Along the way, I have conducted theoretical sampling by recruiting additional participants to explore various insights. I am now in the initial phase of analysing these data. Taking a grounded approach, I am using thematic open coding and analytical memos (Charmaz, 2006), having transcribed my recorded data. I am drawing on all the data sets, with the inclusion of qualification documentation such as exams, mark schemes and specifications, to produce my insights and findings. In terms of validity, I do not intend to generalise about the nature of teachers’ knowledge; my data indicate that teachers’ knowledge of genre is variable and spiky. However, I believe I can extrapolate on the various factors that influence teachers’ knowledge development from this case study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I am still in the early stages of analysis, yet my emergent findings point to difficulties and inconsistencies in how vocational subjects conceptualise their epistemologies. This seems to impede the effective teaching of functions such as ‘evaluate’, ‘analyse’ and ‘compare’ – functions which dictate text structures. My supposition is that vocational subject teachers work in an environment which is quite hostile to literacy embedding, and so struggle with the ‘what’ and ‘how’ knowledge requirements to teach these functions explicitly and systematically. My data suggest that a large amount of knowledge about genre is tacit for teachers; it is largely concealed from their active knowledge base, and is therefore not taught explicitly. In other words, students are performing functions such as ‘evaluate’, analyse’ and ‘compare’, but since they are not being taught these functions explicitly, students remain dependent on writing frames, and rarely learn to achieve these functions independently. This probably explains their relatively weak achievement at university. This suggests implications for in-service teacher training: rather than focusing solely on pedagogical development, as is often the case, CPD should also work on teachers’ curriculum knowledge development. My provisional findings support what critics of vocational ‘Learning Outcomes’ based qualifications theorise; that the Learning Outcomes model misunderstands knowledge, conceptualising it as atomised and ‘flat’ (Allais, 2014). Hopefully I can develop these theoretical understandings in terms of procedural knowledge (genre). On a more positive note, my data are producing some useful insights relating to the development of the dual-framework, which is one of my aims. I am in the process of developing a ‘schedule’ of genre-knowledge for teachers, which I will use to produce an embedding curricular and pedagogical framework. References Allais, S. (2014). Selling out education: National qualifications frameworks and the neglect of knowledge. In Selling Out Education: National Qualifications Frameworks and the Neglect of Knowledge. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6209-578-6 Atkins, L., & Flint, K. J. (2015). Nothing changes: Perceptions of vocational education in England. International Journal of Training Research, 13(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/14480220.2015.1051344 Carney, M., & Indrisano, R. (2013). Disciplinary literacy and pedagogical content knowledge. Journal of Education, 193(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/002205741319300306 Casey, H., Cara, O., Eldred, J., Grief, S., Hodge, R., Ivanic, R., Jupp, T., Lopez, D., & McNeil, B. (2006). You wouldn’t expect a maths teacher to teach plastering ... embedding literacy, language and numeracy in post-16 vocational programmes - the impact on learning and achievement. In National Research and Development Centre for adult literacy and numeracy, Institute of Education, University of London: London. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory : A practical guide through qualitative analysis. Sage Publications. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7 Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (1993). The powers of literacy : a genre approach to teaching writing. University of Pittsburgh Press. Lofthouse, R., Leat, D., & Towler, C. (2010). Coaching for teaching and learning : A practical guide for schools. Myhill, D., Banerjee, P., Herbert, D., Robinson, C., Kaniadakis, A., Lawson, H., Venner, S., Morris, R., Mackenzie, H., & Kinderkhedia, M. (2019). Transforming transitions : A HEFCE Catalyst Project. http://socialsciences.exeter.ac.uk/media/universityofexeter/collegeofsocialsciencesandinternationalstudies/education/research/transformingtransitions/TransformingTransitionsFinalReport.pdf Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2012). What is disciplinary literacy and why does it matter? . Topics in Language Disorders, 32(1), 7–18. Shulman, L. (1986). Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4–14. Swales, J. (1990). Genre Analysis : English in academic and research settings. Bell & Bain Ltd. Tardy, C. M. (2011). Genre analysis. In Ken Hyland & Brian Paltridge (Eds.), The Continuum compendium to discourse analysis (pp. 54–68). Continuum International Publishing Group. Verhoeven, B. (2022). The politics of GCSE English Language. English Today, 38(4). https://doi.org/10.1017/s0266078421000110 |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 F: Ethnography Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Making of a Preschool Teacher. An Ethnological Study of Preschool Teacher Education and the Discursivity of the Preschool Mission Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:In recent decades, preschools as well as schools and other higher education have been increasingly influenced by international contexts with migration flows, global political actors, and multinational companies. What this has come to mean from a cultural, historical, and educational science perspective is what we study within the interdisciplinary doctoral school Education, Learning and Globalisation, in which I am included within the framework of my doctoral position in ethnology at Södertörn University. The doctoral school has among other focus areas, one of which is intercultural and norm-critical perspectives on preschool, school, and teacher education. It is this area my study connects to by using theoretical inspiration from the political discourse theory (PDT) to seek knowledge of how norms and value conflicts in the wake of migration and global political discourses affect the interpretation and implementation of the Swedish preschool's social mission. The purpose of the thesis is to empirically examine how the construction of the subject position of a preschool teacher takes place in preschool teacher education in relation to the norm and value conflicts, contradictions, and dissonances that may arise while practicing this position. What drives people to work in preschools and what are their initial conceptions of the preschool teacher role and the preschool mission when entering the education? How does the understanding of the social mission of future preschool teachers change during the course of the education and what are the discourses that create this change? What ambiguities and dissonances emerge between different values and norms within the preschool assignment, and what consequences does this have for future preschool teachers during their internship periods? What intercultural tensions and conflicts of norms and values arise in the encounter between divergent discourses and perceptions of the preschool mission in everyday preschool life, and how are these experienced and handled by future preschool teachers during their internship periods? I intend to use political discourse theory as my theoretical approach, especially as developed by Chantal Mouffe (2008). Pre-school education is to a considerable extent about the fosterage of democracy, and there is a long tradition of assigning children the role of ‘political utopia bearers’; not infrequently, children are regarded as ‘promises of a better future’ (Dolk 2013:114; Hörnfeldt 2009:14). Nevertheless, preschool teacher students often have problems answering exam questions about how the preschool mission is political. In her book On the Political (Mouffe 2008), Mouffe worries about democracy in relation to our inability to think politically. The reason for this inability is our delusion that there is such a thing as consensus, based on 'common sense' and universal consensus solutions. Is the preschool mission and its values an example of such a delusion? Mouffe completely dismisses the idea that it would be possible to ever reach a complete consensus, as the notion of such is a chimera: consensus is always based on exclusionary practices. Consensus is nothing but ‘the result of a hegemonic articulation’ (Laclau och Mouffe 2001:xviii). According to Mouffe, there are always groups and individuals who do not feel included in such supposedly universal consensual solutions (Mouffe 2008). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is an ethnographic, qualitative study. My main category of material consists of semi-structured in-depth interviews, with 21 preschool teacher students, conducted in the spring/autumn of 2023. The interviews form the basis for analyses of how different discourses shape the preschool teacher students' view of their future role and societal mission. The interviews have been recorded with audio recording technology and/or via Zoom (with or without image) and then transcribed. I have also conducted observations where I followed the interviewed preschool teacher students during certain educational elements. This includes their internship periods at the preschools. Thirteen such observations at five different preschools have been carried out. Other observations concern the introductory and reflection seminars given by the higher education institutions, where the students are assigned the tasks they will carry out during the internship. The seminars also allow the students to process their internship experiences and discuss both expectations and concerns with each other as well as with their teachers. Seventeen seminars in three different institutions were observed. A further interesting but somewhat sensitive observation has been the ‘tripartite dialogue’ between the student, the examining teacher, and the supervisor assigned to the student. During such a tripartite, the teacher and supervisor observe the student during a pedagogical activity at the preschool, after which they evaluate the student’s achievement together. I managed to take part in two such evaluations. By supplementing the in-depth interviews with observations, I wanted to gain insight into discrepancies between ideals and practice, since when ‘generally accepted visions are put into practice’ they sometimes get ‘consequences that are not always in line with the ideals’ (Runfors 2003:38, my translation). This relates to the political discourse theory's view of discourses as being not only what is expressed in text or speech, but also what is articulated in everyday practice (Laclau och Howarth 2015:25). Other material categories consist of various forms of reflection material that preschool teacher students are asked to produce throughout their education. Hereby they record what they see as significant, upsetting, or difficult to understand in the course literature or during the lectures and seminars, and not least during their periods of practical training. The material described above will be contextualised using material from media archives, course literature, specialist journals, and various steering documents such as the Education Act, curricula, equal treatment plans, policies, etc. Methodologically, this implies text and discourse analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings ‘The preschool shall actively and consciously influence and stimulate children to gradually embrace the common values of our society’, says the Swedish preschool curriculum (Skolverket 2018:12). Previous research, however, has shown that there seems to be an overconfidence that these values are necessarily perceived as common and unproblematic in a society characterised by increasing diversification (Dolk 2013; Hill 2021; Zackariasson 2015). The feasibility of the assignment is further complicated by the fact that there is a contradictory ‘dissonance’ between some of these values and norms (León Rosales 2010:58ff). At the time of this application, I had barely begun any analytical work, but so far, my material has to a low extent revealed the dissonance promised by previous research. This might be due to my involuntary selection. The students, preschools, and parents who have given their consent to participate in the study are probably not the ones with the major problems. Still, there are problems, I hear them mentioned - but I cannot say that they are prominent in my material. Instead, the Swedish preschool appears as a ‘better version of reality’ as one student put it. When reading the curriculum, the Education Act, and the course literature; when visiting preschools, and listening to teachers and students, it sometimes seems hard not to be blinded by an image of The Preschool as a politically correct micro-society, exclusively inhabited by democratic and open-minded citizens, of whom all are being listened to, equal and self-actualised, as well as safe, happy and sugar-free. The preschool is a place with zero tolerance for violence; where everyone's individual interests are safeguarded; and where there is every opportunity for constant learning, as well as becoming one's potential ‘best self’. A world where you want to be - even as an adult. A quasi-world to fall in love with. References Dolk, Klara. 2013. Bångstyriga barn: makt, normer och delaktighet i förskolan. Stockholm: Ordfront. Hill, Helena. 2021. ”Normkritisk vaccination. Normkritik och normkritisk pedagogik i Skolverkets rapporter och råd 2009 – 2014”. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, Vol. 26 (2–3):38–60. Hörnfeldt, Helena. 2009. Prima barn, helt u.a. : normalisering och utvecklingstänkande i svensk barnhälsovård 1923-2007. Göteborg: Makadam. Laclau, Ernesto, och David R. Howarth. 2015. Ernesto Laclau : post-marxism, populism, and critique. London ; Routledge. Laclau, Ernesto, och Chantal Mouffe. 2001. Hegemony and Socialist Strategy: Towards a Radical Democratic Politics. London: Verso. León Rosales, René. 2010. Vid framtidens hitersta gräns: om maskulina elevpositioner i en multietnisk skola. Stockholm ; Botkyrka: Mångkulturellt centrum, Elanders. Mouffe, Chantal. 2008. Om det politiska. Hägersten: Tankekraft. Runfors, Ann. 2003. Mångfald, motsägelser och marginaliseringar: en studie av hur invandrarskap formas i skolan. Stockholm: Prisma. Skolverket. 2018. Läroplan för förskolan. Lpfö 18. Zackariasson, Maria. 2015. ”Caught between expectations: Swedish student teachers’ experiences of working with gender and sexuality issues”. Nordic studies in education (3–04):217–32. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Relational Pedagogies: Re-orienting Learning for an Epistemology of Entanglement University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:We live in a critical ecological moment. We face unstable climates, intensifying environmental disasters, and escalating extinction rates, all of which threaten the survival of a vast array of species, including humans (Tsing et al. 2017). A significant shift in the way in which humans interact with the world is urgently needed (Taylor et al. 2020). This paper contributes to the body of work that approaches such a shift through Environmental Education (EE), helping us to imagine ways we might learn to live sustainably. I propose that an exploration of how we understand our relationship with the world through embodied creative activities could help us consider ourselves as ‘entangled’ in the world’s interconnected and affective state of becoming - knowing that our actions and futures are constantly engaged in relation with all else. I explore ways we can apply the concepts of ‘entanglement’ and ‘relationality’ to the process of learning, suggesting that an understanding of the world through these concepts could encourage mindset shifts towards sustainability. The goal of this paper is to explore a pedagogy for an onto-epistemology of relationality, with the hope of helping schools nurture mindsets capable of learning to live sustainably in a changing climate. A global approach is needed to face the international climate crisis and a large proportion of EE research currently stems from Europe and the Global North. Much of current EE in Western Europe is predominantly focussed on scientific knowledge transmission about climate change and conservation. It perpetuates ideas of human exceptionalism by separating human activity from ‘nature’, teaching about the environment rather than acknowledging how we live within it (Dunlop & Rushton 2022). This has resulted in inadequate pedagogic practices to address the challenges of the current environmental crisis (Taylor et al. 2020). My research grows from the idea that there is a link between ineffective EE practices and the compartmentalised learning necessitated by Western European education systems. Secondary school learning is a very structured operation, it is characterised by the study of different subjects which require different books and often different teachers with little acknowledgment of the relationality of the experience. My suggestion is that the absence of relational learning is complicit in the justification of the exploitation and destruction of multi-species ecologies that have caused the current climate crisis. To address this, we need to diversify the epistemologies with which we engage in order to facilitate research into effective EE (Blaser and Cadena 2018). Combining EE with global ideologies of entanglement and relationality through arts-based approaches will diversify approaches to EE by helping us to explore ways of learning that enable us to understand our relationship with/in it. Understanding ourselves as entangled entities, deconstructing human exceptionalism, and resisting anthropocentric philosophies is the imagining required to live within a changing world (Haraway 2016). This paper outlines my experience of working with a secondary school in the UK to explore ways of knowing as curricula to approach EE. I collaborate with a small group of students to creatively explore their learning experience through a series of school based workshops. We use drama and storytelling approaches (Burrows and O’Sullivan 2019) to consider their whole school experience, exploring how learning itself can be relational.
My research is framed around these lines of inquiry:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The focus of this paper is an exploration of relational research methods that can help young people understand concepts of entanglement and relationality. My relational methodological approach is consistent with my onto-epistemic justification for the research and includes ethnographic and arts-based techniques as well as taking inspiration from emergent post-qualitative inquiries. My methods include extended observation, informal interviews, and a participatory creative project that culminates in an collaborative artistic artefact. Informed by Judith Green and David Bloome’s (2005) approach to ethnography, I interrogate relational knowledge encounters by using “ethnographic tools” (p.4). These tools include situating myself in the place of my research and paying attention to the conversations or informal interviews, participant observations, and subsequent personal explorations which emerge from the experience. I am inspired by Gary Knowles and Ardra Cole (2008) who advocate for research in which the art is the research as opposed to an object to be researched. My process draws on new-materialist arts-informed research to consider the art co-created by participants as the materiality of the research conducted, and the ‘data’ as the stories of relational knowledge which emerge. I draw on Elizabeth St. Pierre’s (1997) ideas about post-qualitative data analysis which aims to “produce different knowledge and produce knowledge differently” (p.175). Analysing the stories which emerge through co-creating relational art is a process of generative difference and close attentiveness to the a/effects of difference. Arts-informed research and ethnographic tools as outlined above will enable me to explore ways that difference can be produced from within entanglement in order to “make difference” (Barad 2007, p.91). As a result, the relational pedagogy explored helps me reveal a relational inquiry that facilitates its creation. I create space for both qualitative and post-qualitative approaches in my research because both engage with ways of thinking that are productive to exploring radical encounters of relational pedagogy. My work goes beyond conceptual research into tangible participatory practice, where some qualitative methods (e.g. interviews and ethnographic journaling) provide vital insights. However, weaving through a post-qualitative critique allows me to unpack what the qualitative methods make visible but also what they exclude from view. A post-qualitative approach of acknowledging the students’ learning experience as entanglement enables me to take into consideration all encounters with my research and know that they can all hold insights as part of my scholarly practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper has proposed an exploration of the experience of school learning through concepts of entanglement and relationality, an interrogation of the ways we learn, not changing what we learn. What could follow is an application of this to how we understand our relationship with/in the world. Considering our affective relationality with the world might help young people understand the need to consider beyond-anthropocentric impacts of the choices they make. My hope is that doing so will allow for imagining sustainable lifestyles of response-able relationships to unfold. The implications of this research could contribute to the development of pedagogic practice in EE. The ongoing climate crisis demonstrates that dominant humanist approaches to EE in Europe and the Global North have failed to teach us how we live with the world. I have outlined how EE which implies a separation between human and nature is complicit in the justification of exploitation and unsustainable consumption of resources. Alternative approaches to EE, such as the one I propose, can facilitate the onto-epistemological shift of an understanding of entanglement, opening beyond-anthropocentric pedagogic possibilities for learning to live sustainably. Rather than encourage schools to add more of EE initiatives and then show students how these things connect together, I want to start with how schools address relational thinking by engaging in holistic and embodied learning techniques, and then apply this to EE in what might then be considered effective learning for the environment. My work addresses the discipline literature gap on how to approach this, exploring relational learning in mainstream secondary education practice. As a result, my research could contribute to international policy debate around designing future EE. My hope is that teaching for relationality will enable schools to support the development of young people capable of critical beyond-anthropocentric thinking within a changing climate. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway. Durham and London: Duke University Press. Blaser, M., & de la Cadena, M. (2018). A World of Many Worlds. Durham and London: Duke University Press. Burrows, D. & O’Sullivan, S. (2019). Fictioning: The Myth-functions of Contemporary Art and Philosophy. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Dunlop, L., and Rushton, E.A.C. (2022). Putting climate change at the heart of education: Is England's strategy a placebo for policy? British Educational Research Journal, 48(6), pp.1083-1101. Green, J. & Bloome, D. (2005) Ethnography and ethnographers of and in education: A situated perspective. In Flood, J., Heath, S. B., & Lapp, D. (Eds.), Handbook of research on teaching literacy through the communicative and visual arts, pp.181-202. New York: Macmillan Publishers. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham and London: Duke University Press. Knowles, G. J. & Cole, A. L. (2008). Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research. California: Sage Publications, Inc. St. Pierre, E. A. (1997) Methodology in the fold and the irruption of transgressive data, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 10(2), pp.175-189. Taylor, A., Pacini-Ketchabaw, V., Blaise, M., & Silova, I. (2020). Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Common Worlds Research Collective. Paper commissioned for the UNESCO Futures of Education report. Tsing, A. L., Bubandt, N., Gan, E. & Swanson, H. (Eds) (2017). Arts of Living on a Damaged Planet: Ghosts and Monsters of the Anthropocene. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 G: Research on Arts Education Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Session Chair: Julio Cesar Estrada Monterroso Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Education for Creativity in Initial Teacher Education: Perceptions of Pre-service Primary School Science Teachers 1CIDTFF/DEP - University of Aveiro, Portugal; 2Drexel University, USA Presenting Author:In our interconnect world, characterized by widespread access to technology and information, it is increasingly important to understand teachers´ role in human and social development (Rodrigues & Martins, 2018). Educating people for present and future times, requires mastery of the learning competences for the 21st century (P21, 2015) and their relationship with the structured of school curricula. One of the roles of science education is to educate citizens to be prepared to critically analyze scientific information, make informed decisions, and actively participate in civic issues related to science (Justi et al., 2022). It is essential that, since the beginning of teacher training, Science Education is presented through the cross-related perspective between Science, Technology and Society (STS) orientation (Vieira et al., 2011), specifically combining theoretical and practical teaching strategies (Rodrigues, 2011). STEAM is an educational approach based on a student-centered methodology, with an interdisciplinary perspective between Science, Technology, Engineering, Art and Math areas, and focused on solving real or realistic problems (Shernoff et al., 2017). STEAM Education fosters key competencies, namely creativity, problem-solving, collaborative work, communication and others (Perignat & Katz-Buonincontro, 2019). The development of Creativity during the learning process stands out as it is a key point in fostering existing and future problem-solving, several cognitive skills, and also revealing potential for innovation in educational, economic and social spheres (Plucker et al., 2004). Creativity can be understood as a cross-disciplinary ability to produce individual or collective ideas and strategies that are original, critical, plausible and feasible (Beghetto, 2007). Craft (2010) defends that creativity is human potential manifested in different cognitive domains, so everybody is potentially creative by nature. In order to educate future citizens with these competencies, it is necessary to cultivate them the early years and throughout a life learning context. Clearly, it is urgent to encourage a teacher training approach that presents innovative teaching and learning methodologies (Ompok et al., 2020). In this project, we chose to approach STEAM education through a Challenge-Based Learning (CBL) methodology. CBL aims, in a collaborative, multidisciplinary and experiential way, to identify, investigate and propose solutions to real CTS problems along the learning process (Rådberg et al., 2020). This study has in view answering the question "What are the perceptions of pre-service teachers about creativity education?", identifying possible changes in the perception of creativity in the educational process. It was utilized scales of perception about creativity, already validated in literature, before and after the implementation of a formative proposal based on STEAM education and creativity promotion, through CBL methodology. This communication is part of a doctoral project whose main research question is How creative thinking and teaching skills can be promoted for science primary school teaching through a STEAM approach? With specific questions to answer: i)How to develop a proposal for pre-service primary teachers initial training through a STEAM approach promoting creative thinking? ii) What are the effects of the STEAM formative proposal on developing creative thinking in pre-service primary school teachers? iii) What is the relation between the creative thinking level and developing primary school science teaching competencies? The PhD project has the following research goals: i)To develop (design, plan, validate, implement and evaluate) a STEAM & Creativity formative proposal that promotes the creative thinking of pre-service teachers; ii) To evaluate the effects of the STEAM & Creativity formative proposal on the level of creative thinking and it´s relation to developing teaching skills; iii) To develop a set of recommendations from the research results for primary school science teacher training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The results were obtained by answering two different perceptions about creativity scales: i)Teaching for Creativity Scale (Rubenstein et al., 2013) and ii) Beliefs about Teaching for Creativity Scale (Katz-Buonincontro et al, 2021). Both scales were translated from English to Portuguese with translator validation and adapted for initial teacher training context, more specifically adjusting verbs to represent realistic scenarios of what the participants will face in the field, as they still have little or no teaching experience. All two instruments have items that require participants to take a position on a statement according to a 7-point likert scale, relating to the four parameters: i) Teacher Self-efficacy; ii) Environmental Desirability; iii) Social Value; iv) Creative mindset. The target audience for this study was bachelor's and master's degree students in education courses during one academic year. It should be emphasized that interpreting these results in isolation does not allow making assumptions about improvement in participants' creative or teaching potential. The results will still have to be triangulated with more diversified data collected to make global assertions of this nature. The data collection was set into three cycles of implementation and two cycles of redesign & analysis, with interleaved stages. It was worth carrying out these interval analyses in order to identify some constraints in the first scale in relation to the participants, so in the last round of implementation we were able to change the scale used. The initial scale application took place before the formative proposal implementation, that lasted two academic semesters with didactic-nature and creative fostering regular activities. Another one was carried out in the end of this term. In first and second cycle it was adopted the Teaching for Creativity Scale (Rubenstein et al., 2013) and in the last one, the Beliefs about Teaching for Creativity Scale was applied (Katz-Buonincontro et al, 2021). Over the three cycles of implementation of the formative proposal, around 80 responses were collected in the initial stage and 70 in the final stage. The data collected was analyzed using interpretative quantitative methodology with Microsoft Excel support. These results will contribute to an overall analysis of the development of creative and teaching skills, along with other instruments such as creativity tests, students´ portfolio, focus group sessions and observation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study revealed that, based on the perceptions presented by the participating future teachers, before and after the proposal´s implementation, creativity-related topics had been discussed and some concepts are more developed. In four dimensions set, i) Teacher Self-efficacy; ii) Environmental Desirability; iii) Social Value; iv) Creative mindset. it was possible to note and justify the patterns of responses shown. Overall, the results show that these pre-service primary school teachers feel prepared to act in their teaching practice by stimulating their students' creative thinking. They recognize the importance and impact of creativity as an essential skill for citizenship and as an instrument of social transformation. They also indicate an acknowledgement that all people are potentially creative, and that creativity is a skill that can and should be developed throughout life. It should be pointed that in the environmental dimension, which deals with the relationship between the development of creativity through external educational agents (management, training bodies, curriculum management bodies, etc.), there were some disparate patterns of responses with a wide range of occurrences among the response, which could be explained by the short or none teaching experience of the participants involved in the study. As a constraint to using the Teaching for Creativity Scale, it is possible to highlight the length and items to be answered by the students. That could explain the difference in the number of responses in the stages after implementations, which was carried out asynchronously. Subsequently, in the last cycle of analysis we chose to use the Beliefs about Teaching for Creativity Scale (Katz-Buonincontro et al., 2021) to collect the perceptions of pre-service teachers, as it is a more concise instrument and is also targeted at the context in question. References Justi,R., Maia, P., Monique Santos. (2022). Science education for citizenship. In Dillon, J., & Watts, M. (Eds.). Debates in Science Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003137894 Katz‐Buonincontro, J., Hass, R., Kettler, T., Tang, L. M., & Hu, W. (2020). Partial measurement invariance of beliefs about teaching for creativity across U.S. and Chinese educators. British Journal of Educational Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12379 Ompok, C. S., Ling, M. T., Abdullah, S. N. M., Tambagas, M., Tony, E. E., & Said, N. (2020). Mentor-mentee programme for STEM education at preschool level. Southeast Asia Early Childhood Journal, 9(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.37134/saecj.vol9.no1.1.2020 P21 (Partnership for 21st Century Learning). (2017). P21 Framework definitions. Washington, DC. Perignat, E., & Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2019). STEAM in practice and research: An integrative literature review. Thinking Skills and Creativity. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.TSC.2018.10.002. Plucker, J., Beghetto, R., & Dow, G. (2004). Why Isn't Creativity More Important to Educational Psychologists? Potentials, Pitfalls, and Future Directions in Creativity Research. Educational Psychologist, 39, 83 - 96. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326985ep3902_1. Rådberg, K., Lundqvist, U., Malmqvist, J., & Hagvall Svensson, O. (2020).From CDIO to challenge-based learning experiences–expanding student learning as well as societal impact?. European Journal of Engineering Education, 45(1), 22–37. Rodrigues, A. V. (2011). A Educação em Ciências no Ensino Básico em Ambientes Integrados de Formação. Doctoral Thesis. Unviersity of Aveiro. Rodrigues, A. V., & Martins, I. P. (2018). Formação Inicial de Professores para o Ensino das Ciências nos primeiros anos em Portugal. In Formação inicial e continuada de professores de ciências: o que se pesquisa no Brasil, Portugal e Espanha. (pp. 179–198). Edições Hipótese. Rubenstein, L. D., McCoach, D. B., & Siegle, D. (2013). Teaching for Creativity Scales: An Instrument to Examine Teachers’ Perceptions of Factors That Allow for the Teaching of Creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 25(3), 324–334. https://doi.org/10.1080/10400419.2013.813807 Vieira, R. M., Vieira-Tenreiro, C., & Martins, I. P. (2011). A Educação em Ciências com Orientação CTS -atividades para o ensino básico. Porto: Areal Editores 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Photovoice and Dyslexics: Photos of the Past and Pictures of the Future Edge Hill Univeristy, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Proposal Information (590/600 words): Empirical research has historically been shaped by the doctrine that power in research should be held by the researcher over the research participant. This approach, however, has often resulted in marginalized groups not being represented accurately, as the researcher's choices will shape the scope of what is discoverable in the work. By allowing researchers to have complete control over the research design, participants' agency is often limited, leading to results that are not truly reflective of their concerns. Reconsidering this power imbalance and exploring ways to foreground the authentic concerns of participants is growing to be a key concern in social justice research, particularly in relation to neurodiverse participants, where disrupting traditional research orthodoxies can help bridge this gap and enact emancipatory participation in social justice research. This paper presents an examination of my PhD work and how emancipatory participation has been considered in the design to disrupt traditional research power imbalances. In the work, four dyslexic participants shared their experience of the university library using photovoice methods and member check processes. Utilising theoretical frameworks drawn from the writings of Gramsci (1971) and Friere (1970), the content of the paper will illustrate areas of good practice in the research, and postulate what could be improved in future endeavours with dyslexic participants to maximize their input in sharing their experience as part of social justice research. As I sought to evidence the experiences of dyslexic library users, the methods were carefully considered with participant agency in mind. The definitions used to identify dyslexics are often underpinned by a deficit approach; the most ubiquitous and synonymous characteristic of dyslexics is a failure to meet expected reading and writing levels, (Rice & Brooks, 2004; Elliot & Gibbs, 2008) where these levels vary by country and language, such as the case of bilingual monolingual dyslexics who are considered dyslexic in one language but not another (Miles, 2000; Wydell & Butterworth, 1999). Consequently, it is pertinent to question how insight into the lives of this marginalized group is gained, and whether methods of inquiry are congruent to participant living experience and strengths. I wished to foreground the participants' voices’, reducing my control over the data in the process, I crafted co-production activities through which participants and I could work together to ensure that my writing was representative of their experiences and that I had not misunderstood or impressed meaning into their stories based on my subjectivities. I kept note of my subjectivities in a methodological reflexivity journal, where I recorded a personal inventory (Gramsci, 1971) and memos (Charmaz, 2011; 2014) about my thinking, feelings, and experiences that related to the ones participants shared so that I could identify overlaps in our stories as I sought to relate to theirs without assuming I understood their experience. Traditional methods, such as structured interviews, where question sets remain inflexible to the insights gleaned from participants, do not allow for agentic input from participants or the corresponding rich data that can be accessed. The work appealed to a constructivist grounded theory methodology that allowed for the alteration of questions used in the semi-structured interview, to better reflect the discourses which arose in the data where I had not considered such aspects of library use in the study design (Charmaz, 2014). Altering the research tools (i.e., the question set) to reflect participants' insights thereby allows for an investigation into the authentic concerns of the participants and enables the investigation to take shape according to themes that are truly grounded in the richness of the data that was reflective of participants' unfolding stories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In contrast to investigations that have predicated insight into dyslexic experience on an exchange through written methods, I propose that photo-based knowledge exchange affords emancipatory action in research with dyslexic participants, as the data gathered is not predicated on the deficit that defines them and can be applied across national and international contexts (Rose, 2012). Rose (2012) explains that photovoice involves images captured by the participants, enabling the researcher to experience the participant's world as closely as possible, seeing what the participants sees through symbolic meaning attatched to the photos they take. However, the literature (Plunkett, Leipet, & Ray; Pollock, 2017) cautions that reflexive processes are to be used alongside photovoice methods, to be transparent about the researchers’ subjectivities that could impact the inquiry. Taking regular personal inventories throughout the research can aid the researcher in “knowing thy self” (Gramsci, 1971, p.324); the researcher can acknowledge their influence on the investigation, enabling them to clarify their own and the participant's voices as they construct the research together. Similarly, keeping memos, as suggested by Charmaz (2014), affords insight and reflexivity into the researcher's influence over the project, where consideration of co-production through photovoice methods enables authentic illustration of participant experience. Co-production in research is hailed as "a cornerstone of social innovation" (Voorberg, Bekkers, & Tummers, 2015, p.14) as it provides an opportunity to disrupt the traditional research orthodoxy that sees researchers in a 'privileged' position over the inference placed on the data. This is a vital consideration in research involving neurodiverse individuals so that the results may be crafted according to a systemic 'neurotypical gaze' (McDermott, 2021; Bertilsdotter Rosqvist et al., 2023). Drawing on the insights of Friere, I argue that this is a necessary consideration for all researchers, as self-oppression of neurodiverse traits in line with harmful systemic neurotypical discourses may influence the scope of the investigation, where neurotypical researchers may “internalized the image of the oppressor and [adopt] his guidelines” (1970, p.47). Despite being dyslexic myself, I could not guarantee I would interpret participants experiences accurately, and so both self-inventories and memos were kept throughout the project; opportunities for co-construction and member checking were built into the research design to enable enhanced participant agency over the picture I was portraying of their experiences (Dickenson-Swift, James, Kippen, & Liamputtong, 2007; Birt et al., 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants shared their experience of the university library, capturing photographs to illustrate what impacts their experience, and ranking these according to what impacts their experience the most. During the interviews, rich and in-depth conversations revealed several themes concerning services and resources that shaped each person’s experience, setting the bounds for what they felt capable of and willing to do in the library. The themes of ‘support from others’ and ‘accessibility’ were the overarching themes found through grounded theory analysis, where the participants' experiences overlapped on several topics – for example, the majority of the participants discussed feeling anxious and worried when seeking resources in the library, as they were concerned about onlookers perceptions of them as inadequate or unprepared for university study. These insights were validated by participants in a series of collaborative exercises as part of the member check process and would not have been possible without appeal to emancipatory methods and processes. Engagement with photovoice methods and member-checking processes painted a picture of emancipatory research that contrasts starkly with previous investigations that prised researcher control over the investigation. Expression of agency in the research offered participants to contribute and shape the bounds of what the research could reveal. The insights presented within the investigation illustrate what is possible when working with marginalised groups, and the positive outcomes that are achievable when actively seeking to involve participants in the design and understanding of investigation outputs. Challenges to embedding co-production activities will be discussed, with directions to enhance further works that involve dyslexic participants. The methods discussed enable participant emancipation and agency, regardless of the participant's first language, and could transform the research landscape, offering valuable insights into the lived experiences of diverse groups in both national and international settings. References Bertilsdotter Rosqvist, H., Botha, M., Hens, K., O’Donoghue, S., Pearson, A., & Stenning, A. (2023). Cutting our own keys: New possibilities of neurodivergent storying in research. Autism, 27(5), 1235-1244. Birt, L., Scott, S., Cavers, D., Campbell, C., & Walter, F. (2016). Member checking: a tool to enhance trustworthiness or merely a nod to validation?. Qualitative health research, 26(13), 1802-1811. Charmaz, K. (2011). Grounded theory methods in social justice research. Strategies of qualitative inquiry, 4. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage. Dickson-Swift, V., James, E. L., Kippen, S., & Liamputtong, P. (2007). Doing sensitive research: what challenges do qualitative researchers face?. Qualitative research, 7(3), 327-353. Elliott, J. G., & Gibbs, S. (2008). Does dyslexia exist?. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 42(3-4), 475-491. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Continuum Gramsci, A. (2020). Selections from the prison notebooks. In The applied theatre reader (pp. 141-142). Routledge. McDermott, C. (2021). Theorising the neurotypical gaze: Autistic love and relationships in The Bridge (Bron/Broen 2011–2018). Medical humanities. Miles, E. (2000). Dyslexia may show a different face in different languages. Dyslexia, 6(3), 193-201. Plunkett, R., Leipert, B. D., & Ray, S. L. (2013). Unspoken phenomena: Using the photovoice method to enrich phenomenological inquiry. Nursing Inquiry, 20(2), 156-164. Pollock, S. P. (2017). Literacy barriers to learning and learner experiences.[Student Thesis]. University of Exeter. https://ore.exeter.ac.uk/repository/bitstream/handle/10871/30847/PollockS.pdf?sequence=1 Rice, M., & Brooks, G. (2004). Developmental dyslexia in adults: a research review. National Research and Development Centre for adult literacy and numeracy. Rose, G. (2012). Visual methodologies: An introduction to researching with visual materials. London: Sage. Voorberg, W. H., Bekkers, V. J., & Tummers, L. G. (2015). A systematic review of co-creation and co-production: Embarking on the social innovation journey. Public management review, 17(9), 1333-1357. Wydell, T. N., & Butterworth, B. (1999). A case study of an English-Japanese bilingual with monolingual dyslexia. Cognition, 70(3), 273-305. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Unraveling the Experiences of Uzbek Motherscholars through Arts-based Visual Methods Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The title of our paper is a reminder that the intersectionality of culture, race, and gender remains crucial in doctoral education. Globally, the experiences of doctoral students, their borderland crossings into new academic discourse communities and having to navigate dual roles or identities of being or becoming researchers draw considerable attention (Ref). However, a growing body of global research focuses specifically on the challenges of female doctoral students who confront the additional burden of navigating their dual role or identities as mothers and caregivers that results in increased time commitment required for study and compromises their emotional well-being or dual guilt due to a lack of family and institutional support (Breitenbach et al., 2019; Catalano & Radin, 2021; CohenMiller, 2014). This global phenomenon is also true in Uzbekistan where female doctoral students' academic success is often hindered by familial responsibilities, with a high portion getting married and becoming mothers during that time. In the Uzbekistan higher education (HE) landscape females account for less than 30% of all doctoral students. In this context, women are not only underrepresented but also take longer to complete their doctoral education and tend to opt out of the Ph.D. programs more frequently than their male counterparts. Of particular concern was the lack of attention given to the experiences of doctoral student mothers in Uzbekistan since it carries profound implications, creating a void in women’s opportunities and hampering Uzbekistan’s economic development. Guided by a postcolonial approach and social-constructivist paradigm, this research integrated matricentric feminist theory, Bourdieusian sociological concepts, and Lave and Wenger’s (1991) Community of Practice theory to better understand the different factors such as societal traditions, socio-cultural expectations, and their gender roles that impact the experiences of Uzbek DSMs in-depth. The preliminary results reveal that the interplay of gender, habitus, and Uzbek religious and cultural norms not only contributes to inequalities but also significantly influences the identity construction of researcher roles, particularly based on gender. For example, the data suggests that gender and family play a significant role in shaping motherscholars’ identity, which was starkly pronounced in cases of those, who were living with parents-in-law, confronting additional layers of familial and societal expectations. The participants experienced various challenges caused by having to balance the multiple roles of a mother and a doctoral student. In particular, a threat to well-being (a high level of emotional stress), and lack of family, institutional and government support were the major ones. Unwritten “hierarchical” rules inherited by the former Soviet Union, scarcity of financial support, institutional strategic policies and a free childcare policy also were key themes. gender-bias patterns were common in the narratives of Uzbek motherscholars, which can be linked to inferior and submissive role of women in the family and social hierarchies. Cultural norms dictated the participants’ interaction with men and women. Lack of spousal support was considered as norm, as the mentality and accepted social rules don’t allow men to help women in households or childcare. Fundamentally, the gendered impact of parenthood and a heavier burden falling specifically on mothers, the doctoral mothers encounter more challenges (Correl et al., 2007; Morgan et al., 2021). These findings further corroborate the policy recommendations given by these 15 doctoral student mothers from Uzbekistan to dismantle systematic barriers they face and promote equitable opportunities for them. Finally, this research offered insights into a historically marginalized and overlooked community - the lived experiences of doctoral student mothers - amplifying their voices. Also, it contributed to a more inclusive and supportive academic environment and generate implications that can inform higher education institutions on how to better support doctoral student mothers in successfully and timely completing their doctoral programs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We have applied a qualitative approach with a hermeneutic phenomenological research design, incorporating innovative visual art-based data collection tools, particularly, the Critical Incident Technique (CIT), Dixit cards and in-depth interviews. These tools enabled the participants to reflect on and share narratives of their lived experiences. This approach allowed to conduct more creative and participant-centered interview techniques, enabling participants to express their own interpretations (Grant & Trenor, 2010; Burnard, 2012). Overall 15 doctoral student mothers from Social Science field, who we were enrolled in PhD program and a mother of small children participated in this study. The data was collected at state universities in Tashkent, the capital city of Uzbekistan. The duration of interviews lasted from 60 to 130 minutes through two rounds. Initially, the participants annotated a winding timeline with their key turning points and significant episodes as a self-repost charting on A4 paper, which helped them to visualise their motherhood and doctoral journeys and reflect upon the discoveries that have marked their paths. Then, the visual/prompt elicitation tool - Dixit cards was used as catalysts to delve into the meta-concepts of participants’ previously shared lived experiences (López-Íñiguez & Burnard, 2022). Fifteen cards from the Dixit board game were presented on a table and the participants were asked to select one card for each question and explain why they selected a particular card. The untold and unexpressed inner thoughts was stimulated through cards, as the participants could choose the relevant cards to their own lived experiences. The semi-structured interviews were conducted on another day that allowed for a deeper exploration and understanding of their lived realities (Bloomberg & Volpe, 2008). The questions asked: Main question: In what ways do Uzbek DSMs navigate motherhood and doctoral identities from periphery to centre? The data was translated from Uzbek into English by the first author. For the coding process, we utilized Saldana’s (2016) approach using NVivo software, which involved multiple cycles of careful coding. The coding process focused on identifying descriptions of concepts and processes guided by the interdisciplinary theoretical framework of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, this study delved into the experiences of both challenging and positive of motherscholars in Uzbekistan, shedding light on the complex intersection of motherhood, kelinhood (bride in husband’s family), academic pursuits and gendered societal expectations. The prevalent gender disparities and a lack of attention given for motherscholars underlined the need for comprehensive policy interventions. Employing a qualitative hermeneutic phenomenological design through innovative visual art-based data collection tools, the study revealed that gender and familial roles significantly influence the identity of motherscholars. In particular, challenges such as emotional stress, inadequate support systems, financial constraints, and gender bias were recurring themes in the narratives, with the burden disproportionately falling on them due to ingrained gender norms. The study also aligns with existing literature on the global challenges faced by mothers in doctoral education, while also unraveling the unique contextual peculiarities in Uzbekistan. These findings not only generate policy implications for doctoral education institutions in Uzbekistan, but also contribute to dismantling systematic barriers and promoting more equitable opportunities for motherscholars. References References Bloomberg, L. D., & Volpe, M. (2008). Presenting methodology and research approach. In L.D. Bloomberg & M. Volpe (Eds.), Completing Your Qualitative Dissertation: A Roadmap from Beginning to End (pp.65-93). Sage Publications.https://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781452226613.n3 Breitenbach, E., Bernstein, J., Ayars, C. L., & Konecny, L. T. (2019). The influence of family on doctoral student success. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 14, 761-782. https://doi.org/10.28945/4450 Burnard, P. (2012). Rethinking creative teaching and teaching as research: Mapping the critical phases that mark times of change and choosing as learners and teachers of music. Theory Into Practice, 51(3), 167-178. 10.1080/00405841.2012.690312 Catalano, A. J., & Radin, S. T. (2021). Parents pursuing a doctorate of education: A mixed methods examination of how parents manage the roles of student and parent. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 16, 253-272. https://doi.org/10.28945/4741 CohenMiller, A. S. (2014). The phenomenon of doctoral student motherhood/mothering in academia: Cultural construction, presentation of self, and situated learning. [Doctoral dissertation, The University of Texas]. Correll, S. J., Benard, S., & Paik, I. (2007). Getting a job: Is there a motherhood penalty?. American journal of sociology, 112(5), 1297-1338. Grant, D., & Trenor, J. (2010, June). Use of the critical incident technique for qualitative research in engineering education: An example from a grounded theory study. In 2010 Annual Conference & Exposition (pp. 15-1310). 10.18260/1-2--15712 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge university press. López-Íñiguez, G., & Burnard, P. (2022). Toward a nuanced understanding of musicians’ professional learning pathways: What does critical reflection contribute?. Research Studies in Music Education, 44(1), 127-157. 10.1177/1321103X211025850 Morgan, A. C., Way, S. F., Hoefer, M. J., Larremore, D. B., Galesic, M., & Clauset, A. (2021). The unequal impact of parenthood in academia. Science Advances, 7(9), eabd1996. DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.abd1996 Saldaña, J. (2016). Goodall’s verbal exchange coding: An overview and example. Qualitative Inquiry, 22(1), 36-39. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 H: Vocational Education and Training (VETNET) Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Langer Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Practice to Praxis: Enacting Practical Hope and Radical Love in Teacher Learning Communities University of Calgary, Canada Presenting Author:Scholarship underscores the pivotal role of teacher training in maintaining standardized education, primarily institutionalized via different sorts of learning communities (i.e., professional development programs materialized via professional learning communities (PLCs), communities of practice (CoPs), action research groups) within schools, arguably to enhance curricular content, instructional practices, and student academic performance (Nawab et al., 2021; Sullivan, 2020). However, in Western-centric contexts, efforts to enhance teacher-learning communities often prioritize reforms, policymaking, and empirical studies aligning with business-sponsored agendas rooted in neoliberal market ideologies (Giroux, 2019; Darling-Hammond et al., 2005). Unfortunately, these initiatives frequently lack meaningful participation from key stakeholders, hindering teachers’ professionalism and critical skills development for transformative education, social justice, and climate change awareness (Giroux, 2021). Against this backdrop, teacher-learning communities are often operationalized as socio-political and historical learning-as-training projects, neglecting the complexities of the educational experience and its axiological commitment to social change (Macedo, 2018). This study builds upon educational experiences in the Americas and Europe, exploring transformative possibilities in teacher-learning communities intersecting with critical pedagogies. It aims to articulate critical pedagogy's conceptualization of practical hope and radical love (Freire, 2005; Goméz, 2015; Agnello, 2016) as community-oriented axiological-educational frameworks sustaining teacher learning communities, referred to as communities of praxis. This exploration may bring forth collectively crafted counternarratives anchored in relational engagements, dialogic encounters, knowledge co-creation, eco-justice ethics, and situated practices (Flecha, 2015). According to Freire (2005), critical educational counternarratives should be grounded in practical hope and radical love. Hope serves as a fundamental aspect of our human condition and educational practice, motivating collective intervention in shaping history. Love provides sustenance for the struggle against historical determinisms, promoting possibility, solidarity, humility, and openness—goals inherent in communities of praxis. Studies addressing practical hope and radical love as educational frameworks are virtually nonexistent (Torres Olave et al., 2023) and even more limited through the lenses of teacher-learning communities. While addressing the research question (How may communities of praxis be enacted in schools?), my study aims to collect data documenting teachers’ dialogic interactions in small-group gatherings as they may co-construct pathways to develop a community of praxis, engaging in transformative experiences and unsettling dominant curricular-pedagogical approaches and sociopolitical-educational practices. The theoretical-conceptual framework guiding this study integrates a critical theory/pedagogy of situated learning-in-practice (Lave, 2019; Freire, 2005), a relational-axiological embodied theory of cognition-knowing (Maturana, 2012) and the pursuit of transformative and emancipatory goals (Carr & Thésée, 2020). Situated learning, as articulated by Lave, embraces the social nature of human existence where knowing is subject to practice as a relational process of constant becoming (identity formation as a continuum) among individuals in communities of practices situated in evolving sociopolitical-educational contexts. Critical pedagogy elaborates further on the nature of situated learning, underscoring the transformative potential of learning-in-place that occurs intertwined with sociopolitical practices in the multiplicity of voices in the world, shaping one's affect, senses, emotions, and emergent subjectivities. Enactivism introduces an embodied theory of cognition-knowing to learning, asserting that cognition arises from bodily experiences within broader psychological and cultural contexts, emphasizing how individuals co-construct knowledge and inner worlds articulating axiological dimensions. Transformative and Emancipatory Education (Carr & Thésée, 2020) advocates for the encounter of multiplicities when building learning communities, offering pathways to challenging systemic barriers through alternative constructs to conventional teacher learning-as-training within Western-centric educational systems. Altogether, these theories comprise a framework for the enaction of communities of praxis that points at practical hope as a sociopolitical-educational transformative project and at radical love as praxis to struggle against educational determinisms while exploring new possibilities in the contemporary landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing from Denzin and Lincoln’s (2018) conceptualizations, inspired by Lévi-Strauss (1968), Kincheloe and Berry’s (2004) Rigour and Complexity, and Tobin and Steinberg's (2015) Doing Educational Research, this study proposes an Action Research-oriented (AR) bricolage design. Bricolage is an emancipatory research construct, a dynamic orientation to address the complexity of human worlds and experiences, where the bricoleur—someone who looks through the lenses of the bricolage— “moves back and forth between theories and practices” to construct context-based research paths, diverging from the predetermined “procedures of traditional monological research” (Kincheloe & Berry, 2004, p. 107). The overarching emerging design of my bricolage attempts to blur boundaries between disciplinary borders—rejecting reductionism—and instead encourages the interaction of diverse theories, techniques, and knowledges to study the educational phenomenon and construct richer and more nuanced interpretations of its complexity, in this case, regarding teacher learning communities. Through the lenses of bricolage, AR may take advantage of a multiplicity of research constructs to allow the emergence of methodological inventiveness, participants’ agency, multilogical interpretations, community-oriented emancipatory goals, sociopolitical-educational advocacy, activism, and intervention (Kincheloe & Berry, 2004; Cohen et al., 2018). By embracing the multiperspectival rigour of bricolage, the complexity of the phenomenon of interest is approached not only through the specific lenses of AR but also from the crystallization of other orientations. For the scope of this study and based on my experience with qualitative research, such research orientations include phenomenological hermeneutics, ethnographies, narrative inquiry, historiography, and creative-based methods, leaving space for considering other available ‘tools’ that may befit the unfolding complexity of the research phenomenon under study (Berry, 2015). From such a methodological repertoire, interviews—particularly unstructured walking interviews with teachers—alongside journals, photovoice, participant observation, and art-based artifacts have proved the most beneficial methods for fostering critical dialogues and collecting thick data, asserting participants’ agency while triggering awareness-raising processes. Additionally, discourse and content analysis provide systematic and rigorous ways to deepen narrative analysis and connect teachers’ lived experiences to institutional (con)texts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In delving into a qualitative research exploration with teachers, this paper anticipates multifaceted outcomes that extend beyond traditional academic boundaries. The primary objective lies in the embodiment and articulation of a comprehensive research framework, grounded in the theoretical-conceptual underpinnings of bricolage. By envisioning the possibilities of communities of praxis, the research seeks to advance the scholarship of bricolage within the realm of educational research. Targeted towards scholars with interests in qualitative research, critical pedagogy, the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL), teachers-as-researchers, action research (AR), decolonial education, place-based education, and multi-modal research approaches, this research aspires to contribute significantly to the theoretical and methodological foundations of these fields. Intertwining practice and theory through autoethnographic elements, expected outcomes may also engage a broader audience beyond academia, offering insights that resonate with practitioners keen on advancing critical educational approaches within their everyday contexts. By bridging the gap between scholarly discourse and practical application, the research endeavours to empower and inspire educators to enact transformative sociopolitical-educational learning communities in their schools. The study aims to present findings not merely as empirical results but as valuable learning-teachable experiences gained in the field while conducting bricolage-research. In doing so, it outlines practical approaches to co-develop teacher communities of praxis within educational institutions, fostering a collective ethos of shared learning and collaboration. A pivotal focus of this research lies in elucidating the methodological rigour of bricolage. It explores the researcher's role as an educational bricoleur, weaving together experiences with teachers-as-co-researchers. References Agnello, M. F. (2016). Enactivating Radical Love: Joe L. Kincheloe’s 10 Precepts of Teachers as Researchers. International Journal of Critical Pedagogy, 7(3), 67–78. Berry, K. (2015). Research as bricolage: Embracing relationality, multiplicity and complexity. In: Tobin S, Steinberg S (eds) Doing Educational Research, second edition. Rotterdam, Boston, Taipei: Sense Publishers, p.79–110. Carr, P., & Thésée, G. (2020). Social theories. In S. Steinberg, D. Barry, & J. Robinson (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Critical Pedagogies, pp. 67 – 74. SAGE Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education 8th Ed. Routledge Darling-Hammond, L., Holtzman, D. J., Gatlin, S. J., & Heilig, J. V. (2005). Does teacher preparation matter? Evidence about teacher certification, Teach for America, and teacher effectiveness. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 42, 13. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. Flecha, R. (2015). SPRINGER BRIEFS IN EDUCATION Successful Educational Actions for Inclusion and Social Cohesion in Europe. Springer. Freire, P. (2005). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (30th Anniversary Ed). Continuum Giroux, H. A. (2019). Neoliberalism and the weaponising of language and education. Race and Class, 61(1), 26–45. Giroux, H. A. (2021). Race, Politics, and Pandemic Pedagogy: Education in a Time of Crisis. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc Gómez, J. (2015). Radical love. A revolution for the 21st century. Peter Lang. Kincheloe, J., & Berry, K. (2004). Rigour and complexity in educational research. Open University Press. Lave, J. (2019). Learning and Everyday Life: Access, Participation, and Changing Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/9781108616416 Lévi-Strauss, C. (1968). The savage mind. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Macedo, D. (2018). Literacies of Power: What Americans Are Not Allowed to Know. Routledge Maturana, H. (2012). Reflections on my collaboration with Francisco Varela. Constructivist Foundations, 7(3), 155–164 Nawab, A., Bissaker, K., & Datoo, A. K. (2021). Contemporary trends in professional development of teachers: importance of recognising the context. International Journal of Educational Management, 35(6), 1176–1190. Sullivan, F. (2020). Critical pedagogy and teacher professional development for online and blended learning: the equity imperative in the shift to digital. Education Tech Research Dev 69, pp. 21-24. Springer Tobin K., & Steinberg, S. (2015). Doing Educational Research, 2nd edition. Rotterdam, Boston, Taipei: Sense Publishers Torres Olave, B., Tolbert, S. & Frausto Aceves, A. Reflecting on Freire: a praxis of radical love and critical hope for science education. Cult Stud of Sci Educ 18, 1–20 (2023). 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Italian Teachers’ Current Perception of Professional Enhancement, Career and Teachers’ Evaluation Free University of Bozen, Italy Presenting Author:Recent decades have shown the progressive loss of social recognition of the teaching profession (Ianes, et al., 2019; Paletta, 2020; OECD, 2023). Argentin (2018), deepening what has already been highlighted by Colombo (2017), has demonstrated how teaching can be considered a "quasi-profession" as it contains only some of the elements that caracterize occupations considered “true” professions. Moreover, in the Italian case, we are faced, on the one hand, with a totally "flat" career (Eurydice, 2021) and on the other hand with the persistence of a real "taboo" on teacher evaluation (Guerrini, 2018). These aspects, to which are added the phenomena of high feminization and ageing of the teaching staff, represent a major challenge for schools and society (Gavosto, 2022). Many studies and researches have addressed these issues but, according to the literature review conducted so far, none have systematically investigated the point of view of those directly involved. And it is precisely this gap that we aim to bridge by answering two research questions: what is the “sentiment” of Italian teachers with respect to career, valorisation and evaluation? Under what conditions would it be possible to introduce a teacher evaluation/appraisal system in Italy as well? The research hypothesis is that there is a growing interest and openness on the part of teachers to valorisation and evaluation. However it is a process to be built according to a 'bottom-up' logic and not a 'top-down' one as hitherto (Romei, 2000). Even though, Hattie (2016) states that having more and more inspired and passionate teachers could improve learning, this cannot be realised solely by relying on ideal and/or vocational elements, but also on structural-organisational, legal-economic aspects and prospects for real professional development and careers. First at all, in order to answer the research questions, a critical review of the literature was performed through reading and analysing about one hundred texts of various types (monographs, articles, degree-master-doctorate theses, conference proceedings, national and international surveys, regulatory provisions). They are mainly in Italian (but also in English as regards the international surveys carried out by organisations such as Eurydice and OECD), published since 2000 (the year in which school autonomy was officially introduced – Presidential Decree 275/99). A specific consideration and evaluation was paid to all those passages presenting information and data on the opinions of Italian teachers concerning research topics; This was accomplished by setting the advanced search filters with at least one of the key words and concepts such as: Career - Valuing - Evaluation - Professional development - Social and economic recognition. As no work or research was found that gives an up-to-date, complete and rigorous representation of the issues being researched, it is necessary to supplement the research project with an experimental part using the tools of the interview, questionnaire and focus group. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions and to test the research hypothesis, a qualitative-quantitative research design was chosen. The quantitative methodology envisages the administration of an online questionnaire to a sample of 400 teachers representative of the identified population (about 22,500 tenured teachers of Lombardy middle-schools). In addition to a first part referring to socio-personal and contextual data, the questionnaire includes questions with multiple closed answers with a Likert scale set with values from 1 to 6. However, the item 'Other' is provided for in order to guarantee greater flexibility of the instrument. A pre-test is planned to validate the questionnaire (especially for the latent constructs) and introduce necessary corrections. In the data processing phase, we will use comparative trend analysis together with cross-tabulation (in order to filter the results). The analysis will mainly consist of a restitution of the data in graphical or tabular form, to highlight the distribution of the different characteristics of the sample according to the various dimensions considered. To prepare the questionnaire items, a panel of experts (scholars, representatives of professional associations, Ministry officials) will be consulted through semi-structured interviews. This introduces the qualitative part according to an explanatory research design. The semi-structured interview method was chosen because it is the closest to the aims of the survey. On the one hand, in fact, we wanted to avoid directive conducting methods that could, if not distort, at least influence the results; on the other hand, it was decided not to use completely open and free forms so as not to run the risk of a dispersion that would make the information gathered scarcely usable. Interviews will be conducted primarily in person, with audio recording and transcription. Whether this is not possible, for practical-logistical reasons or for other needs of the interested people, the online mode will be applied, with simultaneous video recording and subsequent transcription. Content analysis will be used to study the data collected. Lastly, in order to analyse the issues proposed in the questionnaire, three focus groups will be constituted at different Institutes in Lombardy identified on the basis of geographical, socio-economic-cultural criteria. Data collection will take place through observation, notes and audio-recording. The analysis of data and information will be conducted at two levels: - content-informative (to classify and synthesise the information obtained); - relational (to describe the dynamics that have developed and the ways in which collective opinions are formed and expressed). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The involvement of a Panel of experts by means of semi-structured interviews, the administration of the questionnaire to a representative sample of the reference population (made up of tenured teachers of middle schools in Lombardy, equal to about 22,500 units) and the activation of some in-depth focus groups aim to: • Obtain as snapshot (as reliable and accurate as possible) of the opinions, ideas, expectations and concerns that state secondary school teachers have with regard to the assessment, valorisation, and recognition of their professional activity and career development prospects • Understand which aspects the teachers interviewed perceive as facilitating or hindering a possible professional development and enhancement system; • Provide guidance to policy-makers and the Ministry officials regarding the possible introduction of a career and evaluation model for teachers. References •Argentin, G. (2018). Gli insegnanti nella scuola italiana. Ricerche e prospettive di intervento. Il Mulino. •Cavalli, A. & Argentin, G. (2010). Gli insegnanti italiani: come cambia il modo di fare scuola. Terza indagine dell’Istituto IARD sulle condizioni di vita e di lavoro nella scuola italiana. Il Mulino. •Colombo, M. (2017). Gli insegnanti in Italia. Radiografia di una professione. Vita e Pensiero. •Commissione europea/EACEA/Eurydice (2021). Insegnanti in Europa: carriera, sviluppo professionale e benessere. Rapporto Eurydice. •Gavosto, A. (2022). La scuola bloccata. Laterza. •Guerrini, V. (2018). Valutazione e autovalutazione degli insegnanti. Riflessioni per promuovere processi di professionalizzazione in un’ottica life long learning, Lifelong Lifewide Learning. https://doi.org/10.19241/lll.v14i31.116 •Hattie, J. (2016). Apprendimento visibile, insegnamento efficace. Erickson. •Ianes, D., Cramerotti, S., Biancato, L., Demo, H. (2019). Il manuale dell’expert teacher. Erickson. •OECD – Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (2023), Education at a Glance: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. •Paletta, A. (2020). Dirigenza scolastica e middle management. Distribuire la leadership per migliorare l'efficacia della scuola. Bononia University Press. •Pellegrini, M. & Vivanet, G. (2018). Sintesi di ricerca in educazione. Basi teoriche e metodologiche. Carrocci Editore. •Romei, P. (2000). Autonomia e progettualità. La scuola come laboratorio di gestione della complessità sociale. La Nuova Italia. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Training in the Big Pond – Reference-group Effects of Vocational Education and Training (VET) Contexts on Adolescents’ Educational Aspirations 1Federal Institute for Vocational Education and Training, Germany; 2Tuebingen University, Germany; 3ROA, Maastricht University, Netherlands Presenting Author:Reference-group effects are well-established within educational psychology. According to the Big-Fish-Little-Pond-Effect (BFPLE) achievement-based school/class composition influences individuals’ academic self-evaluation. Controlling for individual achievement, higher group achievement is related to lower individual academic self-concept and vice versa (Fang et al., 2018). Recently, efforts have been made to link the BFLPE to a variety of educational and occupational outcomes and to establish the long-term nature of these effects. Researchers found negative effects of average school achievement on educational/occupational aspirations (Nagengast & Marsh, 2012; Yuan & Olivos, 2023), expectations and attainment (Göllner et al., 2018; Marsh et al., 2023). In some studies, these effects have been found to persist multiple years after measuring group achievement (Göllner et al., 2018, Marsh, 1991; Marsh et al., 2023). However, research on the longevity of these effects remains scarce: Specifically, we only know of one study that examined the long-term BFLPE on aspirations (Marsh, 1991). As aspirations have been shown to be a relevant precursor of attainment, increasing adolescents’ aspirations can have a significant positive effect on their life trajectories (Schoon & Polek, 2011). Hence, the first aim of our study is to analyse the effect of group achievement in secondary school on educational aspirations during tertiary education, i.e. two/four years later. We decided to focus on a sample of students who start vocational education and training (VET) after school. VET students can profit strongly from an increase in their educational aspirations, as they are – compared to higher education graduates – disadvantaged in the labour market (Protsch & Solga, 2016). Based on these considerations, we derive the following hypothesis: H1: Holding constant for individual achievement, school average achievement in secondary school negatively affects students’ educational aspirations during VET. Apart from that, examining a sample of VET students enables us to analyse how different reference-groups work together a) simultaneously and b) over time. While researchers acknowledge that in the school setting multiple reference-groups (e.g. classes and schools) influence educational outcomes simultaneously (Jansen et al., 2022; Yuan & Olivos, 2023; Zell & Alicke, 2009), it is unclear if this holds also true for the VET context. In the German VET system, students spend time in two separate learning contexts: VET classrooms and training firms. We suggest that both constitute relevant reference-groups. Therefore, the second aim of our study is to examine the BFLPE on educational aspirations in VET classes and training firms simultaneously. We assume the BFLPE to be stronger in VET classrooms than training firms due to the standardised nature of the school setting (Jansen et al., 2022). H2: When controlling for individual achievement, a) VET classroom group achievement and b) VET firm group achievement negatively influence educational aspirations during VET. H3: The BFLPE in the VET classroom is stronger than the BFLPE in the training firm. H4: The BFLPEs in secondary school remains after adding BFLPEs in the VET classroom and the training firm. H5: The BFLPEs in a) the VET classrooms and b) the training firm are stronger than the BFLPE in secondary school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used data from Starting Cohort 3 of the National Educational Panel Study (NEPS-SC3, Blossfeld & Roßbach, 2019), specifically a subsample of adolescents who are in VET during waves 9 and/or 11 (N = 1715). These time points were chosen, as they provide data on achievement in VET schools/training firms as well as on educational aspirations. To measure achievement in the VET context, we use self-reports about VET students’ individual achievement in VET classrooms/training firms relative to their peers’ achievement in these contexts. These indicators enable us to examine the mechanisms behind the BFLPE: Previous research shows that the effects of individual and group achievement are driven mainly by such self-evaluations of one’s achievement position within the reference-group (Huguet et al., 2009; Wang & Bergin, 2017). Using these variables, BFLPEs are indicated by a positive effect sign. Educational aspirations during VET were coded dichotomously, indicating whether or not students aspire to complete higher education in their life. To measure the BFLPE in secondary school, we used data on group and individual achievement. We worked with weighted likelihood estimates (WLE) of a mathematics competency test conducted in grade 9. We calculated group achievement by averaging all individual scores over schools. This procedure is in line with previous BFLPE studies (Fleischmann et al., 2021). Furthermore, we included items for educational aspirations in grade 9, sex, age, socioeconomic status (individual and school average), wave (9 vs. 11) and migration background as covariates in the analyses; academic self-concept measures as well as educational aspirations in grade 9 were used to conduct robustness checks. We filled in missing information with multiply imputed data. To be able to calculate average school achievement and average school socioeconomic status, we conducted multiple imputation with a larger sample consisting of all students in the relevant secondary schools. After the calculation of school averages, we reduced the sample again to N = 1715 VET students. We calculated generalised linear mixed models with individuals at level 1 and schools at level 2. Models were built in a stepwise manner, starting with intercept-only models, then adding covariates and predictors separately. All models are random-intercept models and were calculated using R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Empirical support was found for hypotheses H2a, H3, H4 and H5a. We found when individual achievement relative to group achievement in the VET classroom – but not the training firm – is higher, the chance of aspiring higher education during VET is larger. These results are not only in line with the BFLPE but also show that VET classrooms might constitute more relevant frames of reference than training firms. Surprisingly, the effect of group achievement in secondary school on educational aspirations yields opposite results (H1), suggesting that higher group achievement leads to higher aspirations. In additional analyses we examined the effect of secondary school group achievement on educational aspirations and academic self-concept in grade 9. Negative effects were found on academic self-concept and positive effects were found on aspirations. In sum, these results suggest that the effect of secondary school group achievement might differ between outcome variables. A positive effect on educational aspirations (in secondary school and VET classrooms) hints at the so-called basking-in-the-reflected-glory-of-others-effect (BIRGE), which is another well-established reference-group effect in educational psychology. However, previous research has shown that the BIRGE is usually smaller than the BFLPE and can be extracted by controlling for group social status (which we did; Göllner et al., 2018; Marsh et al., 2023). Hence, further analyses need to shed light on these contradictions. Apart from that it remains unclear why secondary school and VET classroom effects have opposite directions. One explanation would be a self-report bias of the VET classroom measure. Another reason might be the comparison of secondary schools and VET classrooms, two different frames of reference. We aim to do further exploratory analyses to gain insight into these open questions. All in all, our study reveals the complex nature of reference-group effects over time and in contexts that include multiple learning environments. References Blossfeld, H.-P., & Roßbach, H.-G. (Eds.). (2019). Education as a lifelong process: The German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS). Edition ZfE (2. Aufl.). Springer VS. Fang, J., Huang, X., Zhang, M., Huang, F., Li, Z., & Yuan, Q. (2018). The big-fish-little-pond effect on academic self-concept: A meta-analysis. Frontiers in Psychology, 9(AUG), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01569 Fleischmann, M., Becker, D., Weßling, K., Nagengast, B., & Trautwein, U. (n.d.). Living in the big pond: Adding the neighborhood as a frame-of-reference for academic self-concept Formation. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/tnjra Göllner, R., Damian, Rodica Ioana, Nagengast, B., Roberts, B. W., & Trautwein, U. (2018). It’s not only who you are but who you are with: High School composition and individuals’ attainment over the life course. Psychological Science, 29(11), 1785 –1796. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797618794454 Huguet, P., Dumas, F., Marsh, H., Régner, I., Wheeler, L., Suls, J., Seaton, M., & Nezlek, J. (2009). Clarifying the role of social comparison in the Big-Fish-Little-Pond Effect (BFLPE): An integrative study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97(1), 156–170. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0015558 Jansen, M., Boda, Z., & Lorenz, G. (2022). Social comparison effects on academic self-concepts —Which peers matter most? Developmental Psychology, 58(8), 1541–1556. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0001368 Marsh, H. W., Pekrun, R., Dicke, T., Guo, J., Parker, P. D., & Basarkod, G. (2023). Disentangling the Long-Term Compositional Effects of School-Average Achievement and SES: a Substantive-Methodological Synergy. In Educational Psychology Review (Vol. 35, Issue 3). Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09726-4 Nagengast, B., & Marsh, H. W. (2012). Big fish in little ponds aspire more: Mediation and cross-cultural generalizability of school-average ability effects on self-concept and career aspirations in science. Journal of Educational Psychology, 104(4), 1033–1053. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0027697 Protsch, P., & Solga, H. (2016). The social stratification of the German VET system. Journal of Education and Work, 29(6), 637–661. Schoon, I., & Polek, E. (2011). Teenage career aspirations and adult career attainment: The role of gender, social background and general cognitive ability. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 35(3), 210–217. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165025411398183 Wang, Z., & Bergin, D. A. (2017). Perceived relative standing and the big-fish-little-pond effect in 59 countries and regions: Analysis of TIMSS 2011 data. Learning and Individual Differences, 57(April), 141–156. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2017.04.003 Yuan, X., & Olivos, F. (2023). Conformity or contrast? Simultaneous effect of grademates and classmates on students’ educational aspirations. Social Science Research, 114(June). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssresearch.2023.102908 Zell, E., & Alicke, M. D. (2009). Contextual neglect, self-evaluation, and the frog-pond effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97(3), 467–482. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Career Change Through Education - A Grounded Theory Study LAB UAS, Finland Presenting Author:What kind of process is career change? This study examines career changing in the Finnish context because it is interesting from a research point of view. Finland has a national strategy of lifelong learning and free education for all which makes it an interesting case for three reasons. First, with the help of Finnish case, we can study this phenomenon from a perspective that is not suppressed by extensive market forces but leaves more room for adults’ choices. Second, studying is flexible during all stages of life. Consequently, In Finland, career choices and the transition to adult education and training can be made at any stage of the career. The phenomenon of career change has been studied in the context of changing working life, but not from adult choices perspective. Career change here is defined as movement to a different job that is not part of a current career path. This study specially focuses to the voluntary turnover and vocational change. In their integrated career change model, Rhodes & Doering (1983) present the determinants of job satisfaction and dissatisfaction, which lead to career change. Experiencing dissatisfaction in one’s current job influences one’s thoughts about changing jobs or careers (Carless & Arnup 2010), and it also increases the intention to search for a new career (Rhodes & Doering 1983). There is a positive correlation between satisfaction with work and satisfaction with areas of personal life outside work (Martel & Dupuis 2006). A career change is undertaken because there is an expectation that various aspects of work life will improve after this change. Hess, Jepsen, & Dries (2012) argue that for specific career concerns to be translated into career change intentions, there must be a certain degree of self-perceived ability and opportunity to make those changes (Hess et al. 2012). The individual characteristics of career changers, such as openness to experience and general self-efficacy (Carless & Arnup 2010), are also considered explanatory career-change factors. In other words, self-efficacy is a belief in one’s ability to perform across a variety of situations (Chen, Gully & Eden 2004). It is conceivable that a career is changed because of the variating needs of the working life, but also in pursuit of employee’s own wishes. Work standards change as working life changes, atypical and precarious work becomes more typical. Developments like this has led to need for constant retraining as people engage in learning trajectories (training, work, employment etc.) throughout the life course. (Glastra et al. 2004.) Illeris (2003) claims, that adults must constantly re-engage with education and training, and those who do not, risk social and economic marginalization (Illeris 2003). Also, previous studies of Giddens (1990) and Scanlon (2008) have shown that all situations and individuals have horizons of possibility. That is, there are always limitations on the degree to which individuals can remake themselves through the process of change. From a sociological point of view, Giddens (1990) calls the process by which adults make recurring transitions as ‘self-authoring’. The key, of the self-authoring is reflexivity where individuals consider their biographies now and in the future. They make career choices, which are based on an analysis of their life circumstances, competences, and work-life requirements. In his theory of perspective transformation, Mezirow (1991) states that adults make intentional movements to resolve grievances in their lives. They are reflective and think things through critically and ponder things from different perspectives. Moreover, they evaluate the validity of the current view of meaning and examine the validity of other perspectives. Mezirow (1991) defines that meaning perspective is the frame within which meaning making takes place. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In line with the Grounded Theory methodology approach, this study began by collecting data. The open interview method (Creswell 2014; Glaser 1978, 1992) was applied. Interview data were collected without strictly elaborated research questions. The interviews present experiential events that follow one another. In social encounters with the researcher, people told stories with their own words (Fludernik 1996). Data was analyzed by following systematic coding protocol of the Grounded Theory methodology. After analysis, results are presented as categories and subcategories. Also, under each subcategory properties are presented which clarify the subcategories. Instead of describing the results as such, the aim is to conceptualize what has been found. The concepts continue to guide the theoretical discussion. According to Glaser (1978), the Grounded Theory is a methodology that allows a thorough clarification of the phenomenon because it is based on research data. Grounded Theory emphasizes behavior and seeks patterns of behavior, with the goal of conceptualizing human behavior. It is an open approach into unexpected research data, like social encounters can be. Over time, several variations have been developed in the Grounded Theory. This study, however, follows the classical Grounded Theory orientation of Glaser (1978), because of its openness and discipline. Although the method is systematic, it gives space to emergent properties, and researcher’s creativity, especially when discovering new insights into the phenomenon based on collected data. Little research has been done about the career changers’ authentic experiences. The classical Grounded Theory was considered as a suitable method to conceptualize career-change processes based on the social encounters with career changers and openly interviewed data. The Grounded Theory methodology is based on coding and comparing the identified incidents in peoples’ life stories to discover patterns in their life-course (Glaser, 1978). The goal of the analysis was to generate an emergent set of codes and categories, which relate to their properties which fit, work and are relevant for integrating them into an emerging theory (Glaser, 1978). The properties were collated together followed by comparing and grouping them (selective coding) into specific categories. In the analysis, the following categories emerged: elements that trigger career-change; adult choices after vocational education and training; and implementing a career-change as part of life change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Career-change does not cause discontinuity between person’s original and current career. On the contrary, several acquired vocations expand the career opportunities and existing capacity. They also increase the opportunities to consolidate the position in the labor market. In addition to employment opportunities, personal skills expand and can be used in new ways in acquired vocations, and after a career change there is an opportunity to continue working either in the previous job or in a new vocation. Particularly, certain characteristics of work are highly valued, such as experiencing meaningfulness at work, self-guidance at work and the opportunity to make independent decisions in work tasks. In conclusion the results of this study show, that when making career choices, adults firstly experience uncertainty about his or her abilities, secondly measure the permanence of areas of interest, thirdly assess the current and long-term potential of alternative vocations. Eventually, adults will do their best to find the most suitable job to building their own life. Self-authored career-change is about seeking a suitable and meaningful work, making independent choices, and re-orienting career and life. Besides, the impact of the change on the future is critically assessed as life is expected to change with it. Career-change is a multifactorial process that is difficult to fit directly from one stage to another. This study shows that one’s personal life situation must be suitable to support career change. Family, social relationships, financial security, and an awareness of the option of changing careers influenced career change. Moreover, parallel changes in life were crucial triggering elements in the process. Career-change is also the response to the need for change caused by the conflict between work and other life. Above all, a changing career can be viewed as part of a life change. References Carless, S. A. & Arnup, J. L. (2010). ‘A longitudinal study of the determinants and outcomes of career change.’ Journal of Vocational Behavior, 78(2011), 80–91. DOI:10.1016/j.jvb.2010.09.002 Chen, G., Gully, S. & Eden, D. (2004). ‘General self-efficacy and self-esteem: Toward theoretical and empirical distinction between correlated self-evaluations.’ Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 375–395. DOI:10.1002/job.251 Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. London: SAGE Publications. Fludernik, M. (1996). Towards a ‘natural’ narratology. London: Routledge. DOI:10.1515/jlse.1996.25.2.97 Giddens, A. (1990). The consequences of modernity. Cambridge: Polity. Glaser, B. G. (1978). Theoretical sensitivity: Advances in the methodology of grounded theory. Mill Valley, CA: University of California. Glaser, B. G. (1992). Basics of grounded theory analysis: Emergence vs forcing. Mill Valley, CA: Sociology Press. Glastra, F., Hake, B. & Schedler, P. (2004). Lifelong learning as transitional learning. Adult Education Quarterly 54, no. 4: 291_307. Hess, N., Jepsen, D. M. & Dries, N. (2012). ‘Career and employer change in the age of the ‘boundaryless’ career.’ Journal of Vocational Behavior, 81(2), 280–288. DOI:10.1016/j.jvb.2011.10.009 Illeris, K. (2003). Adult education as experienced by learners. International Journal of Lifelong Education 22, no. 1: 13-23 Martel, J.-P. & Dupuis, G. (2006). “Quality of work life: Theoretical and methodological problems, and presentation of a new model and measuring instrument.” Social Indicators Research, 77(2), 333–368. DOI:10.1007/s11205-004-5368-4 Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Rhodes, S. R. & Doering, M. (1983). ‘An integrated model of career change.’ The Academy of Management Review, 8(4), 631–639. DOI:10.2307/258264 Scanlon, L. (2008) Adults’ motives for returning to study: the role of self-authoring, Studies in Continuing Education, 30:1, 17-32. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 I: Organizational Education Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Joe O'Hara Session Chair: Ella Grigoleit Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Contributions and Possible Influences of Industrial Education on Current Vocational Education Policy in Portugal CIIE, Porto University, Portugal Presenting Author:Vocational schools in Portugal began their activities in 1989, but other forms of education influenced the impact of the creation of the current configuration to varying degrees. According to Martinho (2006), industrial education made it possible to rethink the education system in Portugal, firstly to bring the country into line with European educational standards and then to enable it to train staff who were essential to an industrial society with an impact on economic development. The industrial schools fulfilled the mission of training technical staff for the industries, also enabling the qualification of some young people who, for economic reasons, had to access the labour market without long academic training. Despite these advantages, they experienced the contradiction of being a less prestigious form of education than high school, which is why, after 25 April 1974, they were challenged and reconfigured (Alves, 2000; Pascoal, 2002; Afecto, 2022). Considering the latest study carried out by Costa, Leite & Monteiro (2023), one of the findings revealed that industrial education had a major influence on the creation of vocational schools, but in a more inclusive, better distributed, and less discriminatory way (Azevedo, 2008). Based on this background, the aim of this research is to understand the contributions that industrial education advocated and transferred to the current vocational education policy and the possible influences that this modality had during the molding of the policy to create vocational schools (Portugal, 1989). The study also aims to investigate other aspects from a historical point of view, namely issues related to the negative social image commonly associated with vocational education, and whether it has its origins in industrial schools. The main theoretical references mobilized for the study arise, as previously highlighted, from the very nature of the problem, the objectives and research questions, as well as the researcher's own epistemological positioning. The context of the investigation, in this case professional schools (PE) and vocational education in other educational institutions, was based on texts by Azevedo (2008; 2017), Doroftei (2020) and Barbosa (2023), which allowed justifying the interest of the study and understand the locus of the research as well as guide the possible theoretical framework. The analysis of this research is based on the perspective of the Whole School Approach (WSA), we use the Reference Framework of Skills for Democratic Culture, volume 3, published by the European Council (2018c), Alves & Varela (2012), Dewey (1976, 1997), Freire (1987), Rosvall & Nylund (2022) and Branco (2014). The theoretical framework defined for the analysis in the study also draws on the conceptual framework of Young (2010) and Baker et al. (2009) on issues of equality, including equity in access to education, considering this as “indispensable for the full exercise of capabilities, choices and freedoms in an information age” and for the “exercise of global citizenship”. The challenge stands out as equal access to educational paths (Lappalainen, Nylund, & Rosvall, 2019), maintenance in these respective paths and possibilities of continuity in the next path (job market; higher education; others). To what refer to Social Justice, the framework mobilises the concepts of Fraser (2002), as it links two dimensions of the social order, the dimension of distribution and the dimension of recognition, a situation reaffirmed by Sampaio & Leite (2016) when refer to teaching and learning in their democratic dimension, with the challenge being fair distribution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In methodological terms, the research design is configured as a case study of a descriptive and interpretative nature (Yin, 2018). To answer the research questions of the present study, we will use a documentary analysis and an exploratory interview. The literature review carried out within the general scope of the doctoral program allowed us to improve the theoretical framework and specify the main areas to explore and helped us identify the main influences of Industrial Education for the current configuration of current vocational education in the Portuguese context. Among the documents analysed are the archives of Portuguese industrial schools, however, the main source of information were archives of industrial schools that are available for public consultation, in this case the northern region of the country. The procedure was complemented with an exploratory interview with a privileged interlocutor. The research was carried out from February to December 2023. The theoretical framework served as a basis for both the design of the research instruments and the analysis of the data collected. The approach used in this study allowed, in general, the identification of contributions and trends of industrial education in current vocational education. The data was analysed using NVivo software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study are expected to broaden the discussion in the academic community about vocational education, identifying the “baggage” that passed from industrial education to vocational education in Portugal. It is also intended to bring to the debate different points of view regarding the “success” and sustainability of the current policy, giving special focus to issues related to social resistance which, according to Doroftei (2020), remains in educational ecosystems. Considering that the study is ongoing, we highlight the following preliminary results: from a positive point of view, industrial education enabled technological inclusion (currently digital inclusion); the modernization and adaptation of buildings with updated equipment and resources; encouraged the use of spaces dedicated to the acquisition of knowledge (schools) to disseminate skills that went beyond theory (practical component); enabled coordination between schools and local businesses; set a precedent for the recognition of several professions that are currently present in Portugal's National Qualifications Catalogue (CNQ). From a negative point of view: we highlight the fact that Industrial Schools were created only to professionalise, depriving these students of the possibility of pursuing higher education studies, leaving them linked only to operational activities; the majority of industrial education students came from lower social classes, namely males; the courses were mostly exclusive to men and contained sexist terms such as “need for physical strength” in their requirements; exclusively technical and practical curricula; the articulation of companies and factories with industrial schools was focused on profit through the “free” training of qualified labour; lack of subjects for the development of psychosocial skills in the common curriculum; concern with governmental status within European frameworks and not with students' personal development and community involvement/empowerment. References Afecto, Maria Carlota Pontes (2022). O contributo das Escolas Industriais no desenvolvimento regional: Um estudo de caso. Dissertação de Mestrado. Escola de Engenharia da Universidade do Minho. https://repositorium.sdum.uminho.pt/bitstream/1822/83349/1/Disserta%C3%A7%C3%A3o_Carlota%20Afecto.pdf Alves, Luís Alberto Marques (2000). O arranque do ensino industrial no Porto (1884-1910). Revista da Faculdade de Letras, História, 3, v. 1, 67-81. Azevedo, Joaquim (2018). Relançar o ensino profissional, trinta anos depois. ELO 25 - Revista do Centro de Formação Francisco de Holanda, 25, 125-141. http://hdl.handle.net/10400.14/25674 Costa, Richelme, Leite, Carlinda, & Monteiro, Angélica. (2023). Ensino profissional em Portugal: motivações e desafios da conceção à atualidade. E-book IV Seminário Internacional CAFTE / XIV EIFORPECS, Porto (no prelo). Doroftei, Alexandra (2020). Cursos de aprendizagem e equidade no campo educativo: um estudo sobre representações, reconhecimento e imagem social do ensino profissionalizante de jovens em Portugal. Tese de Doutoramento. Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação da Universidade do Porto. https://repositorio-aberto.up.pt/bitstream/10216/127812/2/407228.pdf Lappalainen, Sirpa, Mattias Nylund, and Per-Åke Rosvall. 2019. Imagining Societies through Discourses on Educational Equality. European Educational Research Journal, 18 (3), 335–354. doi:10.1177/1474904118814140 Martinho, António Manuel Matoso (2006). A criação do ensino industrial em Portugal. Máthesis, 15, 53-81. Pascoal, Augusto (2002). Evolução do ensino profissionalizante: alguns contributos. OBSERVARE - Janus, 2002, 1-7. https://repositorio.ual.pt/handle/11144/1821 Rosvall, Per-Åke & Nylund, Mattia (2022). Civic education in VET: concepts for a professional language in VET teaching and VET teacher education. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, may, 2022. DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2075436 Portugal. (1989). Decreto-Lei n.º 26/1989, de 21 de janeiro - Cria Escolas e Cursos Profissionais. Diário da República, 1.ª série - n.º 18. Ministério da Educação. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Generic Skills in Relation to Final-Stage Undergraduate Students’ Socioeconomic Background 1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Theoretical framework. Generic skills have attracted widespread interest in research. They have been conceptualized and operationalized in various ways, however, in this study generic skills are understood as a broad set of higher-order thinking skills such as communication, problem-solving, and critical thinking skills needed by citizens of 21st century in all professional fields (Tuononen et al., 2022). In the higher education context, generic skills have been considered as central skills for students, for example, in terms of success in both studies and working life after graduation (e.g., Tuononen et al., 2019). It has also been noted that generic skills are brought up as one of the key learning goals in various policy documents regarding higher education (Strijbos et al., 2015; Tuononen et al., 2022). Thus, assessment of higher education students’ generic skills has been increasingly emphasized internationally, for example by such organizations as the OECD (see e.g., Van Damme, 2022). In summary, it can be stated that alongside domain-specific skills higher education is expected to produce universally needed generic skills for its students. Despite the above, several studies have found that there is remarkable variation in higher education students’ generic skills (e.g., Evens et al., 2013; Hyytinen, 2015; Ursin et al., 2021). The socioeconomic background of students has been found to be one of the factors explaining this variation among first-year undergraduate students (Kleemola et al., 2022). From the point of view of educational (in)equality, it is worth considering if socioeconomic background is reflected in learning outcomes, such as generic skills, even in higher education. However, there is still relatively little information on the topic at the level of higher education, especially regarding students at the final stage of their undergraduate studies. Previous studies on the generic skills of higher education students have often focused on first-year students (e.g., Evens et al., 2013; Kleemola, 2023; van der Zanden et al., 2019). Additionally, more research is needed on the extent to which socioeconomic background is associated with the generic skills of students in different higher education sectors. In the Finnish context, previous research has, for example, shown that there are differences in the mastery of generic skills between students from universities and universities of applied sciences (UASs). This can partly be explained by the different educational and socioeconomic backgrounds of the students representing these two higher education sectors (Ursin et al., 2021). Objectives. Since the assumption and universal goal is that students achieve certain generic skills in higher education, it is important to investigate in more detail which factors explain the variation of generic skills between the individual students. The aim of this study is to explore associations of Finnish final-stage undergraduate students’ generic skills with their socioeconomic background. In particular, the study aims to examine the extent to which socioeconomic factors explain the differences in generic skills between students from two higher education sectors. In this study, we focus on specific three generic skills that students are expected to learn during their higher education studies: analysis and problem-solving (i.e., the ability to utilize, analyze, and evaluate the information provided and the ability to reach a conclusion), writing effectiveness (i.e., the ability to elaborate and to provide arguments that are well-constructed and logical), and writing mechanics (i.e., the ability to produce a well-structured text). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context In 2024, the Finnish higher education system consists of 24 universities of applied sciences and 14 universities. They differ in their basic tasks so that universities are focused on conducting scientific research and providing research-based education, while universities of applied sciences in turn provide practical education that aims to meet the needs of working life and regional development. In the Finnish education system, it is possible to enter higher education through several different routes, either through general upper secondary education or vocational upper secondary education. Instrument In this study a performance-based assessment called Collegiate Learning Assessment (CLA+) International was used to measure higher education students’ generic skills. The CLA+ is an US-based test instrument that consists of an open-ended performance task (PT), a section of selected-response questions (SRQs), and a background information survey which includes, among other things, questions regarding students’ socioeconomic background (Zahner et al., 2022). The CLA+ measures especially higher education students’ analysis and problem-solving, argumentation, and written communication skills. Both the PT and SRQs were based on different source materials which the students were required to utilize in solving the tasks and to support their responses. Such performance-based assessments as the CLA+ International enable evidence-based way to capture students’ real skills compared to, for example, self-assessments through which information can only be obtained indirectly (Tuononen et al., 2022). The instrument was translated and adapted into Finnish and Swedish which are the two official languages of Finland. International Test Commission’s (ITC) guidelines for translating and adapting test instruments were followed throughout the adaptation process (see Ursin et al., 2021, 2022). Participants, data collection, and analysis The participants (n = 800) were final-stage Bachelor-level (third year) students from eleven universities and seven UASs in Finland. The data were collected between 2019 and 2020 as a part of a larger national research project (see Ursin et al., 2021). Testing was administered online, and a single test session lasted about for two hours in total. The participants were asked for a written consent to participate in the study. Participation was voluntary. In this study, the scores received by the participating students from the CLA+ and self-reported information about socioeconomic background (parental education and the number of books at childhood home) will be used as variables in the analysis. Structural equation models (SEM) will be applied in examining the associations between students’ generic skills and indicators of socioeconomic background. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Since the research is still in progress, only the expected results can be discussed here. Based on previous studies (e.g., Kleemola et al., 2022; Ursin et al., 2021), it is assumed that associations will be detected between higher education students’ generic skills and their socioeconomic background. This study aims to estimate magnitude of these associations as well as the role which different indicators of socioeconomic background play in explaining variation in generic skills between students. In addition to factors related to socioeconomic background, the effect of students’ prior education needs to be examined (see Kleemola et al., 2022). The results will be discussed in more detail from the perspectives of educational equality and higher education pedagogy. This study invites careful consideration how Finnish higher education could contribute to reducing socioeconomic disparities in generic skills. The need for longitudinal research to examine the associations between socioeconomic background and the development of generic skills will also be discussed. References Evens, M., Verburgh, A., & Elen, J. (2013). Critical thinking in college freshmen: The impact of secondary and higher education. International Journal of Higher Education, 2(3), 139–151. http://dx.doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v2n3p139 Hyytinen, H. (2015). Looking beyond the obvious : Theoretical, empirical and methodological insights into critical thinking [Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki]. University of Helsinki, Institute of Behavioural Sciences, Studies in Educational Sciences 260. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-0308-6 Kleemola, K. (2023). Variation in novice students’ critical thinking and argumentation : Transition to higher education is not a level playing field [Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki]. Helsinki Studies in Education, number 159. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-8941-7 Kleemola, K., Hyytinen, H., & Toom, A. (2022). Critical thinking and writing in transition to higher education in Finland: do prior academic performance and socioeconomic background matter? European Journal of Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2022.2075417 Strijbos, J., Engels, N., & Struyven, K. (2015). Criteria and standards of generic competences at bachelor degree level: A review study. Educational Research Review, 14, 18–32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.01.001 Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., Männikkö, I., & Toom, A. (2022). Systematic review of learning generic skills in higher education – Enhancing and impeding factors. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885917 Tuononen, T., Parpala, A., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2019). Graduates’ evaluations of usefulness of university education, and early career success – a longitudinal study of the transition to working life. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(4), 581–595. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1524000 Ursin, J., Hyytinen, H., & Silvennoinen, K. (Eds.). (2021). Assessment of undergraduate students' generic skills in Finland : Findings of the Kappas! project. Publications of the Ministry of Education and Culture 2021:31. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-901-1 Ursin, J., Hyytinen, H., Silvennoinen, K., & Toom. A. (2022). Linguistic, contextual, and experiential equivalence issues in the adaptation of a performance-based assessment of generic skills in higher education. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885825 Van Damme, D. (2022). Do higher education students acquire the skills that matter? In D. Van Damme, & D. Zahner (Eds.), Does higher education teach students to think critically? (pp. 18–38). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a44c9bad-en van der Zanden, P., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A., & Meijer, P. (2019). Patterns of success: first-year student success in multiple domains. Studies in Higher Education, 44(11), 2081–2095. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2018.1493097 Zahner, D., Dawber, T., & Rotholz, K. (2022). The Collegiate Learning Assessment – a performance-based assessment of generic skills. In D. Van Damme, & D. Zahner (Eds.), Does higher education teach students to think critically? (pp. 39–60). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org./10.1787/6c58ae81-en 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Redefining Internationalization: Reflections on the Transformation of Academic Work at Public Universities in Uzbekistan The University of Edinburgh, the UK Presenting Author:Research in higher education (HE) has become a centre of attention for the creation of new knowledge and its dissemination as well as for its effectiveness for higher education institutions (HEIs) and contribution to societal progress (Altbach, 2013). Nevertheless, in the modern world research development is seen as a complex and multifaceted process. It requires comprehensive understanding of globalisation and internationalization trends, geopolitical circumstances, national and organisational conditions including individual aspects and cultural contexts when policymakers are involved in adopting specific reforms and making transformations in HE. It is especially important for developing countries in which universities are seen traditionally as places of teaching, training, and service (Altbach, 2009). Yet with increasing competition among HEIs globally and regionalally, the emphasis on integrating research development and knowledge production at universities intensified. In the context of Uzbekistan, national research policies play an instrumental role in shaping the research landscape of the country because HEIs are centrally controlled by the government (Ruziev & Burkhanov, 2018). Yet, over the years the HE sector witnessed the erosion of physical infrastructure and human capital because of decades of neglect and underinvestment after the country gained independence in 1991 (Ruziev & Mamasolieva, 2022). Driven by a common belief that economic growth is highly influenced by a nation’s ability to compete in the global knowledge economy (Lane, 2012), the government of Uzbekistan also started to develop research capacity of HEIs and make investments in research infrastructure with an ambitious plan of establishing an education hub in Central Asia by 2030 and creating the foundation for so-called ‘‘The Third Renaissance Initiative’’ (President Decree No. 5847, 2019). In view of these developments, this research study focuses on the government’s initiatives since 2017, a turning point in the liberalization of many sectors, including HE. These initiatives aim to enhance research productivity, stimulate innovation, and drive economic growth within the country and encourage university academics in their pursuit of research engagement and raising research productivity. This research project aims to examine the effects of internationalization efforts in Uzbekistan, specifically regarding how academics produce research. The objective is to investigate various internationalization initiatives such as the introduction of research metrics and global rankings, international collaboration, academic mobility, and international publication, and how they influence the research landscape and orientation of HE in Uzbekistan. An important aspect of this study involves the changing boundaries of the academic work and profession in response to national research policies, including influences from the Soviet era, Western norms, and nation-building on academic practices. By exploring these aspects, the research aims to identify any shifts and tensions within the current academic environment, highlighting the challenges that need addressing to enhance research engagement at universities. Using a qualitative research method, this study aims to gain insights into changes and continuities experienced by academics in Uzbekistan. The research addresses three main questions: 1) What are the main international trends observed in the higher education sector? 2) How are these internationalization agendas translated and adapted to the context of the strong Soviet legacy and current geopolitical tensions? 3) How do Uzbek academics experience the changing research landscape and what strategies do they adopt in planning and conducting their research and publications? The study will utilize the sociology of quantification and Stephen Ball's (2004) performativity to expand understanding of changes and continuities in the current academic environment and to gain insights into how the quantification of performance (control by numbers) impact the behavior and practices of academics. The theoretical framework will aid in comprehending how internationalization trends are contextualized to accommodate the Soviet legacy and understand the mechanisms through which these changes occur. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research study utilizes a qualitative method to examine how academics participate in research endeavors in accordance with national research policies. The study involves in-depth semi-structured interviews (LeCompte & Preissle, 1993; ) mainly with academic staff as well as vice-rectors and/or deans for scientific and internationalization affairs (as data triangulation) to gain insights into how the Soviet legacy and internationalization efforts shape the research environment and transform the academic work of university staff. The sampling strategy for this study involves two steps: the selection of HEIs as research sites, and the selection of faculty members from the selected universities. The study uses a purposive sampling technique to select the HEIs. Specifically, the primary pool of HEIs consists of those recognized as 'public universities' by the government. This focus is justified by the fact that 'public universities' are research-oriented and have a broader specialization in various fields. The universities are chosen based on several criteria, including their research-intensive nature, their status as flagship or research universities, their diverse range of specializations (social sciences, natural sciences, humanities), and their establishment during the Soviet period. The participants are recruited from the faculty members of four selected institutions located in two regions applying purposive (maximum variation strategy) and snowball sampling. Purposive sampling enables researchers to carefully select cases based on their judgement of typicality (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2017), while snowball sampling facilitates to access additional participants who meet the inclusion criteria through referrals (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2017). The maximum variation strategy of purposive sampling involves diverse cases in order to include various types across one or more dimensions in the research (Johnson & Christensen, 2019). Considering different backgrounds of academics, the study aims for variation in terms of gender, age, education background, academic discipline (humanities and social sciences), and institutional rank. This allows for a more comprehensive understanding of the challenges and tensions faced by academics across diverse contexts. The interviews are conducted with 36 academic and administrative staff working at selected public universities. The study utilizes coding techniques (in the English language) to analyze the transcribed (in the Uzbek language) material employing the NVIVO software. The codes will then be organized into categories, enabling the development of new themes or the reinforcement of existing ones based on the inductive data (Miles and Huberman, 1994). Finally, the themes will be developed based on the interview questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, this research project aims to contribute to academic literature by extensively examining internationalization efforts in HE and the transformations of academic work in Uzbekistan. It provides a qualitative understanding of how Uzbek academics experience changing landscape and the strategies they adopt in planning and conducting their research and highlights the challenges that need to be addressed to enhance research engagement at universities in Uzbekistan. It also sheds light on topics related to quantification, performativity, and academic work that were previously little known or understudied in Uzbekistan. In terms of wider extent of knowledge, the study advances our understanding of higher education in Central Asia, an understudied region of the world that is strategically and geopolitically significant and at the nexus of influences from Europe, China, and Russia. Finally, the study provides valuable insights into how internationalization goals have shaped the current state of higher education in Central Asia as well as in Eastern Europe (the regions which share similar histories) to inform future policy decisions. References Altbach, P. G. (2009). Peripheries and centers: Research universities in developing countries. Asia Pacific Education Review, 10, 15-27. Altbach, P. G. (2013). Advancing the national and global knowledge economy: The role of research universities in developing countries. Studies in Higher Education, 38(3), 316-330. Ball, S. (2004). Performativities and fabrications in the education economy: Towards the performative society. In The performing school (pp. 210-226). Routledge. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2017). Research methods in education. Routledge. Johnson, R. B., & Christensen, L. (2019). Educational research: Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches. Sage publications. Lane, J. E. (2012). Higher education and economic competitiveness. In J. E. Lane & D. B. Johnstone (Eds.), Colleges and universities as economic drivers: Measuring higher education’s role in economic development (pp. 1–30). Albany: State University of New York Press. LeCompte, M. D., Preissle, J., & Tesch, R. (1993). Ethnography and qualitative design in educational research. Academic Press. Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. President Decree of the Republic of Uzbekistan No. 5847. (2019, October 8). On approval of the Concept of developing Higher Education system by 2030. https://lex.uz/docs/-4545884 Ruziev, K., & Burkhanov, U. (2018). Uzbekistan: Higher education reforms and the changing landscape since independence. In 25 Years of Transformations of Higher Education Systems in Post-Soviet Countries: Reform and Continuity, 435-459. Ruziev, K., & Mamasolieva, M. (2022). Building University Research Capacity in Uzbekistan. In Building Research Capacity at Universities (pp. 285-303). Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 J: Inclusive Education Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Vafa Gasimova Session Chair: Fiona Hallett Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Implementation of Inclusion of Children with Disabilities in Cyprus: Reasonable Accommodation and the Provision of Assistant to Children with Disabilities University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This paper concerns the research results related to a case study about the implementation of inclusion of children with disabilities in Cyprus, with a focus on the issue of reasonable accommodations and specifically the provision of assistant to children with disabilities. The research under study was qualitative and for the collection of data two interviews were carried out. The participants were the mother of a child with cerebral palsy, quadriplegia and hearing loss and the child's assistant and interpreter of sign language. The aim of the research was to clarify how parents of disabled children and their assistants define and make sense of the procedures followed in the local educational system, concerning the issue of reasonable accommodation for their children. Moreover, another aim was to clarify their opinions on how these procedures affect students with disabilities and what impact they may have on their lives. The research was held within the framework of the PhD Course EPA542: "Special and Inclusive Education in Cyprus", under the supervision of Dr. Maria Iacovou, during Winter Semester 2022, at the University of Cyprus. It is still an undergoing research and it will evolve to include other parents and assistants as participants. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative methodology was used and semi-structured interviews were used as the methodological tool for the collection of data (Hobbs & May, 1993; Maxwell, 2005; Charalambous, 2011). After the necessary literature review, participants were identified purposively, through acquaintances. For the purposes of triangulation and cross-checking of the research data and for greater reliability (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2008), two interviews were conducted with people related to the case study, Mrs Yioula Pitsiali, who is the mother of a child with cerebral palsy, quadriplegia and hearing loss of Nicolas Markantonis and Mr Constantinos Malekkidis, who is his school assistant and interpreter of sign language from 2015 until today. It’s useful and significant to clarify that Nicolas is now studying at the University of Cyprus and has been granted all the reasonable accommodations. For the interviews, an Interview Guide and an Informed Consent Form were prepared for them to sign. They did not wish for pseudonyms to be used, as they are activists concerning the rights of people with disabilities and they are quite well known in the local community of Cyprus - especially Mrs Pitsiali. The research question was «how do the procedures followed in the Cypriot educational system - based on the Education and Training of Children with Special Needs Law of 1999 (L.113(I)/1999) - affect students with disabilities and what impact do they have on the lives of people with disabilities, according to the participants». After the interviews, transcripts were made, the data were coded and conclusions were drawn. The results that emerged from the analysis are separated in four main categories, namely: the process of hiring assistants - as well as their qualifications and duties, the role of parents, the role of the assistant and the impact on students with disabilities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Undoubtedly, results highlight the complex and contentious nature of the procedures followed for the recruitment of assistants of children with disabilities. As a result, there is a negative impact on the lives of these children. The procedures and decisions made by the local Ministry of Education, seem to be in the wrong direction, since the implementation of inclusion does not seem to be their underlying philosophy. Indeed, according to relevant literature, the exclusion of children with disabilities is a consequence of a set of decisions (Slee, 2011). In the case of Nicolas, the consequences could have been detrimental, if it was not for the struggles of the mother and the assistant, who took up an activistic role. It is a fact that the case of Nicolas is an example which indicates that every child can succeed when there is a supportive environment around them. It is essentially concerned with the transformation of the school and the educational system itself so that it becomes capable of responding to diversity (Pieridou & Phtiaka, 2011), not about parents and assistants struggling to remove the barriers set up by the educational system itself. Moreover, it is clear that there is an absence of a clearly defined role for assistants (Iacovou, 2022), however in some cases they indeed seem to perform an important pedagogical role for more genuine inclusive practices to be implemented for children with disabilities. It follows that the least that can be done is to educate them on the significance of their role, namely as catalysts of inclusion and not as separators walls (Phtiaka, 2008). It is clear that the results of this research also demonstrate the necessity of further investigation of the subject under study, as well as the definite need to restructure educational system (Phtiaka, 2008). References Charalambous, C. (2011) Unpublished Course Paper EPA 682 "Qualitative Research in Education". Winter Semester 2011. University of Cyprus. Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2008) Educational Research Methodology, Athens: Metaichmio Publications. Hobs, D., & May, T. (1993) Interpreting the Field: Accounts of Ethnography, Oxford: Charendon Press. Iacovou, M. (2022) Meeting 4th: [Powerpoint slides]. EPA542: Special & Inclusive Education in Cyprus. Retrieved from University of Cyprus Blackboard: https://blackboard.ucy.ac.cy/webapps/portal/execute/tabs/tabAction?tab_tab_group_id=_10_1 L.113(I)/1999. The Education and Training of Children with Special Needs Law. Available on the website: https://www.moec.gov.cy/en/pdf/special_education_law_113(I)_1999.pdf (24.01.24). Maxwell, A. J. (2005) Qualitative Research Design. An Interactive Approach, United Kingdom: Sage Publications. Phtiaka, E. (2008) Stop by for a coffee: family and school relations at the edge of diversity, Athens: Taxideutis. Pieridou, M. & Phtiaka, E. (2011) The inclusion of children with disabilities in primary schools in Cyprus: Quality Education for all? In Proceedings from the Conference: Social Justice and Participation: the role of Higher Education, November 25-27, 2011. Nicosia (Ed. Mavrou K, & Lambrianou, I.). Slee, R. (2011) The irregular school. Exclusion, schooling and inclusive education, London: Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Agency as Enabler of Inclusive Education in Nepal Inland Norway University of Applied Science, Norway Presenting Author:The Presentation titled “Teacher agency as enabler of inclusive education in Nepal” is based on the study which aims at exploring how teacher agency has been shaped and contributing as enabler of inclusive education in resource scarce environment. In order to investigate aspects of inclusive teacher agency, the model developed by (Pantić & Florian, 2015) and elaborated by (Li & Ruppar, 2021) will be used. Inclusive teacher identity, Professional competence, Inclusive professional philosophy, Autonomy and Reflexivity will frame the aspects of inclusive teacher agency. To look into factors shaping teachers agency, the ecological model incorporated by Priestley et al. (2016) will be used. Iterational, Practical-evaluative and Projective elements will provide a theoretical framework to investigate what has shaped teacher agency in mainstream school. This study will look into which envisions frames inclusive education among teachers so they can provide opportunities to students with disabilities in nearby mainstream schools. Placing this study in Nepal, the study aims to expand teacher agency shaped in a given cultural context to challenge ableism in education and to create anti ableist pedagogies(Nieminen & Pesonen, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Eight qualitative interviews of teachers from four mainstream schools of Nepal using semi structured interviews for data acquisition. Participants will be selected purposively focusing on teachers who have positive experience on teaching students with disabilities. The experience of the teachers having disability themselves will be included in the study. Research participants will be from two urban and two rural mainstream schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Key learnings from this study are: a) Insight into how deep cultural elements, societal context, personal factors and stake holders’ expectation shape the teacher agency which enables them to provide positive learning experiences towards students with disabilities. b) how teachers extend their role beyond classroom pedagogy to collaborate with parents and other stake holders. c) the role of responsibility and accountability experienced by the teachers to actively engage the inclusion of children with disability in the mainstream schools. d) Teachers’ role from advocate to counselor and good collaborator in the process of inclusion in school and society as well. The last part of this study will look into if these positive, innovative, teachers are contributing to the co-creation of the inclusive pedagogy within the classroom, or if limited sharing and collaboration is the reality in Nepali schools. References Li, L., & Ruppar, A. (2021). Conceptualizing teacher agency for inclusive education: A systematic and international review. Teacher Education and Special Education, 44(1), 42-59. Nieminen, J. H., & Pesonen, H. V. (2022). Politicising inclusive learning environments: how to foster belonging and challenge ableism? Higher Education Research & Development, 41(6), 2020-2033. Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 27311. Priestley, M., Biesta, G.J.J. & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. London: Bloomsbury Academic |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 K: Professional Learning and Development Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The challenges of public schools in Portugal: An epistemological approach to the Student and Teacher Profile in the 21st Century Lusofona University, Portugal Presenting Author:
This study is part of a PhD program on teachers’ professional role on curriculum change, in Portugal, since the Law-Decree n.º55/2018 (Ministério da Educação, 2018), and the implemented new goals for education, following the OECD (2019), UNESCO (2021), and European Union guidelines for the XXI century education. This research is an epistemological approach, focused on the development of a new agenda for education. Today’s education goals are scored through key-competences, that students must learn until de end of compulsory school age (Ministério da Educação, 2017), measured by international systems for assessment: as PISA and TIMSS (Schleicher, 2018; Robertson, 2022; Teodoro, 2022), and other evidence-based assessment strategies (Biesta, 2017). Teachers are called to be agents of these change (OECD, 2019), but at same time, they also must follow prescriptive methods to teach (Priestley et al. 2015). They also must have competences to deliver this new educational paradigm, acting as instructors on a learning competence, where what counts is social-economic and technological future for the XXI century (Biesta, 2022; Robertson, 2022). Biesta (2017; 2022) and Giroux (2022) argue that the perception of teacher as instructors, following orders, doesn’t leave space for critical action. Education assumes a submiss role, working to satisfy society needs, and the will of consumerism: with students as consumers of the product of a fast-food education that, according with Biesta (2022), is based on a “learnification”, in which teachers don’t do what education should do: bring new knowledge to students. As Biesta & Säfström (2023) and Giroux (2022) write, this concept of education goes against what is democratic public systems, subverting what Dewey (2018) said it should be the relationship between education and society: a bilateral relationship, instead of what it is now. Unilateral, with education taking orders from society, assuming students as objects (of assessment) instead of subjects, that have to learn to be in the world (Biesta, 2022). OECD (2005) understands teachers as an important agent to fulfill the anticipator project for the future of education. Bandura´s (1997) definition for agency is an act of someone that produces an effect in society. Priestley et al. (2015) developed the Ecological Model for Teacher Agency in which they state that there are three dimensions interrelated dimensions in teacher agency: the present conditions and the past experiences influence teachers’ perceptions for their action and what they see education in the future. Teachers are important actors in education, as Freire’s (1997) argues. They must have the autonomy to decide what’s best for their student’s knowledge growth, they must flourish their student critical consciousness (Freire, 2021). The purpose of this study is to contribute for the development of the public democratic education, grounded on social justice values, where students are allowed to develop their comprehension of the world and themselves. Where school act on behalf of the purpose for what is grounded as a public institution, and teachers have an important role. This study is focused on a critical analysis of the Portuguese curricular documents from the period of 2017 to 2023, analysis of the epistemological principles subjacent of this curricular change (Ministério da Educação, 2017; 2018a; 2018b), what do they understand as the student’s profile to be developed by teachers, to respond to this new professionals demands (Giroux, 2004), it´s relation with the Essential Learnings (Ministério da Educação, 2017), what should be the teachers profile for the school and students education success. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is an epistemological approach, focused on a critical analysis of Portuguese actual system practices between the period 2017 to 2023, and its background is international educational reference documents (OECD, 2019; UNESCO, 2021), through Biesta´s World-Centred Education approach, for the promotion of a democratic, humanist school, focused on bringing knowledge to students. The methodology comes from an epistemological paradigm, socio-critic from Habermas (Cohen et al. 2018), that reflects on the OECD anticipatory political ideology, for the economical and sustainable development. The object of the study is characterized by its subjectivity analyzed according with Biesta paradigm with the purpose of educate, and school social role, the purpose of education, what is the human being relation with the world. The study also has a qualitative research basis, focused on a sociocritical and transformative paradigm (Coutinho, 2018), supported by the critical theory of Biesta (2022), through a solid literature review, to reflect on anticipatory policies from international organizations for education (OECD and UNESCO), and the Portuguese policy documents referenced before, that will be critically analyzed through Biesta´s (2022) approach, Freire´s (1997; 2021) autonomy and critical consciousness perception, and Priestley et al., (2015) teacher agency ecological model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The result of the literature review will contribute to ground the theory for empirical research to build the script for the interviews schedule for the following part of the research with actors from the political, teachers, and researchers from the education field. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-Efficacy: The exercise of control. W. H. Freeman and Company. Biesta, G. (2017). The Future of Teacher Education: Evidence, Competence or Wisdom? In M. Peters, B. Cowie, & I. Menter (Eds.), A Companion to Research in Teacher Education (pp. 435–454). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-4075-7 Biesta, Gert. (2022). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003098331 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). Routledge. Pereira Coutinho, C. (2018). Metodologia de Investigação em Ciências Sociais e Humanas: Teoria e Prática. Almedina. Dewey, John (2018). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. Myers Education Press. Freire, Paulo. (1997). Autonomia: Saberes Necessários à Prática Educativa. Paz e Terra. Freire, P. (2023). Education for critical consciousness. (3a) Bloomsbury. Giroux, H. A. (2004). Cultural Studies, Public Pedagogy, and the Responsability of Intellectuals. Communication and Critical/Cultural Studies, 1(1), 59–79. https://doi.org/10.1080/1479142042000180935 Giroux, H. (2020). On Critical Pedagogy (2a). Bloomsbury. Hossaye, J. (2015) Le triangle pédagogique: Les différentes facettes de la pédagogie (Pédagogies références) ESF Editeur. Ministério da Educação. (2017a). Perfil dos Alunos à Saída da Escolaridade Obrigatória. https://dge.mec.pt/sites/default/files/Curriculo/Projeto_Autonomia_e_Flexibilidade/perfil_dos_alunos.pdf Ministério da Educação. (2017b). Despacho n.o 5907/2017. Diário Da República , 2a série(128), 13881–13890. http://www.dge.mec.pt/sites/default/files/Curriculo/Projeto_Autonomia_e_Flexibilidade/despacho_5908_2017.pdf Ministério da Educação. (2018). Decreto-Lei n.o55/2018. Diário Da Républica, 1a série, 2928–2943. https://dre.pt/dre/legislacao-consolidada/decreto-lei/2018-115645941 OECD. (2005). Teachers Matter: Attracting, Developing and Retaining Effective Teachers. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/34990905.pdf OCDE. (2019). Well-being 2030 Action OECD. Future of Education and Skills 2030: A series of concept notes. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/learning-compass-2030/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_Concept_Note_Series.pdf Prange, K. (2004). What kind of teachers does the schools need?: The relationship between profession, method, and teacher ethos. European Education, 36(1), 71–84. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2004.11042351 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach (1a). Bloomsbury. Unesco. (2021). Reimagining our Futures Together : a New Social Contract For Education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381 Robertson, S. L. (2022). Guardians of the Future: International Organizations, Anticipatory Governance and Education. Global Society, 36(2), 188–205. https://doi.org/10.1080/13600826.2021.2021151 Säfström, C. A., & Biesta, G. (2023). Introduction: The publicness of education. In The new publicness of education; democratic possibilities after the critique of neo-liberalism (1st ed., pp. 1–7). Routledge. Schleicher, A. (2018). World Class: How to build a 21st-century School System. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/world-class-9789264300002-en.html Teodoro, A. (2022). PISA and the limitations and risks of an OECD global governance program. Revista Lusofona de Educacao, 56(56), 45–64. https://doi.org/10.24140/issn.1645-7250.rle56.04 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring the Practice and Challenges of PLCs in Professional Development for Middle Leaders University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The position and role of middle leaders (MLs) in educational institutions has attracted attention from researchers, policymakers, and practitioners worldwide, as they have been proven to have the potential to make strategic contributions to institutions (Bryant, 2019). Considering that MLs occupy critical positions providing important linkages upwards, across and downwards (Grootenboer, 2018), capacity building and professional development for MLs (PD for MLs) has become an emerging research direction. Existing research shows that PD opportunities and the effective experience of MLs in practice are limited (Bassett, 2016; Bassett & Shaw, 2018). Previous research highlighted that PD for MLs prioritises practical on-the-job experience over formal leadership training (Lillejord & Børte, 2019; Lipscombe et al., 2021). Bryant (2019) also confirmed that MLs build capacity by developing professional networks and establishing partnerships with NGOs, consultants, and other universities. In other words, collaboration and interaction are effective ways to realise PD for MLs. The concept of professional learning communities (PLCs) comes from learning organisation (Senge, 1990) and community of practice theories (Wenger, 1998). As defined by Stoll et al. (2006), PLCs are the manner in which a group of people conduct an ongoing, reflective, collaborative, inclusive, learning-oriented, growth-promoting event to share and critically interrogate their practice. Although empirical evidence from different contexts has different manifestations and interpretations of PLCs, a consensus has been reached in the academic research field around the five characteristics of PLCs, involving shared values and vision; collaborative activities; reflective professional inquiry and dialogue; collective responsibility for student learning; de-privatised practice (Stoll et al., 2006; Vescio et al., 2008). The aforementioned characteristics have been widely recognised and used in different educational contexts. However, it should be noted that such existing studies focus on the role of PLCs in teacher professional development, while research that connects PLCs with the professional development for institutional members other than teachers, such as MLs, is limited. In China, research that connects PLCs and PD for MLs is limited. In the few existing studies, MLs along with principals have been discussed in depth as vital factors affecting the PLCs and teacher professional development (Tang et al., 2023; Zhang et al., 2022; Bryant et al., 2020). Indeed, informal learning and PLCs have great potential in realising PD for MLs (Lillejord and Børte, 2019; Lipscombe et al., 2021). In this context, this study attempts to investigate PLCs’ practices in PD for MLs based on the Chinese context, which can enrich international educators’ understanding of the match or fit between the development of PLCs and their social culture (Stoll et al., 2006). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study reports on a qualitative phenomenological study of 4 Chinese higher vocational colleges (CHVCs) in Shandong Province, involving two stages. In the first stage of the study, the researcher collected and screened policy texts issued by the central and Shandong provincial governments as well as institutional texts of sample colleges to quickly grasp the attitudes and initiatives of authoritative agencies and colleges towards PD for MLs and PLCs. In the second stage, the researcher further qualitatively examined the learning experiences of MLs in PLCs, using a snowball sampling strategy to identify 15 eligible MLs to complete two rounds of semi-structured interviews. The design of the interview outline was completed under the guidance of the basic situation mastered in the previous stage. During the interview process, the interview content and field notes were fully recorded. For confidentiality, pseudonyms are used for all interviewees. All data for this study were collected and transcribed in Chinese, and then the grounded theory coding method was used as the data analysis method (Charmaz, 2014). The researchers re-read policy texts, interview transcripts, and field notes and used Nvivo to assist with data storage and analysis. During the initial coding phase, the researcher identified a series of procedural and descriptive codes (Saldaña, 2021). This stage aims to restore the real experience of MLs participating in PLCs. The researcher then re-recorded, analysed and reviewed the first round of coding and raw data, which were then combined to form emerging categories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research findings reveal that two types of PLCs that play a vital role in PD for MLs, traditional PLCs with well-articulated structure and position-based PLCs. A variety of well-structured PLCs provide MLs with formal learning opportunities across boundaries. Learning opportunities here focus on the teaching role and expert status of MLs. As collaboration and learning platforms, although the foundation and scope of PLCs are different, their purpose involves strengthening members’ capabilities. Through top-down promotion and regulation, collaborative activities in PLCs gradually achieve institutional development. This study emphasises that the dilemmas faced by traditional PLCs in PD for MLs include role deviation, content disconnection, and controlled operation. In addition, there is a type of bottom-up PLCs in the Chinese hierarchical context to support PD for MLs, which can be conceptualised in terms of shared vision for institutional governance and development, collective endeavours and responsibility for institutional development, collaborative and mutual professional activities, de-privatised exchange of experiences, reflective deliberations and explorations. This study specifically proposes that this type of PLCs has the MLs-driven and position-based nature of PLCs and exist outside the bureaucratic structure in educational institutions. Such PLCs are proven to hold promise in areas wherein traditional contrived communities have fallen short, particularly when maintaining an equilibrium between bureaucratic learning mandates and authentic learning needs for routine work. In addition, this study also identified potential barriers to the development of position-based PLCs involving institutional leadership, structural and cultural conditions. By explaining the practices and effects of PLCs in PD for MLs, this study aims to investigate the characteristics of PLCs in different contexts and scenarios, which assumes major significance in both centralised and devolved systems. It adds to the growing knowledge base about PLCs and also informs international educators who are interested in promoting PLCs practices. References Bassett, M. (2016). The role of middle leaders in New Zealand secondary schools: Expectations and challenges. Waikato Journal of Education, 21(1). Bassett, M., & Shaw, N. (2018). Building the confidence of first-time middle leaders in New Zealand primary schools. International Journal of Educational Management, 32(5), 749-760. Bryant, D. A. (2019). Conditions that support middle leaders’ work in organisational and system leadership: Hong Kong case studies. School Leadership & Management, 39(5), 415-433. Bryant, D. A., Wong, Y. L., & Adames, A. (2020). How middle leaders support in-service teachers’ on-site professional learning. International journal of educational research, 100, 101530. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. sage. Grootenboer, P. (2018). The practices of school middle leadership. Springer. Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2019). Middle leaders and the teaching profession: building intelligent accountability from within. Journal of Educational Change, 21(1), 83-107. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2021). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. The coding manual for qualitative researchers, 1-440. Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional Learning Communities: A Review of the Literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221-258. Tang, J., Bryant, D. A., & Walker, A. D. (2023). In search of the middle influence: how middle leaders support teachers’ professional learning. Educational Research, 65(4), 444-461. Vescio, V., Ross, D., & Adams, A. (2008). A review of research on the impact of professional learning communities on teaching practice and student learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(1), 80-91. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning as a social system. Systems thinker, 9(5), 2-3. Zhang, X., Wong, J. L., & Wang, X. (2022). How do the leadership strategies of middle leaders affect teachers’ learning in schools? A case study from China. Professional Development in Education, 48(3), 444-461. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 L: Health and Wellbeing Education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Voices from the Classroom: Exploring Adolescent and Teacher Perspectives on Factors Shaping Positive Teacher-Student Relationships 1The University of Western Australia, Australia; 2University of Tasmania, Australia Presenting Author:Background Adolescents' experiences in the classroom significantly influence their development, with teacher-student relationship (TSR) quality playing a pivotal role in psychological, behavioural, and academic outcomes(1, 2). However, much of the research and almost all TSR interventions focus on early childhood settings, despite the fact that adolescents are at greater risk of experiencing poor quality TSRs(3, 4). Throughout adolescence, many students experience additional stress and vulnerability, which may have a negative impact on mental wellbeing and academic achievement, as well as increased risk of school disengagement(5). Alarmingly, adolescents are experiencing heightened rates of mental illness and suicidality, with post-COVID-19 estimates surpassing pre-pandemic levels worldwide(6, 7). Emerging evidence has suggested that positive TSRs are an important protective factor and a promising intervention target to improve outcomes for adolescents with adverse childhood experiences(8). In light of the increasing rates of adolescent mental illness, it is more imperative than ever to understand how to improve the quality of TSRs as a vital protective factor. The value of cultivating positive relationships in the classroom is undeniable, the uncertainty lies in how these relationships are developed and maintained in practice. Evidenced-based practices that are designed to support and guide teachers in forming these relationships are extremely limited. Theoretical Framework Traditionally, the landscape of TSR research has found its roots in Attachment Theory. This foundational understanding underscores the pivotal role played by early childhood interactions with adult attachment figures in shaping children's attachment styles—an indispensable element in their social and emotional development (9). However, as children transition to adolescence, the significance of early attachments may diminish, making way for other contextual factors, for example peer relationships (4). A shift in perspective to Self-Determination Theory (SDT) reveals TSRs' potential to enhance student outcomes by addressing innate needs—competency, autonomy, and relatedness (10). Given the complex nature of psychological phenomena, research on TSRs must incorporate diverse theoretical approaches. Central to both attachment and self-determination theoretical frameworks is the indispensable role of emotional connection and support between teachers and students. Within this conceptual amalgamation, Developmental Systems Theory (DST) emerges as a comprehensive framework for understanding the interplay of various factors influencing the emotional connection between teachers and students, subsequently shaping relationship quality (4). As such, this study proposes DST as an organisational framework in unravelling the nuanced dynamics of TSRs, emphasising three primary components: characteristics of individuals within the relationships, patterns of interaction between teachers and students, and external influences. The current Study This study aimed to compare adolescent and teacher perceptions on the facilitators and barriers to developing and maintaining positive teacher-student relationships. Employing an exploratory qualitative inquiry through interviews with both teachers and adolescents, the research delved into their perspectives to fill a crucial void, as previous studies have often neglected the valuable input of students. The overarching goal was to construct a robust framework, rooted in developmental systems theory, exploring the various interconnected factors impacting TSR quality to guide interventions and empower educators in enhancing the quality of these relationships. While the qualitative nature limits generalisability, this study's international implications address universally relevant education issues. The exploration of TSRs, particularly during adolescence, may impact educational outcomes globally. The study's departure from traditional attachment perspectives enriches understanding, allowing for a nuanced exploration of TSR dynamics during adolescence. This theoretical evolution enriches the discourse on TSRs and opens avenues for innovative interventions that align more closely with the developmental needs of adolescents. In a world where educational challenges and mental health concerns among adolescents are widespread, the study's findings contribute to a global conversation on fostering positive relationships in classrooms, transcending national borders to inform international educational practices and policies.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an exploratory qualitative inquiry with semi-structured interviews, grounded in the constructivist epistemological stance. Constructivism, emphasising the social and cognitive construction of reality, influenced the research design by recognising the unique perspectives of teachers and adolescents. Interviews enabled participants to share experiences, capturing the richness of viewpoints. The exploratory methodology aligns with constructivist principles, allowing in-depth exploration and organic emergence of themes. Constructivism emphasises the co-construction of knowledge between researchers and participants, recognising that meaning is not fixed but is negotiated through shared understanding. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 30 adolescents aged between 11-15 years (mean = 12.9 years; SD = 1.1) and 20 secondary school teachers in Western Australia (WA). The schools represented diverse socio-economic areas across metropolitan and regional WA, comprising both government and non-government institutions. Participants were sampled purposively and sample size was determined with careful consideration of information power, ensuring diverse and rich insights relevant to the research question(11). Preliminary data analysis occurred after each interview, and data collection continued until information power was deemed sufficient. The final interviews revealed no new insights, indicating theoretical saturation had been reached. Guided by an interview protocol, drawing insights from literature and refined through community consultation, the semi-structured interviews were designed to address the specific needs of adolescents. Given the challenges in eliciting meaningful responses from adolescents, questions were structured with both open-ended queries and precise prompts. A hypothetical classroom scenario was presented to facilitate discussions. Additionally, a separate interview protocol was employed for teachers. This semi-structured approach provided a consistent framework while allowing flexibility to explore emergent themes based on each participant's unique characteristics. The inductive thematic analytic approach, inherent in constructivist qualitative research, aligns with the study's aim to develop a comprehensive framework rooted in the experiences and perspectives of both teachers and students. Reflexive thematic analysis involves deriving insights and themes directly from the data rather than imposing preconceived categories, allowing for the emergence of new and unexpected findings(12). Following transcription, data was imported to QSR NVivo 12 to facilitate analysis. Transcripts were read line by line to ensure familiarity and data immersion(12). Patterns of response across participants were analysed to generate initial codes which were subsequently collated into themes(12). The identified themes were reviewed and refined through an iterative process(12). To ensure transparency and rigour, all authors independently coded the same transcript. Any coding discrepancies were resolved through discussion with the research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the ongoing analysis of study data, preliminary findings highlight critical factors influencing the quality of TSRs within the framework of Developmental Systems Theory (DST). DST posits that relationships are shaped by interconnected factors including characteristics of individuals involved, patterns of interaction, and external influences. While the final analysis is underway, initial insights illuminate noteworthy aspects in each domain. Individual Characteristics: The personal attributes of both teachers and students emerged as key determinants of TSR quality. For instance, teachers who exhibited empathy, communication skills, and a genuine interest in students' wellbeing fostered positive relationships. Similarly, students' emotional intelligence, engagement, and receptivity to guidance were identified as influential factors. Interaction Patterns: Teachers who employed inclusive teaching methods, encouraged student autonomy, and provided individualised constructive feedback were associated with more positive relationships. Conversely, instances of authoritative teaching styles, using shame and humiliation as punishment, or limited communication hindered the development of a supportive connection. The patterns of interaction reflected not only the pedagogical strategies but also the emotional dynamics within the classroom. External Influences: COVID-19 exacerbated teaching shortages and resource issues, intensifying pressures on educators. Teachers, operating within what some describe as a 'broken system', struggle to find time for positive relationships amid increased workloads. Beyond the need for enhanced relationship education, urgent calls arise for systemic changes and increased support, acknowledging broader socio-economic and contextual factors in the post-pandemic educational landscape. In conclusion, the study's insights into the multifaceted determinants of TSRs underscore the need for tailored interventions. Emphasising the pivotal role of individual characteristics, interaction patterns, and external influences, practical implications extend to targeted teacher training programs, trauma-informed teaching methodologies, and systemic reforms. Implementing these findings in educational practice holds the potential to enhance the quality of TSRs with adolescent students, fostering a supportive environment conducive to positive learning experiences. References 1.Wang MT, Brinkworth M, Eccles JS. Moderating effects of teacher-student relationship in adolescent trajectories of emotional and behavioral adjustment. Developmental psychology. 2013;49(4):690-705. 2.Keane K, Evans RR, Orihuela CA, Mrug S. Teacher–student Relationships, Stress, and Psychosocial Functioning During Early Adolescence. Psychology in the Schools. 2023. 3.Davis HA. Conceptualizing the Role and Influence of Student-Teacher Relationships on Children's Social and Cognitive Development. Educational Psychologist. 2003;38(4):207-34. 4.Poling DV, Van Loan CL, Garwood JD, Zhang S, Riddle D. A narrative review of school-based interventions measuring dyadic-level teacher-student relationship quality. Educational Research Review. 2022:100459. 5.Rice F, Ng-Knight T, Riglin L, Powell V, Moore GF, McManus IC, et al. Pupil Mental Health, Concerns and Expectations About Secondary School as Predictors of Adjustment Across the Transition to Secondary School: A Longitudinal Multi-informant Study. School Mental Health. 2021;13(2):279-98. 6.Hertz MF, Barrios LC. Adolescent mental health, COVID-19, and the value of school-community partnerships. Injury Prevention. 2021;27(1):85-6. 7.Li SH, Beames JR, Newby JM, Maston K, Christensen H, Werner-Seidler A. The impact of COVID-19 on the lives and mental health of Australian adolescents. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry. 2022;31(9):1465-77. 8.Keane K, Evans RR. The Potential for Teacher‐Student Relationships and the Whole School, Whole Community, Whole Child Model to Mitigate Adverse Childhood Experiences. Journal of school health. 2022;92(5):504-13. 9.Bowbly J. Attachment and loss. Attachment, Vol. 1. New York: Basic Books; 1969. 10.Ryan RM, Deci EL. Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. The American psychologist. 2000;55(1):68-78. 11.Malterud K, Siersma VD, Guassora AD. Sample Size in Qualitative Interview Studies: Guided by Information Power. Qualitative health research. 2016;26(13):1753-60. 12.Braun V, Clarke V. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology. 2006;3(2):77-101. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Socio-Cultural Insights: Examining the Professional Well-being of Teachers in India (Methodology) 1University of Warsaw, Poland; 2Tata University of Social Sciences, India Presenting Author:Prioritizing a teacher's professional well-being (PWB) is an unequivocal approach to increase the probability of attaining Sustainable Development Goal 4 (SDG4), particularly in lower GDP nations like India, where students primarily rely on their teachers for knowledge acquisition. However, the existing tools for evaluating a teacher's PWB in India may need to be attuned to the country's socio-cultural landscape. While several studies have investigated teachers' PWB, they primarily originate from the global north (Uchida & Kitayama, 2009; Zhang et al., 2023) or use scales developed in Western countries (Jeyaraj, 2013; Kamboj & Garg, 2021; Raj et al., 2022 among others) or view the phenomenon only through a negative lens, focusing primarily on stress and burnout (Mooij, 2008; Kaur & Singh, 2019). However, significant aspects of well-being (WB) often hinge on personal or cultural perspectives rather than universally accepted factual truths (Thin, 2018), and there is imminent evidence that, conceptually, WB (and PWB) is a multidimensional phenomenon. Therefore, the need for socio-cultural understanding of PWB in India emerges as a gap in the literature. The purpose of this study is to understand how Indian teachers perceive social and cultural factors in connection with their PWB and is guided by the research question: How do Indian teachers perceive social and cultural factors in connection to their professional well-being? The research adopts a critical realist (Archer et al., 1998) philosophical viewpoint to explore PWB as an emerging phenomenon, considering empirical manifestations such as physical health and relationships. Emphasizing PWB as a collective endeavor, the study aligns with Bronfenbrenner's bio-ecological model (Bronfenbrenner, 1974), highlighting the interconnectedness of PWB with socio-cultural structures. The principal researcher's Indian heritage, experience as a teacher in India and abroad, and knowledge of Hindi act as vantage points and can be of immense value when it comes to interpreting cultural nuances, understanding the intricacies of the education system (in comparison to that of the West), and fostering a deeper connection with the participants. The project is conducted under the guidance of supervisors who are advanced in the field of teacher education and research. The study acknowledges limitations in its applicability to other cultural contexts due to its emphasis on the Indian context. Even within India, it may not represent all. The collection of empirical data is limited to English or Hindi, which may cause bias. Relying solely on virtual interviews may affect the depth of interpersonal connections and non-verbal cues vital in qualitative research. The researcher's Indian-born background may bring bias that could affect data interpretation. In India, education is a fundamental right. Therefore, a society that values the education of its children should establish evidence-based policies at the state level to ensure that school leaders and administrations are obliged to implement plans regularly tracking the PWB of teachers. The objective of this tracking is to understand, improve, and sustain PWB and thus benefit the learning of children while maximizing the potential of teachers. In the future, it may be possible to translate this scale into other Indian languages and utilize a comparative methodology to produce similar scales and plans in other countries, such as in the European Union, which could serve as vital tools in achieving SDG 4. However, this is beyond the scope of the current study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study focuses on examining the sociocultural understanding of teacher PWB in India. The study is conducted through a cross-sectional design with eleven significant milestones. It started with a State of the Art Review, followed by Desk Research examining reports from diverse entities to understand policies influencing PWB in India. After receiving approval from the University Ethical Committee, one-on-one online interviews will be conducted with teachers and experts employed via snowballing. Teacher interviews will be in the form of deliberate discussions (Ross, 2019; Scheunpflug et al., 2016), whereas expert interviews will be semi-structured. The main objective of the interview with teachers is to understand how teachers perceive and manage their PWB, and the interview with experts seeks to gather possible policy suggestions. The data from the desk research and all interviews will be triangulated by categorizing them into themes of 'values' and 'issues.' Each coded element will then be assigned a level tag (or tags) corresponding to the relevant bioecological sphere: Microsphere, Mesosphere, Exosphere, Macrosphere, or Chronosphere. The synthesized data will undergo an analysis process, and abduction will be used to uncover the intricate sociocultural underpinnings of PWB. The information emerging will provide a basis for making inferences that will be instrumental in the development of the questions in the Teacher PWB (TPWB) scale, which is a part of the quantitative stage of this study. The TPWB will be based on the PERMA+ framework (Seligman, 2018; Donaldson et al., 2022) and incorporate dimensions such as positive emotion, engagement, relationships, meaning, and accomplishment. Additionally, it will incorporate four additional factors: physical health, mindset, physical work environments, and economic security. The scale will undergo pre-piloting to ensure language clarity and coherence. Next, it will undergo Pilot Testing, which involves online trials with Indian teachers, statistical analysis (Cronbach's alpha), and adjustments based on results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Knowledge Contribution: The study will comprehend the sociocultural factors that impact teachers' PWB and identify trends and practices that teachers use to manage situations that negatively impact their PWB. Practical Implications: The project outcomes could create a positive and supportive environment for school teachers, promote their PWB, and improve the quality of education by offering a tangible tool, i.e., the TPWB scale that can be used in educational institutions and help school administrators appraise their teachers PWB. This outcome bridges the gap between theory and practice. Policy Recommendations: The study also moves towards advocacy by providing evidence-based guidance to policymakers. It offers recommendations that are customized to the nuanced sociocultural landscape of India. By doing so, the study contributes to policy enhancement by providing guidelines to improve existing frameworks, ensuring that they are aligned with the unique needs of Indian teachers. Universal Achievement: Finally, the methodology employed in this study can be a valuable resource for developing similar tools in other sociocultural settings, especially in the European context. The approach can contribute to achieving SDG 4, which focuses on ensuring inclusive and equitable quality education and promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all. References Archer, M. S., Bhaskar, R., Collier, A., Lawson, T., & Norrie, A. (Eds.). (1998). Critical realism: Essential readings. Routledge. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1974). Developmental Research, Public Policy, and the Ecology of Childhood. Child Development, 45(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.2307/1127743 Coyne, I. T. (1997). Sampling in qualitative research. Purposeful and theoretical sampling; merging or clear boundaries? Journal of Advanced Nursing, 26(3), 623–630. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2648.1997.t01-25-00999.x Donaldson, S. I., van Zyl, L. E., & Donaldson, S. I. (2022). PERMA+4: A Framework for Work-Related Wellbeing, Performance and Positive Organizational Psychology 2.0. Frontiers in Psychology, p. 12. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.817244 Jeyaraj, S. (2013). Occupational Stress among the Teachers of the Higher Secondary Schools in Madurai District, Tamil Nadu. IOSR Journal of Business and Management, 7(5), 63–76. https://doi.org/10.9790/487X-0756376 Kamboj, K. P., & Garg, P. (2021). Teachers' psychological well-being role of emotional intelligence and resilient character traits in determining the psychological well-being of Indian school teachers. International Journal of Educational Management, 35(4), 768–788. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-08-2019-0278 Kaur, M., & Singh, B. (2019). Teachers' Well-Being: Overlooked Aspect of Teacher Development. Education & Self Development, 14(3), 25–33. https://doi.org/10.26907/esd14.3.03 Mooij, J. (2008). Primary education, teachers' professionalism and social class about motivation and demotivation of government school teachers in India. International Journal of Educational Development, 28(5), 508–523. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2007.10.006 Raj, K., Neelopant, S. A., Wadhwa, M., & Dabas, P. (2022). A Cross-Sectional Study to Estimate Occupational Stress among Higher Secondary School Teachers in Thalassery, Kerala. National Journal of Community Medicine, 13(2), 74–78. https://doi.org/10.5455/njcm.20211101064057 Ross, A. (2019). Finding Political Identities: Young People in a Changing Europe. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-90875-5 Scheunpflug, A., Krogull, S., & Franz, J. (2016). Understanding learning in world society: Qualitative reconstructive research in global learning and learning for sustainability. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 7(3). https://doi.org/10.18546/IJDEGL.07.3.02 Seligman, M. (2018). PERMA and the building blocks of well-being. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 13(4), 333–335. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2018.1437466 Thompson, J. (2022). A Guide to Abductive Thematic Analysis. The Qualitative Report. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2022.5340 Uchida, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2009). Happiness and unhappiness in East and West: Themes and variations. Emotion, 9(4), 441–456. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0015634 United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. United Nations. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda Woodside, A. G., & Miller, D. C. (1993). Handbook of Research Design and Social Measurement. Journal of Marketing Research, 30(2), 259. https://doi.org/10.2307/3172834 Zhang, L., Chen, J., Li, X., & Zhan, Y. (2023). A Scope Review of the Teacher Well-being Research Between 1968 and 2021. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-023-00717-1 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The PEM Framework: A Holistic Approach to Viewing Student Well-Being in an Australian and Aotearoa, New Zealand Context. University of South Australia, Australia Presenting Author:Well-being has been touted for many years as being a key factor in ensuring positive outcomes for students in schools across many parts of the world [1, 2]. Recently, some researchers have even proposed that low levels of well-being may be an underlying root cause of some of the social issues currently impacting our schools [3, 4]. However, while the concept is regularly discussed there is no widely accepted definition of well-being. McLeod and Wright [5] have even gone so far as to state that “calls to address wellbeing are so commonplace and widespread that they can mean both everything and nothing.” Some authors discuss well-being as synonymous with the concept of positive mental health, while others consider it from the perspective of social belonging, and still others consider well-being through the lens of a student’s readiness to learn [6, 7]. In the 1970s, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) played a pivotal role in highlighting the significance of positive well-being [8]. However, despite increased awareness, child and adolescent mental health disorders persist as a crucial public health concern [9]. Recognising the urgency of addressing adolescent well-being, governments have collectively acknowledged the immediate need for change within the community, particulalry within schools [10]. Although it is widely accepted that student well-being is a public issue, in Australia the federated nature of government places the onus on each individual state and territory to mandate their own policies in support of student well-being in schools. Consequently, each state continues to have a different approach to and understanding of well-being. Although significantly smaller, schools in Aotearoa, New Zealand also have an ambiguous understanding of student well-being driven by the lack of clear definition in the single curriculum framework. The many different approaches and understandings of well-being hint towards its multi-dimensional nature. We therefore conceive of well-being as “a composite state of existence. Thus, a person who is well, will experience their being as a stable equilibrium of their physical, mental/emotional, and environmental dimensions. Factors that threaten any one or more of these three states of being may disrupt this equilibrium and result in unwell-being.” Our definition thus describes overall well-being as a holistic balance of the different underlying dimensions of physical (P), environmental (E), and mental/emotional (M) well-being. This multi-dimensional conceptual framework (which we will refer to as the PEM framework) is in keeping with other models of well-being such as te whare tapa whā [11] and PERMA+ [12]. Given the importance of well-being to student outcomes, we completed a scoping review to identify which factors best support student well-being in Australian and Aotearoa, New Zealand schools. This review explored a high-level understanding of the various approaches implemented in schools that have been reported to positively impact student well-being. We synthesised these approaches and three broad themes emerged: (1) the nature of student voice, (2) the nature of student perivallon (or physical environment), and (3) the nature of student relationships. For the sake of clarity, we adopted the term perivallon (literally, “that which surrounds”) to avoid conflating these approaches with a student’s environmental well-being as proposed in the PEM framework. We mapped these three themes on to our three PEM dimensions and we propose the PEM framework as a way of understanding holistic well-being. In the PEM framework we suggest that the approaches identified in the literature that align with each of the themes act to facilitate change in one or more of the PEM dimensions and hence impact a student’s overall well-being state. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The completed scoping review adopted the PRISMA-ScR [13] checklist. To be considered for inclusion in the review, the sources needed to be (1) published and/or localized to Australia or Aotearoa, New Zealand, (2) focussed specifically on school-aged (ages 5-18 years old) students’ well-being, and (3) report strategies or findings that described impacts on student well-being. Sources could be journal articles, case studies, books, or government reports. All sources had to include a description of the measurement of well-being adopted and be published between 2010 and 2023. Journal articles needed to be peer reviewed and written in English. Case studies needed to have been conducted in either Australia or Aotearoa, New Zealand. Books needed to be written between 2010 and 2023 and be relevant to the Australian or Aotearoa, New Zealand context. Systematic reviews were considered for inclusion if they drew from studies conducted between 2010 and 2023. Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods studies were included to ensure that a range of different measurement tools were captured. Any sources that did not meet the eligibility criteria or were incompatible with the conceptual framework for the study were excluded. Google Scholar was searched between the 13th and 23rd of January 2023 to identify relevant sources. Ten parallel searches were performed and the first 50 results from each search, sorted by relevance, were screened for inclusion based on title, keywords, and source type. Results meeting the inclusion criteria were exported into Endnote. Duplicated items were then removed by the authors and a second screening performed for relevance based on abstracts. A separate search for grey literature was conducted on the websites of the state and national departments of education with the aim to supplement the database with relevant legislation and policies. This resulted in 46 sources being considered for analysis. A data charting form was developed by the researchers to determine which variables would be extracted and updated iteratively. Using a spreadsheet, data were extracted according to article characteristics (country of study, year of study), approach to/understanding of well-being, methodology, and key findings. An attempt to chart demographic factors (e.g., location and socio-economic status) was made; however, the anonymity present in the sources made this impossible to achieve in a reliable manner. When systematic reviews were encountered an additional note of the number of studies included in that review that potentially met the inclusion criteria was made. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature explored revealed several conceptions for well-being in use that combine to support our three-dimensional PEM framework. The impacts of various approaches on well-being reported in the research suggest a series of complex relationships between the PEM dimensions which we show using the themes. Changes in perivallon (e.g., significant changes to the classroom) might enable changes in a student’s physical well-being while also promoting mental/emotional well-being. Enhancing a student’s voice in the school environment promotes both their mental/emotional and their environmental well-being. The literature was clear that central to a student’s overall well-being is the need for quality relationships between students and their peers and/or their teachers. Enhancing relationships supports physical well-being, enables environmental well-being, and reinforces mental/emotional well-being Furthermore, the literature showed that the nature of an adolescent’s relationship with themselves was also highly significant, and that changes in these self-relationships have wide ranging impacts on all PEM dimensions of their well-being. Finally, the PEM framework acknowledges that each of the links is bi-directional. That is, a change in any dimension of well-being will have impacts on a student’s voice, their interaction with their perivallon, and their relationships with self and others. Much of the existing literature suggests many researchers focus on only one dimension of well-being, with little exploration of the interactions between dimensions or mediating factors. What becomes clear when considering the interacting factors in a framework such as this is the need for a holistic understanding of well-being. Researchers in this field therefore need to make a priority of the development of a multi-dimensional holistic measurement instrument tailored for student well-being that can be used regularly and with minimal impact on students. Such a measure would allow for richer understandings of well-being and greater knowledge of the interactions between dimensions to be explored. References 1. Waters, L., A Review of School-Based Positive Psychology Interventions. The Australian Educational and Developmental Psychologist, 2011. 28(2): p. 75-90. 2. McBride, E., Half a billion dollar investment into student wellbeing. 2023. 3. Boyd, S., Assessing and building wellbeing. Set: Research Information for Teachers, 2019. 1(54): p. 54-58. 4. Grové, C. and S. Laletas, Promoting student wellbeing and mental health through social and emotional learning, in Inclusive Education for the 21st Century: Theory, Policy and Practice L.J. Graham, Editor. 2020, Routledge. p. 317 - 335. 5. McLeod, J. and K. Wright, Inventing Youth Wellbeing, in Rethinking Youth Wellbeing: Critical Perspectives, K. Wright and J. McLeod, Editors. 2015, Springer Singapore: Singapore. p. 1-10. 6. Banville, D., et al., Feeling refreshed: Aotearoa/New Zealand students' perspectives of the role of healthy behaviours in schools. European physical education review, 2017. 23(1): p. 41-59. 7. Aldridge, J.M. and K. McChesney, The relationships between school climate and adolescent mental health and wellbeing: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Educational Research, 2018. 88: p. 121-145. 8. Fleming, C. and M. Manning, Understanding wellbeing, in Routledge Handbook of Indigenous Wellbeing, C. Fleming, & Manning, M., Editor. 2019, Routledge. 9. Lawrence, D., et al., Key findings from the second Australian Child and Adolescent Survey of Mental Health and Wellbeing. Aust N Z J Psychiatry, 2016. 50(9): p. 876-886. 10. National Mental Health Commission, Monitoring mental health and suicide prevention reform: National report 2021. 2022. p. 83. 11. Durie, M., Whaiora: Māori Health Development. 2 ed. 1999, USA: Oxford University Press. 12. Seligman, M.E., Flourish: A visionary new understanding of happiness and well-being. 2011: Simon and Schuster. 13. Tricco, A.C., et al., PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): checklist and explanation. Annals of internal medicine, 2018. 169(7): p. 467-473. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 M: Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Applications from the Children's Point of View: Incorporating ICT into the Preschool Curriculum Univ. of Hradec Kralové, Czech Republic Presenting Author:In the era of digital immersion for children, understanding the factors that make educational apps appealing and effective is of utmost importance. A comprehensive exploration of the motivations, attitudes, and preferences surrounding educational apps in preschoolers unveils a multifaceted landscape. Elements such as entertainment value, emoji usage, and the role of positive reinforcement play significant roles in shaping the educational experience. This investigation not only illuminates the dynamics of preschool learning but also contributes to the optimization of educational applications for this crucial developmental stage. Current research reveals several properties that make educational applications attractive to preschool children. Lu et al. (2021) emphasize the importance of providing a fun learning environment that enables children to actively participate in teaching activities. The user interfaces of these applications, as highlighted by Kolak et al. (2023), are designed to be neat and user-friendly, ensuring ease of navigation for preschoolers. These apps boast higher entertainment value, as noted by Own et al. (2023), making them not only interesting but also motivating for children to engage in the learning process. Moreover, despite having lower lexical diversity compared to child-directed speech (CDS) and books, educational applications can offer an enriched supplementary form of language input (Kolak et al., 2023). Children's motivation to repeatedly use educational apps is linked to the enjoyment and perceived usefulness of the activities, according to Amaefule et al. (2022). Menon's (2022) research supports this by indicating that enjoyment of the app and perceived usefulness of mobile technologies strongly predict children's intention to use educational apps. Positive attitudes towards using emojis during learning activities, as highlighted by Camilleri & Camilleri (2020), also contribute to children's intention to use the app. The motivations behind using educational apps encompass academic assistance, convenience, social influence, novelty, engagement, and activity, as outlined by Camilleri & Camilleri (2022). Tiede et al. (2022) further emphasize that perceived enjoyment, perceived usefulness, and ease-of-use of the apps play significant roles in children's intentions to continue using them. In summary, enjoyable learning activities, perceived usefulness, and positive attitudes towards using emojis emerge as pivotal factors motivating children to repeatedly engage with educational apps. By centering on enjoyable learning activities and understanding the preferences of young users, we can create educational apps that effectively engage and support the educational journey of preschool children. The ultimate goal of the activities that follow this study is to leverage these insights in designing educational applications that not only captivate children's attention but also foster a positive and enriching learning experience. Through a continued focus on user satisfaction and learning efficacy, we aim to contribute to the ongoing enhancement of educational technology tailored for the unique needs of preschool learners. In connection with the aim of this study, two research objectives were determined: (1) To identify which features of educational applications are attractive for preschool children. (2) To identify what motivates children to use the chosen educational applications repeatedly. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research study adopted a mixed-methods experimental design in two phases. In the first phase, an on-line questionnaire survey was distributed to preschool teachers in Czech Republic. Self-selection sampling method (Keiding, Louis, 2018) was used to obtain the research sample consisting of 80 preschool teachers. The objective of the questionnaire was to identify which widely accessible educational applications are being used in Czech preschools when integrating a touch-screen ICT devices (such as tablets and interactive boards) to school curriculum. Four educational applications were selected based on teacher's answers: iSchool, CTEdu, Alfik and Hravouka. In the second phase, selected applications were tested by 43 preschool children from Central Bohemian region, Czech Republic (M = 25, F = 17), age 4 - 7. Each participant had a time-limited interval to free-play applications using touch-screen tablet in the presence of the researcher. Data acquisition was carried out through individual structured interview with participants after they finished using the applications and subsequent focus group discussions (Morgan, 1996), conducting two focus groups discussions – focus group 1 (FG1, N= 10) and focus group 2 (FG2: N = 10). The focus group interview was used as a complementary method to individual interviews which aimed to identify what experiences the participants had during the free play. Children were asked, what they liked about the applications. Which games they would want to continue to play and why. The data was analysed from the perspective of thematic reflexive analysis using open coding and interpreted to in relation to the objectives of the study into categories (Saldaña, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research aimed to identify (1) features of educational applications that are attractive for preschool children. Interpretation of the collected data showed, that attractivity was connected to (a) diverse content (CTEdu) - participants preferred applications with variability of tasks where they could choose from, best tasks were action ones (speed games). (b) Interactive role of the player (Hravouka, CTEdu) - participants preferred apps with possibilities to choose their own adventure which gave them the opportunity to have an active role in advancing the story. (c) Engaging visuals (Hravouka) - creative illustrations and rich environment with elements from nature. Outside of the attractivity of application features, others were also identified, such as (d) previous experience (iSchool, CTEde) – participants claimed that they like certain apps because they sometimes play them at home or in kindergarten and (e) age prestige – only connected to iSchool, which according to participants is an app for the “older” children when they are preparing for elementary school. As to what motivates (2) children to use the educational applications repeatedly, participants preferred to stay longer with applications, that had connecting story arc (CTEdu) or a main hero (Hravouka). Participants stated, that they would like to continue to find out, what happens next and what they can discover in other parts of the game. Other motivators were closely connected to (1a) content as children stated that they would like to continue to play action tasks. Results of this can lead not only to understanding of children's perspectives on educational applications, but also towards the development of applications that will be age-propriate and educational, but above all motivating for children to be active and to teach themselves further. References Amaefule, C. O., Breitwieser, J., Biedermann, D., Nobbe, L., Drachsler, H., & Brod, G. (2022). Fostering children's acceptance of educational apps: The importance of designing enjoyable learning activities. British Journal of Educational Technology 54, 1351-1372. DOI:10.1111/bjet.13314 Camilleri, M.A., & Camilleri, A.C. (2020). The students’ readiness to engage with mobile learning apps. Interactive Technology and Smart Education 17(1), 28-38. doi: 10.1108/ITSE-06-2019-0027 Camilleri, M.A., & Camilleri, A.C. (2022). Utilitarian and intrinsic motivations to use mobile learning technologies: An extended technology acceptance model. ICSLT '22: Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on e-Society, e-Learning and e-Technologies. June 2022. Pages 76–81 doi: 10.1145/3545922.3545935 Keiding, Niels; Louis, Thomas A. (2018) Web-Based Enrollment and Other Types of Self-Selection in Surveys and Studies: Consequences for Generalizability. Annual Review of Statistics and Its Application. PG 25-47. 10.1146/annurev-statistics-031017-100127 [doi] Kolak, J., Monaghan, P., & Taylor, G. (2023). Language in educational apps for pre-schoolers. A comparison of grammatical constructions and psycholinguistic features in apps, books and child directed speech. Journal of Child Language 50(4), 895-921. doi: 10.1017/s0305000922000198 Lu, Z., Liu, N., Xie, Y. & Xu, J. (2023). Augmented Reality based Language and Math Learning Applications for Preschool Children Education. Preprint. doi: 10.21203/rs.3.rs-2726015/v1 Morgan, David. (1996). Focus Groups. Annual Review of Sociology. 22. 129-152. Menon, D. (2022). Uses and gratifications of educational apps: A study during COVID-19 pandemic. Computers and Education Open, 3. doi: 10.1016/j.caeo.2022.100076 Saldaña, J. (2016). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (3E.). SAGE. Own, C-M., Cai, T., & Hung, C-Y.(2023). Exploring the Potential of Tangible and Multitouch Interfaces to Promote Learning Among Preschool Children. IEEE Transactions on Learning Technologies 16(1), 66-77. doi: 10.1109/tlt.2022.3170031 Tiede, J., Treacy, R., Grafe, S., & Mangina, E. (2022). Fostering Learning Motivation of Students with Reading and Spelling Difficulties by an AR-Enhanced Gamified Educational App for Literacy Learning. Proceedings of IEEE GEM Conference 2022, 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1109/GEM56474.2022.10017825 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Modes of Interaction in Non-Formal and Digitalised Educational Arrangements – A Documentary Video Analysis University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:Educational inequality in Europe is prevalent: PISA results show educational opportunities are highly unequal (OECD 2023). Existing structures of inequality depend on different levels of social, economic and cultural capital (Bourdieu 1978), further reproducing educational disadvantages among youth (Jünger 2008; Lareau 2011). While formal education is often prioritised in the discussion, non-formal (e.g. voluntary after school youth clubs) and informal education are considered essential in the acquisition of relevant skills (Spanhel 2020). In the last decade, non-formal educational settings have been discussed as increasingly indispensable for the acquisition of skills, especially in the context of digitalisation (Jeong et al. 2018). In accordance with the German tradition of “Bildung”, educational participation is understood as a transformation of self-world-relations, further highlighting non-formal and informal arrangements. Digital media have become essential for self-world-relations, as they have created new options for participation as well as new requirements and obstacles for orientation (Jörissen and Marotzki 2009). This proceeds from the assumption that youth centres as non-formal educational providers offer a great opportunity of transformative education. In line with the concept of “lifeworld orientation” (Grunwald and Thiersch 2009), educational programmes are becoming increasingly digitalised in view of the increasing mediatisation of everyday life, e.g. non-formal educational arrangements revolve around the usage of digital media, such as coding, 3D-printing or gaiming (“non-formal digitalised educational arrangements”). The question emerges, whether non-formal institutions with digitalised educational arrangements succeed in enabling participation of youth, therefore reducing social and digital inequalities (Kutscher and Iske 2020). In analysing different modes of interaction, the study examines conditions of participation in non-formal digitalised educational arrangements. The study aims at reconstructing social practices of interactions between pedagogues and youth as well as between humans and digital artefacts (e.g. programmes, tablets, 3D printers) that lead to participation of youth in processes of learning with and about digital artefacts. Considering different conditions in those non-formal, educational arrangements, the pedagogical everyday life in both educational organisations is examined through Focused Ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001). The study employs a qualitative research design: In order to empirically reconstruct the mechanisms of interaction towards educational participation, the participants’ and employees’ practices within those contexts are examined on the basis of Focused Ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001); Participatory Observation (e.g. Kelle 2018) and Documentary Video Analysis (e.g. Baltruschat 2010). In an ethnographic and reconstructive approach, the study identifies conditions under which these arrangements enable or constrain meaningful participations, thus facilitating the transformation of self-world-relations.Within the research process, structures and practices produced by artefacts such as digital hardware and software as well as non-digital artefacts are considered. Field access is ensured via two institutions that offer a variety of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements involving activities such as coding, 3D-printing, gaming and streaming. The activities are offered free of charge and mostly take place after school. They do not aim at any formal qualification, thus they are considered to be “non-formal”. Preliminary findings are based on a broad empirical data base collected: So far, 8 programmes in two different institutions have been filmed, allowing for in-depth analysis. This paper fits in with the ECER’s 2024 theme “Education in an Age of Uncertainty” as, on one hand, ‘Bildung’ in relation to digitality is characterised by contingencies while, on the other hand, it may confront institutions, staff and youth to the new and unknown and may enable them to adapt to circumstances of digitalisation (Jörissen and Marotzki 2009). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to empirically reconstruct different modes of interactions and the mechanisms of educational participation, the employees’ as well as participants’ practices within both non-formal institutions are examined through Focused Ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001); Participatory Observation (e.g. Kelle 2018) and Documentary Video Analysis (e.g. Baltruschat 2010). Data analysis is conducted with the Documentary Method, which is based on Karl Mannheims “sociology of knowldge” (Bohnsack 2009). The Documentary Method enables empirical access to (1) theoretical / explicit knowledge; (2) implicit, habitualised knowledge; as well as (3) incorporated practices of the ‘actual doings’ of the actors within its social contexts (Asbrand et al. 2013). The interactions captured on video in pedagogical settings are a comparatively new research object for the Documentary Method, as it challenges some of its principles. At the same time, it is attributed innovative power (Bohnsack 2017; Nohl et al. 2021): Interactions are characterised by "double complexity": (1) interactions are ambiguous as they arise between several actors with different habitus and roles (2) interactions develop simultaneously and sequentially. Video-based analysis of data using the Documentary Method can take this double complexity into account by considering two elements of interaction: orientations of different actors as well as the different manifestations of the modes of interaction (Nohl et al. 2021). Video analysis is not limited to spoken utterances. It focuses on communicative modalities that can be captured visually, thereby broadening its scope compared to ethnomethodology and conversation analysis (Tuma et al. 2013). Therefore, in this study not only speech, but also gestures and facial expressions are integrated into video transcriptions to make them accessible for analysis. Following the Documentary Method, data analysis consists of three steps (1) formulating interpretation, (2) reflecting interpretation and (3) comparison (Bohnsack et al. 2010). The comparison includes contrasting different cases of interactions as well as comparing both non-formal institutions regarding their institutional conditions, professional backgrounds of staff, resources and location which helps to understand how these conditions prevent or enable interactions and participation of youth. The data analysis culminates in the development of a typology that contributes to theory formation (Bohnsack 2021). In this study, the analysed interaction dynamics of professionals as well as youth are condensed into different modes of interaction and typified in terms of orientations, taking into account the sequence of the different modes of interaction (Nohl et al. 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Implementing an ethnographic and reconstructive research approach, the study identifies different modes of interactions in non-formal institutions with a focus on participation of youth. Due to the digitalised educational arrangements of both researched youth centres, the study reconstructs conditions for participating in digitalised educational processes, thus facilitating the transformation of self-world-relations. In order to empirically reconstruct different modes of interactions and the mechanisms of educational participation, the participants’ and employees’ practices within both non-formal institutions are examined through Focused Ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001); Participatory Observation (e.g. Kelle 2018) and Documentary Video Analysis (e.g. Baltruschat 2010). This praxeological approach enables the identification of practices and conditions of participation. Data analysis is implemented with the Documentary Method (Bohnsack 2009) enabling empirical access to (1) theoretical / explicit knowledge; (2) implicit, habitualised knowledge; as well as (3) incorporated practices of the ‚actual doings‘ of the actors within its social contexts (Asbrand et al. 2013). Video-based analysis of data using the Documentary Method takes this double complexity into account by considering two elements of interaction: orientations of different actors as well as the different manifestations of the modes of interaction (Nohl et al. 2021). This paper will introduce the methodological approach and the research process of this study. Moreover, first analytical stances on conditions in non-formal digitalised educational arrangements enabling or reinforcing educational participation of youth will be discussed. Provided data extracts will transparently illustrate the empirical base of the analytical stances. References Asbrand, Barbara, Matthias Martens, und Dorthe Petersen. 2013. „Die Rolle der Dinge in schulischen Lehr-Lernprozessen“. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft 16(S2):171–88. doi: 10.1007/s11618-013-0413-1. Baltruschat, Astrid. 2010. „Film Interpretation According to the Documentary Method“. S. 311–42 in Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research, herausgegeben von R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff, und W. Weller. Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bohnsack, Ralf. 2009. „Dokumentarische Methode“. S. 319–30 in Qualitative Martkforschung. Konzepte - Methoden - Analysen. Bohnsack, Ralf. 2017. „Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge and Documentary Method: Karl Mannheim’s Framing of Empirical Research“. S. 199–220 in The Anthem companian to Karl Mannheim. Bohnsack, Ralf. 2021. Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden. 10., durchgesehene Auflage. Opladen Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bohnsack, Ralf, Nicolle Pfaff, und Wivian Weller, Hrsg. 2010. Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research. Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bourdieu, Pierre. 1978. Die feinen Unterschiede: Kritik der gesellschaftlichen Urteilskraft. 29. Auflage. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Grunwald, Klaus, und Hans Thiersch. 2009. „The Concept of the ‘Lifeworld Orientation’ for Social Work and Social Care“. Journal of Social Work Practice 23(2):131–46. doi: 10.1080/02650530902923643. Jeong, Shinhee, Soo Jeoung Han, Jin Lee, Suravee Sunalai, und Seung Won Yoon. 2018. „Integrative Literature Review on Informal Learning: Antecedents, Conceptualizations, and Future Directions“. Human Resource Development Review 17(2):128–52. doi: 10.1177/1534484318772242. Jörissen, Benjamin, und Winfried Marotzki. 2009. Medienbildung eine Einführung ; Theorie - Methoden - Analysen. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Jünger, Rahel. 2008. Bildung für alle? Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Kelle, Helga. 2018. „Teilnehmende Beobachtung“. S. 224–27 in Hauptbegriffe qualitativer Sozialforschung, herausgegeben von R. Bohnsack, A. Geimer, und M. Meuser. Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Knoblauch, Hubert. 2001. „Fokussierte Ethnographie: Soziologie, Ethnologie und die neue Welle der Ethnographie“. 123–41. Kutscher, Nadia, und Stefan Iske. 2020. „Digitale Ungleichheiten im Kontext Sozialer Arbeit“. S. 115–28 in Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung. Lareau, Annette. 2011. Unequal childhoods: class, race, and family life. 2nd ed., with an update a decade later. Berkeley: University of California Press. Nohl, Arnd-Michael, Morvarid Dehnavi, und Steffen Amling. 2021. „Interaktionsmodi und pädagogische Prozesse: Zur videographiebasierten dokumentarischen Interpretation von Interaktionen in Kindertagesstätten“. Jahrbuch Dokumentarische Methode 3(4):77–101. OECD. 2023. PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. Spanhel, Dieter. 2020. „Kinder, Jugendliche und junge Erwachsene in digitalisierten Lernwelten“. S. 101–14 in Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung, herausgegeben von N. Kutscher, T. Ley, U. Seelmeyer, F. Siller, A. Tillmann, und I. Zorn. Weinheim Basel: Beltz Juventa. |
17:45 - 18:15 | 99 ERC SES 06 A: ERG Network Meeting Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Network Meeting |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Emerging Researchers' Group - Network Meeting 1Ankara University; 2University of Hamburg Presenting Author:Emerging Researchers' Group - Network Meeting |
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address: Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2024 |
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.153+TC © 2001–2025 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany |